FOREWORD

“The future belongs to the competent. Get good, get better,

be the best”. - Brian Tracy
Dear Colleagues,

A promotion in the organization facilitates an employee to move up in the hierarchical levels for
shouldering higher responsibilities. This requires an employee to have skill sets matching future
requirements and an overall understanding of the gamut of Bank’s policies, systems and processes.
It gives me immense pleasure to share that SBILD, Hyderabad has come up with the novel initiative
of launching an e-booklet “Key to Success” to guide aspirants preparing for the upcoming
promotion exercise.

The SBILD Team has made earnest efforts to cover important and relevant topics in a very lucid
manner enabling readers to acquire comprehensive knowledge and understanding of the subjects.
I am sure that the booklet will be immensely beneficial, to not only those who are preparing for the
promotional exams, but also for anyone desirous of updating themselves and keeping in sync with
the ever-evolving banking paradigm.

I compliment the proactive approach of the Director, Smt. Rajni Bala Mazumder in bringing out the
booklet ‘Key to Success’ in an effort to bridge the knowledge gap and appreciate the efforts put in
by the faculty in curating the contents while touching various facets of banking.

I also extend my best wishes to all the promotion aspirants and am sure that they will make the best
use of this booklet and succeed in their endeavors.

With Best Wishes,

Rajesh Kumar
Chief General Manager
Hyderabad Circle

Page | 2 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 FOREWORD

“Continuous learning is the minimum requirement

for success in any field”. – Brian Tracy

Dear Colleagues,

It is indeed a moment of applause that our SBILD Hyderabad comes out with this booklet meant for
promotion aspirants which marks an important milestone in the career progression of our
dedicated employees. In SBI, we recognize the invaluable contributions of our workforce, whose
dedication and commitment have been the bedrock of our success over the years.

The internal promotion examination is not just a gateway to higher responsibilities but also an
opportunity for professional growth, skill enhancement, and personal development. Through this
process, we aim to identify and promote individuals who embody the core values of our bank—
Service, Transperancy, Ethics, Politeness and Sustainability.

This booklet is designed to provide you with all the essential information required to prepare for
the examination. It reflects our commitment to transparency, fairness, and meritocracy in
recognizing talent and fostering leadership within our organization.

We wish all candidates the very best in their preparations and are confident that this examination
will pave the way for the next generation of leaders who will continue to uphold our legacy of
excellence in banking.

Keep Reading, Keep Learning!

With Best Wishes,

Prakash Chandra Baror

General Manager NW-II
Hyderabad Circle

Page | 3 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 FOREWORD

“The capacity to learn is a gift, the ability to learn is a skill,

willingness to learn is a choice”. – Brian Herbert

Dear Colleagues,

I appreciate the inititative of publishing this booklet “KEY TO SUCCESS” by SBILD Hyderabad. This
booklet is designed to serve as a comprehensive guide for our employees aspiring to advance within
our esteemed organization. As a public sector bank, I understand the importance of nurturing talent
and providing opportunities for growth, and internal promotion is a cornerstone of that
commitment.

This booklet contains essential study materials, guidelines, and resources that will assist you in
preparing for the upcoming promotion examinations. It reflects our dedication to fostering a
culture of continuous learning, leadership development, and professional excellence.

The path to promotion is both a challenge and an opportunity. It is a testament to the hard work,
perseverance, and readiness to take on greater responsibilities. I believe that each candidate who
embarks on this journey contributes not only to his/ her personal growth but also to the broader
success of the bank as we continue to serve our customers and the nation.

I encourage you to engage with the material, invest in your preparation, and embrace the
opportunity to enhance your skills and advance your career. I wish you the very best in your
preparations and look forward to welcoming many of you into roles where you will continue to
drive the bank’s mission forward.

Happy Learning

With Best Wishes,

Ravi Kumar Verma

General Manager NW-1
Hyderabad Circle

Page | 4 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 FOREWORD

FROM THE DESK OF THE DGM & CDO

Dear Colleagues,

I am glad to associate myself with this highly informative edition of e-BOOKLET “Key
to Success” by SBILD, Hyderabad for all promotion aspirants.
The contributions made by our faculty members are found to be very useful. I find that
almost all the relavant topics have been covered and an endeavor has also been made
to incorporate the latest updates.
While I recommend this e-Booklet for making best use of it in the forthcoming
promotional tests, I request all colleagues to read it to stay updated with the latest in
Banking.
I congratulate Smt. Rajni Bala Mazumder, Director, SBILD Hyderabad and the Faculty
at SBILD Hyderabad for their hard work in bringing out the booklet well in time.

Happy reading.

Wishing you success,

Jitendra Kumar Sharma

Deputy General Manager& Circle Development Officer,
Local Head Office,
Hyderabad

Page | 5 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 FOREWORD

FROM THE DESK OF THE DGM & SR. FACULTY

Dear Colleagues,

I am extremely delighted to know that State Bank Institute of Learning and Development,
Hyderabad is publishing “Key to Success”, a booklet for promotional aspirants. This is a period
when all the career-focused employees are busy trying to glean whatever knowledge they can, in
the preparation for the promotional tests.

The booklet I see, has a topic-based approach, with brief explanations, which I am sure, will be
beneficial to readers to learn and imbibe easily. Moreover, it has been compiled as a composite
booklet and thus extremely useful to promotional aspirants of all grades.

I compliment the Director SBILD “Smt. Rajni Bala Mazumder” and the Faculty SBILD Hyderabad for their
initiative in getting this booklet on the stands and for the meticulousness with which it has been
compiled.

My best wishes to Team SBILD, Hyderabad– Keep it up. Your efforts will receive the gratitude of
many.

My best wishes also to all the promotional aspirants too.

Joseph Christy
Deputy General Manager (Sr. Faculty),
SBSC, Hyderabad
(Mentor for SBILD Hyderabad)

Page | 6 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Foreword
From the Director’s Desk

I am glad to inform you that we have come up with e-booklet ‘Key to Success” being published by our Team
SBILD, Hyderabad.

The idea of naming “Key to Success” is to provide a consolidated e-booklet on Banking Knowledge to the
promotion aspirants for their success.

This e-booklet is very useful for the promotion aspirants for the promotion year 2025-26 and we tried to cover
almost all the topics in a lucid manner to understand, remember and represent the same in the upcoming
examinations.

I take this opportunity to thank Mr. Rajesh Kumar, CGM LHO Hyderabad Circle, Mr. Prakash Chandra Baror,
General Manager NW-2, Mr. Ravi Kumar Verma, General Manager NW-1, Hyderabad Circle, Mr. Jitendra
Kumar Sharma, DGM & CDO, LHO Hyderabad, Ms Sridevi Jetti, AGM L&D, LHO Hyderabad, Our Mentor
Mr. Joseph Christy, DGM & Sr. Faculty, SBSC, Hyderabad for their valuable inputs in this regard.

I compliment the efforts made by the content contributors, Faculty SBILD Hyderabad for sharing the
knowledge to fill the gap among staff members for the upcoming exams.

While preparing this booklet, due care has been taken to ensure that the information incorporated is latest
and is as per Bank’s extant instructions up to 30.09.2024. However, aspirants are advised to note that this
promotion material is not a substitute for the various Circulars, issued by the Bank / authority, from time to
time.

Readers are requested to advise us mistakes, if any noticed / suggestions for rectifications / improvement by
sending a mail to [email protected].

I wish all the best to all the readers for their promotion and hope they will be elevated to higher cadres.

With Best Wishes

Rajni Bala Mazumder

Director & Asst. General Manager,
SBILD Hyderabad

Page | 7 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 TABLE OF CONTENTS
SL No. Topic Page
Numbers
1 Promotion Guidelines / Exam Pattern 9-14
2 My Bank SBI 15-21
3 Chairman Policy Guidelines 22-23
4 Loan Policy Guidelines 24-37
5 KYC-AML etc., guidelines 38-60
6 General Banking, Cash Systems & Procedures and Remittances 61-72
7 Safe Deposit Lockers 73-84
8 Legal Aspects of Banking & Various Acts related to the Bank 85-110
9 Nominations & Settlement of Claim of Deceased Constituents 111-136
10 General Awareness & Banking Environment, Committees 137-155
11 Risk Focused Internal Audit 156-168
12 Government Business, Schemes & Financial Inclusion 169-200
13 Digital Banking 201-239
14 Non-Resident Indian Accounts & Foreign Exchange 240-257
15 Core Banking Solutions 258-262
16 SME Business 263-288
17 Pre-Sanction & Post Sanction Process 289-304
18 NPA Management 305-317
19 Liability Products (SB, CA, TDR, STDR, RD etc.,) 318-334
20 Home Loan Products & Features 335-361
21 Auto Loan Products & Features 362-366
22 Education Loan Products & Features 367-375
23 Xpress Loans & Features 376-381
24 Other PER Segment Loans 382-393
25 Agriculture 394-429
26 Priority Sector Advances 430-439
27 IS Security & Cyber Security 440-446

(Strictly for Internal Circulation only)

Page | 8 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 PROMOTION GUIDELINES
Examination Timetable

Page | 9 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 EXAM PATTERN
CLERICAL TO TRAINEE OFFICER

Page | 10 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 CLERICAL TO OJM CADRE

Page | 11 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Generalist Cadre Officers:
Promotion from Scale-I to II

Page | 12 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Generalist Cadre Officers:
Promotion from MMGS II to MMGS III

Page | 13 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Specialist Cadre Officers:
Promotion from Scale-I to II & Scale-II to III

***

Page | 14 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 My Bank SBI

Page | 15 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 TOP MANAGEMENT OF OUR BANK

Page | 16 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 LIST OF TOP EXECUTIVES
(As on – 1st October 2024)
S.
NAME DESIGNATION
No.
1 SHRI Challa Sreenivasulu Setty CHAIRMAN

2 SMT. SALONI NARAYAN DMD (FINANCE), CC, MUMBAI

3 SHRI MAHESH KUMAR SHARMA DMD (TRANSACTION BANKING & NEW INITIATIVES) CC MUMBAI

4 SHRI AMARA RAMAMOHAN RAO DMD & CRO, CC, MUMBAI

5 SHRI POLUDASU KISHORE KUMAR DMD (INTERNAL AUDIT) CC, HYDERABAD.

6 SMT. RUMA DEY DMD & GROUP COMPLIANCE OFFICER, CC, MUMBAI

7 SHRI AMITAVA CHATTERJEE DMD (CCG-II), COMMERCIAL CLIENTS GROUP CC, MUMBAI

8 SHRI SHAMSHER SINGH MD & CEO SBI FUNDS MANAGEMENT P LTD MUMBAI

9 SMT. VIDYA KRISHNAN DMD (IT) GITC, NAVI MUMBAI

10 SHRI GULSHAN MALIK DMD (CCG-I), CCG CC, MUMBAI

11 SHRI PRAVIN RAGHAVENDRA DMD & COO CC MUMBAI

12 SHRI DEEPAK KUMAR LALLA MD & CEO SBI CAP SECURITIES LTD MUMBAI

13 SHRI AMIT JHINGRAN MD & CEO, SBI LIFE INSURANCE CO LTD. MUMBAI

14 SHRI SURENDER RANA DMD (RETAIL-AGRI, SME & FI) CC MUMBAI

15 SHRI BALDEV PRAKASH ON DEP: MD & CEO, J&K BANK LTD SRINAGAR

16 SHRI ABHIJIT CHAKRAVORTY MD & CEO, SBI CARDS & PAYMENTS SERVICES LTD, GURGOAN

17 MS. JAYATI BANSAL DMD, IBG, CC, MUMBAI

18 Shri. NAND KISHORE DMD (GLOBAL MARKETS) CC MUMBAI

19 Shri. BINOD KUMAR MISHRA DMD (HR) & CDO CC MUMBAI

Page | 17 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 20 Shri. SHIVA OM DIKSHIT DMD (OSD) FINANCIAL INCLUSION CC MUMBAI

21 SHRI KSHITIJ MOHAN DMD (SARG) CC MUMBAI

22 SHRI SATISH RAO NAGESH DMD (OSD) GITC NAVI MUMBAI

23 SHRI VIRENDRA BANSAL MD & CEO SBI CAPITAL MARKETS LTD MUMBAI

24 SHRI ASHOK KUMAR SHARMA DMD & CCO and CHIEF SUSTAINABILITY OFFICER CC MUMBAI

25 SHRI G S RANA DMD (RETAIL-P & RE) CC MUMBAI

26 SHRI RAVI RANJAN DMD (CAG) CC MUMBAI

DMD (OSD) TRANSACTION BANKING & NEW INITIATIVES CC

27 SHRI PREM ANUP SINHA
MUMBAI

28 SHRI NAVEEN CHANDRA JHA MD & CEO SBI GENERAL INSURANCE CO. LTD. MUMBAI

Page | 18 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 3333333333FINANCIAL RESULTS OF OUR BANK

Page | 19 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 FINANCIAL RESULTS
(Rs. In Crores)
Particulars March 2024 June 2024
(Q1 FY 25)
Total deposits 49,16,077 49,01,726

Current Account 2,87,043 2,46,158

Balances
Savings Bank 16,54,953 16,68,282
Account Balances
CASA ratio 41.11 40.70
Gross Advances 37,67,535 38,12,087
Net interest 1,59,876 41,125
income
Non- net interest 51,682 11,162
income
Recovery in AUCA 6,934 1,008
Accounts
Forex Income 1,715 361

Cross Selling 3,891 864

Income
Govt. Business 3,919 1,013
Income
Operating 1,17,761 25,839
Expenses
Operating profit 93,797 26,449

Total Provisions 25,621 9,413

Net profit 61,077 17,035

Gross NPA 84,276 84,226

Net NPA 21,051 21,555

Page | 20 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 IMPORTANT RATIOS
(in percentage terms)

PARTICULARS March June

2024 2024
Average Cost of Deposits (Domestic) 4.81 5.00

Average Yield on Advances (Domestic) 8.91 8.83

Net interest margin (NIM) (Domestic) 3.43 3.35

Net interest margin (NIM) (Whole bank) 3.28 3.22

CASA 41.11 40.70

Total Domestic Credit Y-O-Y Growth 15.24 15.40

Retail-Personal Advances Y-O-Y Growth 14.68 13.60

Return on Equity (ROE) 20.32 21.00

Return on Assets (ROA) 1.04 1.10

Capital Adequacy Ratio (CAR) 16.5 14.38

Cost-to-Income Ratio (Incl. wage revision) 55.66 49.42

Cost-to-Assets Ratio 2.01 1.67

Gross NPA 2.24 2.21

Net NPA 0.57 0.57

Provisioning Coverage Ratio (PCR) 75.02 74.41

ExcludingAUCA
Provisioning Coverage Ratio (PCR) Including 91.89 91.76
AUCA
***

Page | 21 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 CHAIRMAN POLICY GUIDELINES FY 2025
1 The Other lncome growth 8.00%
2 What is RoRWA? Return on Risk Weighted Assets usually
measured as profit before tax as a percentage
of Risk-Weighted assets- a measure of profit
per unit of risk
3 What is budgeted target for growth in 13.50%
Deposits YOY minimum as per the Chairman's
Policy guidelines FY 25?
4 What is budgeted target for growth in CASA 12.00%
YOY minimum as per the Chairman's Policy
guidelines FY 25?
5 What is budgeted target for growth in Whole 14.00%
Bank Advances YOY minimum as per the
Chairman's Policy guidelines FY 25?
6 What is budgeted target for Capping the Below 14.00%
Overheads growth as per the Chairman's
Policy guidelines FY 25?
7 What is budgeted target for Gross NPA Ratio Below 2.00%
as per the Chairman's Policy guidelines FY 25?
8 What is budgeted target for slippage ratio as Below 0.60%
per the Chairman's Policy guidelines FY 25?
9 What is budgeted target for Net Interest 3.35%
Margin as per the Chairman's Policy guidelines
FY 25?
10 What is budgeted target for the Cost to Below 52.00%
Income ratio as per the Chairman's Policy
guidelines FY 25?
11 What is budgeted minimum target for the 2.00% (RORWA on PAT)
Return on Risk Weighted Assets (RORWA) on 2.64% (RORWA on PBT)
PAT and PBT as per the Chairman's Policy
guidelines FY 25?
12 What is budgeted mininum target for the 1.10%
Return on Assets (ROA) as per the Chairman's
Policy guidelines FY 25?
13 What is budgeted mininum target for the 20.50%
Return on Equity (ROE) as per the Chairman's
Policy guidelines FY 25?

Page | 22 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 14 The Acronym NCLT stands for? National Companies Law Tribunal
15 What are 12 key execution priorities for FY25? • Customer centricity and enhancing ‘Ease
of Banking’ for customers
• Strengthening market leadership:
Focusing on under-penetrated segments,
new generation customers & emerging
sectors
• Mobilizing low-cost deposits across all
geographies; convert ‘Stagnants’ to
‘Builders’, reach out to ‘Attrital’
customers and rebuild relationships
• Maintaining quality lending: Adhering to
robust underwriting standards &
controlling slippages; focus on quality of
numbers and not merely on numbers
• Boosting non-interest income to improve
profitability
• Optimizing costs: Increasing employee
productivity through task rationalization,
process re-engineering & digital push
• Leveraging technology to become future
ready organization and truly digital to the
core
• Using analytics for ‘use-cases’ across
verticals to gain distinctive advantage
over peers
• Effectively addressing the emerging risks
& challenges viz. climate risk, ESG,
cybersecurity etc.
• Ensuring compliance & upholding the
highest standards of integrity and
conduct
• Driving superior employee performance
by investing in human capital and
imparting new age skills
• Sharpening negotiation skills; aiming for
efficiency premium and eliminating
inefficiency discount

***

Page | 23 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 LOAN POLICY GUIDELINES AS ON DATE
Chapter/ Title Brief contents
1. Preamble Loan Polcy Guidelines provides a broad framework for management of the loan
portfolio of the Bank with emphasis on creating products and services as well as
maintaining asset quality. It helps our customers in achieving their goals and
fulfilling the Bank’s vision ‘Be the Bank of Choice for A Transforming India’
The provisions of the loan policy are applicable to the domestic as well as
international operations of the Bank. Based on the Bank’s loan policy, the Foreign
Offices (FOs) have their own loan policies taking into account the regulations and
lending practices of the host country.
The Loan Policy is reviewed once in a year by the Board.
All loan products are to be reviewed Biennially.
The policy aims at pricing the risk appropriately through RAROC (Risk Adjusted
Return on Capital). Guidance rate for RAROC (excluding Priority Sector Loans) is
20%. For priority sector loans, it is 12%. The Benchmark RAROC for FOs is 6%.
2. Organization of 1. RB&O branches would normally handle all Retail loans including i) All Personal
Business Segment, e.g. Housing Loans, Auto Loans etc. ii) Exposures pertaining to Agri
upto Rs. 50 Cr except schematic lending where specific approval is in place. Iii)
Business loans in SMEBU up to an aggregate exposure of Rs.50 Crores from the
Bank in circles where CPCs have NOT been established and upto an aggregate
exposure of Rs.100 Crores from the bank in circles where CPCs have been
established. All exposures above Rs. 50 Cr would normally come under
Commercial Clients Group (CCG) and Corporate Accounts Group (CAG).
2. CCG Branches shall normally handle proposals for exposures of above Rs. 50
crores except Accounts & Groups identified for CAG relationship.
3. CAG Accounts are based on quality of the account (external or internal rating),
business potential and the reputation/strategic importance and size of the
account.
4.Stressed Assets Resolution Group (SARG) manages and resolves NPAs
5.Project Finance and Structuring Strategic Business Unit (PF&S SBU):
The Criteria for reference of Projects to PF&S SBU are set as:

i) Infrastructure ..... Above Rs.250 cr

ii) Non-Infrastructure ...... Above Rs.750 cr

6.FI & MC: For providing comprehensive financial services encompassing savings,
credit, remittance, insurance and pension products to the rural populace, for
providing timely and adequate credit to SHGs in order to facilitate upliftment of
the poor, to increase outreach to a large number of low-income people by

Page | 24 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 financing MFIs/NGOs including NBFCs engaged in microfinance activities, for on-
lending to SHGs/JLGs (Joint Liability Group) and Individuals.
7.IBG (International Banking Group)

Provides seamless/smooth international trade related facilities to Indian

Residents, Indian Corporates and Foreign Corporates especially by way of Trade
Finance, External Commercial Borrowings, Remittance Services, Correspondent
Banking etc.
The loan Portfolio of IBG comprises of (i) Commercial Banking & (ii) Retail
Banking.
3.EXPOSURE Exposure includes Credit exposure and Investment exposure.
NORMS AND Non-corporates will include Partnerships, Trusts, HUFs, Associations and REIT
CREDIT RISK (Real Estate Investment trust).
CONCENTRATION Corporates will include Companies, Societies, Govt. Departments, Institutions
and Statutory Corporations, Infrastructure Investment Trust (Inv IT) and Limited
Liability Partnerships (LLP).
Large Exposure Framework
Nature of borrower / exposure Cap on Exposure(Prudential Norm)
Exposure Ceiling Limits in case of a Single 20% of Bank’s Tier I Capital *
Counterparty
Exposure Ceiling Limits in case of a Group of 25% of Bank’s Tier I Capital
Connected Counterparties.
Exposure to a Single NBFC 20% of Bank’s Tier I Capital
Exposure to a Group of Connected NBFCs 25% of Bank’s Tier I Capital

Note:
*In exceptional cases, Chairman of the Bank may approve an additional 5% of5% of
Bank’s Tier I Capital to a Single Counterparty.

Large Borrower
Equal to or above 10% of the Bank’s Tier- I Capital. The aggregate exposure to all
“large borrowers” should not exceed 800 % of Bank’s Tier I Capital.

Exposure Norms prescribed by the Bank:

Constitution of Borrower Maximum ceiling on Exposure prescribed by Bank
(Excluding facilities granted against specifiedd
securities)
Individuals as borrowers Maximum aggregate exposure of Rs. 100 cr or its
equivalent

Page | 25 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Non-corporates ($) Maximum aggregate exposure of Rs. 250 cr or its
equivalent.
The above ceilings will also be applicable tohe
aggregate of all facilities sanctioned to part. firms ave
who have identical partners.
Corporates As per Large Exposure Framework prescribed by by
RBI

Substantial Exposure Limits are not deemed as caps but are intended to serve as
triggers to Business Groups for closer monitoring.
Types of Substantial Exposure Stipulation (Exposure over and
above the following)
i) Large Borrower (Single Counterparty 10% of Tier I Capital
or Group of Connected Counterparty)
ii) Aggregate of substantial Exposures Not to exceed 300% of Tier I Capital
to Single Borrowers
iii) Aggregate of substantial Exposures Not to exceed 600% of Tier I Capital
to Borrower Groups
Unsecured exposure ceiling: 40% of Bank’s (FB+NFB+Non SLR investment of
Domestic and IBG) total exposure.
Term Loan Exposure: 40% of the total advances of the Bank.
Real Estate Exposure: 33% of the Bank’s total advances. (Res Mortgages.23%,
Indirect exposures…5.5%, Other Commercial Real Estate.3%, Infra related
CRE.1.5%)
Non-Fund Based Exposure: Not to exceed 100% of Bank’s total Fund Based
exposure.
Sectoral/Industry Exposure: Exposure to an Industry’s/Sector up to 15% of the
Bank’s Total Domestic Exposure. Additionally, Risk Adjusted Industry Limit (RAIL)
have fixed Maximum Industry Exposure ceiling to be 200% of Tier I Capital of the
Bank (to be within Loan Policy prescription of 15% of Bank’s TDE)
Capital Market Exposure: Should not exceed 40% of Bank’s net worth as on 31st
March of previous year.
Exposure to Leasing, Hire Purchase & Factoring Services: 10% of the Bank’s total
advances as at the close of the immediately preceding financial year.
Consortium Arrangements: In cases, where sole banking exposure exceeds Rs.
500 Cr, endeavour should be made to bring the exposure under consortium. In
consortium, our bank share may be a minimum of 10% and participating banks
limited to 10.

Page | 26 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 4. DUE DILIGENCE,
Legal Entity Identifier (LEI, a 20 digit unique code) that identifies every legal entity
STATUTORY AND or structure that is party to a financial transaction (applicable threshold at the
OTHER relevant time), in any jurisdiction (across the globe). It is conceived as a key
RESTRICTIONS ON measure to improve the quality and accuracy of financial data systems for better
LOANS ANDrisk management.
ADVANCES • Advances against Bank's own shares cannot be granted under Sec 20(1) of
BR act, 1949
• No credit facilities shall be sanctioned against FDRs, or other term deposits
of other banks.
• Bank shall not extend bridge loans against amounts receivable from
Central/State Governments by way of subsidies, refunds, reimbursements,
capital contributions, etc. except the cases specifically permitted by RBI.
• Bank shall not pay commission to its employees for recovery of loans.
• Bank shall not consider finance or grant advance to Shell companies.
• Bank shall not finance for buy back of shares of their investors.
• Loans against security of shares, convertible bonds, convertible
debentures and units of equity oriented mutual funds to individuals from
the banking system should not exceed the limit of Rs.10 lacs per individual
if the securities are held in physical form, and Rs. 20 lacs per individual if
the securities are held in dematerialized form.
• Bank shall not hold shares in any company, whether as pledgee,
mortgagee or absolute owner of an amount exceeding 30% of the paid-up
share capital of that company or thirty percent of its own paid-up share
capital and reserves, whichever is less.
• No officer or any Committee comprising, inter alia, an officer as member,
shall, while exercising powers of sanction of any credit facility, sanction
any credit facility to his/her relative. Such a facility shall ordinarily be
sanctioned only by the next higher sanctioning authority.
Credit facilities sanctioned to Senior Officers should be reported to the Board.
5. PERFORMANCE/ Performance and Financial analysis
FINANCIAL The Bank has a unified CRA System for different Industry/ Sector, which is used
ANALYSIS AND for assessing the credit risk of borrowers as well as facilities. Each CRA Model has
CREDIT RISK specified Ratio Band for each Financial Parameter for assigning Score. The Ratio
ASSESSMENT Band at which the highest Scores are awarded shall be considered as Desirable
level.

For New Connections: The Audited Financial Statements should generally be not
more than 12 months old from the date of close of the relative Financial Year.
Normally, no new connections are to be entertained if audited financials are more

Page | 27 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 than 19 months old for unlisted units and more than 15 months old for listed
companies.

For Existing Connections: In case of listed companies, review/ renewal shall be

carried out based on audited financials not more than 15 months old and
unaudited financials not more than 6 months old. In case of unlisted borrowers,
review/ renewal shall be carried out based on audited financials not more than 19
months old (with exceptions up to 21 months with approval of CGM) and
provisional (unaudited for FOs) financials not more than 5/6 months old. No
review/ renewal is to be permitted if audited financials are more than 15 months
old for listed companies and 21 months old for unlisted borrowers as the case may
be.

Internal Credit Rating – Credit Risk Assessment (CRA)

The Bank as of now has a unified CRA System, which is used for assessing the
credit risk of borrowers as well as facilities (facility rating applicable for exposures
beyond Rs.5 crores/ USD 1 Mio or its equivalent from banking system) viz.,
working capital, term loan and non-fund based exposures etc., to C&I, SME and
AGL segments for total exposure of Rs.50 lacs/ US$ 100 K and above and scoring
models for all products with exposure of less than Rs.50 lacs/ US$ 100 K.

Based on the CRA score, risk rating (SB-1 to SB-15) is awarded to the entity. The
SB-16 rating is assigned to NPA accounts by default.

For exposure of Rs. 50 lacs/US$ 100 k and above and upto Rs.5 crores/ USD 1 Mio or
its equivalent from Banking System, CRA shall not be required where CUE rating
is applicable.

Hurdle rate SB-10 has been prescribed under internal risk rating model for
considering new connection or enhancement in credit limits. In case account is
having CRA SB-11 and worse, subject to exceptions like availability of Central Govt.
guarantee (sovereign guarantees) and / or availability of a Corporate guarantee
of parent / Group Company which should have a CRA rating of SB-9 and better,
necessary approval is to be obtained from the competent authority.

Review of CRA
CRA of borrowal units is required to be reviewed periodically. For units which are
assigned CRA rating upto SB-10, CRA is to be reviewed annually. For units having
CRA SB-11 and worse, Dynamic Rating will be carried out at half-yearly intervals.

Page | 28 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 External Credit Rating (ECR)
Besides, the internal risk rating (CRA), it is mandatory to obtain External Credit
Rating (ECR) of borrower for all exposures above Rs. 50 crores from Banking
System from any one of the accredited ECRAs. However, product specific
schemes (e.g., Asset Backed Loan, e-VFS etc.), will continue be governed by the
specific norms of the scheme.

Approved International Credit Rating Agencies (IRAs): Moody’s, Standard & Poor
and FITCH.

Approved Domestic Credit Rating Agencies (DRAs)

At present there are six (6) ECR Agencies accredited by RBI namely CARE, CRISIL,
India Ratings and Research Private Limited (India Ratings), ICRA, SMERA and
INFOMERICS
6. ASSESSMENT The assessment of working capital is done through
OF CREDIT
FACILITIES a) Turnover Method
b) Projected Balance Sheet Method (PBS)
c) Cash Budget Method

The working capital facilities and term loans sanctioned but not availed within a
period of six months from the date of sanction require revalidation.

The tenor for scheme specific term loans (e.g., Housing Term Loan, Education
loans etc.) should be as per the approved schemes which can be a maximum of
30 years. In other cases, it will be 20 years or life of the Project whichever is lower
(with a minimum tail period of 15%). The tenor is to be considered from the day of
first drawdown.

Normally, the average maturity of any term loan, including moratorium, should
not exceed 10 years, except loans under Resolution Plan/Core
Industry/Infrastructure/Renewable energy projects/Securitization of Rent and
Toll Receivables. In cases where average maturity of term loan exceeds 10 years
the deviation may be permitted by the SA.

Normally, term loan may be financed in the ratio of 70:30 for debt and equity,
though ideally 67:33 is preferred.

Page | 29 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Project Vivek
Project Vivek is applicable for all eligible SME proposals upto Rs. 50 Crores in
RB&OG. SME loan proposals eligible under Project Vivek shall be processed in
LLMS. CUE is a new Risk Rating model for computing borrower rating on the basis
of PD (Probability of Default). All credit decisions, limit assessment and pricing are
to be based on the CUE rating wherever applicable. The CUE Rating Scale (CUE1
to CUE 15) has been mapped to existing CRA rating scale (SB1 to SB 15) one-to-
one.
For SME proposals above Rs.10.00 lakhs and up to Rs.5 Cr, the Bank has
introduced BRE (Business Rule Engine).
7. TAKEOVER OF 1. For C&I, SME and AGL (Agro based industrial activities) segments:
ADVANCES i) For exposures up to Rs. 5 cr or its USD equivalent from the Banking
System: CUE rating of the borrower should be CUE-7 or better (SB-7
or better if not processed though project Vivek).
ii) For exposures above Rs. 5 Cr and up to Rs. 50 Cr or its USD equivalent
from the Banking System: CRA of the borrower should be SB-7 or
better.
iii) For exposures above Rs. 50 Cr or its USD equivalent from the Banking
system: ECR of the borrower for the existing exposure should be BBB
(not BBB-) or better. The ECR for the enhanced exposure will have to
be obtained within a period of 6 months.

2. Stock and Receivables Audit is to be conducted prior to disbursement of any

credit facilities above Rs. 5.00 Cr /USD 1 Mio or its equivalent except for units
having SB-5 and better
3. Increase in exposure (working capital only) should not exceed 25% at the time
of take over from other Banks. However, this cap is not applicable for the
companies:
i. Externally rated “A-“ and better for the consecutive past two years for the
borrowers whose exposures is above Rs. 50 Cr/USD 10 Mio or its equivalent from
Banking System and
ii. CRA SB-5 or better for the exposures upto Rs. 50 Cr/USD 10 Mio or its equivalent
from Banking System. However, in case the borrower has ECR, the rating should
be A- and better.
4. Perfection of securities must be completed within 90 days of disbursement.
5. Takeover norms would apply even if borrower offers to liquidate existing credit
facilities before disbursement by our Bank. However, if there is a time gap of say
2 months between liquidation of existing facilities and disbursement by our Bank,
the Takeover norms would not apply.

Page | 30 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 6. No dilution in existing security coverage is permitted for the amount taken
over.
7. Unit is in commercial operations for at least two years and earning profits for
at least 2 preceding years (one year for infra)
8. Validity of sanction shall be 3 months from the date of conveying sanction.
9. Audited Balance Sheet (ABS) should generally be not older than 12 months. If
ABS is older than 9 months and upto 18 months, then
1. Upto 16 months - Annual Audited Financial Statements for immediately
preceding Financial Year + Provisional Financial Statements as at the end of 9th
month of latest Financial Year would be required.
2. 17th & 18th months - Annual Audited Financial Statements for immediately
preceding Financial Year + Provisional Financial Statements as at the end of latest
Financial Year would be required.
Takeover is not permitted if ABS is more than 18 months and no deviation shall be
permitted in this regard.
11 AGR:
1. The minimum amount eligible for takeover would be as under:
Nature of Facility Amount
ACC Rs.1 Lakh
ATL– for Allied Activities Rs.10 Lakhs
ATL for other than allied activities Rs.2 Lakhs
2. No dilution in security
3. Only Standard /regular a/cs are eligible (preceding 2 years)
4. TLs of incomplete nature are not eligible
5. ATLs with min 2 years repayment program left are only eligible
6. Crop loans converted to TLs and TLs which are rephased are not eligible
Additional norms for agri loans of Rs.50 lakhs and above:
7. To be rated SB 7 or better, Unit should score at least 60% in the financial parameters
8.Should have earned net profits post tax in each of the immediately preceding
2 years
9. Operating units can takeover quality loan accounts from other Banks upto upto upt
Rs.10Crores in normal course of business. In case takeover amount is above bove above
Rs.10 crores, an administrative clearance from DMD (Business Vertical) to be obtained p
sanction of credit facilities.
10. Takeover of “P” segment advances is permitted as per the guidelines issued Busines
from time to time by the business units (PBBU/REHBU).
11. Standalone GECL is not permitted for takeover. In case, GECL is part of the overall exp
such exposure can be taken over along with other credit facilities and non-availability
guarantee cover would not be considered as dilution in existing security.

Page | 31 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 8. PRICING OF To facilitate transmission of Monetary Policy decisions, Bank has decided to use
LOANS External Benchmark for pricing al its new floating rate Personal or Retail loans
and floating rate loans to MSMEs w.e.f 01.10.2019. EBR is linked to RBIs repo rate.
Spread decided by Bank. The interest rate under external benchmark shall be
reset at least once in three months.
A pricing tool named DIPAK (Digital Interface for Pricing and Knowledge Capture)
has been rolled out for better pricing negotiations with corporate customers and
shall be applicable for borrowers with exposure (FB+NFB) of Rs. 50 Cr and above.
9. DELEGATION OF 1. Powers are exercisable only in relation to the duties and responsibilities
FINANCIAL specially entrusted to a functionary.
POWERS 2. All sanctions are subject to report to the next higher authority.
3. No sanction/approval should be given beyond the delegated powers. In
exceptional cases, sanction/approval beyond the delegated powers may be
accorded judiciously, with prior administrative approval of controlling
authority. Post facto sanction/approval of the designated sanctioning
authority should be obtained along with confirmation of action, without any
delay (within maximum 30 days).
4. The delegation of financial powers for sanctioning credit facilities by various
authorities is based on total exposure of the Bank to the borrower.
5. The schemes/products normally specify the authority structure for approval
of such deviations/waivers. However, in respect of deviations/waivers, where
authority structure has not been specified, DMD of the business vertical for
PB and REH proposals other than Builder Finance shall be the authority.
6. Organizational Planning and Systems & Procedures (OP & SP) Department will
review the delegation of financial powers from time to time.
10.SECURITY, For MSE Sector (both Manufacturing and Services enterprises) no collateral
INSURANCE, security is to be obtained for loans up to Rs. 10 Lakhs, and for loans above Rs.10
COVENANTS AND lacs and up to Rs. 15 Lakhs the sanctioning authority may consider waiving
DOCUMENTS collateral security subject to compliance with certain conditions. For this sector,
the Bank has decided to cover all eligible SME advances up to Rs. 500 Lakhs
(manufacturing, services and trade) under CGTMSE scheme.The cost of guarantee
i.e., Annual Guarantee Fee (AGF) shall be borne by the borrower for all loans (CC &TL)
(irrespective of the amount, including renewal of Cash Credit facilities).
CGTMSE has introduced “Hybrid Security” product, wherein collateral security
can be obtained for a part of the credit facility whereas remaining part of credit
facility, up to a maximum of Rs. 500 Lakhs (manufacturing, services and trade)
can be covered under CGTMSE.
Advances to non farm enterprises in Manufacturing, Trading and Services with credit
limits upto Rs. 10 lacs are normally classified under Pradhan Mantri Mudra yojana
(PMMY) and covered under Credit Guarantee Fund for Micro Units (CGFMU).

Page | 32 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Insurance cover of security charged to the Bank:
Stocks/fixed assets under hypothecation/pledge to the Bank must be kept fully
insured to the extent of market value of the security unless waiver is approved by
the Bank/appropriate authority. The cost of insurance will be borne by the
borrower. The Insurance policies are required to be obtained in the joint names
of the Bank and the Borrower or in the sole name of the Borrower if the policy
contains the Agreed Bank Clause where under any monies becoming payable
under the policy shall be paid to the Bank.
Insurance of mortgaged properties:
The buildings, factoriesland & building, their fittings and fixtures, and machinery
(which is a part of the mortgaged immovable property) must be kept fully
covered by insurance against the risks of fire as well as lightning. The mortgaged
properties should also be covered against riots, strikes, civil commotion, cyclone,
earthquake, and other natural calamities.
Bank’s interests may also be protected by instruments such as ‘key man’
insurance policy when the borrowing entity is highly dependent on a few persons.

Unconditional Cancellability:
Unconditional Cancellability clause, which gives the Bank the right to cancel the
sanctioned limit without reference to the borrower at any time, needs to be
accepted by borrowers. Effective from April 1, 2019, the undrawn portion of cash
credit/ overdraft limits sanctioned to the Borrowers having aggregate fund based
working capital limit of Rs. 150 Cr and above from the banking system, irrespective
of whether unconditionally cancellable or not, shall attract a credit conversion
factor of 20%.
11. FOLLOW UP, Corrective Action Plan for Stressed Assets (CAPSA): Reporting irregularity for
SUPERVISION confirmation and Review of SMAs.
AND Early Review of Sanctions (ERS)
MONITORING OF With a view to improving the quality of sourcing, pre-sanction process and
ADVANCES capturing at an early stage the critical risks in sanction, a system of quick review
of sanctions has been put in Place. ERS is overseen by the Internal Audit
Department and covers review of all loans. It has been covered in two Variants:
a. Early Review of Sanction (Small Loans- SL): It covers sanctions above Rs. 1.00
Cr and upto Rs. 20.00 Cr. b. Early Review of Sanction (Large Loans- LL): It Covers
sanctions above Rs. 20.00 Cr.
Risk focused Credit Audit (RFCA) -Covers all Credit Auditable Accounts (CAAs)
(including LC Bill Discounting limits whether it is on stand-alone basis or
sanctioned as part of the existing limits) with total credit exposure (FB+NFB
limits) above Rs. 20 Cr/ USD 2 mio or its equivalent and above. However, take over
advances (accounts with exposure of Rs. 10 Cr and upto Rs. 20 Cr) are to be

Page | 33 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 covered under Credit Audit for the first audit and will be subsequently covered
under RFIA. If accounts of sister concerns/ group/ associate concerns of a CAA are
in the books of the same auditee unit, they are also covered under the Credit Audit
process, even if their credit exposure is Rs. 20 Crores/ USD 2 mio or its equivalent
or less.
Legal Audit is mandatory for all exposures of Rs 5 crores and above, to verify the
title deeds and other loan documents.
12. INCOME Non performing assets:
RECOGNITION, A Term Loan turns to NPA if Interest and/or instalment of principal remain
ASSET overdue for a period of more than 90 days.
CLASSIFICATION. An Overdraft/Cash Credit account turns to NPA if the account remains ‘out of
MEASUREMENT order’- if the outstanding balance remains continuously in excess of the
AND IMPAIRMENT sanctioned limit/drawing power for a period of 90 days or outstanding balance in
OF LOANS the principal operating account is less than the sanctioned limit/drawing power
but there are no credits continuously for 90 days or credits are not enough to
cover the interest debited during the same period.

In case of bills purchased / discounted if the bill remains overdue (any amount is
overdue to the Bank when not paid on the due date) for a period of more than 90
days, then it is classified as NPA.

Advances against Bank’s own Term Deposits, NSCs, KVPs, surrender value of Life
Insurance Policy etc. would not be classified as NPAs provided adequate margin
is available. However, advances granted against gold ornaments, government
securities and all other securities shall not be covered by this exemption.

Appropriation of recoveries in NPAs as per the Bank’s extant instructions is done

in accordance with following priority.

a. Charges b. Unrealized Interest c. Interest d. Principal

Asset Classification (Categories of NPA):

NPAs are to be classified into the following three categories based on the period
for which the asset has remained non-performing and the realisability of the dues:
i) Substandard Asset: An asset which has remained NPA for a period less than or
equal to 12 months.
ii) Doubtful Asset: An asset which has remained in the substandard category for a
period of 12 months.

Page | 34 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 iii) Loss Asset: A loss asset is one where loss has been identified by the Bank or
internal or external auditors or the RBI inspection team but the amount has not
been written off wholly.

Erosion in the value of the security-

i) If the realizable value of security is less than 50% of the value assessed by the
Bank or accepted by RBI at the time of last inspection, it may be classified under
Doubtful category,
ii) If realizable value of the security as assessed by the Bank/ approved valuers/
RBI, is less than 10% of the outstanding in the borrowal accounts, the asset shall
be straightaway classified as Loss asset.

Provisioning Norms:
Standard Assets: Farm credit to agri, Individual Housing loans & SME- 0.25%;
Commercial Real Estate (CRE)- 1%
CRE (Residential Housing)- 0.75%; Others not mentioned above: 0.40%
Normal Provision Accelerated Provision
Sub 15% 15%(up to 6M); 25% (>6M)
Std(Secured)

SubStd(Unsecur 20%(Infra) 25%(upto 6M); 40%(>6M)

ed) 25%(Other)
Doubtful-1 25%(Secured 40% (Secured portion)
portion) 100% (Unsecured Portion)
100%(unsecured
portion)
Doubtful-2 40%(Secured 100%(for both)
portion)
100%(Unsecured
portion)
Doubtful-3 100% 100%

Generally, loss assets are to be taken off Balance Sheet and to be parked in
Advances Under Collection Account (AUCA). If for any reason not parked in
AUCA, a provision equivalent to 100 percent of outstanding in the account shall
be made.
Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code-2016 (IBC):
The IBC brings a paradigm shift from ‘debtors’ in possession to ‘creditors in
control’, creates time bound processes for insolvency resolution of companies

Page | 35 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 and individuals. It moves from “Erosion of Net-Worth” to “Payment Default”. The
minimum default amount to initiate the procedure is Rs.1.00 Lakh. Insolvency
Professional will take over management and control of the Corporate Debtor
(Borrowing Company).
The IBC framework is regulated by ‘the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of India
(IBBI)’. It has constituted two following Adjudicating Authorities to handle the
cases:
i) National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) – to deal with Corporate Persons
(including LLP).
ii) Debt Recovery Tribunal (DRT) – to deal with Individuals and Partnership Firms.
All appeals from NCLT and DRT shall lie with NCLAT and DRAT respectively.
However, the Supreme Court of India shall have Appellate jurisdiction over NCLAT
and DRAT.
13. Autonomous 1. In respect of these units, review/renewal of limits can be carried out based
Bodies promoted on the financial statements certified by Internal Auditors and there is no
by Central need to wait for the completion of Comptroller & Auditor General Audit,
Govt/Profit wherever applicable.
making Central 2. Borrowers with Maharatna or Navaratna status are exempted from the
PSUs etc purview of non-trigger based dynamic review of ratings provided there is
no change in their status.
3. Takeover norms shall not be applicable to these entities
4. Entities connected with the sovereign are exempted from the definition
of group of connected Counterparties.
5. Financing Infra Projects: Maharatna PSUs are exempted from minimum
debt equity ratio of 70:30. Min upfront equity required for Maharatna
PSUs shall be 25% of Promoters equity commited.
6. Non-renewal/Expired ECRA (beyond 15 months from the date of ECR)
wherever applicable: These entities are exempted from the penal
provisions.
7. Trade and Services Sector: The mandatory collateral security norms, if any,
shall not be applicable to these entities.
14. Project Finance Threshold limit for appraisal of proposals of Infrastructure and Non-Infrastructure
and Structuring Projects and criteria for reference of projects to PF&S SBU are set as under:
Strategic Business
Unit Sectors Threshold limit – Project Cost
Infrastructure Above Rs.250 cr
Non-Infrastructure Above Rs.750 cr
Proposals below the above thresholds may be referred to PF&S SBU for vetting
with the approval of the CGM of the Circle/CGM of the Business Verticals/SA.

Page | 36 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 15. EXIT POLICY 1. Eligible accounts: All Standard accounts including SMAs irrespective of
external rating
2. Threshold limit: Rs.5 crores and above
3. Indicative signs of stress:
a) Drastic fall in performance,
b) Non-adherence to financial parametres/ covenants of sanctions
c) Critical observations in RFIA/Credit Audit/Stock & Receivable audit etc.
d) Adverse market reports/disputes amongst Promotors
e) Industry which the unit is engaged is on a declining trend
f) Borrower declared as Wilful Defaulter / Non cooperative borrowers
g) Group account declared as fraud or RFA by our Bank or any other Bank
The aggregate of accounts identified for exit approved by the Competent
Authority (i.e., Controllers for the CAG/CCG branches and GM network for
Circle) will form the Exit budget for that Operating unit. The status of review
of accounts identified for exit should be put up to the Controllers not below
the rank of GM every month. In case the stress eases in any approved account,
CGM (circle) / Business Vertical may approve removal of the account from the
exit list and also approve easing/removing the remedial measures by restoring
the normal terms and conditions.
The branch should examine and explore the option of exiting from D rated
accounts as the possibility of such account turning into NPAs is high.
16. Policy on Wilful As per RBI definitions, parameters for classifying Wilful Defaulter are:
Defaulter / Non- a) Default in payment / repayment obligations when it has the capacity to
Cooperative honour the obligation.
Borrower / Fraud / b) Diversion of Funds
Default in Group c) Siphoning of funds
Companies d) Disposal of assets without knowledge of bank
Cut-off Limits for Identification of Wilful Defaulter- Rs. 25 Lakh
Non-Cooperative Borrowers
a) Defaulting in timely repayment of dues while having ability to pay
b) Thwarting Bank’s efforts for recovery of their dues by not providing
necessary information sought
c) Denying access to the assets financed/collateral securities
d) Obstructing sale of securities
Cut off limit for classifying borrower as NCB is aggregate FB and NFB of Rs. 5
Crores or its equivalent from the bank.

***

Page | 37 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 KYC / AMLCFT GUIDELINES
OBJECTIVE, SCOPE, AND APPLICATION
The primary objective of the KYC, AML & CFT Policy of the Bank, hereinafter calledthe
Policy, is to prevent the Bank from being used, intentionally or unintentionally,by criminal
elements for money laundering or financing of terrorism. Purposes proposed to be served
by the Policy are:

➢ To prevent criminal elements from using the Bank for money laundering
activities/transactions.

➢ To enable the Bank to know/understand the customers and their financial dealings
better, which in turn, would help the Bank to manage risks prudently.

➢ To put in place appropriate controls for the detection and reporting of suspicious
activities in accordance with applicable laws/laid down procedures.

➢ To monitor cash transactions for filing of Cash Transaction Reports.

➢ To file Counterfeit Currency Reports (CCR) in cases of detection of counterfeit

currency.

➢ To comply with applicable laws and regulatory guidelines.

➢ To ensure that the concerned staff are adequately trained in KYC/AML/CFT procedures.

DEFINITIONS
As per the Section 3 of Preventio of Money Laundering Act 2002, PMLA
Money Laundering: “Whosoever directly or indirectly attempts to indulge or knowingly
assists or knowingly is a party or is involved in any process or activity connected with the
proceeds of crime including its concealment, possession, acquisition or use and projecting
or claiming it as untainted property shall be guilty of offence of money laundering”.

Beneficial Owner (BO)

Beneficial owner is an individual who ultimately owns or controls a client of a reporting

entity or the person on whose behalf a transaction is being conducted and includes a person
who exercises ultimate effective control over a juridical person.

Page | 38 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 (a) Where the customer is a company, the beneficial owner is the natural person(s), who,
whether acting alone or together, or through one or more juridical persons, has/have a
controlling ownership interest or who exercise control through other means.

“Controlling ownership interest” means ownership of/entitlement to more than 10 per cent
of the shares or capital or profits of the company.

“Control” shall include the right to appoint majority of the directors or to control the
management or policy decisions including by virtue of their shareholding or management
rights or shareholders agreements or voting agreements.

(b) Where the customer is a partnership firm, the beneficial owner is the natural person(s),
who, whether acting alone or together, or through one or more juridical person, has/have
ownership of/entitlement to more than 10 per cent of capital or profits of the partnership.

(c) Where the customer is an unincorporated association or body of individuals, the

beneficial owner is the natural person(s), who, whether acting alone or together, or through
one or more juridical person, has/have ownership of/entitlement to more than 15 per cent
of the property or capital or profits of the unincorporated association or body of individuals.

(d) Where the customer is a trust, the identification of beneficial owner(s) shall include
identification of the author of the trust, the trustee, the beneficiaries with 10% or more
interest in the trust and any other natural person exercising ultimate effective control over
the trust through a chain of control or ownership.

Exemption from identification of BO: The exemption from BO identification has been aligned
with that provided in the PML Rules, 2005, such that where the customer or the owner of the
controlling interest is (i) an entity listed on a stock exchange in India, or (ii) is an entity
resident in jurisdictions notified by the Central Government and listed on stock exchanges in
such jurisdictions, or (iii) is a subsidiary of such listed entities; it is not necessary to identify
and verify the identity of any shareholder or beneficial owner of such an entity.

Central KYC Records Registry (CKYCR): means an entity defined under Rule 2(1) of the
Rules, to receive, store, safeguard and retrieve the KYC records in digital form of a
customer.

eKYC: authentication facility means an authentication facility as defined in Aadhaar

(Authentication) Regulations, 2016.

Page | 39 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Digital KYC: means capturing the live photo of the customer and officially valid document
or the proof of possession of Aadhaar, where offline verification cannot be carried out,
along with the latitude and longitude of the location where such live photo is being taken
by an authorised officer of the RE as per the provisions contained in the Act.

Digital Signature: shall have the same meaning as assigned to it in clause (p) of sub section
(1) of section (2) of the Information Technology Act, 2000 (21 of 2000).

Equivalent e-document means an electronic equivalent of a document, issued by the

issuing authority of such document with its valid digital signature including documents
issued to the digital locker account of the customer as per rule 9 of the Information
Technology (Preservation and Retention of Information by Intermediaries Providing Digital
Locker Facilities) Rules, 2016.

Group: means the term Group shall have the same meaning assigned to it in clause (e)
of sub section (9) of Section 286 of the Income Tax Act 1961 (43 of 1961).

Nonprofit Organizations (NPO) means any entity or organization, constituted for religious
or charitable purposes referred to in clause (15) of section 2 of the Income Tax Act, 1961 (43
of 1961) that is registered as a trust or a society under the Societies Registration Act, 1860
(21 of 1860) or any similar State legislation or a Company registered under the section 8 of
the Companies Act, 2013 (18 of 2013).

Designated Director for the Bank is the Managing Director as nominated by the Board to
ensure overall compliance with the obligations imposed under Chapter IV of the PML Act and
Rules.

Principal Officer for the Bank is General Manager (AMLCFT), Jaipur, and is responsible for
ensuring compliance, monitoring transactions, sharing, and reporting information as required
under the law/regulations.

“Regulated Entities” (REs) means

(a) all Scheduled Commercial Banks (SCBs)/ Regional Rural Banks (RRBs)/ Local Area Banks
(LABs)/ All Primary (Urban) Cooperative Banks (UCBs) /State and Central Co operative Banks
(St CBs / CCBs) and any other entity which has been licensed under Section 22 of Banking
Regulation Act, 1949, which as a group shall be referred as ‘banks’
(b) All India Financial Institutions (AIFIs)

Page | 40 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 (c) All Non-Banking Finance Companies (NBFCs), Miscellaneous Non-Banking Compa nies
(MNBCs) and Residuary Non-Banking Companies (RNBCs).
(d) All Payment System Providers (PSPs)/ System Participants (SPs) and Prepaid Payment
Instrument Issuers (PPI Issuers)
(e) All authorized persons (APs) including those who are agents of Money Transfer
Service Scheme (MTSS), regulated by the Regulator.
(f) Asset Reconstruction Companies (ARCs)

Suspicious transaction: means a “transaction” as defined below, including an at tempted

transaction, whether or not made in cash, which, to a person acting in good faith:
(a) gives rise to a reasonable ground of suspicion that it may involve proceeds of an
offence specified in the Schedule to the Act, regardless of the value involved; or
(b) appears to be made in circumstances of unusual or unjustified complexity; or
(c) appears to not have economic rationale or bonafide purpose; or
(d) gives rise to a reasonable ground of suspicion that it may involve financing of the
activities relating to terrorism.

Small Account: means a savings account which is opened in terms of sub rule (5) ofthe
PML Rules, 2005. Small Accounts entail following limitations:
(a) the aggregate of all credits in a financial year does not exceed Rupees one lakh;
(b) the aggregate of all withdrawals and transfers in a month does not exceed Rupees
ten thousand; and
(c) the balance at any point of time does not exceed Rupees fifty thousand.
(d) Foreign remittances cannot be credited to Small Accounts without completing normal KYC
formalities.
(e) Small accounts are valid for a period of 12 months initially which may be extended by another
12 months if the person provides proof of having applied for an Officially Valid Document
(OVD).
(f) Small Accounts can only be opened at CBS linked branches of banks or at such branches where
it is possible to manually monitor the fulfilment of the conditions

Transaction: means a purchase, sale, loan, pledge, gift, transfer, delivery or the arrangement
thereof and includes:
(a) opening of an account;
(b) deposits, withdrawal, exchange or transfer of funds in whatever currency, whether in cash or
by cheque, payment order or other instruments or by electronic or other nonphysical means.
(a) the use of a safety deposit box or any other form of safe deposit
(b) entering into any fiduciary relationship;

Page | 41 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 (c) any payment made or received, in whole or in part, for any contractual or other legal
obligation; or
(d) establishing or creating a legal person or legal arrangement.

Video based Customer Identification Process (VCIP): a method of customer identification

by an official of the Bank by undertaking seamless, secure, real time, consent based
audiovisual interaction with the customer to obtain identification information including the
documents required for Customer Due Diligence (CDD) purpose, and to ascertain the
veracity of the information furnished by the customer. Such a process shall be treated as
a face to face process.

Customer: means a person who is engaged in a financial transaction or activity with the Bank
and includes a person on whose behalf the person who is engaged in the transaction or
activity, is acting.

Walk in Customer means a person who does not have an account based relationship with
the Bank but undertakes transactions with us.

Customer Due Diligence (CDD): means identifying and verifying the customer and the
beneficial owner using reliable and independent sources of identification.

FATCA: means Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act of the United States of America(USA)
which, inter alia, requires foreign financial institutions to report about financialaccounts
held by U.S. taxpayers or foreign entities in which U.S. taxpayers hold a substantial
ownership interest.

Non face to face customers means customers who open accounts without visitingthe
branch/offices of the Bank or meeting the officials of the Bank.

Politically Exposed Persons (PEPs): PEPs are individuals who are or have been entrusted
with prominent public functions by a foreign country, including the Heads of
States/Governments, senior politicians, senior government/judicial/military officers,
senior executives of state-owned corporations and important political party officials.

Shell bank: means a bank that has no physical presence in the country in which it is
incorporated and licensed, and which is unaffiliated with a regulated financial group that is
subject to effective consolidated supervision. Physical presence means meaningful mind
and management located within a country. The existence simply of a local agent or low-level
staff does not constitute physical presence.

Page | 42 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Wire transfer: means a transaction carried out, directly or through a chain of transfers, on
behalf of an originator person (both natural and legal) through a bank by electronic means
with a view to making an amount of money available to a beneficiary person at a bank.

Domestic and cross border wire transfer: When the originator bank and the beneficiary
bank is the same person or different person located in the same country, such a transaction
is a domestic wire transfer, and if the ‘originator bank’ or ‘beneficiary bank’ is located in
different countries such a transaction is cross border wire transfer.

Compliance of KYC Policy:

Compliance of KYC Policy of the bank shall be ensured through the followingmeans:
(a) It is the responsibility of each vertical head/head of the Business Unit to ensureKYC
compliance under their area of operations.
(b) The responsibility to be allocated for effective implementation of policies and
procedures.
(c) The compliance functions of bank’s policies and procedures, including legal and
regulatory requirements must be independently evaluated.
(d) Concurrent/internal audit system to verify the compliance with KYC/AML policiesand
procedures.
(e) Submission of quarterly audit notes and compliance to the Audit Committee.

Bank shall ensure that decision making functions of determining compliance with KYC
norms are not outsourced.

All Officers/Employees of the Bank shall abide by the KYC Policy/Instructions issued there
under and implement them in letter & spirit.

Noncompliance with KYC/AML/CFT standards can lead to misuse of the different channels
of the Bank for Money Laundering/financing terrorism activities and thus expose the Bank
to risks such as Operational Risk, Reputation Risk.

KEY ELEMENTS OF THE POLICY:

The KYC/AML/CFT Policy of the Bank contains the following key elements:
(a) Customer Acceptance Policy (CAP);
(b) Risk Management;
(c) Customer Identification Procedures (CIP); and
(d) Monitoring of Transactions

Page | 43 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 CUSTOMER ACCEPTANCE POLICY

Bank’s Customer Acceptance Policy (CAP) lays down the criteria for acceptance ofcustomers.

➢ No account is opened in anonymous or fictitious/ benami name.

➢ No account is opened where the Branch/Business unit is unable to apply ap
propriate CDD measures.
➢ Branches/Offices shall apply the CDD procedure at the CIF level.

➢ A customer is permitted to act on behalf of another person / entity in the following

circumstances
➢ To represent individual for transactions / agreement within the delegated authority.
➢ Accounts of persons having relationships with banned entities such as individual
terrorists or terrorist organizations etc. are not to be opened.
➢ As per RBI Guidelines, Bank shall not deal in Virtual Currencies (VC) or provide services
for facilitating any person or entity in dealing with or settling VCs. Therefore,
Branches/offices shall not undertake activities like, giving loans against virtual
tokens, accepting them as collateral, opening accounts of ex changes dealing with
them and transfer / receipt of money in accounts relating to purchase/ sale of VCs.
➢ Additional information, where such information requirement has not been specified
in the KYC Policy, shall be obtained with the explicit consent of the customer.
➢ Where GST number is available, the same shall be verified through the
search/verification facility provided by the issuing authority.
➢ Where Bank is suspicious of money laundering or terrorist financing, and it
reasonably believes that performing the CDD process will tip-off the customer, it shall
not pursue the CDD process, and instead file an STR.

RISK CATEGORISATION

Bank has adopted a risk-based approach. According to this approach,

(a) Customers shall be categorized as Low, Medium and High-risk categories.
(b) Risk categorisation shall be undertaken based on parameters such as customer’s identity,
social/financial status, nature of business activity, and information about the customer’s
business and their location, geographical risk covering customers as well as transactions, type
of products/services offered, delivery channel used for delivery of products/services, types of
transaction undertaken – cash, cheque/monetary instruments, wire transfers, forex
transactions, etc. While considering customer’s identity, the ability to confirm identity
documents through online or other services offered by issuing authorities may also be
factored in. It shall be ensured to treat that risk categorisation and reasons for risk
categorisation of customers as confidential

Page | 44 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 (c) Detailed instructions on Risk Categorization shall be issued by AML CFT Department,
Jaipur.
(d) Other information to be collected from different categories of customers relating to the
perceived risk, shall be nonintrusive.

CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION PROCEDURE

General Principles: Customer identification means undertaking client due diligence

measures while commencing an account based relationship including identifying and
verifying the customer and the beneficial owner.
(a) Customer identification requires identifying the customer and verifying his/her identity
by using reliable, independent source documents, data or information. The first
requirement of Customer Identification Procedures (CIP) to be satisfied is that a prospective
customer is actually who he/she claims to be.
(b) ‘Mandatory’ information required for KYC purpose, which the customer
is obliged to give, shall be obtained at the time of opening an account or during periodic
updation. The information {both ‘mandatory’ (obtained before opening the account) and
‘optional’ (after opening the account with the explicit consent of the customer)} collected
from the customer is to be treated as confidential and details thereof are not to be divulged
for cross selling or any other purpose, without the express permission of the customer.
(c) Extra care should be taken while opening accounts of various firms and companies
belonging to the same group especially in the light of beneficial owners/real beneficiaries of
such group accounts and under no circumstances accounts of shell companies/firms should
be opened in Bank’s books. While considering customer’s identity, the ability to confirm
identity documents through online or other services offered byissuing authorities need to
be factored in.

Branches / offices shall undertake Customer Identification in the following cases:

➢ While establishing an account based relationship.

➢ Carrying out any international money transfer operations for a person who is not an
account holder.
➢ When the Branch / Office has a doubt about the authenticity or adequacy of the
customer identification data it has obtained.
➢ Selling of third party products as agents, selling our own products, payment of dues of
credit cards/sale and reloading of prepaid/travel cards and any other product for more
than Rs. 50,000/.
➢ Carrying out transactions for a non-account-based customer, that is a walk-in customer,
where the amount involved is equal to or exceeds Ru pees fifty thousand, whether
conducted as a single transaction or several transactions that appear to be connected.

Page | 45 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 ➢ When the Bank has reason to believe that a customer (account based or walk in) is
intentionally structuring a transaction into a series of transactions below the threshold
of Rupees fifty thousand.

List of OVDs:

(i) Passport,
(ii) The Driving License,
(iii) Proof of possession of Aadhaar Number,
(iv) The Voter's Identity Card issued by the Election Commission of India,
(v) Job Card issued by NREGA duly signed by an officer of the State Governmentand
(vi) Letter issued by the National Population Register containing details of nameand
address.
No other document shall be accepted for establishing identity/address of an individual
customer.

Deemed OVD

(i) Utility bill not more than two months old (electricity, telephone, postpaid mobilephone,
piped gas, water bill)
(ii) Property or Municipal tax receipt
(iii) PPOs issued to retired employees by Government Departments or Public Sector
Undertakings, if they contain the address
(iv) Letter of allotment of accommodation from employer issued by State Government or
Central Government Departments, statutory or regulatory bodies, public sector under takings,
SCBs, FIs, listed companies and lease and license agreements with such employers.
The customer shall submit OVD updated with current address within a period of 3 months.

Digital KYC

➢ An application for digital KYC process shall be developed by the Bank which shall be
made available at customer touch points for undertaking KYC of their customers and the
KYC process shall be undertaken only through this authenticated application.
➢ The access of the Application shall be controlled, and it should be ensured that the same
is not used by unauthorized persons.
➢ The customer, for the purpose of KYC, shall visit the location of the authorized official of
the Bank or vice versa. The original OVD shall be in possession of the customer.
➢ It is to be ensured that the Live photograph of the customer is taken by the authorized
officer and the same photograph is embedded in the Customer Application Form (CAF).

Page | 46 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 VIDEO BASED CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION PROCESS (VCIP):

Bank may undertake live VCIP, to be carried out by an official of the Bank, for establishment
of an account-based relationship with an individual customer, after obtaining his informed
consent and shall adhere to the following stipulations:

➢ The official of the Bank performing the VCIP shall record video as well as capture
photograph of the customer present for identification and obtain the identification
information by using either OTP based Aadhaar e KYC authentication or Offline
Verification of Aadhaar for identification. Further, services of Business Correspondents
(BCs) may be used by banks for aiding the VCIP.

➢ The official shall capture a clear image of PAN card to be displayed by the customer during
the process, except in cases where e PAN is provided by the customer. The PAN details
shall be verified from the database of the issuing authority.

➢ Live location of the customer (Geotagging) shall be captured to ensure that customer is
physically present in India.

➢ The Bank official shall ensure that photograph of the customer in the Aadhaar/PAN
details matches with the customer undertaking the VCIP and the identification details in
Aadhaar/PAN shall match with the details provided by the customer.

➢ The Bank official shall ensure that the sequence and/or type of questions during video
interactions are varied in order to establish that the interactions are real time and not
prerecorded.

➢ In case of offline verification of Aadhaar using XML file or Aadhaar Secure QR Code, it
shall be ensured that the XML file or QR code generation date is not older than 3 days
from the date of carrying out VCIP.

➢ All accounts opened through VCIP shall be made operational only after being subject to
concurrent audit, to ensure the integrity of process.

➢ BCs can facilitate the process only at the customer end and as already stated above, the
official at the other end of VCIP interaction should necessarily be a bank official.

KYC ON TRANSFER OF ACCOUNTS:

Page | 47 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 KYC verification once done by one branch/office of the Bank shall be valid for transfer of the
account to any other branch/business unit, provided full KYC verification has already been
done for the concerned account and the same is not due for periodic updation.

DUE DILIGENCE PROCEDURE IN CASE OF NONINDIVIDUALS

For opening accounts of nonindividuals (entities), identification information of individuals,

who are Proprietor(s) / Partner(s) / Beneficial Owner(s) /Authorised Signatories shall be
obtained.

Proprietary firm - Any two of the following documents or the equivalent documents
thereof as a proof of business/ activity in the name of the proprietaryfirm shall be
obtained.

(a) Registration certificate (in the case of a registered concern),

(b) Udyam Registration Certificate (URC) issued by the Government.
(c) Certificate/license issued by the Municipal authorities under Shop & Establishment
Act.
(d) Sales and Income Tax returns,
(e) CST/VAT /GST certificate(provisional/final),
(f) Certificate/Registration document issued by Sales Tax/Service Tax/Professional Tax
authorities,
(g) IEC (Importer Exporter Code) issued to the proprietary concern by office of
DGFT/License/Certificate of practice issued in the name of the proprietary concern by any
professional body incorporated under a statute.
(h) The complete Income Tax Return (not just the acknowledgement) in the name of the
sole proprietor where the firm’s income is reflected, duly authenticated/ acknowledged by
the Income Tax authorities.
(i) Utility bills such as electricity, water and landline telephone bills in the name ofthe
proprietary concern.

COMPANIES: For opening an account of a company, certified copy of each of the following
documents or the equivalent e documents thereof are required to be obtained for
customer identification.
(a) Certificate of Incorporation;
(b) Memorandum and Articles of Association
(c) Permanent Account Number (PAN) of the Company
(d) A resolution from the Board of Directors and power of attorney granted to its

Page | 48 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 managers, officers or employees, to transact on its behalf; and Documents in respect of
Beneficial Owners, managers, officers or employees, as the case maybe, holding an
attorney to transact on its behalf.
(e) the names of the relevant persons holding senior management position.
(f) the registered office and the principal place of its business if it is different.

PARTNERSHIP FIRMS: For opening an account of a partnership firm, certified copy of each
of the following documents or the equivalent e documents thereof are required to be
obtained for customer identification:
(a) Registration Certificate
(b) Partnership deed; and
(c) Permanent Account Number (PAN) of the Partnership firm,
(d) the names of all the partners
(e) address of the registered office, and the principal place of its business, if it is different.
(f) Documents in respect of Beneficial Owners, managers, officers, or employees, as the
case may be holding an attorney to transact on its behalf.

TRUST: For opening an account of a Trust, certified copy of each of the following documents or
the equivalent e documents thereof are required to be obtained forcustomer identification:
(a) Registration certificate;
(b) Trust deed;
(c) Permanent Account Number (PAN) or Form 60 of the Trust,
(d) the names of the beneficiaries, trustees, settlor, and authors of the trust and
(e) the address of the registered office of the trust
(f) list of trustees and documents, for those discharging roles as trustee and authorized to
transact on behalf of the trust.
(g) Documents in respect of Beneficial Owners, managers, officers or employees, asthe
case maybe, holding an attorney to transact on its behalf.

UNINCORPORATED ASSOCIATIONS OR BODY OF INDIVIDUALS: For opening accounts

of an unincorporated association or a body of individuals, certified copies of each of the

following documents or the equivalent e documents thereof are required to be obtained:
(a) Resolution of the managing body of such association or body of individuals
(b) Permanent Account Number (PAN) or Form 60 of the Unincorporated Associationor a
Body of Individuals
(c) Power of attorney granted to transact on its behalf
(d) Documents in respect of Beneficial Owners, managers, officers or employees, asthe
case maybe, holding an attorney to transact on its behalf and

Page | 49 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 (e) Such information as may be required to collectively establish the legal existenceof
such an association or body of individuals.

JURIDICAL PERSONS: While opening accounts of Juridical persons such as Government or

its Departments, societies, universities and local bodies like village panchayats, a copy of the
following documents or the equivalent e documents thereof shall be obtained:

(a) Document showing name of the person authorized to act on behalf of the entity.
(b) Documents in respect of the person holding an attorney to transact on its behalfand
(c) Such documents as may be required to establish the legal existence of such an
entity/juridical person.

Money Mules are persons engaged by criminals to hide their route of funding (For Example: a
fraudster may engage an ignorant person to get deposit in his account and later give that
money to fraudster.)

“Money Mules” are third party who are recruited to be used to launder the proceeds of fraud
schemes (e.g., phishing & identity theft) by criminals who gain illegal access to de posit accounts.
In some cases, these third parties may be innocent while in others, they may be having complicity
with the criminals. Money mules are also recruited by various methods including spam emails,
advertisements on genuine recruitment web sites, social networking sites, instant messaging &
ad. in newspapers.

Types of Money Mules:

a) Unknowing/unwitting Money Mules: Unknowing/unwitting Money Mules are unaware
that they are part of a broader criminal enterprise
b) Willful Money Mules: Participants in witting are assumed to be somewhat conscious that
what they are doing is suspect
c) Complicit Money Mules: Money Mules that are complicit in crime know what they are
doing and voluntarily participate

Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA), Government of India has set up ‘Indian Cyber Crime
Coordination Centre (I4C)’ - June 2020

POLICY ON OPERATION OF BANK ACCOUNTS-PREVENTION, IDENTIFICATION AND

RESTRICTION OF MONEY MULES

This Policy will be reviewed within a year of issuance and there after once in two years

Page | 50 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 LEGACY ACCOUNTS: Existing customers who are already having an account based
relationship with the Bank shall submit the Permanent Account Number (PAN) or equivalent
e-documents thereof or Form 60 by such date as may be notified by the Central
Government, failing which the account shall temporarily cease to be operational till the time
the PAN or equivalent e documents thereof or Form 60 is submit ted by the customer.

OPENING OF ACCOUNTS OF FOREIGN STUDENTS

Non-Resident Ordinary (NRO) bank account of foreign students may be opened on the
basis of his/her passport (with appropriate visa & immigration endorsement) bearing the
proof of identity and address in the home country along with a photograph and a letter
offering admission from the educational institution in India.

➢ A declaration should be obtained about the local address within a period of 30 days of
opening the account and the said local address shall be verified.

➢ Pending verification of address, during the 30 days period, the account may be
operated with a condition of allowing foreign remittances not exceeding USD 1,000 or
equivalent into the account and cap of Rupees fifty thousand on aggregate in the same.

➢ Students with Pakistani nationality will need prior approval of Reserve Bank of India
for opening the account.

ACCOUNTS OF MINORS

(a) Minors, who can adhere to uniform signature and are not less than ten years old, can
open accounts in their single name. In such cases, KYC procedure for identification /address
verification as in case of any other individual would apply.
(b) For minors below the age of 10 years or whose accounts are operated by
Parents/Guardian, proof of Date of Birth of Minor, Photograph of guardian and KYC of
guardian shall be obtained.
(c) Wherever PAN of minor is not available, Form 60 is to be obtained, which shall be signed
by Parent/Guardian only.
(d) Minors on attaining majority shall submit their Fresh Photographs, Copy of PAN card or
Form 60 along with the appropriate KYC documents.

INDIVIDUAL NRE ACCOUNTS

Accounts to be opened on the basis of following documents. Passport and Visa Copies, duly

Page | 51 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 attested by
(i) Authorized officials of overseas branches of Scheduled Commercial Banks registered
in India,
(ii) Branches of overseas banks with whom Indian banks have relationships,
(iii) Notary Public abroad,
(iv) Court Magistrate,
(v) Judge,
(vi) Indian Embassy/Consulate General in the country where the nonresident customer resides.
NRI customers who want to open accounts without visiting the branch will be treated as
“Non-Face to Face” customers and necessary due diligence, as applicable to “Non Face to
Face” customers, needs to be done

Persons of Indian Origin and Overseas Citizen of India PIOs/OCIs –

Persons of Indian Origin (PIO) and Overseas Citizen of India (OCI) who are desirous of
opening NRO/NRE/FCNB (B) accounts are required to submit ANY ONE of following
documents in addition to the copy of passport, while opening such accounts.
(i) Copy of PIO/OCI Card issued by Govt. of India.
(ii) Copy of relevant pages of passport of parents or grandparents, establishing them as
NRI/Indian origin
Copy of marriage certificate establishing the spouse as NRI/Indian origin.

Foreign nationals in India on work or business:

Foreign Nationals who are permitted to stay in India for longer periods for employment
/ business work are permitted to open Resident Accounts, subject provision of
(i) CDD as per instructions and
(ii) Copy of Visa / Work Permit (should be current and not expired); and
(iii) Registration Certificate issued by Foreigners Registration Office (FRO) / Foreigners
Regional Registration Office (FRRO).

HINDU UNDIVIDED FAMILY(HUF):

For opening accounts of an HUF, copies of each of the following documentsis

required to be obtained:
(a) Declaration from the Karta,
(b) PAN or Form 60 of the HUF,
(c) Documents in respect of the Karta, and
(d) Prescribed Joint Hindu Family Letter signed by all the adult coparceners.

Page | 52 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP (LLP):

For opening accounts of LLP, copies of each of the following documents isrequired to
be obtained:
(a) Limited Liability Partnership Deed.
(b) Registration Certificate from Registrar of Companies (ROC) along with Designated
Partner’s Identification Number” (DPIN) of the Partners.
(c) Proof of Address of Registered Office of the LLP.
(d) Certificate of Incorporation.
(e) PAN of LLP
(f) Resolution for opening Account with the Bank.
(g) OVDs in respect of Beneficial Owners, managers, officers or employees, as the case may
be holding an attorney to transact on its behalf.

KYC Requirements for various accounts

Pehla Kadam - Date of Birth proof of the Minor + KYC of the Parent

Pehli Udaan - Date of Birth proof of the Minor + KYC of Minor

Pehla Kadam - a Savings Bank account for minor of any age operated jointly with his/herParent/
Guardian or singly by Parent/ Guardian.
Pehli Udaan - a singly operated Savings Bank Account for a Minor aged 10 years andabove
and who can sign uniformly.

KYC NONCOMPLIANT/ KYC DISCREPANT ACCOUNTS

While the Bank on board’s customer only after complying with the KYC requirements, there
may be instances where the accounts are rendered KYC Noncompliant subsequently or
become KYC discrepant due to non-availability of documents formation from the customer.
Examples of such cases are as under:
(a) Accounts opened with Deemed OVD but updated OVD is not provided within 3
months.
(b) Small accounts where OVD is not provided within a period of 24 months, subjectto
relaxations provided by RBI/ Govt. of India.
(c) Accounts where KYC Updation is overdue.
(d) Legacy Accounts found KYC noncompliant on reexamination/audit/inspection.
(e) Accounts where customer does not cooperate to provide CDD or additional
information, including Beneficial Ownership information.

Page | 53 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 PARTIAL FREEZE

Partial Freeze means restricting debits in the account through all channels but allowing
credits.

TRIGGERING OF PARTIAL FREEZE

(a) Option of partial freeze will be exercised after giving due notice of one month initially to
the customer to comply with the KYC requirements, followed by a reminder giving a further
period of one month.
(b) Thereafter, partial freeze may be imposed after three months from date of first notice,
by allowing all credits but disallowing all debits, if the account remains KYC noncompliant/
KYC discrepant.
(c) As per law, if the notice is returned undelivered with postal remarks ‘non available in
house’, ‘house locked’, and ‘shop closed’, it will be treated as deemed service ofthe
notice on the customer.

IMPOSITION OF FULL FREEZE

If the account remains KYC noncompliant after three months of imposing partialfreeze, all
credits to the account may be stopped, leading to full freeze.

AUTHORITY FOR IMPOSING PARTIAL / FULL FREEZE

The branch Manager shall be the designated officer for authorizing Partial/ Full Freeze.

REMOVAL OF PARTIAL/ FULL FREEZE

During the course of such freeze, an account holder can revive his / her account by
submitting the KYC documents/information as per instructions in force. Branch Man ager
shall be the designated officer for authorizing removal of freeze. In all cases, if the
customer chooses to close the account, he/she may be permitted to do so, and account
settled, after establishing his/ her identity.

PRESERVATION OF RECORDS

Maintain all necessary records of transactions between the Bank and the customer, both
domestic and international, for at least five years from the date of transaction.

Preserve the records pertaining to the identification of the customers and their addresses

Page | 54 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 obtained while opening the account and during the course of business relationship, for at
least five years after the business relationship is ended.

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTELLIGENCE UNIT – INDIA

In terms of Rule 3 of the Prevention of Money Laundering (Maintenance of Records) Rules,

2005 and in terms of Rule 7 thereof, Bank is required to file following reportsto Financial
Intelligence Unit India (FIUIND)
a. Cash Transactions Reports (CTRs) >10L – 15th day of succeeding month
b. Counterfeit Currency Reports (CCRs) - 15th day of succeeding month
c. Suspicious Transactions Reports (STRs) – Within 7 working days on being satisfied that
the transaction is suspicious.
d. Non-Profit Organizations Transactions Report (NTRs) - 15th day of succeeding month
e. Cross Border Wire Transaction Reports (CBWTR) - 15th day of succeeding month

REPORTING SYSTEM

Assistant MLROs AGM (RBOs)/ Branch Head / Head of CPCs

DGM (B&O) for AOs & direct
Deputy MLROs
branches
DGM&CFO/CCFO in circles for branches in
R&DB.
Official not below the rank of DGM
MLROs
nominated as MLRO by the respective Head
of the Department for SAMG/ CCG/ Other
departments at CC

MONITORING OF TRANSACTIONS

The General Manager (AML/CFT) shall be the Principal Officer for AML/CFT matters who
shall be responsible for implementation of and compliance with this policy. His / her
illustrative duties, in this regard, are as follows:
(a) Overall monitoring of the implementation of the Bank's adherence to AML/CFT
guidelines.
(b) Monitoring and reporting of transactions, and sharing of information, as required under
the law.
(c) Interaction with MLROs in Business Groups/SBUs for ensuring full compliance with the
AML CFT guidelines.
(d) Timely submission of Cash Transaction Reports (CTRs), Suspicious Transaction Reports
(STRs), Counterfeit Currency Reports (CCRs) Non-Profit Organization Transaction Report

Page | 55 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 (NTRs), Cross Border Wire Transactions Report to FIU IND.
(e) Maintaining liaison with the law enforcement agencies, banks and other institutions
which are involved in the fight against money laundering and combating financing of
terrorism.
(f) Ensuring submission of periodical reports to the Top Management /Board and
sensitization of various role holders about AML/CFT functions.

DO's AND DON'Ts FOR OPERATING UNITS / FUNCTIONARIESFOR ALL TRANSACTIONS FROM
AMLCFT PERSPECTIVES

DO's

✓ Be alert for unusual / suspicious behavior of existing / prospective customers and go

through indicative alert scenario list.

✓ Make formal / brief enquiries regarding unusual transactions as it works as an effective

deterrence against attempts by miscreants.

✓ Immediately report to AMLCFT Cell Corporate Center, Jaipur wherever suspicion is

raised about misuse of any account/involvement of any customer in money laundering
/ Terror Funding activities / other illegal (cheating etc.) activities. {Reporting to
AMLCFT Cell may be done by sending email at [email protected] by using one
pager simplified STR or through APP linked under Bancslink.}

✓ Transactions in accounts of customers (like students, housewives, migrant la borers,

temporary workers etc.) apparently not matching with financial profile should be
discreetly enquired into to detect the possibilities of their misuse as Money Mule.
✓ Sensitize the customers against attempts of cheating by miscreants using Hoax Calling
and Fictitious Offer of Fund (like prize offers / lottery winning / job offers / social media
etc.)

✓ Attend to emails of Branch regularly and respond to AMLCFT queries promptly.

✓ Download monthly CTR (Reports of high value cash transactions) from AML/CFT site
at SBI Times (files are uploaded every month for respective Circles) and report
suspicion observed, if any, to AML/CFT Cell.

✓ Letters / communications sent at recorded address and returned undelivered for want
of correct address, especially in newly opened accounts should be perceived as
warning signal and actions should be initiated.

Page | 56 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 ✓ The AOF accepted from the customers must be complete in all respects information
fed in CBS must flow from AOF.

✓ Obtain and record the correct “occupation description” of customers in CBS wherever
“Not Categorized” has been chosen in sub menu.

✓ Obtain information regarding exact nature of activity of customer / entities in variably

in AOF and feed in CBS compulsorily.

✓ In case of Companies, serial number of Certificate of Incorporation must be keyed in

at appropriate field in CBS.

✓ Ensure to obtain and feed annual income in case of individuals and annual turnover in
case of entities.

✓ While opening A/c of Companies / firms / trusts etc., go through the documents
submitted carefully and record %age ownership of Partners / Beneficial owners.

DON’Ts

✓ “TIP OFF” customers concerned that his/her account is under monitoring / STRis filed
or likely to be filed.

✓ Share ‘Risk Categorization’ with the customer concerned.

✓ Share AML triggers / rules / thresholds with the customers.

✓ Extend unethical guidance/support to the prospective customers /existing customers

(for mobilizing new business/cross selling) regarding concealment of identification for
carrying out benami transactions, for splitting transactions to escape statutory
reporting / Tax evasion etc.

Risk Categorization: The revised list of classification of customers/groups of customers,

under different categories of risk (e Cir. sl 1472/201516 dt:02/03/2016)

Accounts pertaining to Central/State Governments, PSUs and JVs with Govt., Regulators,
FIs, Statutory Bodies, salaried persons/pensioners of these organizations Small
Accounts” and any product(s) that are specifically mandated to be opened under “Low
Risk”, are to be assigned, abinitio (from the beginning), Low Risk.

Page | 57 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Low Risk:

1. Salaried Employees (whose salary is well defined)

2. Customer belonging to lower economic strata, accounts opened under financialinclusion
3. NGOs/NPOs promoted by UN or its agencies.
4. Government owned Companies/ Departments and (State/Central), PSUs, JVs with
Govt., Regulators, FIs, Statutory bodies etc.
5. All customers not classified either as High/Medium Risk Categories
6. IndividualAccount holder with Credit/debit summations below ₹50 lacs per annum
7. Non-I n d i v i d u a l account holders with credit debit summations below ₹2 croresper
annum.

Medium Risk:

➢ New customers (CIFs) opened under Low Risk while onboarding, during first 180 days
of opening the account, except those pertaining to Central/State Governments, PSUs
and JVs with Govt., Regulators, FIs, Statutory Bodies, salaried persons/pensioners of
these organizations, “Small Accounts” and any product(s) that are specifically
mandated to be opened under Low Risk.
➢ NonBank Financial Institution
➢ Stockbrokers
➢ Import/Export customers
➢ Telemarketers
➢ Pawn Shops
➢ Auctioneers
➢ Venture Capital Companies
➢ All Inoperative accounts
➢ Individual Account holder with Credit/debit summations of ₹50.00 lacs to be low ₹2.00
Crores per annum
➢ Non-Individual account holders with credit debit summations of ₹2.00 crores to below
₹10.00 Crores per annum

High Risk:
➢ Politically Exposed person of foreign origin
➢ Bullion Dealers/jewellers
➢ NonResident Customers (NRIs)
➢ Trust Charities, NGOs & Organisations receiving donations from India &abroad
➢ Non-Face to Face Customers
➢ Customers domiciled in/having transactions with High Risk Countries

Page | 58 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 ➢ Firms with Sleeping partners
➢ Companies having close family shareholding
➢ MultiLevel Marketing Companies
➢ Accounts of Mules
➢ Customers of dubious reputation
➢ High Net worth Individuals with total deposits of Rs.1.50 Croresor more
➢ Pooled Accounts
➢ Individual/entities involved in any fraud/forgery/anti national activity / terrorism / tax
evasion/insider trading may be classified as High Risk
➢ Account opened/operated by Power of Attorney Holders
➢ Individual Account holder with Credit/debit summations of Rs.2.00 crores & more per
annum
➢ Non-Individual account holders with credit debit summations of Rs.10.00 crores & more
per annum
➢ Customer accounts where STR has already been filed with FIU.

Action required on recategorization Accounts with “low risk” & where simplified
procedure is followed, into Medium or High Risk If a ‘low risk’ category customer for
whom simplified procedure is applied, is recategorized as ‘moderate or ‘’high’ risk
category at the time of review of the risk categorization, then Branches/offices should
obtain one of the OVDs for proof of identity and proofof address immediately. In
the event such a customer fails to submit such an OVD, Branches should initiate
action for termination of the business relationshipafter giving due notice.

TRANSACTION THRESHOLDS FOR FILTERING TRANSACTIONS FOR GENERATION OFALERTS

Bank has decided to fix following thresholds, subject to review from time to time,for
filtering transactions and generating STR alerts.

Low Risk Rs.50.00 lacs

Medium Risk Rs.30.00 lacs
High Risk Rs.10.00 lacs

KYC AML Policy reviewed once in 2 years

Page | 59 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 SUSPICIUS TRANSACTIONS: SCRUTINY OF UNUSUAL TRANSACTIONS:
Cash Transaction Transfer Transaction Scrutiny By

Senior Asstt. For

Upto Rs.50,000/ Upto Rs.1,00,000/ transactions handled by
him

Senior Special Assistantfor

Upto Rs.1,00,000/ Upto Rs.4,00,000/
transactions handled byhim.

Manager of Division/Ser.
Manager /B.M for all such
Upto Rs.2,00,000/ Upto Rs.5,00,000/ transactions not
scrutinized by any of the
above.

IMPORTANT DAYS

• KYC compliance and Fraud Prevention Day - 1st August

• Risk Awareness Day / Jokhim Jagrukta Diwas - 1st September
• Vigilance Awareness Week – 30th October to 05th November
• AML-CFT Day - 2nd November
• Computer Security Day - 30th November

***

Page | 60 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 General Banking
Cash Department Procedures

1 Our Branches are classified as Currency Chest Branches and Non-Currency Chest
or Hand Balance Branches
2 Currency Chest branches Currency chest is the property of Reserve Bank of
India, and we maintain currency chest as Agent of
RBI
3 Hand balance branches or non-currency Other than Currency Chest Branches - all other
chest branches Branches
4 Who will handle cash in these branches But in both categories of branches, cash and other
valuables will be held in the joint charge of the Cash
Officer and the BM or Accountant or we can say
under the custody of joint custodian
5 Responsibility of Cash Officer Cash Officer is responsible for maintenance of the
currency chest/Hand Balance Vault, functioning of
Cash department
6 Note Sorting/counting machine working Cash Officer
is the responsibility of
7 Responsibility of SWO The SWO receiving the cash will be solely
responsible for the custody and safety of all cash
entrusted
8 Preparation of Note packets

SWO has to prepare the packets and put his full sign as per Clean Note Policy of Reserve Bank
of India
Note packets of fresh/re-issuable/non-issuable notes are not to be stapled with pins/multiple
pins
The note packets being secured with paper bands etc.
The non-issuable, soiled and mutilated notes are required to be sent to CAC/CC/SCAB at regular
intervals for onward remittance to RBI
Each note packet should contain 100 pieces of the same denomination
Only after the Cash Officer accepts cash physically and in system, the teller’s job would be
completed for the day.
9 Responsibility for ensuring that each packet of notes turned into the vault, irrespective of
denomination, bears a note slip, properly and securely attached there to and signed by the
employee who prepared the packet and bearing the day's date stamp and that each bag of coin
contains a slip signed by the employee who prepared the bag.

Page | 61 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 10 Quality of the notes - responsibility of All Notes - SWOs who counted the notes and
prepared the packets.

11 Quantity of the Notes - responsibility of Denominations below Rs.500/- done by

Cashier/SWO who prepared the packet. And
Rs.500/- and above the Cash Officer / Cash In
charge.
12 In Branch Cash Handling Process (IBCH)
Each Cashier/SWO will be provided with At the close of business each day, the cahier/SWO
an aluminum cash box (Size14 inch x 11- is not required to hand over to the Cash Officer the
inch x 4 inch) along with keys. He is entire cash in his possession.
required to retain some cash (within the
overnight retention limit fixed) in the cash
box. This cash will form part of the branch
hand balance.
The locked cash boxes after being marked At the start of the day the SWO or Assistant (Cash)
with suitable identification will be shall acknowledge box from Cash Officer and begin
deposited with the Cash Officer for the day's activities thereafter
overnight safe keeping in the vault room
under joint custody
13 Max. Limit permitted for IBCH Cash retention limit for Cash Box is Max Rs.25,000/-
(Can be increased by Controlling Authority)
14 The registers to be maintained by Cash IBCH Verification Register and Intra-Day
Officer regarding IBCH Verification register.
15 Custody of IBCH The Cash Box remains overnight in the joint custody
of CO and Accountant / Service Manager.
The cash in the drawer continues to remain in the
single custody of SWO and the key to Cash Box
remains with the SWO
16 IBCH: Using duplicate keys for opening If SWO remains on leave, without prior approval, If
cash box SWO proceeds on sick leave, without handing over
the Cash and his absence is indeterminate
Any other unforeseen and emergent
circumstances.
17 Procedure to follow for opening the cash “Duplicate key of the Cash Box to be, opened shall
box (IBCH) be withdrawn as per the / extant instructions. The
Cash Box shall be opened with the duplicate key,
recording the circumstances under which the
duplicate key was used.”

Page | 62 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 18 Cash Balances held Cash held by our Non currency Chest Branches is
the property of SBI whereas cash in currency chest
branches is the property of RBI.
19 Review of Cash Retention Limits The existing Cash Retention Limit of the Branches
may be reviewed based on the New Policy
document and re-fixed. Cash Retention Limit of
Branches may be reviewed in May/June every year
and to make it applicable w.e.f. 1st July every year.
20 Cash retention limit of branches is fixed as Rural – up to Rs. 10.00 Lakhs**
for Rural Branches -

21 Cash retention limit of branches is fixed as

Semi-Urban – above Rs. 10.00 Lakhs-Rs.20.00 Lakhs
for Semi- Urban Branches - **
22 Cash retention limit of branches is fixed as
Urban & Metro – Above Rs. 20.00 Lakhs.**
for Urban & Metro Branches - (**Branches will not be allowed to be raised
beyond Rs. 10.00 Lakhs, except with the permission
from DGM (B&O). The DGM will consider the
security aspect of the branch before according to
approval.)
23 If Cash Retention Limits exceeds then... All Branches needed to pay Central Office Interest
on cash available at the Branches @9% p.a. (Cash
available at the Branch = Branch Cash Balance +
Cash Balance with SWO).
24 Cash Remittances Position Secrecy & confidentiality of transportation should
be ensured.
Upto Rs.50 Lakhs Minimum One-Armed Guard
Above Rs.50 Lakhs and upto Rs.100 Lakhs Minimum Two-Armed Guards
(Non-CAC Linked)
Above Rs.50 Lakhs and upto Rs.500 Lakhs Minimum Two-Armed Guards
(CAC Linked)
Above Rs.100 Lakhs (Non-CAC Linked) Police Escort
Above Rs.500 Lakhs (CAC Linked) Police Escort
25 CAC/SCAB - Currency Administration Cell / CAC/SCAB runs the Cash Optimization Algorithm to
Specialized Currency Administration arrive at list of Branches requiring remittances at
Branch beginning of next day
26 Establishment of SCAB The Specialized Currency Administration Branches
(SCAB) has been established with an objective to
take care of HBB, ATMs, Offsite ATMs, and
accepting high value cash from customers.

Page | 63 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 27 Key Functionaries at SCAB/ CAC • Manager (SCAB)
• Service Manager(Joint Custodian)
• Cash Officer (Joint Custodian)
• Deputy Manager (Transportation)
• Asst. Manager (for CMS Complaint and
other Functions)
• Cashiers / Mobile Cashiers
• Security Guards
• Mobile Messengers
28 Keeping of Currency Notes in Currency
Chest Quality Wise

29 Keeping of Currency Notes in Currency

Chest Quantity Wise

30 Currency Chest Verification Bi-monthly: Starting from (January - February): by

Official not connected with the Currency Chest.
Half-yearly: (April –September) & (October –
March): by Officials of dedicated cell at LHO.
31 Clean Note Policy of RBI Note packets are not to be stapled with pins but are
to be secured with paper bands etc. Writing on
currency notes is also discouraged. Sort out notes
into issuable and non-issuable, and issue to the
public only the clean notes.
32 Deposit & Withdrawal of Cash from Minimum Transaction of Rs.100000/- and in
Currency Chest multiples of Rs.50,000/- thereon
33 Small Coin Depot Small Coin Depot is maintained at Currency Chest
branches. Small Coin Depot is the property of
Government of India

Page | 64 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 34 Deposit & Withdrawal of Small Coins from The minimum transactions from/to small coin
Currency Chest depot will be Rs.100/- and in multiples of Rs.50/-.
The notes and rupee coins in the currency All denomination of coins below Rs.1/- will form part
chest, and the small coins in the small coin of Small Coin Depot
depot must be kept distinct from each
other and from those in Branch Cash
Balance.
35 Quantitative benefits of SCAB • Cash Optimization
• Transport Optimization
• Manpower Optimization
36 Clean Note Policy of RBI In terms of the Preamble, under Section 45 of the
RBI Act, 1934 and 35 A of the Banking Regulation
Act, 1949, the Bank issues guidelines / instructions
for realizing the objectives of our Clean Note Policy
37 Incentives for exchange under CDES Incentive for branches for Exchange of soiled
(Currency Distribution and Exchange notes: Rs. 2 per packet for exchange of notes up to
Scheme) 50 denominations.

Adjudication of mutilated notes: Rs. 2 per piece.

Re 25 per bag for distribution of coins
38 Soiled note A note which, has become dirty due to usage and
also includes a two-piece note pasted together
wherein both the pieces presented belong to the
same note, and form the entire note.
39 Mutilated note a note of which a portion is missing, or which is
composed of more than two pieces.
40 IMPERFECT NOTE Any note, which is wholly or partially, obliterated,
shrunk, washed, altered or indecipherable but does
not include a mutilated note
41 MISMATCHED NOTES a mutilated note which has been formed by joining
a half of any one note to a half note of another note
42 EXTREMELY BRITTLE, BURNT, CHARRED, Notes which have turned extremely brittle or are
STUCK UP NOTES badly burnt, charred or inseparably stuck up
together and, therefore, cannot withstand normal
handling.
These notes will not be accepted by the branches
forex change.

Page | 65 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 The holders may be advised to tender these notes
to the concerned Issue Office of RBI where they will
be adjudicated under a Special Procedure.
43 NOTES BEARING "PAY"/"PAID" "REJECT" These are mutilated / defective notes bearing
STAMPS 'PAY'/'PAID' (or 'REJECT') stamp of any RBI Issue
Office or any bank branch. Such notes may have
already been paid/rejected by any Bank/RBI
44 NOTES BEARING SLOGANS / POLITICAL Any note with slogans and message of a political
MESSAGES, ETC nature written across it ceases to be a legal tender.
Claim on such a note will be rejected under Rule
6(3) (iii) of Reserve Bank of India (Note Refund)
Rules, 2009.
45 DELIBERATELY CUT NOTES The notes, which are found to be deliberately cut,
torn, altered or tampered with, if presented for
payment of exchange value should be rejected
under Rule 6(3)(ii) of the Reserve Bank of India
(Note Refund) Rules, 2009.
46 Note Refund Rules
The adjudication of claims in respect of >50% Full value shall be payable.
notes:1,2,5,10,20 based on area of single
largest piece is Less than or equal to 50% claim is rejected
Rs. 50/- and above denomination notes • >80% Full value is paid
If area of single largest piece is • Equal or>40 % to equal or<80% Half Value is
paid
• < 40% no value is payable
If 2 different notes of same denomination Full value can be refunded.
are consisting of more than 40% of area
are presented then
47 Exchange of soiled notes
Where the number of notes presented by banks should exchange them over the counter,
a person is up to 20 pieces with a free of charge
maximum value of Rs.5000 per day,
Where the number of notes presented by banks may accept them, against receipt, for value
a person exceeds 20 pieces or Rs.5000 in to be credited later
value per day
In case tendered value is above Rs.50000 banks are expected to take the usual precautions

Page | 66 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 SERVICE CHARGES ON EXCHANGE OF
NOTES:
Service Charges for exchange of
Soiled/Imperfect Notes
Upto 20 pieces and value upto Rs.5000/- NIL

More than 20 pieces and/or value more More than 20 pieces Rs.2/- per piece on entire
than Rs.5000/- tender+ GST Value above Rs.5000/- Rs.2/- per piece
or Rs.5/- per 1000+GST whichever is higher on entire
tender.

EXAMPLE: 25 pieces of Rs. 500/- + value Charges Rs.2/- per piece: Rs.50+GST Charges @Rs
Rs.12,500/- are tendered: 5/- per Rs.1000: Rs.62.50 + GST Amount to be
charged will be Rs.62.50 + GST
48 Detection and Impounding of The Counterfeit Notes can be impounded by
Counterfeit Notes all Banks, all Treasuries and Sub-Treasuries.
Issue Offices of Reserve Bank of India.
No credit to customer’s account is to be The Counterfeit Notes should not be returned to
given for Counterfeit Notes, if any, the tenderer or destroyed by the bank branches /
detected in the tender received over the treasuries.
counter or at the back-office / currency
chest
Notes determined as counterfeit shall be An acknowledgement (Annex II) is to be issued to
stamped as "COUNTERFEIT NOTE" and the tenderer
impounded in the prescribed format
(Annex I). Each such impounded note
shall be recorded under authentication, in
a separate register

49 Procedure should be followed while reporting incidence of detection of Counterfeit Note to

the Police
For cases of detection of Counterfeit For cases of detection of Counterfeit Notes of 5 or
Notes up to 4 pieces, in a single more pieces, in a single transaction, the Counterfeit
transaction, a consolidated report in the Notes should be forwarded immediately by the
prescribed format (Annex III) should be Nodal Bank Officer to the local police authorities or
sent by the Nodal Bank Officer to the the Nodal Police Station for investigation by filing
police authorities or the Nodal Police FIR in the prescribed format (Annex IV).
Station, along with the suspect
Counterfeit Notes, at the end of the
month.

Page | 67 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 A copy of the monthly consolidated report / FIR shall be sent to the Forged Note Vigilance Cell
constituted at the Head Office of the bank (only in the case of banks), and in the case of the
treasury, it should be sent to the Issue Office of the Reserve Bank concerned
50 Penalty at 100% of the notional value of a) When Counterfeit Notes are detected in the
Counterfeit Notes, in addition to the soiled note remittance of the bank.
recovery of loss to the extent of the b) If Counterfeit Notes are detected in the
notional value of such notes, will be currency chest balance of a bank during
imposed under the following Inspection / Audit by RBI.
circumstances
51 Reporting of Data to RBI / NCRB / FIU-IND: By All Bank branches:
Data on Counterfeit Notes detected by all the branches of the bank shall be reported in the
prescribed format, on a monthly basis. A statement (Annex VI) showing the details of
Counterfeit Notes detected in the bank branches during the month shall be compiled and sent
to the Issue Office of Reserve Bank concerned to reach them by 7th of the next month.
A “nil “report may be sent in case no counterfeit note has been detected during the month
52 Preservation of Counterfeit Notes Received from Police Authorities
Counterfeit Notes at branches should be Counterfeit Notes, which are the subject matter of
preserved for a period of three years from litigation in the court of law should be preserved
the date of receipt from the police with the branch concerned for three years after
authorities. These are subjected to conclusion of the court case
verification on a half-yearly basis (on 31st
March and 30th September) by the
Officer-in-Charge of the bank office
concerned. They may thereafter be sent
to the Issue Office of Reserve Bank of
India concerned with full details.
53 In the Currency Chest Door grill of Chest / otherwise Currency Chest door
should remain closed.

Non-CC items should not be kept in Strong Room.

Partition of currency chest and separate entry
No extraneous items in CC area
54 Note Sorting Machines As per RBI directives all currency notes of Rs.100/-
and above must be machine processed before re-
circulation or replenishment to ATMs.
55 ICCOMS (Integrated Computerized Same day reporting through ICCOMS has to be
Currency Operations and Management ensured. If software is not working due to any
System) reason, it should be faxed, and also telephonic
confirmation must be obtained. Reporting of
currency Transaction such as deposit/ withdrawal/

Page | 68 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 diversion or remittance should also be re checked
to avoid penalty.
56 Periodical Inspection/ Verification of • Bi-monthly- other than Jt. Custodians
Currency Chests allotted by Controllers.
• Half yearly- Officials from the Controlling
Office of the Branch.
• Quarterly - CM Compliance and Risk Mgt at
RBO.
• Quarterly - Critical Currency Chests –
identified by LHO – By the official from the
other branch of Scale III or Scale IV.
• RBI, Inspectors of RFIA & Officials deputed
by Controllers.
57 Maintenance of Records at CC • TE-1 & 2
• Physical balance to tally with CBS & ICCOMS
• Monthly certificates to FSLO
• Quarterly to FSLO
• Annual – Submission of CC Profile, Annual
possession certificate to BPMM as on 01st
April of every year
58 Penalties
Shortages in soiled note remittances and Up to Rs 50/- : Rs 50/- per piece in addition to the
currency chest balances loss.
above Rs. 50 /- : Equal to the value of the
denomination per piece in addition to the loss.
Counterfeit notes detected in soiled note Equal to the value of the denomination per piece in
remittances and currency chest balances addition to the loss
Mutilated notes detected in soiled note Rs 50/- per piece irrespective of the denomination
remittances and currency chest balances
Non-compliance with operational a) Non-functioning of CCTV
guidelines by currency chests detected by b) Branch cash/documents kept in strong room
RBI officials c) Non-utilization of NSMs for sorting of notes
(NSMs not used for sorting of high
denomination notes received over the
counter or not used for sorting notes
remitted to chest/RBI)
d) Penalty of Rs 5000/- for each irregularity.
Penalty will be enhanced to Rs 10,000/- in
case of repetition.

Page | 69 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Violation of any term of agreement with • Rs 10,000/- for any violation of agreement or
RBI deficiency of service.
• Rs 5 lakh in case there are more than 5
instances of violation of
agreement/deficiency in service by the
branch
Penal interest for Delayed Reporting of Currency Chest Transactions.
Reporting/Wrong Reporting/Non- Time limit for Reporting
Reporting of Currency Chest Transactions
Reporting of Soiled note remittances to In case such remittances are wrongly reported as
RBI / diversion to other chests 'withdrawals', a penalty of Rs 50,000/- will be levied
irrespective of the value of remittance and period
of such wrong reporting.
Responsible officials for penalties For all Irregularities except partitioning and
periodical verification by Joint Custodians.
Not providing partition – Branch Manager
Non conducting periodical verification CM
(Compliance and Risk Management) / CM (GB)
No Debit to Charges – to be recovered from
concerned Officials / employees.

Branch Security Aspects

59 Gun License According to Govt. of India, Ministry of Home
Affairs
letter No.V-11013/2/819- Arms dated 8th Dec.
1981, a license should be obtained from the
Licensing Authority for each such fire arm in favor
of “Branch Manager of a branch by designation”
(for
e.g. “Branch Manager SBI (Name Of Branch)”) and
NOT in the name of the officer posted as Branch
Manager

Page | 70 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 60 Retainers: Name(s) of all permanent guard(s) serving at a
branch must be entered as retainer(s) on each of
the license(s) and only then he/they would be
legally authorized to handle the gun(s) on behalf
of the licensee, i.e., the Branch Manager.
61 Renewal: The license(s) must be renewed before its validity
expires which is normally 3 years, unless specified
to the contrary in the license.
62 Issuing Gun Cartridges to a Guard 10 cartridges per day, 2 will loaded in the Gun and
8 in the pouch
63 Handling of Cartridges by Guard During After unloading in the gun should handed over to
Duty Hours the next duty guard
64 Handling of Gun & Cartridges by Guard In cases of Non chest branches, the cartridges
After Duty Hours should handle over to the Branch Manager
65 Life of Cartridge 2 years
66 Unused Cartridges To be sealed and kept in the custody and whenever
went for training, used for shooting practice.
67 The Main objectives of Security Alarm • To scare and frighten the thieves and
robbers
• To alert neighbors
• To alert the police
68 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) Min. 90 days backup required.
69 Time Lock It is a device which allows keeping the safe/vault
doors locked for a predetermined time.
70 Time lock types 1) Mechanical & 2) Electronic
71 Time span of Time Lock The locking facility is available for a time span
varying between one minute and 120 hours.
72 HANDHELD AND DOOR FRAME METAL Hand held Metal Detectors are used at public
DETECTORS (HHMDs) buildings and offices. Handheld Metal Detectors
devices allow the security staff to more accurately
locate the source of an alarm on a scanner’s body.
It ensures that no one is bringing a weapon inside
the branch premises.
73 Metal detectors use one of the three • Very Low frequency (VLF)
technologies • Pulse induction (PI)
• Beat-frequency oscillation (BFO)
74 Fire Safety - Methods of Extinguishing a Starvation, Smothering & Cooling
Fire

Page | 71 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 75 FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT • Fire Buckets for Sand Storage
• Water CO2/Water (Gas Pressure)
Extinguisher
• Dry Chemical Powder Extinguisher
• Foam Extinguisher
• Hydraulically Pressure Testing
76 Fire Extinguishers Refiling Schedule of Fire Extinguishers
Sl. Type of Extinguisher Refilling
No Schedule (on
Completion
of)
1 Water CO2/Water 2 years
(Gas Pressure)
2 Foam Extinguisher 2 years
3 Dry Chemical 3 years
Powder Extinguisher
(DCP)
4 Carbo Di-oxide 5 years
Extinguisher (CO2)

***

Page | 72 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Safe Deposit Lockers
1 Two reports which are available from 1. SDV_ Summary_SY0203.txt
CDC in “Report on Request” Folder at 2. SDV_Locker_Charges_Due_cfpd0556.txt
the end of month to see the Locker
details.
2 Who can create Cabinet ID and Locker User having Type 40, 45, 50 and 60
ID in CBS?
3 Why is one locker kept vacant in each To replace the lock of surrendered locker to avoid
cabinet? use of surrendered locker by the previous locker
holder with duplicate Key.
4 Lockers can be allotted to Lockers can be hired by an individual including
minors.
Singly, or jointly with another individual(s), must be
a customer of the branch, having a SB/Current
account.
Illiterates and Lockers to visually impaired persons
may be provided without insisting on joint
operation.
5 Lockers cannot be allotted to Non- Individual Customers
6 Multiple Safe deposit lockers to the Allowed subject to availability
same customer
7 Nomination facility is available to Single and Joint Operation only
8 Nomination facility is not available to E or S /A or S/ F or S etc., With Survivor clause
accounts
9 In the case of death of the locker hirer Release the contents to the nominee
with Nomination facility in case of
single account
10 In the case of death of one of the locker The contents can only be removed jointly by the
hirers with Nomination facility in case nominee(s) and the survivors.
of joint account
11 Nomination in case of Individual hirers In favour of one individual
12 Nomination facility in case of Joint In case of locker is hired by two or more individuals
hirers jointly and the locker is operated under the joint
signature of two or more of such individuals, such
hirers may nominate one or more person to whom,
in the event of death of such joint hirer or hirers,
access to the locker may be given jointly with
surviving joint hirer or joint hirers, as the case may

Page | 73 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 be and liberty to remove the contents of such
lockers.
13 Locker rent payable date for Existing Annual rent will be recovered every year on 2nd
Locker hirers April
14 Locker rent payable date for New Locker rent will be payable in advance up to 31st
Locker hirers March of current financial year on pro-rata basis
together with 12 months’ rent of the following year.
After that, locker rent will be recovered every year
on 2nd April
15 In case of Power of Attorney Account Power of attorney holder can operate account but
Holder cannot close the account
16 How much amount Deposit can accept Bank may obtain a fixed deposit that would cover 3
from the Locker Hirer? years of Rent and the charges for breaking open the
locker from the New Locker hirers.
17 In case of lockers are not vacant and Branch should maintain a wait list for the purpose of
demand is there allotment and on receipt of new Cabinet, A written
communication should be sent to the applicant's
address by registered post giving him sufficient
time, say, 15 days to acquire the locker.
18 For allowing the operations by a POA Should be allowed only against a power of attorney
… duly executed before the Notary public / Executive
Magistrate in favour of the Agent.
19 In case of lockers hired in joints names, The letter should be signed by all the locker hirers
if key is reported lost
20 Possession of Custodian Key and should not be held by the same official.
Hirer's keys in case of vacant lockers …
21 In case the lockers have remained The branch should immediately contact the locker
unoperated for more than 3 years for hirer and advise him/ her to either operate the
medium risk category or one year for a locker or surrender it.
higher risk category. Then
22 In case the locker hirer has some Branch may allow the locker hirer to continue with
genuine reasons as in the case of NRIs the locker
or persons who are out of town due to
a transferable job etc., for non-
operation for more than 3 years.
23 If the hirer is paying the rent regularly The branch would have right to cancel the allotment
but not operating the locker even after of the locker
given notices. Then,

Page | 74 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 24 For breaking open the locker and I) Notice to be sent on or before the due date
taking stock of Inventory: How many regarding payment of Locker rent.
Notices to be sent to the hirer II) Reminder- I to be sent 1 month after the due
date.
III) Reminder -II Notice on COS 405, 2 months after
due date
IV) Final Notice on COS 406, 3 months after due
date giving one-month time to pay
25 Approval from Controlling Authority Yes
should be obtained before break open
of the Locker
26 Publication of notice in the newspaper Is mandatory in the following circumstances:
before break open of the locker is
1) If all notices including the Final Notice or
Termination Notice and the Break open notice is
returned undelivered or the Customer is not
found to be traceable despite the Bank having
taken reasonable efforts, the Branch shall,
before breaking open the Locker, issue a public
notice of not less than 3 (three) months about
bank’s intention to break open the Locker in
minimum 2 (two) newspapers (one in English
and another in local language) in the same
location where the Customer resides.
2) In events such as merger / closure / shifting of
branch warranting physical relocation of
lockers, the Branch shall give public notice in
two newspapers (including one local daily in
vernacular language) in this regard and
customers shall be intimated at least two
months in advance along with options for them
to change or close the facility.

27 Locker should be broken open in the A committee consisting of two officers of the
presence of branch and two independent witnesses
28 An inventory of the contents of the Government Approved valuer
Locker should be prepared, and
valuation got done by

Page | 75 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 29 In case of Sale of articles in Lockers, the Bank may adopt/follow the same procedure that is
procedure to be followed is being adopted for sale of gold ornaments pledged
with the Bank
30 If service of notice could not be Service of notice may be made on any adult member
affected on the hirer due to his non of the family who is residing with the locker hirer. As
availability one or more times or there per Order-5, Rule 15 of the Civil Procedure Code, it
is no likelihood of the locker hirer being shall be a valid service.
found at his residence within a
reasonable time, then
31 If both the joint hirers reside in the Acknowledgement by any one of them can be
same address, for receiving of treated as valid service on both the locker hirers
notices…
32 In case of death of a sole locker hirer Probate may be obtained, and access may be given
(where there is no nomination) and to the executor /administrator
there is a valid will
33 Where there are joint locker hirers and Access may be given to the survivor jointly with the
as per the contract of locker hire, the legal heirs of the deceased hirer
locker is to be operated jointly and
there is no nomination, if one of the
hirers dies, then
34 Where there are joint locker hirers Access may be given to the survivor in case of death
having a locker with ‘either or survivor’ of one of the hirers
clause (nomination not allowed) and
one of the hirers was deceased.
35 Where there are joint locker hirers, and Access may be given jointly to the legal heirs of all
all the hirers die and where there is no the deceased hirers (or the
nomination executors/administrator, if appointed)
36 Sec.45 ZE and 45 ZF deals 45 ZE - Acceptance of Nomination & 45 ZF - Pay/
with…(Lockers) Delivery only to Nominee only
37 Sec.45 ZC and 45 ZD deals with (Safe 45 ZC - Acceptance of Nomination & 45 ZD - Pay/
Deposit Articles) Delivery only to Nominee only
38 Locker Keys should emboss with With abbreviation of State Bank of India and five-
digit branch code e.g SBI/00001 as identification
code
39 How many operations allowed for the Twelve operations in a financial year are free.
Hirer? Thereafter, ₹ 100 + GST per visit will be charged (for
all sizes).
40 How is the locker rent fixed? Locker rent depends on the size of lockers and
geographical location of the branch
(Metro/urban/semi urban/rural)

Page | 76 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 41 What is the rent for Small Size Locker in URMET - ₹2000+GST, RUSU - ₹1500+GST
URMET & RUSU Branches (A & B)
(Service Charges e-circular vide Sl. No.:
870/2019 – 20, Circular No.: R&DB/BOD-
BO/75/2019 – 20, Date: 1 Oct 2019)
42 What is the rent for Medium Size URMET - ₹4000+GST, RUSU - ₹3000+GST
Locker in URMET & RUSU Branches (C,
D, E & H1)
43 What is the rent for Large Size Locker in URMET - ₹8000+GST, RUSU - ₹6000+GST
URMET & RUSU Branches (F, G & H)
44 What is the rent for Extra Large Small URMET - ₹12000+GST, RUSU - ₹9000+GST
Size Locker in URMET & RUSU
Branches (L & L1)
45 Concessions available for Salary Platinum variant Accounts: 25%; Diamond variant
Package Customers… Accounts: 15%; Exclusif /Wealth Account: 50%
Rhodium Accounts: 50%
10% concenssion in locker rent forGold variant
account holders under CSP/DSP/ CAPSP
/ICGSP/CGSP/RSP, Retired personnel and Shaurya
family pension account holders & Family Saving
Account- SBI RISHTEY and to DSP-Agniveers.
46 If the rent is not paid on time, it become % of the Annual rent to be recovered in addition to
overdue and branch has to collect Locker Rent. 1st Quarter - 10%; 2nd Quarter- 20%; 3rd
locker rent overdue charges as Quarter-30%; 1 year-40%
(For more than 1 year Locker to be broken Open)
47 COS 512 refers to Access allowed to POA in case of Single Hirer, POA
should obtain in COS 512
48 COS 513 refers to Access allowed to POA in case of Joint Hirers, POA
should obtain in COS 513
49 Locker Size for Small Size Size: A 125x175x492, Size: B 159x210x492
50 Locker Size for Medium Size Size: C 125x352x492, Size: D 189x263x492,
Size: E 159x423x492, Size: H1: 325x210x492
51 Locker Size for Large Size Size: F 278x352x492, Size: G 189x529x492
Size: H 325x423x492
52 Locker Size for Extra Large Size Size: L 404x529x492, Size: L1:385x529x492
52a One Time Locker Registration Charge
Small/ Medium: ₹500+GST
Large/Extra Large: ₹1000+GST

Page | 77 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 52b Breaking open of Locker/ Loss of Key or Non- ₹1000/- + GST *
Payment of Locker Rent
*(Plus, actual expenditure incurred for breaking open the
locker and changing the lock by manufacturers of locker)

53 In RADAR, there is a deviation saying Customer Management> Amend customer details>

that locker holder flag is not set. How here give CIF no. and Transmit. If you scroll down,
to do this? you will find additional details. Here you will find a
field named “Locker holder”. Here, select YES from
the drop down.
54 What is Digi-locker Digi-locker is a digital locker which can store all
types of important documents with more safety and
security
55 Who started Digi-locker Government of India’s drive for Digital India allows
Digi-locker to eliminate the use of paper-based
documents by linking Digi-locker to both Aadhar
card and cell phone numbers
56 How to Access Digi-locker To access Digi-locker Government of India launched
the website www.digilocker.gov.in.Digilocker is a
cloud-based platform which allows free space of10
MB
57 What to keep in Digi-locker To store our vital documents like Aadhar card,
Driving license, pan card, vehicle registration copy,
insurance etc. electronically with safety and
security
58 Relation between Banker and Lessor & Lessee/ Licensor & Licensee
Customer in case of- LOCKER
59 Relation between Banker and Bailee & Bailor
Customer in case of- Safe Custody of
Articles
60 Safe Custody A/c in the name of Minor TDR of our Bank
can be opened only in respect of
keeping-
61 Safe Custody/ Security are balanced Half Year
once in ____.
62 The box containing duplicate keys of Safe Deposit Register
nearby branch will be entered in
63 Search warrant for Locker issued by In- Commissioner of Income Tax
come Tax Department should bear

Page | 78 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Signature of official not below the rank
of___

64 Scrips accepted under Safe Custody are Safe Custody Ledger

entered in____
65 COS 404 refers to Relationship of the Banker and the hirer in case of
lockers –Licensor & licensee, established by
stamped agreement
67 Bearer Bonds are kept under ____ Joint Custody
custody?
68 Locker rent is credited in BGL Head____ 98324
69 Locker Nomination Forms Locker Nomination - SL-1 (Single operated); SL-1A
(Jointly); Locker Nominee Cancellation - SL-2;
Nominee Variation - SL-3 (Single operated); SL-3A
(Jointly)
70 Gold ornaments of deceased borrower Safe Deposit Articles
pending their settlement have to be
kept in
71 The Bank has ________ type of lien & Particular Lien
can recover the arrears in rent by sale
of the contents after giving adequate
notice.
72 Receipt of Duplicate keys safe Branch Manager
deposited at Nearest Branch should be
kept in custody of _______ and
recorded in BD Register
73 The scripts are held in the strong room Branch Manager
/ fireproof safe in the single custody of
__ ?
74 The Government Security is a _______ Bearer Bond
it has to be held in the joint custody of
the manager (cash) and Branch
manager. Bearer bonds like Kisan Vikas
Patra are to be kept in the joint
custody.
75 If government securities are sent by Rs. 1,00,000/-
post they must be sent by registered
and insured post and a single package
cannot contain securities of face value
exceeding Rs. __?

Page | 79 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 76 What would be the course of action in The bank can issue a duplicate upon obtaining
case of loss of safe custody receipt by indemnity bond.
the customer
77 A customer keeps NSCs in the name of Bank will deliver to him after obtaining proper
his minor son in safe custody with the introduction and discharge
bank. Immediately after attaining
majority the son approaches the bank
with a request that the certificates be
delivered to him as he is major now, in
this event
78 Articles left in safe custody cannot be These are not included in debt & securities as
delivered on the basis of a succession defined under Indian Succession act, 1925
certificate because
79 Mr. X approaches your branch to It can be accepted in normal course
deposit as safe custody his term
deposit receipt (issued by other bank),
how would you react?
80 Locker- The S.I. will be chased for ____ 90 days
days.
81 Relationship between Banker and Bailee and Bailor
Customer in Safe Custody Articles
82 Relationship between Banker and Licensor and Licensee
Customer in Safe Deposit Lockers Lessor and Lessee
83 In case of Safe Custody, there can be _ 4; Gold, TDR/STDR, Shares & Paper Based Securities
types of collaterals.
84 What are Locker Nomination Forms SL 1 – Registration (Single Hirer)
SL 1A – Registration (Jointly Operated Hirers)
SL 2 – Cancellation
SL 3 – Modification (Single Hirer)
85 What are Nomination Forms for Safe SC 1 – Registration
Custody Articles SC 2 – Cancellation
SC 3 – Modification / Variation
Nomination available for only Singly operated Safe
Custody Articles
86 How many variants of Lockers are 4
made available
87 How many sizes are available in Lockers 11
88 Locker rent SI will be chased for ____ 90 days
days

Page | 80 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 89 How many free Locker visits are 12 . Thereafter: ₹100 /- + GST per visit
allowed per year
90 In order to ensure prompt payment of Branches, however, shall not insist on such Term
locker rent, Branch shall obtain a Term Deposits from existing Locker hirers or those who
Deposit, at the time of allotment, have satisfactory operative account. Satisfactory
which would cover three years’ rent operative account shall be established as per
and charges for breaking open the following criteria:
locker in case of such eventuality. Lien a) Account should be KYC compliant.
will be marked over the deposit and on b) Customer should be maintaining Savings Bank/
surrender of Locker lien will be Current Account for last 3 years.
removed. c) Account should not have been Inoperative for the
Is a term deposit for hiring a locker last one year.
compulsory? d) Customer should be maintaining average account
balance which would cover two years’ rent for the
last one year.
Above criteria will not be applicable for Salaried,
HNI and Wealth and VIP customers. Further, Staff /
Staff Pensioners would not be required to provide
Term Deposit for availing locker facility.
91. Can a minor become a nominee in a Section 45ZE of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949
safe deposit locker? does not preclude a minor from being a nominee for
obtaining delivery of the contents of a
locker(however,legal guardian to take delivery on
behalf of the minor).
92. If the locker remains inoperative for a the branch shall transfer the contents of the locker
period of seven years or more and the to their nominee(s) / legal heir(s) or dispose of the
Locker -hirer cannot be located, even if article(s) in a transparent manner, as the case may
rent is being paid regularly, what be. Before breaking open the locker, the bank shall
should the branch do? follow the procedure as prescribed.

93. How do Branches ensure locker ➢ Branches in consultation with Security

cabinets are secured? Department shall take necessary steps
regularly to ensure locker cabinets are
secured, having single point entry/ exit and
protected against hazard of fire and rain/
flood water entering and damaging the
lockers.
➢ Branches may cover the entry and exit of the
strong room and the common areas of
operation under CCTV camera and preserve

Page | 81 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 its recording for a period of not less than 180
days to observe cases of theft or security
breach.
94. In events such as merger / closure / ➢ the Branch shall give public notice in two
shifting of branch, how should newspapers (including one local daily in
branches warrant physical relocation of vernacular language) in this regard and
lockers? customers shall be intimated at least two
months in advance along with options for
them to change or close the facility.
➢ In case of unplanned shifting due to natural
calamities or any other such emergency
situation, Branch shall make efforts to
intimate customers through SMS/e-Mail/ pop
up in INB/ display outside Branch at the
earliest.
95. Branches shall exercise due diligence in ➢ The Bank shall not be liable for any damage,
maintaining and operating their locker deterioration, and/or loss of contents of
and safety deposit systems. This locker arising from natural calamities or Acts
includes ensuring proper functioning of of God like earthquake, rain, floods, lightning
the locker system, guarding against and thunderstorm or civil disturbance or
unauthorized access to lockers and commotion, riot or war or in the event of any
providing appropriate safeguards terrorist attack or by any other similar
against theft and robbery. cause(s) or any act that is attributable to the
What is the liability of the bank sole fault or negligence of the customer
regarding security of the lockers? whatsoever. Branches shall, however,
exercise appropriate care of their locker
systems to protect their premises from such
catastrophes.
➢ Branches shall bear responsibility to ensure
that incidents like fire, theft/ burglary/
robbery, dacoity, building collapse do not
occur in the bank’s premises due to its own
shortcomings, negligence and by any act of
omission/commission.
➢ Instances where loss of contents of locker
are due to incidents mentioned above or
attributable to fraud committed by its
employee(s), the banks’ liability shall be for
an amount equivalent to one hundred times

Page | 82 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 the prevailing annual rent of the safe
deposit locker.
➢ Instances where it is established that locker
contents are lost/damaged on account
bank’s shortcoming as stated above,
• Branch shall inform Locker -hirer(s)
regarding mishappening;
• Customer shall make a representation in
writing confirming loss of content.
• Branch shall pay damages to the customer
post approval from competent authority.
➢ If a customer has complained to the bank in
case of unauthorised locker access, theft,
security breach, etc., the banks must hold on
to the CCTV recordings till the police
investigation ends.
96. What items can the customer keep in The license to use the Locker hereby granted is:
the locker? ➢ Personal and for the Customer’s own use
and not for the use of any person other than
the Customer;
➢ Non- transferable;
➢ Only for legitimate purposes such as storing
of valuables like jewelry and documents but
not for storing any cash or currency;
➢ Not for storing: (i) arms, weapons,
explosives, drugs and/ or any contraband
material; and/ or (ii) any perishable material
and/ or radioactive material and/ or any
illegal substance /or any material the use of
which is prohibited by laws of India); and/or
(iii) any material which can create any hazard
or nuisance to the Bank or to any of its
customers.
97. Safe deposit Articles ➢ Safe Deposit Receipt shall be issued to
customer on receipt of articles and articles
received for Safe Deposit are entered in Safe
Custody Register.
➢ Sealed packets/ boxes/ articles containing
instructions like “Please deliver the articles
to son/daughter etc.” must not be accepted

Page | 83 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 for safe deposit. Instead, Nomination facility
should be availed by the Customer.
➢ Packets said to contain Keys should not be
accepted unless they are tendered by
persons authorised to withdraw them, or by
their authorised representative.
➢ No key of a box in safe deposit should be
held by the Branch (so that customer cannot
contend that contents of the Box were
removed, or branch has tampered with the
contents.)
98. Nomination in case of Safe deposit ➢ Nomination facility is available only in the
Articles case of individual depositor / sole proprietary
concern and not in respect of persons jointly
depositing articles under Safe Custody
Articles facility.
99. Safe Deposit Articles containing ‘Will’ ➢ SD Packet containing ‘Will’: In case of death
of customer, only the ‘Will’ to be delivered to
the claimant on completion of formalities.
Other articles kept along with ‘Will’ can be
delivered only after obtention of probate
from competent court.
99. Charges for Safe deposit Articles ➢ Envelope / Packet (small) :₹300/- + GST per
quarter
➢ Large Packet: Max. dimension not to exceed
100 cms (Length + Width + Height) :₹500/- +
GST per quarter
100. Safe Custody Charges Scrips (for each ➢ ₹150/- + GST per scrip. Min.₹300/-+ GST p.a.
scrip) or part thereof.

***

Page | 84 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Legal Aspects of Banking &
Various Acts related to the Bank
NI Act (Negotiable Instruments Act), 1881

1 NI Act 1881 - The Act operates subject The provisions of Sections 31 and 32 of the Reserve
to Bank of India Act, 1934.
2 What is Negotiable Instrument - “Negotiable” - transferable from one person to
another for consideration. “Instrument” - a written
document which creates in favor of some person
3 “Negotiable Instrument” - A document which entitles a person to a sum of money
and which is transferable (like cash) by delivery or
endorsement and delivery
4 Negotiable Instrument Defined in.. Negotiable Instrument is defined in section 13(a) NI
Act. As per the section, it means and include
Promissory Note, Bill of Exchange and Cheque payable
either to order or to bearer, whether the word ‘order’
or ‘bearer’ appear on the instrument or not.

5 Applicability of the Act Law relating to three specific instruments, viz.

Promissory note, Bill of exchange and cheque.
(Demand Draft also)
6 Negotiable Instruments by Custom Certificate of Deposit, Commercial Paper, Treasury
Usage are Bills, Hundi, Govt. Promissory Notes
7 Not negotiable instruments Share certificate, postal order,cancelled cheques,non
negotiable bonds etc.
8 Quasi Negotiable Instruments are… Bill of Lading, RR, LR etc.
9 HOLDER of an instrument The holder is either the payee or someone to whom he
may have indorsed (transfer) the note is known as
Holder
10 ENDORSER of an instrument The person to whose favour the note is endorsed is
called the Endorser
11 ENDORSEE of an instrument The person who indorses the note to another is called
the Endorse
12 ACCEPTOR of an instrument When the drawee accepts the bill is called acceptor.
13 Promissory Note (Sec 4) An unconditional undertaking to pay on demand a
certain sum of money only to a specified person.

Page | 85 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 14 No. of Parties in Promissory Note Two parties to the contract the promisor (maker) and
the promise (payee)
15 Bill of Exchange (Sec 5) It is a written instrument containing an unconditional
order, signed by the maker (drawer), directing a
certain person (drawee) to pay a certain sum of money
only to, or to the order of a certain person (payee) or
to the bearer of the instrument.
16 Bills can be classified as: (1) Inland and foreign bills –
(2) Time and demand bills –
(3) Trade and accommodation bills -
17 Cheque (Sec 6) A cheque is a bill of exchange drawn on a specified
banker payable on demand. The cheque can be issued
in paper form as well as in electronic form
18 Quasi Negotiable Instrument defined As per Transfer of property Act (Sec 137) – Documents
in of title to goods such as Bill of Lading, Rail Receipt, GR
issued by transport operators approved by IBA,
Warehouse Receipt, Air Way Bill Dock Warrant, etc.
also called Quasi Negotiable instrument
19 Promissory Note issuable to bearer Only Central Govt. and RBI are permitted to draw PN
and Bill of Exchange payable to bearer under sec 31 of
RBI Act 1934
20 Cheque can be made payable to Bearer or order (restriction of Section 31 of RBI Act on
issuing bearer is not applicable on cheque).
21 TRUNCATED CHEQUE means It is a paper cheque, which is retained by the collecting
bank. To collect the payment, the collecting bank
sends scanned image of the paper cheque to the
drawee bank + digital signatures of collecting bank
22 Format of the Cheque defined in.. Format is a practice. It is not prescribed in any Act.
23 Post Dated Cheques Cheque bearing date subsequent to date of its
presentment. It cannot be paid before its date
24 Ante-Dated Cheques A cheque bearing date prior to the date when it was
actually drawn.
25 What to do when an Impossible date If an impossible date is written (say Feb 29 in case of
mentioned on a cheque? leap year, 31 Apr, 31 Jun, 31 Sep, Nov 31), the cheque
would be paid on last day of month (Nov 30).
26 What to do when incomplete Dated If date is not complete (say Jun 2010). It cannot be paid
cheque received.
27 Amount in Words and Figures Sec. 18 of NI Act (Such cheque can be paid for amount
differs… written in words)

Page | 86 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 28 Different Hand Writings and Inks? A cheque drawn in different handwritings or in
different inks or different script would be paid
29 What is a Forged Cheque? A forged cheque (where signatures of the drawer are
forged) is not a mandate of the drawer and in no
circumstances, it can be paid. If paid bank would be
liable.
30 What is an Inchoate Instrument? As per Section 20, it is incomplete instrument in which
one or the other particulars are not given (but it bears
signatures of the drawer). It can be completed by the
Holder. These are, otherwise, valid instruments, but
cannot be paid till completed.
31 Bearer is Defined in… Negotiation is completed by delivery only in case of
bearer instruments (Sec 47).
32 Oder is defined in… It is completed by endorsement followed by delivery
by the same person (Sec 48) in case of order
instrument.
33 Endorsement defined in… As per Sec 15, endorsement means signing on the face
or backside of an instrument (or on a separate paper,
called allonge) for the purpose of negotiation i.e.
transfer of cheque to next person
34 Regarding endorsement on Bearer On a bearer cheque endorsement is not required. If
cheuqes mentioned in… made, it will be ignored, as a bearer is always a bearer
(Sec 85-2).
35 Liability of the Endorser defined in U/s 35, liability of an endorser is similar to drawer of the
cheque. If cheque is dishonored, the endorsee can
recover the amount from the endorser or drawer
36 Payment in Due Course Defined in… As per Sec 10, a payment would be considered in due
course if:
(a) Payment is as per apparent tenor of
instrument.
(b) Payment is in good faith and without
negligence
(c) Payment is to person in possession of
instrument
(d) Payment under circumstances which do not
afford a reasonable ground for believing that
he is not entitled to receive payment of the
amount mentioned therein
(e) Payment must be made in money only

Page | 87 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 37 What is the advantage of Payment in Banks get protection if a payment is in due course+
Due Course
38 Paying banker is protected for Sec 85-1 of NI Act
payment of an endorsed cheque if
endorsement is regular endorsement
(whether genuine or forged). Paying
bank is protected against forged
endorsement but it should be
regular.
39 Payment to be made of a bearer Sec 85-2 of NI Act
cheque which is endorsed, by
ignoring the endorsement, as a
bearer is always a bearer
40 Protection to paying banker in case Sec 85-A of NI Act
of Bank drafts, similar to a cheque u/s
85-1 above
41 Protection to paying bank for Sec. 89 of NI Act
materially altered cheques, provided
the alteration is not visible even after
careful examination of the cheque
42 Protection for payment in due course Sec 128 of NI Act
of crossed cheques
43 Currency Note is…. As per Indian Currency Act sec 21, Currency note is not
a negotiable instrument
44 Mr. Gautam Kumar presents a No, the payment can be made to Gautam Kumar as it
cheque for Rs.2000/- issued in favour would be considered a bearer cheque only. If both
of "Vishal Kapoor or bearer / order" bearer/orders appear on the cheque, it is considered a
at the Single Window Operator bearer cheque.
(SWO) counter at a branch. The SWO
declines the payment of the cheque Ref: NI Act – Sec. 47 – Bearer – Mere Delivery of Chq.
as it is issued in favour of Vishal NI Act – Sec. 48 – Order – Delivery & Endorsement of
Kapoor. Is the SWO correct in the cheque
declining the payment of this
cheque?
45 A customer has deposited a cheque The cheque cannot be processed today as it is a post
dated 28.05.2018 (Monday) on dated cheque as per the NI Act.
25.05.2018 (Friday). Since 26.05.2018
and 27.05.2018 are Holidays, the Ref: Types of Cheques
dealing clerk at the branch is not sure Open Cheque/ Bearer Cheuqe/ Order Cheque
whether this cheque is to be Post Dated Cheque

Page | 88 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 processed today. How would you Ante Dated Cheque
guide him in this matter? Stale Cheque / Mutilated Cheque / Crossed Cheque
46 On September 30, 2017, a person SWO will be advised to make the payment of the
tenders a cheque dated 31.09.2017 cheque as the cheques with impossible dates can be
for Rs.15000, issued by a customer of paid on the last day of the month.
a branch, for cash payment at one of
its SWO counters. The SWO returns Ref: Types of Cheques
the cheque as date on the cheque is Open Cheque/ Bearer Cheuqe/ Order Cheque
not valid. The person holding the Post Dated Cheque
cheque approaches the Branch Ante Dated Cheque
Manager, complaining about this Stale Cheque / Mutilated Cheque
issue. How should you as Service Crossed Cheque
Manager handle this situation?
47 An order cheque dated "September The cheque can be paid after the date is filled in
2017" for Rs.10,000, issued by one of correctly. The customer's son, who is the holder of the
the valuable customers of a Branch, is cheque, can complete the date on the cheque.
presented at the SWO counter of that Ref:
branch by the customer's son. The
SWO, who knows the customer very Holder
well, rings him up on his registered Holder in Due Course
phone number and confirms the Holder for Value
issuance of cheque. He also advised
him about the incomplete date
mentioned on the cheque. The
customer requests the SWO to allow
his son to fill the date and to make
the payment to him as he is in urgent
need of cash. How should the SWO
help the customer in this matter?
48 HOLDER defined in Sec. 8 of NI Act (A person who is entitled to the
possession of the N I in his own name and to receive
the amount)
49 Holder in Due Course Defined in.. Sec. 9 of NI Act (Any person who
(i) received for valuable consideration,
(ii) becomes the possessor of a negotiable
instrument payable to bearer or the
endorsee or payee thereof,
(iii) before the amount mentioned in the
document becomes payable, and

Page | 89 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 (iv) without having sufficient cause to believe
that any defect existed in the title of the
person from whom he derives his title.
50 Negotiation Defined in As per Sec. 14 of NI Act (When a PN, BoE or Cheque is
transferred to any person so as to constitute that
person the holder thereof, the instrument is said to be
negotiated)
51 Blank or General Endorsement sec. 16 and 54 of NI Act (It specifies no endorsee. )
52 Full or Special Endorsement Sec. 16 of NI Act. (It contains both the signature of the
endorser and person’s name in whose favour the
endorsement is made.)
53 Partial Endorsement Sec. 56 of NI Act (Only part of the amount is purported
to be endorsed. (It does not operate as a valid
endorsement). It is also not a valid negotiation)
54 Restrictive Endorsement Sec. 50 of NI Act (It restricts or prohibits the further
negotiation of an instrument. Endorsee acquires all the
rights of the endorser except the right of negotiation)
55 Conditional or Qualified Endorsee limits his liability by putting some condition
Endorsement in the instrument. It does not affect the negotiability
of the instrument.
56 General Crossing Defined in Sec. 123 of NI Act (Where a cheque bears across its face
an addition of the words “and company” or any
abbreviation thereof, between two parallel transverse
lines, or of two parallel transverse lines simply, either
with or without the words “not negotiable”, that
addition shall be deemed a crossing, and the cheque
shall be deemed to be crossed generally)
57 Special Crossing Defined in Sec. 124 of NI Act (Where a cheque bears across its face
an addition of the name of a banker, either with or
without the words “not negotiable”, that addition
shall be deemed a crossing, and the cheque shall be
deemed to be crossed specially, and to be crossed to
that banker)
58 Payment of Generally Crossed Sec. 126 of NI Act (Where a cheque is crossed
Cheque/Draft generally, the banker on whom it is drawn shall not pay
it otherwise than to a banker. Where a cheque is
crossed specially, the banker on whom it is drawn shall
not pay it otherwise than to the banker to whom it is
crossed, or his agent for collection. )

Page | 90 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 59 Not Negotiable Crossing defined in.. Sec. 130 of NI Act (A person taking a cheque crossed
generally or specially, bearing in either case the words
“not negotiable”, shall not have, and shall not be
capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the
person from whom he took it had)
60 Cheque Bouncing defined in Section Sec. 138 - Sec. 142 of NI Act.
61 Time Frame in case Cheque is If a cheque is dishonored even when presented before
dishonored. expiry of 3 months, the payee or holder in due course
is required to give notice to drawer of cheque within
30 days from receiving information from bank..
The drawer should make payment within 15 days of
receipt of notice.
If he does not pay within 15 days, the payee has to
lodge a complaint with Metropolitan Magistrate or
Judicial Magistrate of First Class, against drawer within
one month from the last day on which drawer should
have paid the amount.
62 What is the Punishment under Sec. 143 to 147 of NI Act - The penalty can be up to two
Cheque Bouncing Case years imprisonment or fine up to twice the amount of
cheque or both.
Section 143A was introduced in 2018, to NI act. It gives
a court the power to direct interim compensation upto
20% of the cheque amount,to be pain within 60 days of
order(or additional 30 days) to the complainant in
cheque dishonor cases.
63 Collecting Banker Protection Defined Sec. 131 of NI Act (A banker who has in good faith
in received payment for a customer’s crossed cheque,
does not incur liability, later if it is found that the title
is defective)
64 Material alteration and protection to Sec. 87 & Sec. 89 of NI act.
paying banker defined in
65 A customer presents a crossed Yes, payment of the cheque can be made in cash as
cheque, issued in his name from a either of the account holders is authorised to cancel
joint account with "Either or the crossing on the cheque.
Survivor" mode of operation, for
cash payment at the SWO counter. Ref: Types of Crossings
The SWO noticed that the crossing on General Crossing
the cheque has been cancelled by the Special Crossing
drawer of the cheque (the account Restrictive or A/c Payee Crossing
holder) with his full signature and a Double Crossing

Page | 91 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 legend "Crossing Cancelled".
However, he also observed that the
cancellation of crossing been
authorized by the joint account
holder who did not draw the cheque.
Can the payment of this cheque be
made to the payee in cash?
66 A customer presents a bearer No, completion of date, name of the payee, amount
cheque, which was issued without etc. does not amount to material alteration.
the name of the payee and date, for
payment at the SWO counter. The Ref:
SWO returned the cheque to him Inchoate instrument (Sec. 20 of NI Act)
saying that the cheque was
incomplete. Upon realizing this, the Material Alteration (Sec. 87 & 89 of NI Act)
customer filled in his own name and
date on the cheque in front of the
SWO and asked him to pay the
cheque. The SWO again refused the
payment and told the customer that
there were different handwritings on
the cheque which amounts to
material alteration and hence it
cannot be paid. Was the SWO correct
in refusing the payment?
67 Bank received a garnishee order in a The debit is valid only if cash is paid to the presenter of
customer's account at 11.00 a.m. The the cheque by the cashier. Till such payment is made,
balance in the account is Rs. the transaction is not complete. The garnishee order
1,00,000/- at the time the garnishee attaches the balance, and the entry has to be reversed
order was served. in the system.
One cheque was posted for Rs. Ref: Garnishee Order – Court
10,000/- in the account and a token Attachment Order by IT as per Sec.226(3) of IT Act
was issued to the payee but payment
was not made
68 Mr. X has a Safe Deposit Locker In the instant case the bank cannot exercise a general
facility with the bank. The locker lien on the contents of the locker. The articles are
rentals have not been paid by him kept for safe keeping only. However, it can exercise a
despite reminders. Mr. 'X' has a clean particular lien on the contents of the SD Locker for
overdraft at another branch of the any arrears in rentals
bank which is irregular, and time Ref:
barred. One day, he comes to the Right of Set Off

Page | 92 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 bank to operate the locker. The Bank Lien & Pledge – Indian Contract Act 1872
Manager refuses to allow him to Pledge & Mortgage - TP Act 1882
operate and says that the bank has a Hypothecation – Sarfaesi Act 2002
lien on the contents for the above
dues. Discuss.
69 Noting was defined in.. Sec. 99 of NI Act (When a promissory note or bill of
exchange has been dishonored by non-acceptance or
non-payment, the holder may cause such dishonor to
be noted (not certified) by a notary public upon the
instrument, or upon a paper attached thereto, or
partly upon each)
70 Protesting was defined in Sec. 100 of NI Act (When a promissory note or bill of
exchange has been dishonored by non-acceptance or
non-payment, the holder may, within a reasonable
time, cause such dishonor to be noted and certified by
a notary public. Such certificate is called a protest. )
BR Act(Banking regulation Act 1949)
71 Definition of Banking defined in Sec. 5 of B R Act. 1949
72 Applicability to– PACS/ Co-op land Not Applicable
Mortgage Banks/ Any other
Cooperative Societies.
73 SLR (Statutory Liquidity Ratio) Sec. 24 of BR Act
defined in Present SLR@18%
74 Nominations Defined in.. • 45ZA: Nomination for payment of depositors'
money
• 45ZB: Notice of claims of other persons regarding
deposits not receivable
• 45ZC: Nomination for return of articles kept in safe
custody with banking company
• 45ZD: Notice of claims of other persons regarding
articles not receivable
• 45ZE: Release of contents of safety lockers
• 45ZF: Notice of claims of other persons regarding
safety lockers not receivable
75 Power to Inspection by RBI defined Sec. 35 of BR Act
in..

Page | 93 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Payment and Settlement Systems Act 2007
76 The Payment and Settlement 12th August 2008
Systems Act 2007 that came into
force w.e.f
77 Dishonour of electronic funds Section-25
transfer for insufficiency, etc., of
funds in the account. It is defined
under Section ____ of Payment &
settlement Act-2007
78 NPCI formed after PSA 2007 It is an umbrella org. for operating retail payments and
settlement systems in India, is an initiative of RBI and
IBA. It is promoted by ten core promoter banks
namely SBI, PNB, Canara Bank, Bank of Baroda, UBI,
BOI, ICICI Bank, HDFC Bank, Citibank N. A. and HSBC
79 The Flagship products of NPCI are • RuPay payment settlement systems resulting in
RuPay cards,
• Immediate Payment Service (IMPS),
• National Financial Switch (NFS),
• Cheque Truncation System (CTS),
• Bharat Bill Payment System (BBPS),
• Unified Payments Interface (UPI),
• Aadhaar Payment Bridge System (APBS),
• National Common Mobility Card (NCMC),
• National Electronic Toll Collection (NETC),
• National Automated Clearing House (NACH),
• Aadhaar Enabled Payment System (AEPS),
• Interoperable Financial Inclusion System (IFIS)
• Positive Cheque Pay System (PPS)
• Digital Rupee
• UPI Lite & UPI 123
80 Institute for Development and It was setup in 1996 with a brief to spearhead
Research in Banking Technology technology absorption in the banking and financial
(IDRBT) after PSA 2007 sector of the country.
Over the period of years, the institute has helped in
development and spreading of FinTech in the country
after the enactment of PSA.

Page | 94 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 81 Committee on Payments and Market It promotes - safety and efficiency of payment,
Infrastructures (CPMI) after PSA clearing, settlement, and related arrangements,
2007 thereby supporting financial stability.

It monitors and analyses - developments in these

arrangements, both within and across jurisdictions.
It is a forum for central bank cooperation - related
oversight, policy and operational matters, including
the provision of central bank services.
82 Indo Nepal Remittance Facility It is a cross-border remittance scheme to transfer
Scheme funds from India to Nepal, enabled under the NEFT
Scheme. The scheme facilitates a safe, cost-efficient
avenue to migrant Nepalese workers in India to remit
money back to Nepal.
A remitter can transfer funds up to Indian Rupees
50,000 (maximum permissible amount) from any of
the NEFT-enabled branches in India
To which countries can payments be
done using 1) 7 countries: Bhutan, Nepal, Mauritius, Srilanka,
1) UPI UAE, Singapore & France
2) Rupay 2) 5 countries: Bhutan, Nepal, Mauritius, UAE,
Singapore.

RBI Act(Reserve Bank of India Act),1934

83 Bank Rate defined in.. Sec. 49 of RBI Act (The standard rate at which RBI is
prepared to buy /rediscount bills of exchange / other
commercial paper eligible for purchase to be
announced from time to time.)
Bank [email protected]%
84 What is Repo Rate Repo rate is short form of Repurchase Rate. Generally,
these loans are for short durations up to 2
weeks. Repo Rate is the rate at which RBI lends
money to commercial banks against the pledge of
government securities whenever the banks are in need
of funds to meet their day-to-day obligations
Repo [email protected]%

Page | 95 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 85 CRR defined in.. Sec 42(1) of RBI Act, 1934 (CRR (Cash Reserve Ratio) a
certain percentage of the total bank deposits has to be
kept in the current account with RBI to hold as
reserves with the central bank. Mostly in Cash in CA
and no interest is payable)
Present CRR @4.50%

Banking Ombudsman Scheme, 1995

86 RBI announced the ‘Banking 14.06.1995
Ombudsman Scheme, 1995’ on ____
under powers conferred by section
35(A) of Banking Regulation Act.
87 Ombudsman appointed under Section-35A
Section____ of Banking Regulation
Act.
88 Ombudsman may award up to Rs. Maximum Rs. 20.00 Lakhs
___
89 Ombudsman may award up to Rs. Maximum Rs. 1.00 Lakh
___ in case of Credit Card.
90 Compensation _____ can also be Not exceeding Rs. 1.00 Lakh
awarded by the Banking
Ombudsman to the complainant for
loss of time; expenses incurred as
also, harassment and mental anguish
suffered by the complainant.
91 One can file a complaint before the One month after the bank concerned has received
Banking Ombudsman if the reply is one’s complaint, or the bank rejects the complaint, or
not received from the bank within a if the complainant is not satisfied with the reply given
period of by the bank
92 Appellate Authority, in case of Deputy Governor of RBI
Banking Ombudsman is____
93 The appointment of Banking 3 Years
Ombudsman under the above Clause
may be made for a period not
exceeding ____years at a time.
94 The Reserve Bank may appoint one CGM or GM
or more of its officers in the rank of
______to be known as Banking
Ombudsman

Page | 96 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 95 The Banking Ombudsman shall send 30th June
to the Governor, Reserve Bank, a
Report, as on ______ of every year,
containing a general review of the
activities of his Office during the
preceding financial year.
96 Banking Ombudsman: Party to the 30 Days
complaint aggrieved by an Award or
rejection of a complaint, may appeal
before the Appellate Authority within
___ days of the date of receipt of
communication of Award or rejection
of complaint.
97 Banking Ombudsman: An award shall 30 Days
lapse and be of no effect unless the
complainant furnishes to the bank
concerned within a period of _____
days from the date of receipt of copy
of the Award, a letter of acceptance
of the Award in full and final
settlement of his claim.
98 Under the amended Scheme Mobile Banking / Electronic Banking
(Banking Ombudsman), a customer
would also be able to lodge a
complaint against the bank for its
non-adherence to RBI instructions
with regard to ___________services
in India.
99 Presently there are ___Banking 22
Ombudsman are appointed with
their offices located in state capitals
100 Ombudsman Scheme was The Scheme was launched under section 18 of the
launched… Payment and Settlement Act, 2007 and it extends to
the whole of India.

Integrated ombudsman Scheme 2021

100.1 What is Integrated ombudsman A Scheme for resolving customer grievances in relation to
Scheme 2021? deficiency in services provided by entities regulated by
Reserve Bank of India in an expeditious and cost-effective
manner under Section 35A of the Banking Regulation Act,

Page | 97 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 1949 (10 of 1949), Section 45L of the Reserve Bank of India
Act, 1934 (2 of 1934) and Section 18 of the Payment and
Settlement Systems Act, 2007 (51 of 2007).

100.2 When was it launched? 12.11.2021 by Prime Miniter Sri Narendra Singh Modi

100.3 The scheme integrates 3 ombudsman The Scheme integrates the existing three Ombudsman
schemes of RBI, name them? schemes of RBI namely, (i) the Banking Ombudsman
Scheme, 2006; (ii) the Ombudsman Scheme for
NonBanking Financial Companies, 2018; and (iii) the
Ombudsman Scheme for Digital Transactions, 2019.
The Scheme adopts ‘One Nation One Ombudsman’
approach by making the RBI Ombudsman mechanism
jurisdiction neutral.
A Centralised Receipt and Processing Centre has been set
up at RBI, Chandigarh for receipt and initial processing of
physical and email complaints in any language.
100.4 Can Complaints under the scheme Complaints can continue to be filed online on
continue to be filed online? https://cms.rbi.org.in. Complaints can also be filed through
the dedicated e-mail or sent in physical mode to the
‘Centralised Receipt and Processing Centre’as notified by
the Reserve Bank.
100.5 Who is the Appellate Authority under the The Executive Director-in charge of Consumer Education
Scheme? and Protection Department of RBI would be the Appellate
Authority under the Scheme.
100.6 Whom does the Reserve Bank appoint to The Reserve Bank may appoint one or more of its officers
carry out the functions entrusted to, as Ombudsman and Deputy Ombudsman, to carry out the
under the Scheme? functions entrusted to them under the Scheme.
The appointment of Ombudsman or the Deputy
Ombudsman, as the case may be, shall be made for a period
not exceeding three years at a time
100.7 What is the time frame to lodge the The complaint is made to the Ombudsman within one year
complaint? after the complainant has received the reply from the
Regulated Entity to the complaint or, where no reply is
received, within one year and 30 days from the date of the
complaint.
100.8 Who is the nodal officer from our bank to The General Manager (Customer Service) at Corporate
handle complaints under the Integrated Centre and the Assistant General Manager (Banking
Ombudsman Scheme? Ombudsman) at Circles are designated as Principal Nodal
Officers and Nodal Officers respectively. The Principal
Nodal Officer (PNO) is assisted by the DGM (CS&Ops) and

Page | 98 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 the Nodal Officers (NO) at Circles to submit reply to Banking
Ombudsman within TAT of 15 calendar days.
The complaints not pertaining to the Bank (pertaining to
other entities, e.g; SBI Cards etc) are to be returned to RBI
with specific comments on the same day.
100.9 What is the limit on the amount in a There is no limit on the amount in a dispute that can be
dispute that can be brought before the brought before the Ombudsman for which the
Ombudsman for which the Ombudsman Ombudsman can pass an Award. However, for any
can pass an Award? consequential loss suffered by the complainant, the
Ombudsman shall have the power to provide a
compensation up to Rupees 20 lakh, in addition to, up to
Rupees One lakh for the loss of the complainant’s time,
expenses incurred and for harassment/mental anguish
suffered by the complainant.

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Vis-à-vis Consumer Protection Act 2019

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Provisions Consumer Protection Act 2019
No Separate regulator Regulator Central Consumer Protection
Authority(CCPA) to be formed
Complaint could be filed in a consumer Consumer Court Complaint cane be filed in a consumer
court where the seller’s (defendant) court where the complainant resides or
office is located works
No provision. Consumer could Product liability Consumer can seek compensation for
approach a civil court but not harm caused by a product or service
consumer court
District: Upto Rs.20 lakh Pecuniary District upto Rs. 1 crore
State: Rs.20 lakh to Rs. 1 crore Jurisdiction State: Rs. 1 crore to Rs. 10 crores
National: Above Rs. 1 crore National: Above Rs. 10 crores
No provision E-commerce All rules of direct selling extended to
e-commerce
No legal provision Mediation Cells Court can refer settlement through
mediation

Page | 99 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

101 Copra Act 2019 To render simple, inexpensive, and
speedy remedy to the consumers
with complaints against defective
goods and deficient services. A three
tier for a comprising the District
Commission, the State Commission
and the National Commission came
to be envisaged under the Act for
redressal of grievances of consumers
102 PECUNIARY JURISDICTION • District Consumer Commission –
for pecuniary value of goods,
services and compensation up to
Rs 1 crore.
• State Commission – for value
exceeding Rs 1 crore and up to Rs
10 crores
• National Commission – for value
of goods, services and
compensation above Rs 10
crores
103 Penalty under Copra 2019 is Imprisonment 1 month to 3 years
and/or fine of Rs 25000- 100,000/-.
Can issue warrants, use the police
and revenue departments to enforce
orders.

104 District Commission shall be deemed to be a criminal court for the purposes of section 195.
SARFAESI Act,2002
105 SARFAESI came into force on___ 21.08.2002
106 Hypothecation is defined under Section__ of SARFAESI 2002 Section- 2(n)

107 Notice under Section 13(2) of SARFAESI 2002, relates to Demand Notice
108 Notice under Section 13(4) of SARFAESI 2002, relates to Possession Notice
109 Sec. 13(3) under SARFAESI Act 2002 Borrower/Guarantor can raise their
objections within 15 days.
Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973
110 An officer in charge of a Police Station can compel a Bank Under Section 94 of the Code of
Officer to produce the books without the order of a court. Criminal Procedure, 1973

Page | 100 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

111 BANKERS’ BOOK EVIDENCE ACT, 1891: ___ deals with the Section 6
inspection of books by order of Court or Judge
112 Garnishee Order is issued under ____ Section-60 of Civil Procedure Code-
1908
113 Garnishee Order does not applicable to__ Insolvent, Deceased & Firm
114 Attachment Order (under Sec- 226(3) of I. Tax Act 1961) is the Deceased
applicable to___
RTI Act (Right to Information Act), 2005

115 RTI Act 2005 coming into force wef 12.10.2005

116 Prescribed fee under RTI act The application shall be accompanied
by the requisite fee of Rs.10/- in any
of the valid modes
117 Any Fee Exemption under RTI act 2005 No fees will be charged from people
living below poverty line, provided a
copy of the certificate issued by the
appropriate government authority in
this regard is submitted with the
application.
118 Language of the application .. The language of the application
should be in Hindi, English, or the
Official language of the area in which
application is made.
119 Eligible Transfer of applications under RTI Transfer to another public authority
(External Transfer) and Transfer to
another CPIO within the same public
authority (Internal Transfer)
120 Exemptions of disclosure of information under RTI Act 2005 a. Information, disclosure of which
… would prejudicially affect the
sovereignty and integrity of
Indian, the security, strategic,
scientific, or economic interests
of the State, relation with foreign
State or lead to incitement of an
offence
b. Information which has been
expressly forbidden to be
published by any court of law or
tribunal or the disclosure of which

Page | 101 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 may constitute contempt of
court.
c. Information, the disclosure of
which would cause a breach of
privilege of Parliament or the
State Legislature.
d. Information including commercial
confidence, trade secrets or
intellectual property, the
disclosure of which would harm
the competitive position of a third
party, unless the competent
authority is satisfied that larger
public interest warrants the
disclosure of such information;
121 CPIO full form Central Public Information Officer
122 CAPIO full form Central Assistant Public Information
Officer
123 Who is CPIO & CAPIO RM as CPIO & BM as CAPIO
124 If delay in response to the RTI application/not Every CPIO will be liable for penalty of
accepting/malafide denied/ knowing giving incomplete Rs.250/- each day till application is
information/ destroying info etc. What is the penalty received or information is furnished.
amount and who has to pay However, the total amount of such
penalty shall not exceed Rs. 25,000/-
125 Recently _____ also came under RTI Act 2005. Office of Chief Justice of India.
126 Information sought from RBO, who is CAPIO in RBO? CM (Compliance & Risk
Management)
127 Time limit for disposing off applications under RTI, if it is in 30 Days
normal course.
128 Time limit for disposing off applications under RTI, if it 48 Hours
concerns the life or liberty of a person
129 Time limit for disposing off applications under RTI, if the 35 days
application is received through CAPIO (Central Assistant
Public Information Officers)
130 Under RTI Act 2005, Exemption from disclosure is defined Section 8 & 9
in__
131 RTI – QM & TS stands for RTI Query Management and Tracking
System
132 Appellate Authority in case of RTI in our Bank is___ General Manager

Page | 102 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

133 Following terms have been defined under RTI Act 2005: • Section-19(1): “First Appeal”
• Section-19(2): “Second Appeal”
• Section-20: Penalties &
Disciplinary Actions
134 Fee under RTI Act Photocopy: Rs. 2/- per page (A4 or A3
Size Paper)
Inspection of record: No fee for one
hour. Thereafter, Rs. 5/- for each 15
minutes.
Diskette or Floppy or CD: Rs. 50/-each
135 RTI fee Rs 10/- collected from the customers in cash, is to be P&T charges recovered A/C
credited to
136 The government has put a word limit of ____ words for filing 500 Words
an application under the Right to Information (RTI) Act.
However, the rules said that “no application shall be
rejected on the ground that it contains more than five
hundred words”.
137 Under RTI: Any person who does not receive a decision 30 Days
within the time or aggrieved by a decision of CPIO, may
appeal to the appellate authority within ___days from the
expiry of such period or from the Receipt of such a decision.
138 The Chief Information Commissioner shall be appointed for 5 Years or up to 65 years of age,
the period of _____years and shall not be eligible for whichever is earlier.
reappointment.
139 All Public-Sector Banks to maintain records in respect of RTI 20 years
up to ____
140 Under RTI: The appellate authority of the public authority 45 Days
shall dispose of the appeal within a period of 30 days or in
exceptional cases within ___days of the receipt of the
appeal
141 Under RTI: If the first appellate authority fails to pass an 90 Days
order on the appeal within the prescribed period or if the
appellant is not satisfied with the order of the first appellate
authority, he may prefer a second appeal with the Central
Information Commission within _____days from the date on
which the decision should have been made by the first
appellate authority or was actually received by the
appellant.

Page | 103 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

142 ROLE OF CAPIO Central Assistant Public Information
Officers (CAPIOs) are appointed for
the purpose of accepting the
applications / appeals from the
citizens and to forward the same to
CPIO or Appellate Authority as the
case may be.
143 ROLE OF CAPIO Under obligation of RTI Act, 2005,
Bank has to designate Central Public
Information Officer(s) [CPIO(s)] for
the purpose of providing information
to a person requesting for such
information and Appellate Authority
for the purpose of deciding the
appeals against the decision of the
CPIO.
144 Mr. & Mrs. Raghunath are valuable customers of our Bank As per the existing Law of the Land, a
and they wish to appoint their Minor son as power of minor can be appointed as Agent.
attorney holder to operate their account as they are going However, we have to satisfy
abroad for a short trip. ourselves that the minor can
Will you accept? understand the nature of Agency and
If so, what are the formalities to be complied with? that he has a steady and uniform
signature.
Both the account holders should
authorize the minor to operate the
account, by signing the Bank’s
standard mandate letter.
145 X & Y are trustees operating Sri Vidyamandir Trust account. The insolvency of a person does not
The account is operated under joint signatures. X has affect the capacity of a person to act
become insolvent. as a Trustee.
A cheque for Rs.5000 has been received in clearing signed He can carry on the functions of a
by both X and Y. trustee including the operation in the
Will you pay the cheque? bank account.
Hence cheque can be paid.
However, it should be ensured that
there is no diversion of funds for non
trust purposes. More than ordinary
care is required to be ensured.
146 ABC & Co is a partnership firm with ABC as partners. An When the I.T attachment order is
income tax attachment order is received attaching a sum received, the amount of Rs.7500

Page | 104 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 of Rs.75,000/-. The balance in the account is Rs.7500/- available in the firm's account will be
(credit) and the balance in the individual accounts of the attached first. The balance amount
partners is as given below. should be recovered in equal
A- Rs. 40000/- proportions from the partners'
B- Rs.30,000/- personal accounts (i.e. Rs.22,500
C- Rs. 15,000/- each). But C has only Rs. 15,000 in his
How will you act? account. It will be attached. The
shortfall of Rs. 7,500 will be
recovered in equal proportions from
A and B.
Ref: Partnership Act, 1932
Liable Jointly and Severally – Sec. 25
TPA(Transfer of Property Act), 1882

147 Transfer of Property Act 1882 came into force on___ 01st July 1882

148 Actionable Claim & Immovable Property is defined u/s ___ Sec 3
of Transfer of Property Act 1882
149 Transfer of Property is defined u/s ___ of Transfer of Sec 5
Property Act 1882
150 “Oral Transfer” is defined u/s ___ of Transfer of Property Act Sec 9
1882
151 “Vested interest” is defined u/s ___ of Transfer of Property Sec 19
Act 1882
152 “Contingent interest” is defined u/s ___ of Transfer of Sec 21
Property Act 1882
153 “Conditional Transfer” is defined u/s ___ of Transfer of Sec 25
Property Act 1882
154 “Fraudulent Transfer” is defined u/s ___ of Transfer of Sec 53
Property Act 1882
155 “Sale” is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property Sec 54
Act 1882
156 “Rights and liabilities of buyer and seller” is defined under Sec 55
Section__ of Transfer of Property Act 1882
157 Mortgage is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Section-58(a)
Property Act 1882
158 Simple Mortgage is defined under Section__ of TPA 1882 Section-58(b)

159 Mortgage by conditional sale is defined under Section__ of Section-58(c)

TPA 1882

Page | 105 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

160 Usufructuary mortgage is defined under Section__ of TPA Section-58(d)
1882
161 English Mortgage is defined under Section__ of TPA 1882 Section-58(e)

162 Equitable Mortgage or Mortgage by Deposit of Title Deeds Section-58(f)

is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property Act 1882.

163 Anomalous mortgage is defined under Section__ of TPA Section-58(g)

1882
164 Subrogation is defined under Section__ of TPA 1882 Section-92
165 Registration of Charge (i.e. “Charges”) is defined under Section-100
Section__ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 (Not defined in
Company Act)
166 Lease is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property Act Section-105
1882
167 Duration of Lease is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Section-106
Property Act 1882
168 Rights and liabilities of lessor and lessee is defined under Section-108
Section_____ of Transfer of Property Act 1882
169 Exchange is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property Section-118
Act 1882
170 Gift is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property Act Section-122
1882
171 Transfer of Actionable Claim is defined under Section-130
Section_______ of Transfer of Property Act 1882
172 “Mortgaged debt” is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Section-134
Property Act 1882
The Indian Contract Act, 1872

173 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 was enacted on 25th April, 01st September 1872
1872 [Act 9 of 1872] and subsequently came into force on the
first day of _______ 1872.
174 Any contract entered into, with a minor is void ab-initio SECTION 11 –ICA 1872

175 An agreement without consideration is valid Section 25 – ICA 1872 (Corollary: S 25

(3) )
176 Loans to minor to meet necessaries of life can Section 68 – ICA 1872
be recovered from the estates of the minor
177 CLAYTON’S RULE - Appropriation of Payments S 59 to S 61 – ICA 1872
178 Indemnity defined in S 124 ICA 1872

Page | 106 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

179 Guarantee S 126 of ICA 1872
180 Coextensive liability of Guarantor S 128 – ICA 1872
181 “Continuing guarantee” is defined under Section__ of ICA S 129 – ICA 1872
1872
182 Death of guarantor revokes continuing guarantee for future S 131 – ICA 1872
transactions
183 Bailment of Goods S 148 – ICA 1872
184 Banker’s lien (General & Particular Lien) S 171 – ICA 18721 (S 170 & S 171)
185 Pledge, Pawner, Pawnee S 172 – ICA 1872
186 Retaining of Goods S 173 - ICA 1872
187 Statutory Notice S 176 – ICA 1872
188 Agent & Principal is defined in Indian Contract Act 1872 S 182 - ICA 1872
under__
189 Sub-agent is defined in Indian Contract Act 1872 under__ S 191 - ICA 1872

LA(Limitation Act), 1963

190 As per Section___ of Limitation Act 1963, Payment/deposit Section-19
of any amount by the borrower himself by a signed voucher
extends limitation period further by 3 years

191 In case of Mortgage, letter of acknowledgement of debts 3 years

should be obtained every ___ till validity of mortgage.

192 In case of dishonor of cheque, for filling civil suit the 3 years
limitation period is ___ from the date of dishonor. For
criminal proceedings under section 142 of NI Act 1881, it
should be initiated within 1 month.
193 Limitation Period in case of Garnishee Order is__ 12 Years
194 Limitation Period in case of Attachment Order is___ 30 Years
195 Limitation Period in case of Mortgage is___ (By a mortgage 12 Years
for possession of immovable property mortgaged.)

196 Limitation Period in case of “By a mortgage for foreclosure” 30 Years

__
197 Limitation Period in case of Hypothecation is ___ 3 years
198 Limitation Period in case of Pledge is ___ No Limited Period
199 Limitation Period in case of Bills of Exchange / Promissory 3 years
Note is ___
200 Limitation period of Usance bill is___ 3 years from due date
201 Limitation period of Demand bill is___ 3 yrs from date of bill

Page | 107 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

202 Limitation Period in case of Deposit is ___ 3 Years from Demand
203 Limitation Period in case of Term Loan is ___ 3 Years From the due date of each
instalment.
204 Limitation Period in case of Demand Loan is ___ 3 years from the date when the loan
is made.
205 The limitation period of wrong entries is ___ from the date 3 Years
of detection of the entry.
206 Under the limitation act, there is ___ period for filling suit No limitation period
against the trustee.
Indian Partnership Act 1932

207 The Indian Partnership Act 1932 came into force on ___ 1st October 1932 except section 69
which came into force on the 1st
October 1933.
208 The Indian Partnership Act 1932 extends to the whole of India Including the State of Jammu and
Kashmir.
209 “Partnership is the relation between persons who have Section-4 of the Indian Partnership
agreed to share the profits of a business carried on by all or Act, 1932 defines Partnership
any of them acting for all.”
210 “Partnership-at-will” is defined under sec___ Sec-7, Partnership Act-1932
211 Partners are agent of the firms, is defined in___ Sec-18, Partnership Act-1932
212 Sect__ deals with the implied authority of a partner as an Sec-19, Partnership Act-1932
agent of the firm.
213 Section _____ deals with the mode of doing act to bind the Sec-22, Partnership Act-1932
firm.
214 Section___ defines joint and several liabilities of the Sec-25, Partnership Act-1932
partners for all acts done while he is a partner.
215 As per section___ of Partnership Act 1932, A minor can be Sec-30, Partnership Act-1932
admitted to the benefits of a partnership but cannot
become a partner.
216 “Introduction of a Partner” is defined under sec___ Sec-31, Partnership Act-1932
217 “Retirement of a Partner” is defined under sec___ Sec-32, Partnership Act-1932
218 “Expulsion of a Partner” is defined under sec___ Sec-33, Partnership Act-1932
219 “Insolvency of a Partner” is defined under sec___ Sec-34, Partnership Act-1932
220 “Dissolution of Firm” is defined under sec___ Sec-39, Partnership Act-1932
221 Death, Insolvency etc. of a partner dissolve the partnership. Sec-42, Partnership Act-1932

222 Under section _____ of the Act, a suit can be filed against Sce-44(d) Partnership Act-1932
the managing partner for dissolution of the partnership
firm.

Page | 108 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

223 Registration of a partnership firm is not mandatory, It’s Sec-58 Partnership Act-1932
optional.
224 A registered firm can file a suit against others to enforce Sec-69, Partnership Act-1932
rights arising from a contract but an unregistered firm
cannot. The creditors of an unregistered firm can file a suit
against the firm.
Indian Companies Act,2013

225 For a Small Company, either the paid up capital should not Paid-up Capital: Rs. 50 Lakhs &
exceed Rs. ___ lakhs or the turnover as per latest statement Turnover: Rs. 2 Crore
of profit & loss should not exceed Rs. ____ crores.
(However, these limits may be raised but not exceeding Rs.
5 crores in case of capital and Rs. 20 crores in case of
turnover.)
226 Maximum Directors in Public Company is__ Fifteen(15)
227 Minimum Directors in Public & Private Company 3&2
respectively are ___
228 Eligibility age to become Managing Director or Whole Time 21 years
Director__
229 As per new Company Act 2013, Private Company can have 200 Shareholders / Members
maximum of ____ members / Shareholders
Type of transaction Banker Customer Relationship
1. Acceptance of Deposits Debtor and Creditor
2. Overdraft/loan/CC in debit balance Creditor and Debtor
3. Collection of cheques on behalf of customer Agent & Principal
4. Sale/purchase of securities/shares on behalf of Agent & Principal
Customer
5. Carrying in standing instruction (Like paying insurance Agent & Principal
premium, etc.)
6. Issue of Bank DD/MT/TT Agent & Principal
7. Safe custody of article Bailee - Bailor
8. Safe deposit locker Lessor (landlord) - Lessee(tennant)
9. Payee of a Draft & Issuing Bank Trustee-Beneficiary
10. Money/ Cheques tendered to bank pending instruction Trustee - Beneficiary
for its disposal
11. Mortgage Mortgagee - Mortgagor
12. Financial Planning Services Advisor & Client

Page | 109 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934

231 RBI had been enacted on 06.03.1934 and commenced its 01.04.1935, Kolkata
operations w.e.f. _ & founded in __
232 RBI was nationalized on __ & it’s Headquarter is in__ 01.01.1949, Mumbai
233 The Reserve Bank of India was set up on the basis of the Royal Commission
recommendations of the ____on Indian Currency and
Finance also known as the Hilton-Young Commission.
234 Right to issue bank notes, has been defined in section___ Sec-22, RBI Act 1934

235 Demonetization of Notes has been defined in section___ Sec-24, RBI Act 1934

236 Note Refund Rules have been framed u/s ___of RBI Act Sec-28 & 58 (2)
1934.
237 No Bank can issue Demand Draft payable as Bearer, u/s ___ Sec-31
of RBI Act 1934.
238 As per Sec 42(1) of RBI Act, 1934 every bank is required to NDTL (Net demand and time
maintain with RBI an average daily balance equal to a liabilities)
percentage of the ____
239 Section-___ of RBI Act 1934, Defines repo, reverse repo, Sec-45(U)
derivative, money market instruments and securities.

240 CRRtobemaintainedwithRBIanditisfixedonmarketsituations Sec - 42(1&6)

241 Bankrate Sec - 49

242 RBIcancarryout inspectionof anybank Sec - 35

243 Schedule/Non-Schedulebanksdefined Sec - 42

State Bank of India Act, 1955
244 State Bank of India came into existence on 30.04.1955 & 01.07.1955
Nationalized on__
245 The Bank shall not lend against its own shares, is defined u/s. Sec-34 (1)(b), SBI Act 1955,

246 SBI to conduct Govt Business as agent of RBI is defined u/s Sec-32, SBI Act 1955

247 SBI BalanceSheettobepreparedasat31stMarch Sec-39

Indian Evidence Act-1872
248 As per Section _ of Indian Evidence Act-1872, presumption Section 108
of death can be raised only after a lapse of 7 years from the
date of his/her reporting as lost.

***

Page | 110 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Nominations & Settlement of Claims of
Deceased Constituents
1 Types of deaths Death can be physical or legal
2 What is Legal death Legal death arises when a person goes on missing or
not traceable for more than seven years as per the
Indian Evidence Act and a competent court issues an
order to that effect.
3 Ways of information received about the By Relatives/Family members Orally or by submitting
death of a depositor the Death Certificate
4 If Information received Orally, The authenticity of the information will have to be
precautions to be taken are determined by the branch manager depending on
the circumstances of each case
5 in case of 'E' or 'S' Operations, one of the All operations in the accounts maintained by the
persons died. deceased except those operated on ‘E or S’ basis
have to be stopped.
6 In case of Payment of Cheques of Notice or even mere knowledge of the death,
individual deceased person/ insolvent or insolvency or insanity of a constituent precludes the
insane? - Basic Rule of Banking. Bank from paying further cheques on his account,
even though they are dated prior to his death,
insolvency or insanity. Hence, such cheques should
be returned
7 Payment of cheques: in case of Cheques drawn on an account where one of the
partnership accounts partners is deceased cannot be paid
8 Payment of Cheques: in case of Joint If one of the Co-parceners dies, Karta can operate
Hindu Family account the account provided that the deceased has not left
a will. In the event of Karta dying, operations should
not be allowed, and payment may be made against
the joint discharge of surviving coparceners
9 Payment of Cheques in case of Club and On the death of an office bearer, operations on the
Association: account should be stopped. However, cheques
drawn before the death of such office bearer shall
be paid. The account will remain dormant till such
time the Bank receives a fresh resolution on the
operations in the account
10 Payment of Cheques in case of a Trust Unless there is anything contrary to this in the trust
Account deed, surviving trustee(s) can operate the account.
In case relative trust deed provides for the

Page | 111 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 appointment of new trustee, the operation on the
account should be stopped till such time new
trustee is appointed and advised to the Bank
11 In case of Demand Drafts by the As these payments should have been made by the
death/insolvency/insanity Bank before receiving information of the death,
insolvency or insanity of the constituent, as the cash
may, they are valid payments and may be put
through the account at the drawee branch even if
the relative cheques are received subsequent to the
death, insolvency or insanity of the constituent.
12 Death Certificate should be accepted if Registrar of Birth & Death/ The PHC /AHC in rural
issued by areas. The Certificate signed by the Gram Panchayat
President/ Sarpanch is not valid unless and
otherwise it is counter-signed by Tahasildar or BDO.
13 Role of Original Death Certificate It is not necessary to retain the original Death
certificate with us. It may be returned to the legal
heirs after verifying or recording in the branch
Sundry Documents Register. In practice, a
photocopy of the certificate is usually retained with
us
14 Deposits in joint names with survivorship In the case of deposits with survivor clause, when a
clause (E or S, F or S, L or S etc) depositor dies, it is sufficient if we record Death
certificate and get a suitable letter from survivors. In
case the survivor(s)want to continue the account, it
may be done by merely deleting the deceased
depositor’s name from the TDR/STDR etc., in the
case of ‘times deposits’. However, in the case of
Current Account, the survivors(s) should be asked to
transfer the balance to a new account in his/their
own name(s), a fresh account opening from etc.
being taken.
15 What to do when some person other Bank need not take cognizance of such
than the surviving depositor makes a representations (even if it is in the form of a lawyer’s
representation to the bank stating that notice) and the amount can be paid to survivor(s).
he/she is the legal heir of the deceased The legal position is that the survivor is entitled (by
and so the deposits should be paid only the survivorship clause) only to receive the money
to him/her and not to the survivor(s) from the bank but he does not get any title to it
16 In case of Joint deposit without The balance become payable jointly to the
survivorship clause when a joint account survivor(s) and the legal heirs of the deceased
holder die, then

Page | 112 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 17 In case of Minor accounts - death of a Father, if alive, is the natural guardian of the minor.
Guardian then the amount payable to Stepfather/ Stepmother cannot be a natural
guardian.
18 The three forms of legal representations (a) probate (b) letter of Administration and
are (c)Succession certificate.
19 Probate If the deceased has left a will, it must be first
produced in a court. The court after satisfying itself
that it is the last will of deceased and was duly
executed, will issue a probate, empowering the
executor of the will to do all acts specified in the will.
A probate is only conclusive as to the appointment
of executer and validity of the will
20 Who will appoint the Executor The executer is appointed by the person making the
will
21 Validity of Probate issued by District The probate is valid within the state and in case the
Court value of property outside the state does not exceed
Rs.10, 000/-, it is even valid outside the state
22 Validity of Probate issued by High Court A probate issued by a High court is valid throughout
India
23 What is codicil A supplementary will called (a codicil) is discovered
after the grant of a probate, a separate probate of
that codicil may be granted to the executer
24 Letter of Administration It is issued by a court in favour of an Administrator
(i) when the deceased has not left a will or (ii) when
the deceased has left a will but has not named an
executor, or (iii) the executor named therein refuses
to act or he himself is dead
25 Validity of LOA issued by District Court It is valid throughout India
26 Validity of LOA issued by High Court It is valid within the state. However, if the value of
the property outside the state does not exceed
Rs.10,000/ even a letter of administration issued by
a District Court is valid throughout the Country
27 Succession Certificate A Succession Certificate is granted when the
deceased has not left any will It is issued to the legal
heirs in respect of only debts and securities
28 Whether Succession Certificate Covers Succession certificate does not cover gold loan
Gold Ornaments etc.. ornaments articles in safe deposit/safe deposit
lockers etc

Page | 113 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 29 Validity of Succession Certificate issued
by District Court It is valid throughout India even if granted by a
30 Validity of Succession Certificate issued District Court
by High Court
31 Use of Succession Certificate The certificate should specify the debts and
securities and will be granted in a special form. The
certificate empowers a person to whom it is granted
to collect debt and securities and interest thereon
32 Nomination Facility was introduced in The nomination has to be made in the prescribed
manner, the Central Government framed, in
consultation with the Reserve Bank of India, the
Banking Companies (Nomination) Rules, 1985
33 Nomination Facility is eligible for Deposit accounts, safe deposit lockers and articles in
safe deposit
34 As nomination facility has legal sanctity, it is not necessary to obtain prior permission of the
controlling authorities before making payment to the nominee
35 Nomination facility in case of NRI Nomination facility is available for NRI accounts also.
Accounts - Nominee may be a resident or a non-resident, but
any such payment or delivery to the nominee will
have to be in accordance with the law in force at the
time.
36 Can we substitute the name of the In the event of death of the sole depositor or of all
nominee in Place of deceased depositor the joint depositors, we may permit the substitution
of the nominee’s name in Place of the names of the
deceased depositor(s) in the deposit
account/receipts.

Page | 114 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 37 If a probate, letter of administration or a I) Death certificate (original) should be called
succession certificate is produced by the for and recorded at the Branch.
claimant of the deceased; in that case, II) Call for succession certificate/letter of
the procedure to be followed is- administration, probate as the case may be
and Register it in the ‘Sundry Document
Register’
III) Examine it and verify the name of the
deceased, signature of the issuing authority,
seal and its validity etc.
IV) The exact amount should be mentioned in
the legal representation (excluding accrued
interest) due to the deceased in various
accounts. If there is a difference in the
amount, the order must be amended as it
involves payment of ad-valorem stamp duty.
V) Payment should be made to all persons
mentioned in the court order jointly after
due identification and their joint receipt
(stamped) should be obtained.
VI) It is not necessary to refer the matter to
controlling authorities irrespective of the
amount involved, when legal
representation is produced by the claimant.
38 What is testate & intestate- Testate - With will, Intestate - Without any Will
39 Payment of interest in terms of Current Interest is to be paid only for current accounts of
Account Customer - deceased individuals (not firms etc.). Interest should be paid
at the SB rate prevailing as on the date of actual
payment
40 In case of Deceased Staff Current Interest on the C/A, balance should be paid only at
Accounts the SB rate applicable to the public and not at staff
rate
41 In case of Time Deposit premature Interest shall be payable at the rate applicable for
payment to claimant the period for which the deposit actually remained
with the bank i.e. without usual penalty for
premature payment.
42 In the case of an overdue time deposit Interest may be paid for the period from the date of
standing in the name of deceased maturity of the depositor to the date of claim
depositor

Page | 115 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 43 Special procedure for deceased armed The money left with the bank by deceased army, air
forces personnel force, naval personnel be disposed of in accordance
with the provision of the Army and Air force
(Disposal of private property) Act, 1950 without the
production of legal representation (Irrespective of
the amount) & section 171,172 & 174 of the Navy
act,1957
44 In case of Safe Custody of Shares & Delivered to the to the legal representative of the
Securities of a deceased person deceased. Without production of legal
representation on affidavit-cum-indemnity basis, as
per discretionary powers given to different
functionaries
45 Procedure to follow to take Inventory of i) The solicitors or lawyers of the legal heirs should
Articles in case of a Deceased hirer be present if the inventory is made by the legal
without any nomination… heirs. This does not apply in case inventory is taken
by a person appointed by the court.
ii) Two officers of the bank and 2 independent
witnesses should be present at the of inventory and
they should also sign the inventory list.
iii) As an independent witness, the services of
notary, if available, may be availed.
iv) A copy of the inventory shall be given to the
claimants against acknowledgement.
v) A copy of the inventory shall be given to the
claimants against acknowledgement.
vi) A valuation of the items are to be carried out by
an approved valuer to arrive at the amount involved
46 In case of Gold Loans Deceased He will not be entitled to receive the pledge
borrower, if a third party paid the ornaments, which will be delivered only to the legal
amount and claimed the Gold Ornaments heirs of the deceased, on production of appropriate
then legal representation
47 Why the succession Certificate is not Such ornaments not being a debt due to the
valid in case of Deceased Gold Loan deceased or a security as defined in section 371 of
borrower the Indian succession act, a such Certificate will not
be valid in respect of these ornaments
48 Acceptable legal representation in case Only probate and letters of administration are valid
of Gold loan deceased. legal representations and a declaratory decree of a
civil court for court for delivery of the ornaments
may have to be accepted.

Page | 116 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 49 Who is Agnate- A person is said to be “agnate” of another if the two
are related by blood or adoption wholly through
males
50 Who is Cognate - One is “cognate” of another, if the two are related
by blood or adoption, but not wholly through males
51 Who are the legal heirs of a Male Hindu i. Wife ii. Sons (s) iii. Daughter (s) iv. Mother v. Son /
dying intestate, as per Hindu Succession Daughter of a Predeceased son, if any vi. Son /
Act 1956 in case there is no will (Includes Daughter of a Predeceased daughter, if any vii. Wife
Jain, Buddhist & Sikh religions also) of a Predeceased son, if any viii. Son / Daughter of a
Predeceased son of a Predeceased son, if any ix.
Widow of a Predeceased son of a Predeceased son,
if any
52 Who are the legal heirs of a Female Hindu 1. Husband 2. Son/s 3. Daughter/s 4. Son/Daughter
dying intestate, as per Hindu Succession of a Pre‐deceased son/daughter, as the case may be
Act 1956 in case there is no will (Includes
Jain, Buddhist & Sikh religions also)
53 Who are the legal heirs of a Male Muslim 1. Wife/Wives; 2. Son/s; 3. Daughter/s; 4. Father; 5.
dying intestate, as per Muslim Law in Mother
case there is no will
54 Who are the legal heirs of a Female 1. Husband 2. Son/s 3. Daughter/s
Muslim dying intestate, as per Muslim
Law in case there is no will
55 Who are the legal heirs of in case of 1. Wife/Husband, as the case may be 2. Son/s 3.
Indian Christians dying intestate are as Daughter/s
per Christian Law
56 Christian Law of succession mentioned inThe Christian Law of succession is contained in the
provision of the Indian Succession Act. Section 32 of
the Indian succession Act provides that properties
of an in testate devolves upon the wife or husband
or upon those of the kindred of the deceased
57 List of Documents required for claim up i. Copy of Death Certificate ii. Photograph & KYC of
to threshold limit (up to Rs.5 Lakh) all claimants/legal heirs iii. Person furnishing
declaration or Affidavit & Surety(ies) iv. Letter of
Disclaimer (Duly stamped & Notarised) v. Letter of
Indemnity (Duly stamped)
vi. Receipt from claimants (payment made by issuing
a Banker’s Cheque)

Page | 117 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 58 What are the Additional Documents for i. Affidavit (Duly stamped & Notarised)
claim above threshold limit (Above Rs.5 ii. Opinion Report of Surety(ies)
Lakh)
59 Delivery of Gold Ornaments without i. Claim Format ii. Affidavit cum Letter of Indemnity
production of legal representation - iii. Receipt
Documents required
60 Forms to be obtained in case of deceased i. Form of Inventory of Contents of Safety Locker ii.
locker hirer if there is no nomination Form of Inventory of articles left in safe custody iii.
Letter of indemnity with respect to delivery of
articles kept in Safe Deposit Locker/Safe
Custody/Sealed Boxes
61 What is the Scope of an order granted by ➢ The Administrator General attached to a High
the Administrator General attached to a Court is entitled to grant a Certificate (which is
High Court equivalent to a Succession Certificate) where the
amount of the deposit does not exceed Rs.50,000/-.
➢ A Certificate issued by the Administrator General
for amount less than Rs.50,000/- is to be treated as
a legal representation and the amount paid to the
grantee/s of the Certificate in the same manner as
provided for in the case of a Succession Certificate.
➢ The Certified copy/Attested copy of the
Certificate is to be kept on record and a receipt is to
be obtained in respect of such delivery from the
grantee/s.
62 Latest guidelines in case of Missing In line with the RBI instructions, it has been decided
Persons accounts settlement where the that the claims up to a threshold limit of
Outstanding is below Rs.100000/- Rs.1,00,000/- (Rs. One Lakh only) will be entertained
without insisting for a valid death certificate.
All such claims in respect of missing persons,
reported missing for a minimum period of one year,
shall be settled on production of the following
documents:
1. FIR 2. Non‐traceable report issued by the police
authorities. 3. Indemnity from the claimant. 4.
Delegation of Power:
The claims in respect of missing person above Rs
100000/‐‐ may be settled after getting court order
from the competent court

Page | 118 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 63 Procedure for Release of Title Deeds of a. Death Certificate may be obtained and kept
Deceased borrowers on record
b. The Legal Heir Certificate issued by Revenue
Officer may be obtained, if possible
c. A request letter from the legal heirs of the
deceased borrower for return of the title
deeds may be obtained.
d. An Affidavit-cum-Indemnity executed by all
the legal heirs of the deceased borrower
before a Notary Public on Non-Judicial Stamp
may be obtained at the time of delivery of the
title deeds.
e. A receipt executed by the legal heirs is to be
obtained in respect of delivery of the title
deeds
64 Procedure for Disposal of assets to 1. The delivery should be against a specific request
constituents who are under from the borrower.
imprisonment 2. The pledged ornaments should not be
connected with the offence for which he is
imprisoned.
3. The third party who seeks delivery of the gold
ornaments should be identified and a
categorical authority should be conferred upon
such third party by the borrower to receive the
gold ornaments on his behalf.
4. The signature on this Letter of Authority of the
Borrower should be identified by the Jail
Superintendent under his official seal.
5. The signature of the representative is to be
obtained in the Gold Loan ledger.
6. The Letter of Authority may be obtained.
7. A Letter of Indemnity should be obtained from
the Borrower for delivery of the gold ornaments
to his representative under the Letter of
Authority.
8. The execution of the Letter of Indemnity by the
Borrower should be certified by the Jail
Superintendent by way of a separate letter.
9. The receipt to be obtained from the
representative while delivering the ornaments.

Page | 119 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 65 Whether nomination can be made in only one nominee
favour of two or more persons in case of
deposit accounts?
66 Whether nomination can be made in Nominations are made only in respect of deposits
HUF accounts which are held in individual capacity of the depositor
and not in any representative capacity as a holder of
an office or otherwise. Accordingly, nomination in
HUF accounts cannot be made
67 Whether nomination can be made in joint Sometimes, the customers opening joint accounts
accounts with or without “Either or with or without “Either or Survivor” mandate are
Survivor” mandate dissuaded from exercising the nomination facility.
RBI has clarified that nomination facility is available
for joint deposit accounts also
68 In case of a joint account, if a depositor In the case of joint accounts, the nominee’s right
dies, the amount will be payable to arises only after the death of all the depositors
whom – the nominee or survivor
69 Whether the name of the nominee can RBI has advised banks to indicate the name of the
be indicated in the Passbook/ Statement nominee in the Passbook/ Statement of
of account/TDR/STDR advice account/TDR/STDR advice in case the customer is
agreeable to the same for the eventual
help/guidance of the customers/nominees.
Accordingly, the customer should indicate for the
same in the account opening form
70 In case of settlement of deceased Any legal heir who has signed the Letter of
accounts, whether legal heir can stand as Disclaimer in favour of other legal heir(s) may stand
Surety? as Surety if he/she is independently good for the
amount of claim.
71 Pledged Gold Ornaments settled on the Pledged Gold ornaments can be settled on the basis
basis of of affidavit cum Indemnity basis
72 Who Can Nominate ▪Single Account Holder- in deposit accounts, safe
custody of articles, safe deposit lockers
▪Joint Account Holder- in deposit accounts - Joint
operation or with survivorship clause. In safe
deposit lockers-joint operation only.
▪Safe Deposit Lockers- for sole hirer and joint hirer
only
73 Who Cannot Nominate Minors/ Pardanashin Women / Drunkard / Lunatic/
Insolvent/ Attorney/ Agent /Trustee

Page | 120 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 74 What are the forms used for 1) To make a nomination- Form DA-1
Nominations of Deposit Accounts 2) To cancel the existing nomination- Form DA-2
3) To change the nomination- Form DA- 3
75 What are the forms used for 1) To make nomination- Form SC-1
Nominations of Safe Custody 2) To cancel the existing nomination- Form SC-2
3) To change the nomination- Form SC-3
76 What are the forms used for 1) To make a nomination (by sole hirer) Form SL1
Nominations of Safe Deposit Lockers 2) To make a nomination (by two or more hirers)-
SL1A
3) To cancel the existing nomination- SL2
4) To change the nomination already made (by sole
hirer)- Form SL3
5) To change the nomination already made (by two
or more individuals jointly)- Form SL3
77 If the customer does not want to Obtain specific declaration to that effect and can
nominate open a/c
78 If both nominee and the legal heirs lodge Legal heirs to be advised to obtain injunction order
the claim from the court to stop payment to nominee
79 Where we need to keep the record of Record of settlement of claims for deceased
deceased claim settlements. constituents to be maintained as part of Branch
Documents Register
80 COS 539, COS 540 Affidavit & Letter of Indemnity
81 No. of Nominations for a deposit Only One (Single/ Joint / Joint with Survivor Clause
Account
82 No. of Nominations for Safe Custody of Only One (Single) NIL for Joint Accounts
Articles
83 No. of Nominations for Safe Deposit Single - One, Joint – One or More, Joint with survivor
Lockers Clause - NIL
84 Death Certificate should be registered/ Branch Sundry Document Register.
entered in
85 Documents required for settlement of Claim Form (Application + Declaration) + Letter of
Claims upto Rs.5 Lakhs Disclaimer + Indemnity by Claimants (No Affidavit
and no surety)
86 Documents required for settlement of Claim Form (Application + Declaration) + Letter of
Claims above Rs.5 Lakhs Disclaimer + Indemnity by Claimants + Affidavit +
Surety
87 Whether existing nomination ceases on A nomination or cancellation on nomination or
renewal of deposits variation of nomination shall not ceases to be in

Page | 121 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 force merely by reason of the renewal of the
deposit.
88 In case of lockers held jointly by In case of locker is hired by two or more individuals
depositors what are the instructions jointly and the locker is operated under the joint
related to nomination signature of two or more of such individuals, such
hirers may nominate one or more person to whom,
in the event of death of such joint hirer or hirers,
access to the locker may be given jointly with
surviving joint hirer or joint hirers, as the case may
be and liberty to remove the contents of such
lockers.
89 Nomination should not be made in Nomination should not be made in favor of non-
favour of Individual.
90 Can nomination be accepted at non All branches are advised to accept Nomination
home branches creation, deletion, and modification (combination of
creation and deletion screen) requests from
customers of Non-Home Branches also. In case of
nomination in KYC non-compliant a/c,KYC updation
should also be done first prior to acceptance of
nomination.
91 The processing and sanction of deceased Centralized Claim Settlement Centre (CCSC)
settlement claims will be done by established at all LHOs
92 This CCSC has been created with an To ascertain the exact number of deceased claims
intent to received at the Bank level, their progress, adherence
of TAT and the outward flow of
deposits/funds due to deceased settlement.
93 What types of accounts will be covered SB, CA, TDR, STDR, RD and Govt. Deposit Schemes
for settlement of claims of deceased (PPF, SCSS and SSA).
constituents?
94 What will be the process of settlement of The revised process will cover all cases, viz., With
different cases of deceased constituent Nomination, Without Nomination (both with and
accounts? without Legal Representation) and Survivorship and
will be applicable only for deposit accounts of
individuals. Safe Custody Articles, Safe Deposit
Lockers and loans in the same CIF of the deceased
constituent, will be dealt with as per Bank’s extant
instructions.
95 Validity period of sanction accorded by 3 months
CCSC

Page | 122 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 96 What is the procedure for settlement of In the case of Current Account/ Savings Bank
claim in case of deceased account Account, the survivor(s) are required to transfer the
holders, jointly held with deceased balance to another account in their own name(s). If
constituent but having Survivorship the survivor (s) do not have any other account,
Clause? (Either or Survivor, Former a new account may be opened after completion of
or Survivor, Later or Survivor and Any the relevant formalities.
one or Survivor etc.)

Deceased Claim Settlement Short Notes

We can divide this Deceased claim settlement into the following:

• Deceased settlement of Savings Account/Current accounts of Individuals

• Deceased Settlement of STDR/TDR

• Deceased settlement of Gold Loan ornaments

• Deceased settlement of Lockers

• Deceased settlement of Loans of Individuals where title deeds are deposited with us.

Accounts of a Deceased constituent can be broadly categorized as follows:

Page | 123 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

Page | 124 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX
 Depending on the amount of claim, the following documents need to be submitted.

For Claim Amount up to Rs. 5.00 lacs (Principal + Interest)

(i) Photocopy of Death Certificate (original to be produced for verification by the bank).

(ii) Photographs and KYC documents of all the claimants/ legal heir(s)/ Persons signing

Disclaimers/ Guardian of Minor/ Person Signing the Declaration/ Affidavit/ Surety (ies)

(Original documents to be produced for verification by the bank.)

(iii) Account details of the Claimant(s), if available

(iv) Revised Claim form duly filled and signed by the Claimant(s), other than those who signed

the letter of disclaimer.

(v) The Declaration in the Revised Claim Form regarding the Legal Heirs(s) of the deceased is to

be signed by-

• One independent person well known to the family of the deceased but unconnected with

it and acceptable to the Bank OR

• By any account holder of the Bank known to the family of the deceased but unconnected

with it, OR

• By any Govt. Official whose signature is verifiable by the Bank.

(vi) Stamped Letter of Indemnity from the Claimant(s).

(vii) Letter of Disclaimer – If applicable

Page | 125 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 For Claim amount above Rs. 5.00 lacs (Principal + Interest)

In addition to the documents listed from i) to iv) above, additional documents are required as

under:

a. Declaration in the Claim Form regarding the legal heirs of the deceased has to be sworn as

an Affidavit before the Judicial Magistrate or Notary Public as under:

(i) By one independent person well known to the family of the deceased but unconnected with

it and acceptable to the Bank. OR

(ii) By any account holder (KYC complied) of the Bank known to the family of the deceased

but unconnected with-it. OR

(iii) By any Govt. Official whose signature is verifiable by the Bank.

b. Stamped Letter of Indemnity from the Claimant(s) plus one Surety good for the amount or two

Sureties jointly good for the amount. Any legal heir(s) who has signed the Letter of Disclaimer

in favour of other legal heir(s) may stand as surety if he/she is independently good for the

amount of claim.

c. Details of Sureties (with proof) for compilation of the Opinion Report on Sureties

Page | 126 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 PROCEDURE TO BE FOLLOWED ON RECEIPT OF INFORMATION OF DEATH

Information of death of a customer may be oral and / or in writing. If such information is received
orally, the authenticity must be verified, depending on the situation and a written confirmation
should follow. In Core Banking Solution (CBS), proper ‘Flagging’ and ‘Message’ should be made.

A condolence letter must be sent to the family of the deceased.

Payment of cheques:

Individual accounts: Notice or knowledge of the death, insolvency, or insanity of a constituent

prevents the Bank from paying further cheques on that account. This holds true even if the cheques
are dated prior to his death, insolvency or insanity. Therefore, these cheques should be returned.
However, there can be cases of cheques that are purchased as Demand Drafts or are encashed
under an arrangement such as authority to encash cheques, State Bank Card etc. In such situations,
The Bank should have made such payments before receiving in‐formation of the death, insolvency
or insanity of the constituent, as the case may be. Then, they are valid payments and may be put
through the account at the drawee branch even if the relative cheques are received subsequent to
the death, insolvency, or insanity of the constituent.

Partnership account: Cheques drawn on an account where one of the partners is deceased cannot
be paid. A fresh account may be opened with the remaining partners with fresh documents and
operations allowed in that account. A Confirmation of Balance certificate is to be obtained from the
remaining partners as on the date of the freezing of the operations in the account consequent on
the death of one of the partners.

Joint Hindu Family account: If one of the Co‐parceners dies, Karta can operate the account provided
that the deceased has not left a will. In the event of Karta dying, operations should not be allowed,
and payment may be made against the joint discharge of surviving co‐parceners.

Club and Association On the death of an office bearer, operations on the account should be
stopped. However, cheques drawn before the death of such office bearer shall be paid. The account
will remain dormant till such time the Bank receives a fresh resolution on the operations in the
account.

Trust Account Unless there is anything contrary to this in the trust deed, surviving trustee(s) can
operate the account. In case relative trust deed provides for the appointment of new trustee, the
operation on the account should be stopped till such time new trustee is appointed and advised to
the Bank.

Page | 127 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 TREATMENT OF PIPELINE FLOWS (FUNDS)

In order to avoid hardship to the survivor(s) / nominee of a deposit account, The bank may be
authorized by the survivor(s) / nominee to return the pipeline flows (funds) to the remitter with the
remark "Account holder deceased" and to intimate the survivor(s) / nominee accordingly. The
survivor(s) / nominee / legal heir(s) could then approach the remitter to effect the payment through
a negotiable instrument or through ECS transfer or any other suitable mode in the name of the
appropriate beneficiary”.

At the time of settling the claims of deceased depositors the Bank may obtain appropriate
authorization from the survivor(s) / nominee in the form of unstamped “Letter of Authority with
regard to the treatment of Pipeline Flows (Funds) in the name of the Deceased Account Holder”.

The “Letter of Authority with regard to the treatment of Pipeline Flows (Funds) in the name of the
Deceased Account Holder”, shall be signed by the survivor(s) / nominee or the claimant(s) of the
deceased constituent.

NOTING OF DEATH OF CUSTOMER IN CBS

The information of death may be oral or in writing. If the information is oral, it is to be ensured that
written confirmation is obtained at the earliest. Death certificate issued by the competent
authority, such as Municipal Commissioner or Registrar of Births & Deaths or The Local Sarpanch
duly countersigned by the BDO or Tahsildar in case of death in remote village (under Registration
of Births and Deaths Act) must be obtained and placed on record. Record the Death Certificate, on
receipt, in the Sundry Documents Register. Date of death must be fed in CBS as follows: Customer
Management>> Amend>> Customer details>> (SCREEN 67050).

Enter Customer number and select option 5, Personal details, from the dropdown. Enter date of
death and Click Transmit. No further debits shall be allowed on the account.

DECEASED ACCOUNTS WHERE NOMINATION IS REGISTERED

When nomination is registered,

• Nominee must apply to Bank in prescribed format (Format given a annexure)

• Nominee must be identified by doing KYC procedure

• Account shall be closed, and proceeds transferred to nominee’s account maintained with our
bank. If Nominee doesn’t maintain account with us, amount may be transferred by RTGS/NEFT also.

Page | 128 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 • No concept of Delegation of financial powers for nomination settlement. Shall be paid as normal
transfer.

• Stamped receipt is not mandatory when payment is being made by transfer or RTGS/NEFT

• Witness is not mandatory unless the nominee is illiterate. Sl.No.: 1728/2018 – 19 Circular No.:
NBG/PBU/LIMA-MISC/30/2018 – 19 Date: Fri 22 Mar 2019

• When nomination is registered and other legal heirs insist on not making the payment to nominee,
payment to nominee can be stopped only on production of an order from court.

• Nomination settlement need not be preserved in Branch Documents since no indemnity is

involved.

POINTS TO REMEMBER BEFORE SETTLING TO SURVIVOR(S) OR NOMINEE

• Official must exercise due care and caution in establishing the identity of the survivor(s) / nominee
and the fact of death of the account holder, through appropriate documentary evidence.

• There should be no order from the competent court restraining the bank from making the
payment from the account of the deceased; and

• It has been made clear to the survivor(s) / nominee that he would be receiving the payment from
the bank as a trustee of the legal heirs of the deceased depositor, i.e., such payment to him shall
not affect the right or claim which any person may have against the survivor(s) / nominee to whom
the payment is made.

WITH SURVIVORSHIP CLAUSE:

In case of accounts with survivor ship clause, i.e. EorS, LorS, ForS or AorS etc.

• In case of Deposit accounts other than term deposit accounts, payment shall be made to the
survivor(s) upon production of proof of death.

• In case of Survivorship accounts, if nomination is registered, the rights of nominee will arise only
in the event of death of all account holders.

• For Term deposits with survivorship clause, payment on maturity shall be made to the survivor(s)
without any bar.

• However, if one of the depositors expires before the maturity, no pre-payment of the term
deposit may be allowed without the concurrence of the legal heirs of the deceased.

Page | 129 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 *In case of Survivorship accounts, if nomination is registered, the rights of nominee will arise only
in the event of death of all account holders.

In case of Joint accounts (SB and CA) with survivor ship clause, the survivor may be permitted to
continue the account in his single name even after the death of the one of the account holders.

If deceased is the secondary CIF owner, then delink the second CIF.

If deceased is the primary CIF, then we can amend the CIF: Customer Management Amend> Option
24 from drop down, amend status> Change the status to deceased. After the above step, go to
Relationship/ownership and change the ownership percentage to 0% for deceased CIF and 100% to
survivor CIF.

Page | 130 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 For time deposits, the survivor(s) can continue with the account by deleting the deceased
depositor’s name from the TDR/STDR.

If the survivor(s) want to close the account, prematurely, interest should be paid at applicable rate
for the period run without charging any penalty.

Page | 131 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 DECEASED ACCOUNTS WHERE NOMINATION IS NOT REGISTERED

When nomination is not registered on any deposit account, the first question that comes to our
mind is:

How to identify the legal heirs?

Strictly speaking, when a person dies without giving nomination and without leaving a will (Dying
intestate) then as per existing laws in force, the legal heirs must approach the court and obtain
documentary evidence to prove that they are the legal heirs. This documentary evidence may be in
the form of Letter of Administration or Succession certificate given by court. These two certificates
are in common parlance called as Legal Heir certificates (These 2 certificates tell us who the legal
heirs are, hence, the name). Succession certificate is issued when the settlement involves securities
and scrips like shares, NSCs etc. Letter of administration is issued for all other assets.

However, RBI has observed that obtaining Letter of administration or Succession certificate is time
consuming and causing several hardships to the claimants and advised Banks to devise a model to
settle the claims without intervention of court in genuine cases.

So, all Banks along with IBA have come out with a model called “Settlement of accounts of
Deceased Constituents without Legal representation.” This model is also called settlement on
affidavit cum indemnity basis.

This can be used for settlement of balances in SB, CA, TDR/STDR, Gold Ornaments of Individuals.

Page | 132 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 SETTLEMENT WITHOUT LEGAL REPRESENTATION (AFFIDAVIT CUM INDEMNITY BASIS)

As we have seen in the earlier pages, when an account holder dies without nomination, we can
settle to the legal heirs without insisting on Legal representation in the form of letter of
administration or Succession certificate. In settlement without legal representation Bank has
instructed two separate setoff documents to be obtained. One for amounts up to Rs 5 lakhs and
other for above Rs 5 lakhs.

Before going further, let us now first understand what an affidavit is and what is an indemnity. In
the given case, since we are not insisting on any document from court, we need some declaration
or document which tells us who the legal heirs are. THERE IS A MISCONCEPTION THAT WE NEED TO
OBTAIN FAMILY MEMBER CERTIFICATE FROM MRO/TEHSILDAR. As per Bank’s extant instructions
we need not insist on any form of certificate from any authorities while settling the claims without
legal representation.

Affidavit: Instead, we obtain a declaration regarding the legal heirs (family members of the
deceased). If this declaration is signed in present of a notary public under oath, then it becomes a
sworn in Affidavit.

This declaration can be given by anyone known to the family but unrelated to it. Based on this
declaration/Affidavit, we identify the legal heirs and make settlement to them.

Indemnity: But to safeguard against any future claims, we need some protection. This protection
comes in the form of Indemnity.

Indemnity is nothing but an undertaking given by the persons receiving the amount saying that if
any claims come in future, they will make good the loss occurred to Bank. Bank instructed that if
the claim amount exceeds Rs 5 lakhs, we need to obtain a surety also. In such cases the indemnity
is to be signed by claimants as well as surety also.

Letter of Disclaimer: There is another document called Letter of Disclaimer under this settlement.
This document must be signed by any of the claimants who wishes to forego his share in the
settlement amount. If a person signs letter of disclaimer, then there is no responsibility to him if
future claims arise. As such he need not sign the indemnity. So, any person who has signed a letter
of disclaimer will not receive any money and he need not sign the indemnity.

However, one interesting stipulation is that, if a claimant who has signed the letter of disclaimer, if
he is independently good for the amount, can stand as surety. In such cases he will sign the letter
of indemnity in the space provided for surety. He will not sign as claimant, but he will sign as surety.
Let us look at the stamping requirements of these documents:

Page | 133 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 SETTLEMENT IN CASE OF NON-RESIDENTS: (Sl. No: 1250/2014 – 15 Circular No: NBG/PBBU/NRI-
DEPOSIT/38/2014 – 15 Saturday, January 24,2015.)

WHEN DECEASED IS NRI: In the context of NRI accounts, if the NRI account holder has passed away
abroad, our branch officials are unable to ascertain whether the death certificate is issued by a
competent authority or not. In the absence of any clarity in this regard, they are unable to guide the
customers properly, which has resulted in inconvenience to customers. This matter has been
examined and following guidelines are laid down for establishing the veracity of death certificate
issued abroad.

• A death certificate which is attested/certified by any of the following should be accepted as such
for processing the claim:

❖ Notary Public in that country.

❖ Indian Embassy / High Commission in that country.

❖ SBI’s Foreign Office. (Wherever it is possible/permissible to do attestation as per local

regulations)

• A death certificate which is attested/ certified by the Embassy / High Commission of that country
in India should be accepted as such for processing the claim.

• A death certificate accompanied by any of the following document as a corroboratory evidence,

confirming incidence of death, should be accepted as such:

❖ Evidence of settlement of an insurance claim at foreign centre on account of death of our account
holder.

❖ Evidence of settlement of proceeds of bank accounts at foreign centre on account of death of

our account holder.

Page | 134 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 ❖ Evidence of settlement of terminal benefits by the employer at foreign centre on account of
death of our account holder. However, the employer would have to be a government institution or
a multilateral organisation only.

❖ Evidence of death as provided by a hospital or local police authorities at the foreign centre.

❖ However, it may be ensured that any of these documents are issued from the same country as
the death certificate.

WHEN CLAIMANTS ARE NRIs: (Sl. No.: 1279/2014 – 15 Circular No.: NBG/PBBU/NRI-DEPOSIT/40/2014
-15 Friday, January 30,2015.)

When it is not possible for the claimant(s) to come to India for completion of formalities then he
can avail the following options:

• He can execute the documents abroad in the presence of officials of our foreign offices. If there
is no branch in the place of residence of the NRI claimant, the documents can be executed in the
presence of Indian Embassy officials. And the said document can be submitted to the Stamp
authorities for payment of stamp duty after it reaches India.

• He can appoint his attorney for obtaining proper legal representation and obtain payment against
affidavit, indemnity, surety etc. The procedure for the same is that the claimant should execute valid
POA which is attested by the Indian Embassy officials.

The assets of deceased NRI account holder should be settled to the legal heirs as per the Personal
Law of succession (Hindu, Muslim, Christian or any other community) applicable to the depositor.

This is irrespective of whether the claimants happen to be a resident Indian, NRI, PIO or a foreign
national. The nationality of the claimants will not have any bearing on the disposal of the proceeds,
and it would be settled to the legal heirs of the depositors as per the law of succession applicable
to the depositor. (However, if any court order/legal representation is obtained, the proceeds should
be settled as ordered by Court. In the case of a foreign court order, ancillary orders/resealing should
be obtained from Indian Court u/s 228 of the Indian Succession Act.)

Foreign nationals cannot be accepted as sureties while obtaining Letter of Indemnity as he / she will
not be governed by Indian law.

WHEN CUSTOMER DIES TESTATE (WHEN CUSTOMER HAS LEFT A WILL) A will shall be submitted
to court of law and a probate shall be obtained by the legal heirs. Probate means an order of the
court that establishes the authenticity of the will.

Upon receipt of the probate and the annexed will, Bank shall pay the amounts to the executor or
administrator mentioned therein.

Page | 135 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Court will usually appoint a person (mentioned in the will by the testator) as executor. Sometimes
court may also give Letter of Administration to appoint an administrator instead of the executor in
following cases:

• Will is silent about Executor.

• Executor not willing to act as executor.
• Executor is predeceased.

Probate is valid throughout India, if issued by a High Court, and valid within the State only, if issued
by the district court. If value does not exceed Rs10000/-, it is valid throughout India.

WHEN ACCOUNT HOLDER DIES INTESTATE, WITHOUT NOMINATION AND DISPUTES EXISTS
AMONG LEGAL HEIRS In case where the customer has not made any nomination and not left a will,
and on account of disputes among legal heirs we are not in a position to settle without legal
representation, then the legal heirs may be directed to obtain legal representation. The legal
representation may be in the form of Succession certificate or Letter of Administration

LETTER OF ADMINISTRATION: Letters of administration are issued either in respect of money or in

respect of articles / valuables when, the deceased has not left any 'Will'

SUCCESSION CERTIFICATE: Succession certificate is issued only when the deceased died intestate
and where the claim pertains to debts, shares and securities.

A succession certificate is valid through-out India, even if granted by a District court. Where a
Succession Certificate is in favor of 2 or more persons, the payment of the deposits should be jointly
in favor of all of them.

The Administrator General attached to a High Court is entitled to grant a Certificate (which is
equivalent to a Succession Certificate) where the amount of the deposit does not exceed Rs
50,000/-.

A Certificate issued by the Administration General for an amount less than Rs.50,000/-is to be
treated as a legal representation and the amount paid to the grantee/s of the certificate in the same
manner as provided for in the case of a Succession Certificate.

***

Page | 136 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 General Awareness & Banking Environment
As per RBI’s monetary policiy, what is India’s projected
1 gross domestic product (GDP) growth for the financial 7.2%
year 2024-25?
As per the World Bank’s Migration and Development
2 Brief, what is the expected Remittance flows to India in USD 129 billion
2024-25?
Which is the first country to gather six of its astronauts in
3 China
space?
By Rajasthan. Empowerment of
‘Mukhyamantri Digital Seva Yojana’ is an initiative of
4 womend through increasing digital
which scheme?
reach of women
‘Hornbill Festival’ is the flagship cultural event of which
5 Nagaland
Indian state?
‘Mitra Shakti’ is a bilateral exercise held between India
6 Sri Lanka
and which country?
Who has been appointed as new Director of
7 Rahul Navin
Enforcement Directotrate ( ED )?
8 ‘Vijay Hazare Trophy’ is related with which sports? Cricket
Which state launched the ‘One District One Sport’
9 Uttar Pradesh
scheme?
World Bank recently approved USD 1.5 Billion financing to
10 which country to accelaratge deeopment of low-carbon India
energy?
Which state is the host of the FIH Men’s Hockey World
11 Odisha
Cup 2023?
Sukant Kadam & Pramod Kadam pari wins gold in which Badminton and Four Nation Para
12
sports and which tournament? Badminton meet in England
After the latest Monetary Policy Committee (MPC)
13 6.50 %
Meeting on October 9, what is the repo rate?

Print and Digital Media Association (PADMA) is notified Ministry of Information and
14
as a self-regulatory body under which Union Ministry? Broadcasting

Page | 137 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 The New and Renewable Energy Ministry extended the
15 2026
rooftop solar programme till which year?

16 Where is India’s first carbon neutral farm located? Kerala

Kashi Tamil Sangamam is a month-long programme

17 Ministry of Education
organized by which Union Ministry?

18 Who has been appointed as the President of NASSCOM Rajesh Nambiar

The RBI set up a 10 member Expert committee on Bench RBI Deputy Governer Michael
19
Marking of its Satistics’ chaired by Debabratha Patra

Who are the winner and runner-up in chess world cup Winner: Magnus Carlsen
20
2023? Runner-up: R Praggnanandhaa

Which word has been selected as the ‘Word of the Year

21 Brat
2024 by Collins dictionary’?

How many Indian women are featured in the Forbes

22 Three
‘Asia’s Power Businesswomen’ list?

Which country launched the ‘Middle East Green

23 Saudi Arabia
Initiative’?

Which neighbouring country of India has announced to

24 Pakistan
implement ‘interest-free’ banking system by 2027?

Which Union Ministry notified the ‘E-waste Ministry of Environment, Forest and
25 (management) rules 2022’ and when will rules come into Climate Change
force? 1st April 2023

Page | 138 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 DigiLocker is a documents exchange platform under Ministry of Electronics and
26
which Union Ministry? Information Technology

Which state will host the ‘54th edition of the International

27 Goa
Film Festival of India’ on 28 Nov 2024?
What is the name of the financial instruments that
28 generate proceeds for investment in environmentally Green Bonds
sustainable projects?

Which institution released the ‘Global Carbon Budget’

29 Global Carbon Project
Report?

e-KUMBH portal, which was launched recently, is Technical Courses in Local

30
associated with which field? Languages

31 G20 Leaders Summit 2024 will be held at Rio de Janerio, Brazil

USA
‘Artemis’ is the name of the Moon Rocket launched by
32 Robotice & Human Moon
which country and what is the programme about?
Exploration

33 ‘Phrygian caps’ is the mascot of which event? Paris 2024 Olympics

Which company has launched a suite of solutions for ESG

34 Dun & Bradstreet India
Intelligence?
Which airport was adjudged as the best airport at the
35 RGIA, Hyderabad
India Travel Awards this year?

As per the recent report released at COP 27, which region

36 Europe
is the highest financer of fossil fuel projects in Africa?

Which Indian was conferred the UNEP ‘Champions of the

37 Purnima Devi Barman
Earth’ award in 2022?
‘Ambition on Melting Ice on Sea-level Rise and Mountain
38 Water Resources’ group was formed during which COP-27
summit?
Which state is the host of ‘Indian Travel Exhibition’ Expo
39 Karnataka
in 2024?
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer of Bombay
40 Sundararaman Ramamurthy
Stock Exchange (BSE)?

Page | 139 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Which start-up company has set up India’s first-ever
41 Agnikul
private launchpad?
Which organisation released the ‘Goods Trade
42 WTO
Barometer’ report?

Luhansk and Donetsk, which were seen in the news, were

43 Ukraine
areas located in which country?

Which company launched its first electric scooter named

44 Hero Motocorp
‘VIDA V1’?
New Delhi
Which city is the host of the ‘National Workshop on ‘Ease
45 Department of Promotion of
of Doing Business’’ and which department conducts?
Industry & Internal Trade (DPIIT)
Daron Acemoglu, Simon Johnson,
The Nobel Memorial Prize in Economic Sciences 2024 James Robinson – For Studies how
46
was awarded to whom for research in which field? institutions are formed and affect
prosperity
Which institution releases the ‘World Economic Outlook’
47 International Monetary Fund
report?
150 years of enabling
48 What is the theme of the ‘World Post Day 2024’? communication and empowering
people across nations
The name of Joseph Wresinski is related to which of the
49 Eradication of Poverty
following activism?

Which is the supercomputer of India& its rank in super AIRAWAT Super Computer
50
computers? 75th Rank

51 What does the NG in NGLV of ISRO stands for? Next Generation

What is the rank of India in Freedom House Internet

52 50
Freedom Index?
Google collaborated with which state to drive digital-led
53 Assam
learning and skill development for students and youth?
Who topped the EdelGive Hurun India Philanthropy List
54 Shiv Nadar& Family
2023?
Ranipur Tiger Reserve and Pilibhit Tiger Reserve, which
55 Uttar Pradesh
were seen in the news, are located in which state?
Which institution released the ‘Commodity Markets
56 World Bank
Outlook report ?
Transforming World, Promoting
57 What is the theme of Innovation Day 2024?
sustainable development

Page | 140 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Ramon Magsaysay Awards are associated with which
58 Social Service
field?
The United Nations has released a report on alleged
59 China
human rights abuses in which country?
ISRO partnered with which country’s space agency in
60 Australia
space technology during Bengaluru Space Expo?
Which bank has unveiled its ‘Bank on Wheels’ service for
61 HDFC Bank
Gujarat?

62 Which country won FIFA World Cup 2022? Argentina

Which is the first bank in India to issue an electronic bank

63 HDFC Bank
guarantee (e-BG)?
Which country has released the open source code for its
64 central bank digital currency (CBDC) sandbox based on Norway
Ethereum?
Which institutions organised the ‘India-Africa Growth
65 Exim Bank- CII
Partnership conclave’?
Which country has launched the world’s first Cheetah
66 India
Rehabilitation Project?
In which year The Payment and Settlement Systems
67 2007
(PSS) Act came into force?
From time to time, which among the following body
68 publishes the “Exchange Control Manual” in context Reserve Bank of India
with the Foreign Exchange in India?
Directorate General of foreign Trade (DGFT) functions
69 Ministry of Commerce and Industry
under which of the following ministries?

70 The core work of MUDRA (SIDBI) Bank is to Undertake Refinance Operations

Which is considered as ‘Invisible hand’ in the Market

71 Competition
economy?
Approximately, what fraction of total workforce of India
72 45%
is engaged in agricultural and allied sector activities?
USA is the largest exporter of
73 Which is the largest cotton exporter in the world? cotton in the world. India is at the
second place.
Which state has the highest Gross State Domestic
74 Maharashtra, 13.3%
Product (GSDP) in India?
In which year was the Indian Silk Export Promotion
75 1983
Council (ISEPC) set up?

Page | 141 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 What is the number of jobs Indian Food Processing
76 9 million
Sector is expected to generate by 2024?
Which Industrial policy was regarded as the “Economic
77 Industrial Policy 1956
constitution of India”?
The weights of the sectors of the
economy are :
Which sector of the economy has more weightage in IIP
78 1. Manufacturing – 77.63%
calculation?
2. Mining – 14.37%
3. Electricity – 7.99%
What is the FDI allowed by India in the online retail
79 100%
business under automatic route?
FMCG sector is the 4th largest
sector of the Indian Economy. The
What is the rank of FMCG sector in terms of its
80 household and personal care
contribution to the Indian economy?
accounting for 50 percent of FMCG
sales in India.
IRDA (Insurance Regulatory and
Development Authority) Act was
81 In which year IRDA act was passed? passed in 1999. It was set up in
2000. It has one chairman and 5
members.
Public – Private Sector in
82 Kelkar Committee relates to
infrastructure.

83 Who designed the new symbol of the Indian currency? Udaya Kumar

84 Who implements monetary policy in India? RBI

A ___________ occurs when the total expenditure of

85 the government exceeds the revenue it generates, Fiscal Deficit
excluding money from borrowings.

86 Favorable trade balance in a country means that? Exports are greater than Imports

Which Indian Private bank has launched an API Banking

87 Portal with the highest number of virtual Application ICICI Bank
programming interfaces (API)?
India and Japan recently signed their first project offtake
88 Green Ammonia to Japan
agrrement for the export of
Where is the Headquarters of the Insolvency and
89 New Delhi
Bankruptcy Board of India (IBBI) located?
Which financial institution releases the ‘Consumer
90 RBI
Confidence Survey’?

Page | 142 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 What is the name of NPCI’s grievance redressal app
91 UPI Help
developed on BHIM UPI?
As per the Insurance (Amendment) Bill, 2021, what is the
92 74 %
new FDI limit in the insurance sector?
The Reserve Bank of India released guidelines for
93 Cooperative Banks
outsourcing, targeted at which category of banks?
India is the largest producer of milk
94 Which is the largest milk producing country in the world? globally, with a share of 24% of
global milk production
Mastercard has partnered with which Fintech firm, to
95 Razorpay
launch the Mandate HQ platform?
What is the priority sector lending target for Micro
96 7.5 %
Enterprises, as mandated by the RBI?
Which organization has RBL bank partnered with to
97 Amazon Web Services
strengthen its AI-powered banking solutions?
With which bank, Fisdom has partnered to offer wealth
98 UCO Bank
management products and services?
Which India-based bank has listed its $650-million green
99 bonds on India International Exchange (India INX) and State Bank of India
Luxembourg Stock Exchange?
Who is the winner of Golden Boot for highest goals in
100 Kylian Mbappe (France), 8 Goals
FIFA World Cup 2022?
Who is the winner of Golden Ball in FIFA World Cup
101 Lionel Messi (Argentia)
2022?
Who is the winner of Golden Glove in FIFA World Cup
102 Emiliano Martinez (Argentia)
2022?
Which country has bagged most gold medals in
103 Australia, 67 Gold Medal
Common Wealth Games 2022?
What is the rank of India in Common Wealth Games
104 4 th. India with total 61 medals
2022?
John Hopfield (U.S). Geoffery
Hinton ( British Canadian )-
105 Who won Nobel Prize in Physcis for the year2024 Discoveries and inventions in
machine learning that paved way
for the artificial intelligence boom.
David Baker, Demis Hassabis, John
106 Who won Nobel Prize in Chemistry for the year2024
M Jumper - Work on protien
Victor Ambros and Gary Ruvkun for
107 Who won Nobel Prize in Medicine for the year2024 their discovery of micro RNA and its
role in gene regulation.

Page | 143 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Han Kang - for her intensepoetic
prose that confronts historical
108 Who won Nobel Prize in Literature for the year2024
traumas and exposes the fragility of
human life
Nihon Hidankyo - Their activism
109 Who won Nobel Prize for Peace for the year2024
against nuclear weapons

110 Who hosted 19th Asian Games 2023? Republic of China

Which country has bagged most gold medals in 19th Republic of China with total 201
111
Asian Games 2023? medals
How many medals won by India in 19th Asian Games India with total 107 medals of which
112
2023? 28 are Gold Medals
Who is the first Asian to win an Olympci gold medal in
113 Neeraj Chopra
Javelin Throw?
14th July 2023 from Satish Dhawan
114 When Chandrayan 3 launched on?
Space Centre, Sriharikota
Kaladan Multi Modal Transit Transport Project (KMTTP)
115 Myanmar
aims to connect Kolkata Seaport with which Country?
Which European country announced to discontinue its
116 The Netherlands
Golden Visa Initiative?
Which country is associated with Integral Field
117 USA
Ultravoilet, Spectroscope Experiment (INFUSE)?
India Procured S-400 Air Degence Missile Squadrons
118 Russia
from which country

119 Which football player won the Ballon d’ Or prize? Lionel Messi of Argentia

Which organization released the Impact of Disaster on Food & Agriculture Organisation
120
Agriculture & Food Security? (FAO)
Which Indian Cities has been added to UNESCO Creative Gwalior – Music Category
121
Cities Network?- Kozhikode – Literature Category
What is the name of the platform launched by Prime Mera Yuva Bharat (MY Bharat)
122
Minister on the National Unity Day? platform
.Project Kusha, India’s long-range air defense system
123 DRDO
project, is under the purview of which institution?
Which institution was tasked with the preparation of
124 NITI Aayog
‘Vision India@2047’ plan?
Culture of Integrity for Nation’s
125 What is the theme of ‘Vigilance Awareness Week 2024’?
Prosperity

Page | 144 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Which institution has mandated ‘penny drop’
126 PFRDA
verification for NPS fund withdrawal?
As per a recent study, which Indian state has the highest
127 Mizoram
cancer incidence rate in the country?
The Hostile Activity Watch Kernel (HAWK) system, is
128 Karnataka
associated with which state?
iPhone maker Wistron approved the sale of its India unit
129 Tata Electronics
to which Indian company?
Which company launched India’s inaugural satellite-
130 Reliance Jio Infocomm
based gigabit broadband service?
Which institution has signed MoU with the Reserve Bank
The International Financial Services
131 of India for collaboration in the field of regulation and
Centres Authority, IFSCA
supervision of regulated entities?
The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has signed a Currency
132 Swap Agreement with which country’s monetary Maldives
authority?
Which institution releases the ‘Business Confidence Confederation of Indian Industries
133
Index’? (CII)
Which company has partnered with the Spain-based
133 Eicher Motors
Stark Future SL, in the field of electric motorcycles?
Which financial services company announced the new
134 Mastercard
phase of its Girls4Tech programme in India?
Which forum provides India a diplomatic platform to
135 manage its rivary with China while also facilitating BRICS
continuous engagement during heightened tensions?
Which Indian conglomerate is setting up endowment
136 funding entities? Tata Trusts

Which payment bank launched ‘WhatsApp Banking

137 India Post Payments Bank
Services’?
Currency demand paradox. It
Which term refers to the phenomenon when currency in happens when currency in
138
circulation rising when digital payments are rising? circulation rising when digital
payments are rising too.
Which public sector bank along with NeSL has launched
139 e-BG (electronic bank guarantee) services under Project Indian Bank
WAVE?
What is the expansion of ‘CDMDF’ which was launched Corporate Debt Market
140
by the Union Finance Minister recently? Development Fund
Employees’ Pension (Amendment) Scheme, 2014 capped
141 Rs. 15000
the maximum pensionable salary at which amount?

Page | 145 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Power Ministry launched a plan to develop power
142 transmission system for integration of 500 GW of green 2030
energy by which year?
As per the Union MSME Ministry, how many jobs were
143 8.4 lakh
created by Startups in India so far?
What is the name of the portal for in-vehicle navigation
144 EV yatra portal
to the nearest public EV charger?
Which Union Ministry launched the Government e-
145 Marketplace services (GeM) through Common Service Ministry of Commerce and Industry
Centres (CSC) and India Post?
UIDAI is a statutory authority established under which Ministry of Electronics &
146
Union Ministry? Information Technology
Dekho Apna Desh’ campaign is associated with which
147 Ministry of Tourism
Union Ministry?
‘PARAKH’, which has been in the news, is a regulator
148 Education
body related to which field?
‘Yuva Utsav India @2047’ initiative is associated with
149 Ministry of Youth Affairs and Sports
which Union Ministry?
Ministry of Education
Understand, Motivate, Manage,
150 Which Union Ministry released ‘UMMEED’ guidelines?
Empathise, Empower, Develop
(UMMEED).

Page | 146 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Important Committees
S.No Name of the Committee Focussed Topic
1 To strengthen the Capital Goods(CG) Sector and contribute
Arun Goel Committee more actively to the national goal of achieving a USD 5
trillion economy and a USD 1 trillion manufacturing sector
2 To review present ownership guidelines and corporate
PK Mohanty Committee
structure for Indian Private Sector Banks
3 To review the guidelines on television rating agencies;
Committee on TRP ratings
headed by Sashi S Vempati
4 To take steps for preventing stubble burning in Punjab,
One-Man Committee to Haryana, and Uttar Pradesh which is a source of pollution in
Prevent Stubble Burning the Delhi-national capital region (NCR); headed by Justice
Madan B. Lokur
5 To recommend appropriate policy for access to securities
market data, identify segment-wise data perimeters, data
Market Data Advisory
needs, and gaps, recommend data privacy and data access
Committee (MDAC) by SEBI
regulations applicable to market data; headed by Madhabi
Puri Buch
6 to suggest measures to de-clog and improve the functioning
of the National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) and make
Company Law Committee
recommendations on various issues pertaining to the
(CLC)
implementation of the Companies Act and the Limited
Liability Partnership Act; headed by Rajesh Verma
7 To evaluate the “implications” of digital surveillance
Rajesh Pant Expert by Data Information Technology Co. Limited and “assess
Committee any violations of law and submit its recommendations;
under the National Cyber Security Coordinator
8 To measure the impact on the national economy and
financial stability of waiving of interest and COVID-19 related
Rajiv Mehrishi Committee
moratorium. To give suggestions to mitigate financial
constraints of various sections of society
9 Setting parameters for Loan Restructuring, to undertake a
KV Kamath Committee process validation of resolution plans for borrow accounts
above a specified threshold
10 To develop international retail business at the International
Pradip Shah Committee
Financial Services Centre (IFSC)
11 To decide ceiling rates under duty reimbursement scheme
GK Pillai Committee
for exporters
12 Niti Aayog Member(Agriculture), “Sugarcane and Sugar
Ramesh Chand Committee
Industry” recommended linking of Sugarcane prices to

Page | 147 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 sugar rate to maintain the financial state and stability of the
industry and to clear the arrears of the sugarcane farmers.
13 Committee on Business to develop new BRR formats for listed and unlisted
Responsibility Reporting companies; headed by Rajesh Verma
14 to review the prevalent system of QR Codes in India for
Committee For Analysis of QR
facilitating digital payments and submit recommendations;
Code
headed by Prof. D. B. Pathak
15 Advises the capital markets regulator on matters related to
SEBI’s advisory committee on
regulation and development of mutual fund industry;
mutual funds
headed by Usha Thorat
16 To address various risks that have been triggered by the
Committee on the pandemic
Covid-19 pandemic and offer protection in case of a similar
risk pool
crisis in the future; headed by Suresh Mathur
17 Abhijeet Sen Committee Formulating food policy in the long term
18 Abid Hussain Committee Small scale Industries and Trade Policy Reform
19 Chakravarty Committee
Monetary policy
(1985)
20 G V Ramakrishna Committee Disinvestment
21 JJ Irani Committee Company laws; Formation of the new Companies Act
22 Raja Chelliah Committee Tax Reforms in India
23 Khusro Committee Agricultural Credit System
24 Relationship and power balance between the Centre and
Sarkaria Commission
States
25 Malegam Committee Microfinance
26 Narasimhan Committee Banking Reforms
27 Mckinsey Report Merger Of seven Associate Banks with State Bank of India
28 Suresh Tendulkar Committee The methodology of estimation of poverty
29 Tarapore Committee Capital Account Convertibility
30 A Ghosh committee Malpractices in banks
31 Bhagwati Committee Unemployment and Public Welfare
32 C Rao Committee Agricultural policy
33 Dharia Committee Public Distribution System
34 Computerization Of the Banking Industry and Public Sector
Rangarajan Committee
Disinvestment; Poverty Line estimation.
35 Lodha committee To recommend reforms for cricket in India
36 Raghunath Anant Mashelkar To suggest the best technologies for Swachh Bharat
panel Abhiyaan
38 K V Kamath Panel To examine the MSME sector
39 Bibek Debroy Committee Railway restructuring
40 Justice B. M Shah Committee Black money
41 A C Shah Committee Non-Banking Financial Company
42 Ajit Kumar Committee Army pay scales
43 Athreya Committee Restructuring of IDBI
44 Bhurelal Committee Increase in Motor Vehicle Tax

Page | 148 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 45 Report on the working of capital market infrastructure
Bimal Jalan Committee
institutions (MIIs)
46 Chandra Shekhar Committee Venture Capital
47 Dave Committee Pension Scheme for Unorganized Sector
48 Deepak Parekh Committee Financing Infrastructure through PPP model
49 Hanumant Rao Committee Fertilizers
50 Janakiramanan Committee Securities Transactions
51 Kasturirangan Committee Draft National Education Policy
52 Kothari Commission To examine all aspects of the educational sector in India
53 Kumaramangalam Birla
Corporate Governance
Report
54 N.N. Vohra Committee Relations (Nexus) Of Politicians with Criminals
55 Radha Krishnan Commission
Establishment of the University Grant Commission
(1948)
56 K. Santhanam Committee Establishment of CVC
57 Shivaraman Committee
Establishment of NABARD
(1979)
58 Swaminathan Commission
To find the problems faced by the farmers
(2004)
59 Balwantrai Mehta Committee
Panchayati Raj Institutions
(1957)
60 Justice A.K Mathur
7th Pay Commission
Commission
61 Vaghul Committee Money market in India
62 Vasudev Committee NBFC sector reforms
63 Y B Reddy Committee Review of Income Tax rebates
64 Aruna Sundararajan
Telecom sector revival
Committee
65 Rajiv Kumar Committee Selling of OIL and ONGC fields to private companies
66 Sushil Modi Committee To look into the GST revenue shortfall faced by states
67 Lokpal Search Committee
For recommending names for Lokpal
(Justice Ranjana Desai)
68 Injeti Srinivas Committee Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
69 Punchhi Commission Center-state relations
70 Committee constituted by the Ministry of Home Affairs to
Sudhir Kumar Saxena
enquire about security lapses during PM Punjab's visit
71 A high-level committee by Supreme Court to investigate
Indu Malhotra
PM’s security breach in Punjab
72 K Rajaraman Technology Innovation Group on 6G formed by DoT
73 Ratan P Watal ‘Central Vista Oversight Committee
74 Dharmendra Pradhan National Steering Committee for NIPUN Bharat Mission
75 Committee to determine RoDTEP rates for exports from
Gopal Krishna Pillai
SEZs, EOUs

Page | 149 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 76 Commission to examine sub- To investigate the extent of inequitable distribution of
categorization of OBCs( “reservation benefits” among castes or communities in the
Headed by Justice Rohini) broad category of OBC.
77 Sundar Committee Road safety and traffic management.
78 Expert monument To decide the prohibited area around a particular
committees monument and activities permitted herein.
79 Parliamentary Standing
To emphasize more on women-centric work under
Committee on Rural
the Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee
Development and Panchayati
scheme.
Raj
80 Mani Shankar Aiyar To examine the functioning of Panchayats and make
Committee recommendations.
81 The committee recommended curtailing the Central
Shailesh Nayak Committee
Government’s regulatory authority in coastal areas.
82 The Expert Committee on To primarily look into the present status of health and
Tribal Health headed by Dr. health care in tribal areas and to draw a road map for the
Abhay Bang future to bridge the gaps in health status in tribal areas.
83 Paragraph 3 of the Constitution (Scheduled Castes) Order
Ranganath Misra Commission 1950 should be made religion-neutral. But no action has
been taken by the government on this.
84 Observed that the “social and economic situation of Dalit
Rajinder Sachar Committee Muslims and Dalit Christians did not improve after
conversion”.
85 A study commissioned by the
Made a strong case for extending SC status to Dalit
National Commission on
Christians and Dalit Muslims. The recommendations were
Minorities( led by Satish
not accepted.
Deshpande)
86 Kargil Review Committee,
Naresh Chandra Task Force, Proposed their own versions of a Chief of Defence Staff.
and Shekatkar Committee
87 G.
to strengthen government norms at the Market
Mahalingam Committee(form
Infrastructure Institutions (MIIs)
ed by SEBI)
88 Election Commission of India To investigate the matter and find out ways so that NRIs
Committee and migrant workers can take part in the election process.
89 The commission headed
Reservation for Economically Weaker Sections (EWS) of the
by Major General (retd) S R
society.
Sinho
90 Justice V.M. Tarkunde
Committee, Goswami
Committee, Second Elections and electoral reforms.
Administrative Reforms
Commission
91 National Commission for
To identify and list the Denotified Tribal communities.
Denotifies, Nomadic and

Page | 150 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 semi- Nomadic
Tribes(NCDNT)/ Renke
Commission
92 Headed by retired Supreme Court Justice Ranjana Prakash
Desai. It was entrusted with the work of delimiting the
J&K Delimitation Commission
Assembly and Parliamentary Constituencies in the UT
of Jammu and Kashmir based on the 2011 Census.
93 National Medical Commission It regulates medical education and medical professionals
(NMC) in India and has replaced the Medical Council of India.
94 Lokur Committee To look into criteria for defining Schedule Tribes.
95 A C Shah Committee Non-Banking Financial Companies (NFBC) reforms
96 A Ghosh Committee Malpractices and frauds in India
97 A K Khandelwal Committee issues public sector banks related to HR
98 Abid Hussain Committee For smaller Industries
99 Aditya Puri Committee Dissemination of Information related to credit
100 Ajay Shankar Committee For reviewing the functions of PPP cell
101 AK Bhuchar Committee Coordination between commercial banks and term lending
institutions
102 Amitabh Chaudhry Analysis The Existing Framework Of IRDA-Linked And Non-
Committee Linked Insurance Product Regulations
103 Anand Sinha Committee Export Credit

104 Arvind Mayaram Committee: For defining clear definitions of Foreign Institutional
Investment (FII) & Foreign Direct Investment (FDI).
105 B Sambamurthy Committee For Mobile Banking
106 B Siaraman Committee Institutional Credit for Agricultural and Rural Development

107 B. D. Shah Committee Stock Lending Scheme

108 Basel Committee For Banking Supervision
109 Bhandari Committee For Reconstruction Of RRBs
110 Bhide Committee Coordination between SFC’s and commercial banks
111 Bimal Jalan panel Scrutinizing the applications for new bank licenses
112 C Rangarajan Committee For Poverty Scale Estimates In The Country, For
Mechanisation in the Banking Industry (1984)
113 Chaired by Secretary (retd) G Fix ceiling rates under duty reimbursement scheme for
K Pillai. exporters
114 Chesi Committee For Direct Taxes

115 Cook Committee To check Capital adequacy of banks

116 D. K. Mittal Committee To Improve Financial Condition Of Railways

117 D. R. Gadgil Committee Agricultural Finance
118 Damle Committee (1982) Introducing MICR/OCR Technology for Cheque Processing
119 Damodaran Committee Improving customer services in the banks

Page | 151 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 120 Dave Committee (2000) Pension-related schemes For Unorganized Sector
121 Deepak Mohanty Committee Management of Data and information in the RBI
122 Deepak Parekh committee Financing the Infrastructure sector
123 Defence Minister Rajnath MSME loan scheme implementation
Singh
124 Dinesh Sharma Committee Proposing the new regulation that is related to virtual or
digital currencies
125 Dr. Barman Committee Cheque Truncation and E-cheques
126 G. Srinivasan. Find space for selling Surety Bonds

127 Gadgil Committee (1969) Lead Banking System

128 Godwala Committee Rural Finance
129 H R Khan Committee Evaluating the unclaimed post office savings and PPP
130 Hathi Committee For Soiled Bank Notes
131 I.T. Vaz Committee Working Capital Finance In Banks
132 Inter- Departmental Tax To Monitor And Review The Functioning Of Shell Companies
Force To Prevent Their Misuse For Money Laundering And Tax
Evasion
133 J Reddy Committee Reforms in Insurance Sector

James Raj Committee Helps in the functioning of public sector banks

133
134 Janakiraman Committee Investigating the bank’s security transactions
135 Justice M B Shah Commission On BLakhk Money
K M Chandrasekhar For Rationalization Of Foreign Investment Norms
136 Committee
137 K Madhav Das Committee Urban Cooperative Banks
K S Shere Committee (1995) For proposing Legislation On Electronic Funds Transfer
138 (EFT) and other Electronic Payments
139 K.U.B. Rao Committee For Setting Up Bullion Bank Or Bullion Corporation Of India
K.V.Kamath Panel To Examine The Financial Architecture For Micro, Small And
140 Medium Enterprises
141 Karve Committee For Small Scale Industry
Kelkar Committee For Tax Structure Reforms
142
143 Khusrau Committee Agricultural Credit
KV Kamath To suggest financial parameters for resolution of Covid-19
144 related stressed assets.
145 KV Kamath Setting Parameters for Loan Restructuring
L K Jha Committee For Indirect Taxation Enquiry
146
147 Lakdawala Committee Poverty
148 M J Ferwani Committee Stock Exchange
149 M L Dhantwala Committee Regional Rural Banks

Page | 152 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 150 M.S. Ahluwalia Commitee Employment Opportunities
151 Marathe Committee Licensing of New Banks
152 MBN Rao Committee Preparing the blueprint for India’s first bank for women
153 MV Nair Committe Priority Sector Lending
154 N Narasimham Committee On Rural Credit, Establishment of RRBs
155 N Rangachary committee Examining the taxation policies in the IT Sector
N. K Singh Committee Reviewing the budget management and fiscal responsibility
156 act
Nachiket Mor Committee Providing financial services for low-income households and
157 small businesses
Narasimham Committee For reforms related to Banking Sector
158
Naresh Chandra committee Forming a 14 member task force on various issues of security
159
160 P J Nayak Committee Governance Of Boards Of Bank In India
P Selvam Committee For Non Performing Assets of Banks
161
162 Parekh Committee Infrastructure Financing
Parthasarathi Shome GAAR (General Anti Avoidance Rule) Implementation
163 Committee
164 Pillai Committee For Pay Scales of Bank Officers
165 Pradip Shah Plan to develop international retail business
166 Pravin Kutumbe IRDAI sets up panel on governance at insurers
167 Prof. Deepak.B. Phatak Analysis of QR (Quick Response) Code’
168 Professor R. Narayanaswamy National Financial Reporting Authority
Pulak Kumar Sinha To Study The Feasibility Of Aadhaar As An Additional Factor
169 Committee For Authentication Of Card Present Transactions
170 R V Gupta Committee For Small Savings
R. Gandhi Committee Govt Securities
171
172 R. Jilani Committee Banking Inspection System
173 R. V. Easwar Committee Simplify Income Tax Act, 1961
174 R. V. Gupta Committee For Small Savings
175 R.H. Khan Committee Harmonizing the role of financial institutions
176 R.K. Hajara Committee Differential Interest Rates Scheme
177 R.N. Malhotra Committee Reforms in Insurance Sector
178 R.S. Gujral Committee To Suggest Measures To Boost MSME Exports
179 Raghuram Rajan Committee Reforms For Financial Sector
Raja Chelliah Committee For Tax Reforms
180 (1991)
181 Raja Mannar Committee For Changes in Banking laws, bouncing of cheques, etc.
182 Rajiv Mehrishi Related moratorium
183 Rakesh Mohan Committee Small Savings
184 Ramesh Chand Sugarcane Prices to Sugar Rate

Page | 153 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Rangarajan Committee Financial Inclusion, Public Sector Disinvestment,
185 Computerization of Banking Industry
186 Rashid Jilani Committee Cash Credit System
Rattan P Watal Committee Boosting the digital payment system
187
RBI executive director PK Review private bank shareholding norms
188 Mohanty
189 Rekhi Committee Matters of Indirect Taxes
190 RK Hazare Committee Differential Interest Rates (DIR) Scheme
191 RS Gujral Committee Suggesting the measures related to boost in MSME exports
192 S P Talwar Committee Restructuring the Public Sector Banks that are weak
S Padmanabhan Committee To review the on-site supervision function of banks,
193 Inspection of banks by the RBI
194 S.N. Verma Committee (1999) For Restructuring The Commercial Banks
Sanjiv Puri 15th Finance commission to boost agri exports
195
196 Shaktikanta Das Dividend of ₹57,128 crore to government.
Shri Deepak Mohanty BPLR (Benchmark Prime Lending Rate)
197 Committee
Shyamala Gopinath For Suggestions On Post Office Small Saving Schemes
198 Committee
199 SN Verma Committee (1999) Helps in the Restructuring of Commercial Banks
200 Sodhani Committee Foreign Exchange Markets in NRI Investment in India
201 SS Nadkarni Committee public sector banks trading
202 SS Tarapore Committee Fuller Capital Account Convertibility
Sudharshan Sen Committee To Study Regulatory Issues Relating To Financial Technology
203 And Digital Banking In India
Sukhmoy Chakravarty Review Working of Monetary System
204 Committee
Suma Verma Committee Revising and updating the Banking Ombudsman Scheme,
205 2006
206 Sunil Kumar Gupta Trustees of PM CARES
207 Suresh Mathur ‘Pandemic Risk Pool’
208 T V Mohandas Pai IBBI advisory committee on service providers
209 Tambe Committee For Term Loans to SSI
210 Tandon Committee Following up for credit
211 Thakkar Committee For Credit Schemes to Self Employed
212 Thingalaya Committee Restructuring of RRB
Uday Kotak IBBI reconstitutes advisory panel on corporate insolvency
213 resolution process
214 UK Sharma Committee For NABARD’s Role In RRB
Uk Sharma Committee For Nabard’s Role In RRB
215
216 Urjit Patel Committee Examining the monetary framework

Page | 154 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 217 Usha Thorat Sebi regulatory advisory
218 Usha Thorat Committee NBFCs, Lead Bank Scheme
219 Vaghul Committee India’s money market
220 Vipin Malik Committee Bank’s consolidated Accounting
221 Vyas Committee Rural Credit
222 W.S. Saraf Committee Technology issues in Banking Industry
223 Wanchoo Committee (1971) For Direct Taxes Enquiry
224 YH Malegam Committee Licensing of new Urban Co-operative banks
225 YV Reddy Committee Reforms in Small Savings

***

Page | 155 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Risk Focused Internal Audit
1 Full form of RADAR is Remote Application for Dynamic Assessment of
Risk
2 The Offsite Audit will be scrutinizing 100% of the records at monthly periodicity as against sample-
based verification during onsite audit
3 Serious Irregularities under Group Heading SDRM
(SIGH) of the erstwhile inspection report
format has been replaced by-
4 Income Leakage Tracker Tool Introduced by 3rd EYE
IA Department is called__
5 Only ___ consecutive inspection reports 3 (three)
need to be preserved after ensuring that
the immediately 4th earlier report has been
dealt completely and closed.
6 Under new system there will be three Core Parameters i.e., CRM, ORM and FEMA (If applicable)
with separate score of 1000 each
7 Symbols for Audit Rating will be in three letter model like AAA, ABA, ABC, ABD, BBA etc.
For Branches having exposure under Credit Auditable accounts is more than 50% of total
exposure, CRM rating would be like Aa, Ab, Ba, Bb etc, where second (small) alphabet represents
Control Risk.
8 Each letter will represent CRM, ORM & ❖ First Letter - CRM Rating ❖ Second letter - ORM
FEMA as under (Ex. ABC) Rating ❖ Third Letter - FEMA Rating
9 Spot audit is conducted for__ Currency Chest Branches
10 Scores and Ratings

11 Importance of External Compliance in the Branches reporting deviation level >15% in an area,
Current RFIA- will be assigned an Audit rating of “C” for that area,
irrespective of the score received in that area

Page | 156 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 12 Statutory Audit is conducted by- Charted Accountants empaneled by RBI.
13 Self-Audit will be more useful if it is done under the supervision of an official either from
controlling office or from nearby Branch.
14 Self-Audit should be conducted in a realistic manner by going through various books/
accounts/records and correspondence etc. A negative score of 1 for each of the identified 24 sub-
parameters under ORM and a negative score of 8 for each of the 3 sub- parameters identified in CRM
with a maximum negative score of 20 under CRM and ORM separately shall be awarded, for variation
of more than 10% between the validated Self Audit score awarded by the controller.
15 Inspection and Management Audit Hyderabad
Department, Corporate Centre is located at
16 The penalty on account of External Compliance deviations will not be applicable in FEMA as more
than 70% of FEMA VS are EC related
17 Expand “SDRM” Serious Deviations in Risk management
18 Score achieved for determination of Outlier Negative Score
status are called ___ score.
19 The certificate of chest balance as on__ is 31st May
submitted to RBI by the Chest branch
20 Branches comes under Group I Audit Entities of CAG, CCG, SAMB, Special Outfits,
(Special) R&DB Branches (Net SME Advances >=Rs.225 Crores)

1.R&DB Branches - Net SME Advances less than Rs 225

Crores but >=Rs.100 Crores or net advances >=Rs.500
Group I Crores
2) All other Scale VI Branches
3.All other Scale V Branches
4. e- Wealth Centers, Principal Wealth Hubs, Wealth
Hubs
5. Credit CPCs - Advances >=Rs.500 Crores

21 Branches comes under Group II

1) All SARB Branches
2) Credit CPCs - Advances <Rs.500 Crores
3) Non-Credit CPCs (DAC / CAC / LCPC / CCPC / CPPC /
TFCPC)
4) All other Scale- IV Branches
5) Fund Settlement Link Office

Page | 157 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 6) Scale I/II/III Branches - Net Advances >= Rs.30
Crores or Deposit >= Rs.100 Crores
7) New BPR outfits (Credit / Non-credit CPCs)

22 Branches comes under Group III 1) Scale I/II/III Branches - Net Advances < Rs.30 Crores
and Deposits < Rs.100 Crores
2) New Branches opened during current financial year

23 Expand “LARF” Legal Audit Reporting Format

24 Identification of outlier branches, within the Internal Audit Department
Annual Audit Plan, is done by-
25 RFIA has been introduced in SBI___ 01.04.2003
26 The parameters which effect the Outlier ➢Gaps in controls (Based on Missing / Outlier /
Score under Credit Risk Management Incorrect data in source systems).
(CRM) ➢Exposure at stress – Based on the arrears
condition attached to each loan account indicating
status of repayment of Instalment / Interest, stock
statement, renewals of credit limit, irregularity in
the account etc.
➢ Quick Mortality Exposure
➢ Growth in Advances.
➢ Increase in NPAs
27 The parameters which effect the Outlier ➢ Gaps in controls (Based on Missing / Outlier /
Score under ORM (Operational Risk Incorrect data in source systems)
Management) ➢ Increase in Controllable Overheads
➢ Reconciliation of Office Accounts
➢ Complaints – Nature and Resolution
➢ Spurt in Non-Interest Income
28 Effect of Outlier Score on account of FRAUDS - Penal score over and above the score for
Movement of Audit Rating critical parameters will be taken from SBI Times →
Dept 1 → Analytics Dept → What’s New → Fraud
Prone Branches → Score Card: Fraud Prone
Branches
29 Branches must conduct minimum two self- Six months, i.e., Half-yearly.
audits between two inspections which must
be vetted by controllers. Periodicity of Self
Audit is ____ months.
30 Expand “CARF” Credit Audit Report Format

Page | 158 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 31 Who conducts Credit Audit? Internal Audit Department, Corporate Centre,
Hyderabad
32 Determination of Outlier Status of Branches
Negative Score Branch’s Outlier Score
Above > 450 Outlier
>400 to 450 Moderate
>250 to 400 Acceptable
0 to 250 Normal
33 What is a Management Letter? It highlights important observations of the
concerned branch.
34 Total score & normalized Score for Outlier 1200/1000 & 1180/1000
for Branches & CPCs
35 New Branch will be eligible for RFIA in___ Within 12 months
36 Maximum Frequency of Audit will not be more than 21 months from the date of
previous audit
37 Minimum frequency of audit will not be less than 9 months from the date of
previous audit
38 Minimum frequency of audit for Extremely as per the Basant Seth Committee guidelines
High Risk / High Risk Branches is based on
39 Who is the appropriate authority to approve CGM (IA-I) / CGM (IA-II)
prioritization of audits based on the output
of the Outlier Identification application
40 A score of 260 (26% of the total ORM - RFIA score) has been assigned to the ORM area of Offsite
Audit
41 Scores in the range of 145 to 410 (14.50% to 41% of the total CRM - RFIA score (depending on the
percentage of exposures scrutinized) will be derived from the Offsite Audit for the CRM areas
42 Integration of ORM Scores average monthly RADAR scores are taken as offsite
Audit Score and integrated with onsite RFIA audit
score. (RADAR – 260 + Onsite – 740)
43 Integration of CRM Scores the scores for all types of Offsite Audits/Reviews
viz. Concurrent Audit, Early Review of Sanction –
Small Loans / Large Loans are integrated with the
scores of the onsite RFIA, based on areas
scrutinized and the percentage of exposure
scrutinized / reviewed by each of the Offsite
Audits/Reviews. (RADAR -145 + Offiste -855)
44 What is CSM Customer Centric Metric

Page | 159 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 45 CSM is further categorized into three Sub- (i) Prompt Delivery of Service (ii) Complaints /
Sub Parameters: Grievances & Feedback and (iii) Branch Ambience
& Amenities
46 CSM will carry a score of 140 (14.00%) within the overall ORM score of 1000
47 CRM Scores in RFIA A. PRE-SANCTION - 305; B. POST SANCTION - 545;
C. PROBLEM LOAN MANAGEMENT - 150; D.TOTAL
- 1000
48 What is the new Sub-Sub parameter created “SMA Follow up, Monitoring & control”
in lieu of Recovery of Instalments and
Follow up, Monitoring and Control
49 What is the new name of Module 'Review of Review of NPA/AUCA
SMA Reports"
50 The revised ARF (Audit Report Format) CAG/ CCG/ NBG /RACPC/ RASMECC/ SMECC/ LCPC/
format will replace all the existing formats sbi iNTOUCH
and will be applicable to the which group of
branches:
51 The revised ARF format will replace all the ATM Switch Centre, Branches under SARG, Cash
existing formats and will not be applicable Management Products Operation Centre (CMPOC),
to the which group of branches: Central Accounting Office (CAO), Kolkata, CCPC,
Currency Administration Cells (CAC), Dedicated
Accounting Unit (DAU) – INB, PSG, RB, Document
Archival Centres (DAC), DPCPC, FSLO, Government
Business Branches, Global Link Services (GLS),
Mumbai Special Outfits - Global Markets Unit -
Mumbai, Global Markets Unit- Kolkata, Securities
Services Branch (SSB) - Service Branches, Trade
Finance Centralized Processing Cells (TFCPC
52 Under the revised process, threshold limits GREEN, AMBER, YELLOW and RED ranges
for tolerance of deviations were assigned to
each value statement in ARF and were Tolerance Risk Effective Range of
categorized under Range Indicator ness of Score
Controls
Green Low Effective 85 – 100 %
Amber Medium Mostly 65 –
Effective 84.99 %
Yellow Elevated Partially 50 –
Effective 64.99 %
Red High Not 0 – 35 %
Effective

Page | 160 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 53 In the current scoring system in RFIA,
scoring is based on a pre-defined range of
scores mapped to a range of deviation

54 Total Value Statements (VS) in ORM … 1141 (C-283, H-371,M-366, L-123)

55 Total Value Statements (VS) in CRM … 1270(C-403,H-629,M-220ML-18)
56 Accounts with credit exposure of Rs.1 crore Early Review of sanction (ERS-Small Loans)
to Rs.20.00 crores are subjected to
57 Accounts with exposures greater than Early Review of Sanction ( ERS-Large Loans)
Rs.20.00 crores are subjected to
58 Total How many Modules are there in ORM At present, there are 2 Core Parameters (CRM and
& CRM ORM), 55 Sub-Sub Parameters and 211 modules under
ORM and 22 Sub-Sub Parameters and 114 modules
under CRM in the ARF (Modular) of branches /
centralized processing cells.
59 Negative Scores for CRM on account of 25 (12 areas)
Recurring Income Leakage
60 Negative Scores for ORM on account of 25 (05 areas)
Recurring Income Leakage
61 Negative Scores for FEMA on account of 25 (06 areas)
Recurring Income Leakage
62 Category-I Frauds Frauds which involve gross negligence in following
systems and procedures, abuse of delegated
powers, staff involvement for personal gains and
concealing of fraudulent transactions and non-
reporting to controllers.
63 Category-II Frauds Such type of frauds which are not covered under
Category-I
64 Category-III Frauds Frauds that have occurred mainly outside the
control area of the branch more particularly in the
realm of digital banking, for which the branch
cannot be made responsible
65 Impact of Category I Fraud ORM/ORM rating of the branch will be downgraded
by one step and score will be reduced by a minimum
of 50 or more. In such cases the score will be
recalibrated to give an impact of penalty of fifty or
more, corresponding to the downgraded rating
score

Page | 161 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 66 Impact of Category II Fraud Negative marks of 50 will be awarded, which may
or may not entail a down grade of Risk Rating
depending on the score
67 Impact of Category III Fraud With penalty of 20 marks
68 The action taken by the branch in dealing 15 Marks ( +ve or -ve)
with a fraud will also be scored under six
parameters with a maximum score or
penalty of
69 Scoring for Zero Tolerance Areas As tolerance limits of deviations have been
assigned to all the value statements in the ARF the
need for Zero Tolerance Areas has become
redundant. Negative scoring for the ZTAs has
therefore be done away with from the Audit Cycle
2018-19
70 False compliances detected in Current Audit Evidence Based Compliance Testing (EBCT) related to
as part of Evidence Based Compliance the Current Audit Report
(2 for each Min - 20 )
Testing before closure of the report.
71 False compliances in previous audit closure Detected during Compliance Audit or the RFIA (@ 2
remarks, observed during ongoing RFIA of for each Minimum - 20 Max No cap
the branches not covered under compliance
audit
72 False OTMS Compliances Penalty - A negative score of 10 for each of the false
compliance to an OTMS alert, Minimum – 20 Max.
No cap
73 False RADAR compliance (ORM/CRM) A negative score of 1 with a minimum negative
score of 10 and a maximum negative score of 20
marks
74 Maximum penalty for all false compliances No cap
– (RFIA - Current/Previous/Compliance
Audit, RADAR, and OTMS) under CRM
75 Negative Marks in CDS for false compliance Based on the level of false compliance of the official
as advised by Internal Audit Department, a negative
score will be provided in CDS subject to a maximum
of (-)5 as disincentive to the officials, who indulged
in false compliances.
The negative score will be deducted from the total
score, before finalizing the annual CDS grade of the
official

Page | 162 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 76 Noting in HRMS Apart from the above, a permanent noting will be
made in the Service Records of the officials in
HRMS, who have been awarded negative scores.
77 An appeal mechanism The appeal will be made to an official who is one
stage higher to his / her Reporting Authority (i.e.,
the Reviewing Authority).
78 Management Letter (ML) is required to be Only in cases where the auditor has observed any
submit of the following issues / signals which necessitate
immediate attention of the Top Management.
There are 12 areas to be convered.
79 Self-Audit Self-Audit is required to be conducted at Half yearly
intervals.
80 Negative Marks in Self Audit A negative score of 1 for each of the identified 24 sub-
Variance between Validated Self Audit /IA parameters under ORM and a negative score of 8 for
score by more than 10% each of the 3 sub- parameters identified in CRM with
a maximum negative score of 20 under CRM and ORM
separately shall be awarded, for variation of more
than 10% between the validated Self Audit score
awarded by the controller.
81 Total time norms for closure of Audit in
Group I Branches-
i) Credit CPCs 22 weeks (Auditee Unit - 18; Controller -4)

Ii) BPR Linked Branches / Special outfits / Non 14 weeks (Auditee Unit - 10; Controller -4)
BPR Linked Branches / Non -Credit CPCs / e-
Wealth Centres / Principal Wealth Hubs / Wealth
Hubs
82 Total time norms for closure of Audit in
Group II Branches –
i)Credit CPCs 22 weeks (Auditee Unit - 18; Controller -4)
ii) BPR Linked Branches 11 weeks (Auditee Unit - 8; Controller -3)
iii) Non-BPR Linked Branches 13 weeks (Auditee Unit - 10; Controller -3)
iv) Non-Credit CPCs / FSLO 09 weeks (Auditee Unit - 07; Controller -2)

83 Printing of hard copies of the report has 03.03.2018

been discontinued since
84 Trigger Based Audit with RFIA Offsite Audit 01.10.2019
Rating has been introduced with effect
from

Page | 163 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 85 Eligibility under Trigger Based Audit for Normal Branches -
Branches in the R&DB vertical which are categorized as ‘Normal’ and ‘Acceptable’ in the Outlier
Module of RADAR will only be eligible for Trigger based audit with RFIA - Offsite Audit rating,
subject to the following:
➢ Overall NPA as on 31st March including migration to SARG and write off during the year
should not be more than 2%.
a. In case, Retail Loans (PBBU+REHBU) >= 60% (Per. Segment NPA (PBBU+REHBU) should
not be more than 1%)
b. In case, Agri. Loans > 60% (ABU NPA should not be more than 5%) (Over all NPA should
not be more than 2%
➢Fraud penalty should not have been imposed on branch and exclusion of branches wherein frauds of
“Category 1 or 2” were reported through “FMRs”
.➢Branches indicating low ‘Control Risk’ as per Outlier Model (Normal and Acceptable Category) .
➢ Branch should not have been rated ‘C/D’, either in CRM or ORM, in the previous onsite RFIA
Audit.

86 Impact of false certification in BMMC A maximum penal score of 10 Marks will be

deducted from the branch’s ORM score.

Page | 164 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

Details Particulars CRM ORM FEMA

Max Negative Score

Recurrent Income Leakage 25 25 NA

Category – I (Penalty in CRM/ORM as

Rating downgrade with resetting of scores (Min 50)
applicable)

Frauds (detected / reported Category – II (Penalty in CRM/ORM as

during the review period) applicable)
50 50
Category-III Digital Frauds (in CRM/ORM as
applicable) (20 marks)

Reporting/Monitoring of
(Maximum score or penalty) +15/-15
Frauds

Related to previous audit report (Detected

during Compliance audit or during current
RFIA) (2 for each, Min- 5) *
False compliance -RFIA
Related to the current audit report (EBCT)
No Upper
(2 for each, Min – 5, Max No cap) * No Upper Ceiling 50
Ceiling
OTMS alerts (2 for each, Min – 5, Max No cap)
False Compliance-OTMS
*

RADAR Deviations (2 for each, Min – 5, Max –

False Compliance RADAR
No cap) *

False compliance in BMMC False certification in BMMC (Max. 10 marks)

Up to 15 % Max. 15 Max. 15 NA
Deviation in External
Compliance VS Down graded by
Above 15% Rating downgraded to “C”
1 notch

Non-Compliance with RBI/Bank policies 10

Exposure at Stress (Avg. of last 4 Qtrs.) 20

Data Quality ( Data Quality Index/ Project Ganga/DLP infringement 10 *

Variance of more than 10% in actual audit score

(Under
Self Audit * & validated self audit score at sub-parameter 20 20
development)
level

Compliance Remarks Delayed Submission (20 – 50)

***

Page | 165 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 PENALTIES APPLIED AT CAO

Revised

FALSE COMPLIANCE PENALTIES APPLIED AT CAO CRM ORM

Min Max Min Max

False compliance in OTMS (CAO will review the False / 5 No cap 5 No cap
incorrect compliance marked by the Internal Auditor
before crystalizing the penalty)

False compliance in compliance Audit 5 No cap 5 No cap

False compliance observed in previous RFIA 5 No cap 5 No cap

BMMC (based on the false compliance marked by the IA in - - 2 10

the respective SDRM) – No change

Evidence Based Compliance Testing (EBCT) 5 No cap 5 No cap

The IA should appraise the unit, the probable penalties at CAO on account of FC in OTMS, observed in previous RFIA /
Compliance Audit.

New Incentives & Disincentives

Incentive for timely submission of compliance remarks - Auditee units will be incentivized with 10 marks in the
current audit report itself, subject to the following stipulations,

Compliance remarks should have been submitted with in specified timelines and

1..Compliance report is closed without return to auditee unit for the irregularities pointed out in RFIA report.

2. Incentive for Zero False compliances – To improve compliance culture and encourage the auditee units moving
towards Zero False compliances, auditee unit will be incentivized with 10 marks each in CRM & ORM separately, in the
next RFIA for the auditee units with zero False Compliances.

3. Disincentive for multiple returns of compliance remarks - For discouraging multiple returns of compliance
remarks, when audit report does not meet the criteria of closure norms and CAO/CAU is not satisfied with the
compliance remarks submitted, a graded penalty (maximum 50 marks) will be levied in the current audit report
itself, as under:

No of times return Penalty No of times return Penalty

First Return 5 marks Fourth Return 30 marks

Second Return 10 marks Fifth Return 40 marks

Third Return 20 marks More than 5 times 50 marks

Page | 166 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Migration of RFIA into Offsite-Onsite (Hybrid) Mode for RACPCs / RASMECs and LCPCs
(Sl.No.: 180/2023 – 24 Circular No.: IAD/IAD-RFIA/3/2023 – 24 Date: Fri 26 May 2023)
Digitization & Digitalization Journey’ for storage and retrieval of documents digitally such as,
REHBU Document Archival Centre (REHBU-DAC) for Home Loan, Documents of RACPCs/RASMECs,
w.e.f. June 2023
CKYC Platform for Account Opening Forms and KYCs thereof etc.
Offsite Auditor would verify digitized documents through Digi-Vault Application using OARPS (a
functionality has been provided in OARPS such that on invoking the digited flagged sampled
account, system is redirected to Digi-Vault Application) and record observation (Complied/Not
Complied/Not Applicable) against relevant Value Statements in OARPS.
Quality Assurance Model: MOU for Improvement in Effectiveness of Controls
• To improve the effectiveness of operations and compliance culture of branches, an MoU
was entered into between respective GM CAO and DGM (B&O) for a time bound
improvement of effectiveness of internal controls in 28 critical (10 in the CRM and 18 in ORM)
Modules such that none of the identified critical modules under CRM/ORM remain “Non-
Effective”.
• All the Critical Modules considered under MOU will be treated as “Not Effective (NE)”, if
aggregate deviations for the Module for all the branches audited during the year exceed 6%
• List of 32 Critical modules (14-CRM and 18-ORM) identified for improvement in effectiveness
of controls are:

Page | 167 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 CRM - CRM - MODULE_NAME ORM - MODULE_NAME ORM - MODULE_NAME
MODULE_NAME

1 KYC Due Diligence 8. Sanction Stipulations 1. Cheque Payment Process 10. Customer Acceptance &
Identification - Self Help
9. Disbursement Groups
2 Pre-sanction 2.Compliance with Cash Remittance
Inspection 10. Unit Inspection Guidelines 11 Customer Due Diligence

11. Computation of DP 3. Customer Acceptance & 12. Maintenance of Currency

3. Scrutiny of Identification - (HUF) Chest
12. Stock and Receivable
defaulters list
Audit 13. Manual Interest
4 Customer Acceptance & Adjustments
13. Asset Verification
4. Documentation Identification - Individuals
14 Correctness of BMMC
14. IRAC
confirmations
5. Gold Loan 5. Customer Acceptance &
Identification - Partnership Concerns 15. Movement of Cash

6. Creation of 16. Scrutiny of Exception

Mortgage 6. Customer Acceptance & Reports
Identification - Proprietorship
17. Security Forms
Concerns
7. Title Deeds
18. Monitoring of Transactions
7. Customer Acceptance &
Identification - Trust/ Foundations

8. Customer Acceptance &

Identification - Companies

9. Customer Acceptance &

Identification - Non-Face-to- Face
Customers (Individual NRE
Accounts)

***

Page | 168 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Government Business, Schemes &
Financial Inclusion
Introduction
Government Business means conducting various financial activities on behalf of RBI who as per RBI Act,
1934 has been identified as Banker to Government. It includes receipt and payment on behalf of
Government, maintaining and servicing various schemes floated by Government of India.

Conducting Government Business has a direct relationship with the growth of country as it reflects the
amount and direction of government spending as well as the revenue collected. We are traditionally the
preferred Banker to majority of the Central as well as State Government Ministries and their
departments.

Importance of Government Business

It is one of the most lucrative business and contributes significantly to our Bank’s other income.
Government Business is a transaction-based business giving pure income without any capital outlay or
negative impact on profit on account of provisioning.

Regulatory Framework
In terms of Section 20 of the RBI Act 1934, RBI has the obligation to undertake the receipts and payments
of the Central Government and to carry out the exchange, remittance and other banking operations,
including the management of the public debt of the Union in India. Further as per Section 21 of the said
Act, RBI has the right to transact Government Business of the Union in India. State Government
transactions are carried out by RBI in terms of the agreement entered with the State Governments in
terms of Section 21A of the Act.

Reserve Bank of India carries out the general banking business of the Central and State Governments
through its own offices and through the offices of the agency banks appointed under Section 45 of the
RBI Act 1934, by mutual agreement.

SBI and other banks (PSU as well as Private Sector Banks) act as an agent of RBI in carrying out
Government Business of Central Government Ministries/ Department. Only designated branches of
agency banks can conduct government banking business.

RBI pays agency commission to the agency banks for the government business handled by them. Article
150 of the Constitution provides for the maintenance of Government Accounts

The conduct of Government business is governed by the Civil Accounts Manual and instructions issued
by the Offices of Controller General of Accounts, Comptroller & Auditor General and Finance

Page | 169 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Departments of States, Banking Department (PAD), Treasury Rules of State Governments and periodical
circulars issued by RBI.

Government transactions eligible for agency commission

Following transactions relating to government business are eligible for agency commission: Revenue
receipts and payments on behalf of the Central/State Government

• Pension payments in respect of Central / State Governments

• Public Provident Fund (PPF) Scheme, 1968
• Special Deposit Scheme (SDS) 1975
• National Saving Time Deposit Scheme, 1981,
• National Saving Recurring Deposit Scheme, 1981
• National Saving (Monthly Income Account) Scheme, 1987,
• National Saving Certificates (VIII Issue) Scheme, 1989
• Senior Citizen Savings Scheme (SCSS), 2004
• Kisan Vikas Patra, 2014 and
• Sukanya Samriddhi Account
• Any other item of work specifically advised by Reserve Bank as eligible for agency commission
(viz. Relief Bonds/ Savings Bonds etc. transactions)

State Bank of India’s performance in Government Business

State Bank of India is at the forefront in conducting Government Business with a share of more than 63%
in Central Government Turnover. It is contributing significantly towards e-governance initiative taken by
Central as well as State Governments. Some of the key areas of Government Business with which our
bank is connected are: -

Pension Payment
State Bank of India makes pension payments on behalf of the Government to the retired employees of
Central and State Governments, Defence, Railways, Telecom, Post, Central Civil, Freedom Fighters, etc.
All pension payments are subject to rules and procedures prescribed by the Government(s), RBI, and the
concerned departments/ organizations from time to time. Our bank has been administering pension
payment to 39.83 Lakh pensioners. New pension accounts of 2.43 Lakh pensioners have been added in
FY2024.

Direct Taxes
• SBI accepts all types of Direct taxes which includes
• Payment of Income tax & Corporation Tax
• Tax Deducted at Source / Tax Collected at Source (Income tax and Corporation tax)
• Payment of Security Transaction Tax, Hotel Receipt Tax, Estate Duty, Interest Tax, Wealth Tax,

Page | 170 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Expenditure Tax / Other direct taxes & Gift tax
• Payment of TDS on sale of property
• Commodity Transaction tax
• Direct Taxes can be paid in Cash, through a Cheque or online through Internet Banking or ATM-
cum-debit Card of SBI.

Indirect Taxes
State bank of India accepts indirect taxes like GST, Service Tax and Excise Duty etc.

State Bank provides the facility to pay indirect taxes online though our bank’s internet banking website
www.onlinesbi.com. Further for payment of custom duty the customer can log through customs
department (ICEGATE) site or through www.onlinesbi.com. State Bank of India has been designate as
the sole banker for refunds of GST with a 30% market share in GST collections. State Bank of India is the
Sole Banker for processing Direct Benefit transfer of LPG subsidy (DBTL) also.

State Government Taxes

State Bank of India has entered tie up with various State Governments for handling their tax collections
and most State Government Receipts (Taxes/Fees/Penalties, etc) are paid through SBI Branches or
through Internet Banking facility of the Bank. Taxes are being received by SBI depending on the
preparedness of the State Government.

Non-Tax Receipts and Payments

State Bank of India acts as banke to central / state government for routing government payments. SBI e-
Pay has been integrated with NTRP Portal for online collection of all non-tax revenue of Govt. of India.

Passport Seva Kendra

State Bank of India is authorized banker for collection of fees towards application for passport. Passport
fees can be deposited through cash/ SBI internet banking and Debit/ Credit Card (Visa / Master) of banks.

PPF & Sukanya Samriddhi Accounts

State Bank of India services more than 91.34 lakh PPF and 28.85 lakh Sukanya Samriddhi Accounts, which
is the highest among all authorized banks. Additionally, 4.82 lakh PPF accounts and 3.19 lakh Sukanya Samriddhi
accounts have been added during FY 2020-21.

Direct Benefit Transfer

We are the sole banker for processing direct benefit transfer of LPG with over 107.85 crore transactions
amounting to Rs 15,506 crore were processed in FY 2020-21 through DBTL. In the current year, app. 68
Crore DBT credits have been effected.

Page | 171 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 E-Tendering
State Bank of India has signed a Memorandum of Understanding with various State Governments /
Autonomous Bodies / Railways for e-Tendering solutions.

E-Freight
State Bank of India provides a facility to rail users to make payment of freight charges directly from their
Bank accounts to Railway’s Bank account through electronic means

SCSS 2004
State Bank of India provides a facility to retired or individuals with age of 60 years and above to park their
retirement benefits in SCSS, 2004 scheme. During FY2023-24, 4.58 Lakh SCSS accounts were added
totaling to 15.12 Lakh Senior Citizen Savings Schemes (SCSS) accounts.

MSSC Accounts
State Bank of India provides a facility to women for opening term deposit accounts with an interest rate
of 7.5%. During FY2023-24, 1.83 Lakh Mahila Samman Savings Certificate (MSSC) accounts were added.

RFID FASTag
An MoU has been signed with different State Transport Corporation to provide SBI FASTag facility for
their buses. Our Bank has issued more than six lakh SBI FASTags to customers. State bank of India has
put onboard, State Road Corporations in Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, Uttarakhand, Odisha, Tamilnadu,
Karnataka, and West Bengal for FAST tag services.

Government Banking Unit

With the intention to give focused attention on Government Banking, Bank has created Government
Banking Unit (GBU) in the year 2006 at New Delhi.

• GBU is the Business owner of PPF, SSA ,SCSS and Mahila Samman Savings Certificate (MSSC)
accounts and runs various campaigns for growth in these segments.
• GBU is expected to maintain a close liaison with Government departments in order to achieve the
business objectives and is the one-point contact for Ministries/ Govt. departments in respect of all
the work relating to Government Business viz.
• Govt. Receipts/payments.
• Various e-initiatives/IT Solution requirements of Ministries/Govt. departments.
• Funds settlement.
• Maintaining liaison with Ministries/Govt. departments for authorization of branches for conduct
of CBDT/CBEC business.
• Reconciliation of transactions, etc.

Page | 172 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Govt. Accounts Department (GAD) has been assigned to perform Settlement of Central Govt. Receipts &
Payments &workas Nodal Agency for implementing Small Deposit Schemes of Ministry of Finance (MoF).

The functions (operational functions) of GAD, working under GM (GBU) are as under: -

(i). Whole Bank Central Government Turnover is being routed through GAD.

(ii). Responsible for prompt and timely settlement of funds, quick reconciliation, and elimination of
payments of penal interest.

(iii). Interact with Ministries/Departments in Government of India (GOI) on the one hand and Circle
CGMs/GMs/RBI/CAS, Nagpur on the other for the above purpose.

(iv). Deals with all Focal Point branches of SBI including getting authorization for branches for conduct
of CBDT/CBEC transactions from concerned Government Departments.

(v). GAD is the key intervention point in various BPR initiatives in Pension, PPF, etc. besides handling
OLTAS/ e-Tax/other new applications like online system for Central Excise, Customs and Service Tax.

The role linkage between GBU (of marketing of business) and GAD (maintenance of back office
operations of Govt. Business) is specified, as per extant arrangement. However, GBU being the face of
government business in the Bank, Government departments may expect it to look into operational issues
also, which it does with inputs received from GAD.

ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE AT CORPORATE CENTRE & CIRCLES

CIRCLES

CGM
(Circle)

DGM
(D&TB)

AGM AGM
(GBD) (AB)

IT
(Support Marketing
Officer) Officer

Page | 173 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 1 Government - Receipts - Agent SBI acts as an agent in carrying out govt. business.
2 Government - Receipts - includes Income Tax, Goods and Services Tax, Customs duty,
UPSC/ SSC examination fees, passport fee, VISA fee
and all State Government taxes.
3 Types of Govt. Receipts Physical Receipt & E-receipt
4 Physical Receipt Govt. Challans, accompanied by cash/ clearing
cheque/ transfer cheque etc. tendered at the
Branch are considered physical transactions.
5 Commission for Physical Receipts from Commission of Rs. 40/- per challan received by the
Govt. Bank (irrespective of the amount).
6 e-Receipt The government receipts which are collected
through electronic modes like Internet Banking,
Debit Cards/ Credit Cards etc
7 Commission for e-receipt from Govt. Commission of Rs. 9/- per receipt transaction done
through any of electronic channels (irrespective of
the amount).
8 Different Modes of Govt. Payments 1. Government Bills
2. Government Cheques
3. Income Tax Refund Order
4. Pension Payment
5. Electronic Payment
9 Government Bills Not in use & Not a a Negotiable Instrument
10 Validity of Govt. Bills Validity of a Pay order is up to 10 days or till the end
of the month, whichever is earlier.
After expiry of the validity period, it can be
revalidated by Treasury Officer. Revalidation
extends its validity for another 10 days.
11 Government Cheques Issued by State & Central Govt. Departments and
are non-transferable and payble 'to order'. - treated
as Negotiable instruments
12 Income Tax Refund Order • IDRBI pays commission @ 6.5 paise per Rs.
100/- on this payment business.
• Discharge on MICR IT Refund Orders or
Account Payee ITRO need not be obtained.
• Unstamped discharge is needed for non-MICR
ITROs above Rs. 500/.
• The CBDT has introduced a scheme of Refund
Banker, SBI has been appointed as Refund
Banker.

Page | 174 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 13 Validity & Commission on ITRO Validity is 3 months and RBI pays commission @ 6.5
paise per Rs. 100/- on this payment business.
14 Pension Payments Agency banks would be eligible to claim agency
commission for pension transactions at the rate of
Rs. 75/- per transaction only when the entire work
relating to disbursement of pension including
pension calculation is attended to by them.
15 Other than Pension Payment ‘other than pension payment‘ would be eligible for
payment of agency commission @ 6.5 paise per Rs.
100/- turnover.
16 Sharing between two banks the work is shared between two banks, the agency
commission is shared between the banks in the
proportion of 75:25.
17 Electronic Payments Electronic payments of the Central Government are
initiated by the Pay and Accounts Officers (PAOs) of
the respective ministries through the electronic
platform, namely, Public Financial Management
System (PFMS).
18 PFMS Public Financial Management System (PFMS) of
Central Government has now been developed and
is being used as a centralized platform for routing
all electronic transactions
19 Agency Bank Commission Claiming agency commission for all agency banks
separate and distinctive set of certificates to be
signed by the branch officials and Chartered
Accountants and claimed from RBI Nagpur Central
Accounts Section
20 Govt. Departments maintain 3 types of 1. Assignment or Letter of Credit Account
accounts with the bank: 2. Drawing Account and
3. Personal Ledger Account.
21 Assignment or Letter of Credit Account Every Ministry has an Integrated Financial Adviser.
He makes budget allocation to the various
departments under the Ministry. On the strength of
this, the accounts officer in charge of Pay and
Account Office will issue letter of credit assigning
the amount available to the Drawing and Disbursing
Officers.

Page | 175 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 22 Drawing Account The Government may authorize the bank to permit
drawings without limit.
Usually, the Accounts Officers are authorized to
operate Drawing A/cs.
23 Personal Ledger Account Some Govt. Officers are authorized to open a
current account with the Bank to book receipts and
drawings.
drawings shall not exceed the balance in the
account.
24 Operations in the Govt. Account Cheque for more than Rs 10 lacs should bear two
authorized signatures.
The cheque should be paid at the drawee branch
only.
25 Reports The main scrolls/DMS (Date-wise Monthly
Statement) must be submitted on regular basis and
verified copies must be obtained in time and kept
on records.
Discrepancies pointed out in the Scrolls/ Verified
Date wise Monthly Statement (VDMS) must be
rectified/ attended to on top priority basis.
26 FSLO means Fund Settlement Link Office
27 Duties of FSLO FSLO is setup as a separate department with a
separate branch clearing code & postal address at
RBI Centre/LHO/State Capitals.
FSLO is responsible for settlement of State Govt.
transactions (including State Govt. pension),
currency chest transactions and Small Coin Depot
transactions.
State Govt. pensions are also part of FSLO’s
functions.
It reports to DGM & CFO in the Circle.
28 SGLO State Government Link Branch/Office
29 SGLO duties At the State Capital, a branch is designated as State
Govt. Link Branch/office for the purpose of
settlement and reconciliation of State Govt.
transactions. It consolidates the receipts/payments
at the branches and settles the transactions on day
to day basis with Integrated Banking Department,
Local office of RBI. and all the branches conducting
St. Govt. Business linked to this branch.

Page | 176 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 30 Agency Commission for St. Govt. Tranx. Quarterly Commission formats should be submitted
to the FSLO within a week from the end of the
quarter, so that the claim with local office of RBI is
made before 10th date of the month succeeding the
quarter.
31 Penalty for Delayed reporting Branches Delayed remittances under State Govt.
Transactions attract same penalty as Central Govt.
Transactions and is applicable irrespective of the
amount involved. The period of delay in a
transaction of Rs 1 lakh and above shall attract
delayed period interest at Bank Rate + 2%.
32 Settlement time Settlement of all the physical receipts with RBI shall
be completed within T+1 working days, for NE
states T+2 days and INB/Online receipts it is T+1
days.
33 Other issues of St. Govt. Government Draft are issued "At Par".
Savings Bank accounts are opened with zero
balance and minimum balance charges are waived
in respect of such SB accounts opened for the
purpose of depositing grants / subsidies released
for implementation of various programs / schemes
sponsored by Central Government / State
Government.
All government transactions with banks for a
particular Financial Year must be accounted for
within the same financial year.
34 Central Govt. Transactions • SBI acts as an agent of RBI in carrying out
Government Business in Central Government
Ministries/ Dept.
The conduct of Government business is
governed by-
Civil Accounts Manual
• Instructions issued by the Offices of Controller
General of Accounts, CAG
• Finance Departments of States
• Public Accounts Department (PAD)
• Treasury Rules of State Governments
Circulars issued by RBI.

Page | 177 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 35 GAD (Government Accounts The Bank established Government Accounts
Department) Department (GAD) in 1987 as an independent
accounting unit (code no. 9595).
36 Classification of Branches in two types Dealing or Receiving branches and
Focal Point branches (FPBs)
37 Reporting Structure The Focal Point/ Link Branches report the
Government Transaction to GAD, Mumbai at the
end of each day to enable it to report to RBI, CAS,
Nagpur for final reconciliation of all government
transactions.
38 Commission Sharing Receipts

39 Commission Sharing Payments

Page | 178 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 40 Various Challans...

41 SBI Handles Govt. Business as agent of Sec.45 of RBI Act

RBI under-- Sec.32 of SBI Act.
42 State Bank share of Government Commission is more than 63%.
43 It has been contributing almost 17% of the total other income of the Bank.
44 It is contributing significantly towards e-governance initiative taken by Central as well as State
Governments.
45 State Bank of India makes pension payments on behalf of the Government to the retired
employees of Central and State Governments, Defense, Railways, Telecom, Post, Central Civil,
Freedom Fighters, etc.
46 State Bank of India has been administering pension payment to 39.83 lakh pensioners through
its 16 CPPCs.
47 New pension accounts of 2.43 lakh pensioners were added in FY 2024.
48 Bank has also launched Pension Sewa website www.pensionseva.sbi, enabling pensioners to
login and view their pension details viz transaction details, generation of pension slips, arrear
calculation sheet, amongst others, from the comfort of their home.

Sl. No. Type of Transaction (Commission)Unit Revised Rate

a. (i) Receipts - Physical mode Per transaction ₹ 40/-

(ii) Receipts - e-mode Per transaction ₹ 9/-

b. Pension Payments Per transaction ₹ 75/-

c. Payments other than Pension Per ₹ 100 turnover 6.5 paise per ₹100

Page | 179 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Financial Inclusion
49 RBI Definition on Financial Inclusion Financial Inclusion” aims to extend hassle free
savings and loan facilities and other banking
services “at an affordable cost” to the
underprivileged and unbanked population
50 Who were excluded … • Marginal Farmers
• Landless Laboure’s
• Oral Lessees
• Self-employed
• Unorganized sector employees
• Urban slum dwellers
• Migrants
51 SHGs started in the year 1990
52 RRBs 1975
53 NABARD 1982
54 Concept of Priority Sector Advances 1972
55 Financial Inclusion should include access • Savings products
to financial products and services like • Credit facilities
• Remittances & Payment services
• Insurance – Healthcare
• Pension Schemes
• Financial advisory services
56 Why are we talking of Financial Inclusion Focus on Inclusive Growth
now? Availability of Technology
Realization that poor is bankable
57 Business Correspondent Model of Our • National BC operating in more than a state
Bank or throughout the country
• Circle BC operating in one or two states of
the Country (within a Circle)
58 Business Correspondents Based on Khan Committee recommendations and
RBI guidelines on outsourcing of Financial Services
BCs will conduct small value transactions on behalf
of the Bank.

Entire gamut of products under FI is deliverable

through BCs

Page | 180 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 59 Who can appoint as BCs under BC Model NGOs/ MFIs set up under the Indian Societies/ Trust
Acts, Societies registered under Mutually Aided
Cooperative Societies (MACS) Act or the
Cooperative Societies Acts of States, Section 25
companies, Post Offices, NBFC (ND) MFIs
60 Relatives of staff are eligible? Relatives of staff members defined as per the
extant instructions are not eligible for engagement
of Business Correspondents.
61 Who can appoint as CSPs Individual Kirana / Medical / Fair Price Shop owners
Individual Public Call Office (PCO) operators

Agents of Small Savings Schemes of Government of

India / Insurance Companies

82,932 Customer Service Points (CSPs) have been

mapped with more than 14,657 branches for
collection.

Individuals who own petrol pumps

Retired teachers and retired Bank employees
Authorised functionaries of well run Self Help
Groups (SHGs) linked to banks
62 Important Govt. scheme /products • PM Jan Dhan Yojana
under FI • PM Suraksha Bima Yojana
• PM Jeevan Jyothi Bima Yojana
• PM Atal Pension Yojana
• PM Mudra Yojana
63 SBI's total country wide BC outlets 82932
64 Total BCs 25 National & 42Circle BCs
65 Pradhan manthri Jan Dhan Yojana – • Basic savings Bank Deposit Account
PMJDY • Can be opened at Bank Mitra Outlet
• Rupay Debit Card with inbuilt Insurance
• Accidental Insurance of Rs.2 lac
• No Cheque Book
• Overdraft Available

Page | 181 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 66 Basic Savings Bank Deposit Account – • Fully KYC Compliant
BSBD • No Minimum Balance
• No Limits on Number of Deposits
• Cheque Book Not Issued
• Rupay Card Issued
• Maximum 4 Withdrawals
• Only One Account
• Conversion Allowed
67 Basic Savings Bank Deposit Account - • Liberalised KYC
Small Account • Restrictions on Transactions
• Valid for 12 months
• Foreign Remittances not Allowed
• Conversion allowed; Closure after 24
months
68 Social Security Schemes are.. PMJJBY and PMSBY
69 Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima • Age Criteria 18-50 Years
Yojana (PMJJBY) • Life Cover of Rs.2.00 lacs
• Cover Period from 1st June to 31st May
• Premium Rs.436 per annum
• Termination @ 55 years of age
70 Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana • Age Criteria 18-70 Years
(PMSBY) • Accidental Death Cover of Rs.2.00lacs ;
• Permanent Disability Cover of Rs.1.00lacs
• Cover Period from 1st June to 31st May
• Premium Rs.20 per annum
• Termination @ 70 years of age
71 Atal Pension Yojana (APY) • Launched on 09th May 2015
• Enrolment Age Criteria 18-40 years
• Guaranteed Minimum Monthly Pension;
• Rs.1000/- to Rs.5000/-
• Premium as per age and monthly pension
selected
• Nomination available
• Exit at the age of 60 years
72 Aadhar Enabled Payment System • Issuer Identification Number (IIN)
(AEPS) • Aadhar number
• Biometric Authentication
• Six Banking Services Offered

Page | 182 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 73 Immediate Payment Service (IMPS) • Mobile Number & MMID (P 2 P)
• Account Number & IFSC (P 2 A)
• Aadhar Number (ABRS)
74 Micro ATMs Handheld Point of Sales; Finger Print Scanner
Linked to Kiosk/ CBS
75 Mudra Schemes • Shishu - Loans Upto Rs.50,000/-
• Kishore - Loans from Rs.50,001/- &Upto
Rs.5,00,000/-
• Tarun - Loans from Rs.5,00,001/- &upto
Rs.10,00,000/-
76 Customer Service Point (Kiosk) • Kiosk should be open from 8 am to 8 pm
• Standard Signage board as Customer
Service Point (Grahak Seva Kendra) in
bilingual
• Must have SBI Logo, Name, Branch Code
and phone number of the Link Branch Name
• Business Correspondent Name and Logo
• CSP should display at the Kiosk in bilingual
the following boards: Do’s and Don’ts
• Instructions regarding RuPay Card
77 The books that need to be maintained at • Transaction Register
the Kiosk • Customer Contact Register
• Account opening Forms handed over
Register
• Loan Applications received and disposed
• Register Suggestions-cum-Complaint
Register
• Visiting Officials Register
78 Products Available at Kiosk More than 30 services have been enabled at Kiosks

Page | 183 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Government Small Savings Scheme
PPF ACCOUNT
1 How many accounts can one maintain in Only one PPF account can be maintained by an
Public Provident Fund (PPF) scheme? How Individual, except an account that is opened on
many nominees can be registered? behalf of a minor. Maximum 4 nominees can be
registered to a PPF account.
2 What is the eligibility for investing under A Public Provident Fund (PPF) account can be
Public Provident Fund (PPF) Amendment opened by resident Indian Individuals and
Scheme, 2016? individuals on behalf of minors. Only one Public
Provident Fund (PPF) account can be
maintained by an Individual, except an account
that is opened on behalf of a minor. A Public
Small Saving Schemes 01.10.2024 Provident Fund (PPF) account can be opened
& to either by the mother or Father on behalf of
Latest Rate of Interest 31.12.2024
their minor Son or Daughter; however, the
Public Provident Fund 7.10% p.a.
mother and Father both cannot open Public
Sukanya Samriddhi 8.20% p.a.
Senior Citizens’ Savings Provident Fund (PPF) accounts on behalf of the
Scheme 8.20% p.a. same minor. Grand-parents cannot open a
Savings Deposit (Post Office) 4.00% p.a. Public Provident Fund (PPF) account on behalf
of minor grandchild; however, in case of death
of both the Father and Mother, Grand-parents
can open a Public Provident Fund (PPF)
account as guardians of the Grand-child.
3 What are the documents required for opening PPF account opening form (Form A),
a Public Provident Fund (PPF) account? Nomination Form, Passport size photograph,
Copy of PAN card/ form 60-61 & ID proof and
Residence proof as per Bank's KYC norms
4 What is the minimum and maximum amount You can open a PPF account with as little as Rs.
that can be invested under the Public 100. The minimum deposit amount is Rs. 500
Provident Fund (PPF) Amendment Scheme, per annum and the upper ceiling limit is Rs.
2016? 1,50,000 per annum.
5 What happens if I fail to deposit any amount in A penalty of Rs. 50 will be levied per year of
one or more Financial Years? default, if the customer doesn't deposit the
minimum deposit amount of Rs. 500 on the
completion of the financial year.
6 When does a Public Provident Fund (PPF) A Public Provident Fund (PPF) account gets
account mature? matured after the completion of 15 years from

Page | 184 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 the end of the year in which the account was
opened.
7 How can I extend the tenure of a Public A customer can extend the tenure of a Public
Provident Fund (PPF) investment beyond the Provident Fund (PPF) investment for a block
Maturity Period? period of 5 years beyond the maturity period
by submitting Form H within one year from the
date of maturity.
8 Whether the Public Provident Fund (PPF) As per the PPF (Amendment) scheme 2016,
account can be closed before maturity? premature payment is allowed only after the
account or the account of the minor account
holder of whom he/she is the guardian has
completed five financial years, where:

The amount is required for the treatment of

serious ailments or life threatening diseases of
the Account holder, spouse or dependent
children or parents, on production of
supporting documents from competent
medical authority. That the amount is required
for higher education of the account holder or
the minor account holder, on production of
documents and fee bills in confirmation of
admission in a recognized institute of higher
education in India & abroad.
9 When can one avail of Loan facility on my Customers can avail of the loan facility
Public Provident Fund (PPF) investment? between third financial year to sixth financial
year ie. from third financial year upto end of
fifth financial year.
10 What is the process for transferring my As per the PPF scheme of the Government,
existing Public Provident Fund (PPF) account subscribers can transfer their PPF account
maintained with another bank/post office to from one authorised bank or Post office to
other Bank? another. In such a case, the PPF account will be
considered as a continuing account. To enable
customers to transfer their existing PPF
accounts to other bank, the following process
must be followed. The customer approaches
the bank or the Post office where his current
PPF account is held and makes an application
for transfer of PPF account to another bank
branch.

Page | 185 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Once the application is processed, the existing
bank/Post office arrange to send the original
documents such as a certified copy of the
account, the account opening application,
nomination form, specimen signature etc. to
other bank branch address provided by the
customer, along with a cheque/DD for the
outstanding balance in the PPF account.
11 I opened my PPF account when I was a As per Ministry of Finance Notification number
resident Indian. Now I am a Non-resident GSR1237(E) dated 3.10.17, PPF accounts of
Indian. Can I continue my PPF account in SBI? resident Indians who became NRIs during the
currency of the maturity period, would be
deemed closed from the date from which the
account holder became an NRI. However, this
rule has now been put in abeyance (as per Govt
OM no. F/01/10/2016-NS dated 23.02.18) and
NRIs can continue to hold PPF accounts as
before till its maturity on a “Non-Repatriation
Basis.”
Latest Changes in PPF account 1. Any individual can hold only one PPF
account in his name. If any individual
has more than one PPF Account, then
balance amount in the second account
shall be merged with the first account
subject to the primary account
(Primary account is one of the two
accounts chosen by the investor)
remaining within the applicable
investment ceiling in each year. Post
merger, the primary account will
continue to enjoy the prevailing
scheme rate of interest. Excess
balance in the second account, if any,
shall be refunded with Zero percent
rate of interest. Any additional
accounts beyond the primary and
second account, shall earn zero
percent rate of interest from the date
of opening of that account.

Page | 186 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 2. Minor Accounts opened without
guardianship, shall be paid POSA (Post
Office Savings Account) interest until
the individual (Minor) attains 18 years
of age. Thereafter, the applicable
interest rate will be paid. Maturity
period for such accounts will be
calculated from the date the Minor
becomes an adult.
3. For NRI PPF accounts that are active
and opened under PPF 1968, where
form H did not explicitly inquire about
the account holder’s residency status,
the account holder (Indian citizen who
became an NRI during the currency of
the account) will receive a POSA
interest until September 30,2024.After
that date, the aforementioned account
will earn no interest.
4. The facility to regularize the irregular
PPF account within the maturity period
is now rolled out in Internet Banking,
wherein the Customer can regularise
the irregular PPF account conveniently
at their end(need not visit branch).
5. Irregular accounts may be regularized
with simple interest. The interest rate
for calculation of simple interest on the
account should be the prevailing POSA
(Post Office Savings Account) rate.

Sukanya Samriddhi Yojana

12 How can one open a Sukanya Samriddhi The parent/ guardian needs to fill up the SSY
Yojana Account? account opening form on behalf of the minor
girl child and submit all other required
documents to bank branch. The documents
include birth certificate of the girl child having
her name on it, passport size photo of parent/
guardian, and the KYC (identity & address
proof) documents of the parent/ guardian.
13 What is the eligibility for investing under SSY The account can be opened by the natural or
scheme? legal guardian in the name of a girl child from

Page | 187 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 the birth of the girl child till she attains the age
of 10 years. A depositor can open and operate
only one account in the name of a girl child.
Natural or legal guardian of a girl child can be
allowed to open the account for two girl
children only. The third account in the name of
the girl child can be opened in the event of
birth of twin girls, as second birth or if the first
birth itself results into three girl children.
14 What documents are required for opening SSY The following documents are required: SSY
account? Account Opening form, Birth Certificate of the
girl child, having the child’s name on it,
Photograph of the parent/ legal guardian of
the girl child, KYC Documents (Identity &
Address Proof) of the parent/ guardian.
15 Can Sukanya SamridhiYojna (SSY) account be In the event of death of the account holder, in
closed before maturity? case of extreme compassionate grounds such
as medical support in life-threatening diseases
of the account holder or death of the guardian
that the operation or continuation of the
account is causing undue hardship to the
account holder. Provided that no premature
closure of an account under this sub-paragraph
shall be made before completion of five years
from the date of opening of the account.
16 What is the minimum and maximum amount The minimum deposit amount is Rs. 250 per
that can be invested in Sukanya SamridhiYojna annum and the maximum amount is Rs.
(SSY) account? 1,50,000 per annum.
17 When does a Sukanya SamridhiYojna (SSY) The SSY account matures after completion of
account mature? 21 years from the date of account opening
18 Can Sukanya SamridhiYojna (SSY) account be Customers can transfer their existing SSY
transferred? account held with other bank/ Post Office
19 What happens if the account holder fails to Penalty of Rs. 50 will be levied per year of
deposit any amount in one or more Financial default, if the customer does not deposit the
Years in Sukanya SamridhiYojna (SSY) minimum deposit amount of Rs. 250 in a
account? financial year.
20 Can Loan facility be availed in Sukanya No, loan facility cannot be availed In SSY
SamridhiYojna (SSY) account? account.

Page | 188 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 21 Can partial withdrawal be availed in Sukanya Withdrawal shall be allowed after the account
SamridhiYojna (SSY) account? holder attains the age of eighteen years or has
passed tenth standard, whichever is earlier.
Withdrawal of up-to a maximum of 50% of the
amount in the account at the end of the
financial year preceding the year of application
for withdrawal, shall be allowed for the
purpose of education of the account holder.
Latest in SSY scheme: 1. In case of accounts opened under the
Guardianship of Grandparents (who are
other than Legal Guardian), the
Guardianship shall be transferred to a
person entitled under the law in force,
that is, to the Natural Guardian (alive
parents) or Legal Guardian.
2. If more than two accounts are opened
in a family in violation of Para-3 of
Sukanya Samriddhi Account Schemes,
2019, then the irregular accounts shall
be closed by treating it as account
opened in contravention to the Scheme
guidelines.
3. Irregular accounts may be regularized
with simple interest. The interest rate
for calculation of simple interest on the
account should be the prevailing POSA
(Post Office Savings Account) rate.
Senior Citizen Savings Scheme
22 Can a joint account be opened with any The account can be opened jointly with spouse
person? only.
23 What should be the age of spouse in case of a In case of a joint account, age of 1st applicant /
joint account? depositor is the only factor to decide the
eligibility to invest under the scheme. There is
no age bar/limit for the 2nd applicant / joint
holder
24 What is the share of the joint account holder The whole amount of investment in an account
in the deposit in an account? under the scheme is attributed to the 1st
applicant / Depositor only. Question of any

Page | 189 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 share of the 2nd applicant / joint account
holder (Spouse), therefore, does not arise.
25 In case the depositor does not close the The account shall be treated as matured and
account on maturity and also not extend the post maturity(i.e. after the expiry of five years
account for a period of three years within a from the date of opening of the account)
period of one year after maturity, how, the interest at the rate applicable to the deposits
interest is to be calculated / paid after the under Post Office Savings Accounts from time
maturity period? to time, shall only be admissible for the period
beyond maturity in accordance with the rules.
The amount of excess interest paid (at higher
rate applicable to the deposits under SCSS)
after maturity shall be deducted.
26 Whether any Income Tax rebate / exemption No Income / Wealth Tax rebate and/or
is admissible? exemption is admissible under the scheme.
The existing Income Tax provisions shall apply.
27 Whether 'A' can open a joint account with Yes. Both the Spouses can open individual
his/her Spouse 'B' with maximum admissible and/or joint accounts with each other with the
deposits of Rs.30 lakhs and similarly 'B' can maximum deposits upto Rs.30 Lakh each,
open another account individually or jointly provided both are individually eligible to invest
with 'A', with any amount of deposit. under relevant provisions of the rules
governing the scheme.
28 Whether new savings account is required to No such requirement is specified. The
be opened for getting the interest credited Depositors may get their interest, due on the
periodically? deposits under the scheme, credited to their
existing saving account (s), at the deposit
office where their account may be single or
joint, subject to the condition that the
maximum limit of balance specified, if any, in
the saving account, is not crossed by credit of
the interest.
29 Multiple withdrawals, as per requirements of No. There is, however, no bar on the
the depositor, may be permitted depositors for opening of new/multiple
accounts within the overall ceiling of Rs.30
lakh.
30 Whether any fee is to be charged for No such fee has been specified.
nomination and/or change/cancellation of
nomination?
31 Can a depositor open more than one account A. Any depositor may open an account at any
under the scheme? deposit office by making an application in
FORM -A along with the amount of deposit as

Page | 190 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 per the pay-in-slip in FORM-D, duly filled in,
along with age proof. B. A depositor may
operate more than one account under these
rules subject to the condition that the deposits
in all accounts taken together shall not exceed
the maximum limit and provided that more
than one account shall not be opened in the
same deposit office during a calendar month.
C. A depositor may open the account in
individual capacity or jointly with spouse.
32 Whether TDS should also be recovered from Tax shall be deducted at source even from any
the undrawn interest payable to the legal heirs interest paid / payable to the legal heir of the
of the deceased depositors? account holder
33 Whether only one person or number of The depositor may, at the time of opening of
persons can be nominated in the accounts the account, nominate a person or persons
opened under the Scheme? who, in the event of death of the depositor,
will be entitled to payment due on the account.
34 Can nomination be made in joint account Nomination can be made in joint account also.
also? In such a case, the joint holder will be the first
person entitled to receive the amount payable
in the event of death of the depositor. The
nominee’s claim will arise only after the death
of both the joint holders
35 Can a person holding a POA sign for the No, a person holding a Power of Attorney
nominee in the nomination form? cannot sign for the nominee in the nomination
form.
36 In case of a joint account, if the first holder / In case of a joint account, if the first holder /
depositor expires before maturity, can the depositor expires before the maturity of the
account be continued? Account, the spouse may continue the account
on the same terms and conditions as specified
under the SCSS Rules. However, if the second
holder i.e., spouse has his / her own individual
account, the aggregate of his/her individual
account and the deposit amount in the joint
account of the deceased spouse should not be
more than the prescribed maximum limit. In
case the maximum limit is breached, then the
remaining amount shall be refunded, so that
the aggregate of the individual account and

Page | 191 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 deceased spouse’s joint account is maintained
at the maximum limit.
37 What happens to the accounts if both the If both the spouses have opened separate
spouses are maintaining individual accounts accounts under the scheme and either of the
and not any joint account and one of them spouses dies during the currency of the
expires? account(s), the account(s) standing in the
name of the deceased depositor/spouse shall
not be continued and such account(s) shall be
closed. The account can be closed by making
an application in Form ‘F’. Annexures II & III to
Form ‘F’ can be attested by the Oath
Commissioner or Notary Public
38 What is the age limit in the case of retired The retired personnel of Defence Services
Defence Personnel for investment in the (excluding Civilian Defence Employees) will be
scheme? eligible to subscribe under the scheme on
attaining the age of fifty years subject to the
fulfilment of other specified conditions. (The
Senior Citizens Savings Scheme (Amendment)
Rules, 2017 notified on December 12, 2017)
39 What is the meaning of ‘retirement benefits’ "Retirement benefits" for the purpose of SCSS
for the purpose of SCSS, 2004? Rules have been defined as 'any payment due
to the depositor on account of retirement
whether on superannuation or otherwise and
includes Provident Fund dues, retirement /
superannuation gratuity, commuted value of
pension, cash equivalent of leave, savings
element of Group Savings linked Insurance
scheme payable by employer to the employee
on retirement, retirement-cum-withdrawal
benefit under the Employees’ Family Pension
Scheme and ex-gratia payments under a
voluntary retirement scheme'.
40 Can deposits under the SCSS scheme be made In case an investor has attained the age of 60
only from amounts received as retirement’s years and above, the source of amount being
benefits? invested is immaterial. However, if the investor
is 55 years or above but below 60 years and has
retired under a voluntary scheme or a special
voluntary scheme or has retired from the
Defence services, only the retirement benefits
can be invested in the SCSS, within one month

Page | 192 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 of the date of receipt of the retirement
benefits.
41 Is there a period prescribed for opening If the investor is 60 years and above, there is
deposit account under the SCSS scheme, by no time period prescribed for opening the
the senior citizen, from the retirement SCSS account(s). However, for those below 60
benefits? years, following time limits have been
prescribed.

A. the persons who have attained the age of 55

years or more but less than 60 years and who
retired under a voluntary retirement scheme or
a special voluntary retirement scheme on the
date of opening of an account under these
rules, subject to the condition that the account
is opened by such individual within one month
of the date of retirement benefits.

B. The retired personnel of Defence Services

(excluding Civilian Defence Employees) will be
eligible to subscribe under the scheme on
attaining the age of fifty years subject to the
fulfilment of other specified conditions. [Rule 2
of the Senior Citizens Savings Scheme
(Amendment) Rules, 2004]
42 Can an account holder obtain loan by The facility of pledging the deposit / account
pledging the deposit / account under the under the SCSS, 2004 for obtaining loans, is not
SCSS, 2004? permitted since the account holder will not be
able to withdraw the interest amount
periodically, defeating the very purpose of the
scheme.
43 Is premature withdrawal of the deposits from Premature withdrawal / closure of the deposits
the accounts under the SCSS, 2004 permitted? from the accounts under the SCSS, 2004 has
been permitted after completion of one year
from the date of opening of the account after
deducting the penalty amount as given below.
A. If the account is closed after one year but
before expiry of two years from the date of
opening of the account, an amount equal to
one and half per cent of the deposit shall be
deducted.

Page | 193 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 In case of undue hardship to any subscriber,
the Ministry may consider request of such
subscribers for premature closure of accounts
before completion of one year on case-to-case
basis. B. If the account is closed on or after the
expiry of two years from the date of opening
of the account OR if the account is closed
before expiry of one year from the date of
extension, an amount equal to one per cent of
the deposit shall be deducted.If the depositor
is availing the facility of extension of account,
then he/she can withdraw the deposit and
close the account at any time after the expiry
of one year from the date of extension of the
account without any deduction
44 Can an account be transferred from one A depositor may apply in Form G, enclosing the
deposit office to another? Passbook thereto, for transfer of his account
from one deposit office to another. If the
deposit amount is rupees one lakh or above, a
transfer fee of rupees five per lakh of deposit
for the first transfer and rupees ten per lakh of
deposit for the second and subsequent
transfers shall be payable. [Rule 11 and GOI
Notification GSR(E) dated March 23, 2006)
45 Can an SCSS account be extended? A depositor may extend the account
indefinetly, in blocks of three years by making
an application to the deposit office within a
period of one year after maturity.
46 What happens if an account is opened in If an account has been opened in
contravention of the SCSS Rules? contravention of the SCSS Rules, the account
shall be closed immediately and the deposit in
the account, after deduction of the interest, if
any, paid on such deposit, shall be refunded to
the depositor.
47 Whether SCSS account can be opened in There is no such provision exists under Senior
favour of a mentally retarded person to be Citizen Savings Scheme. Therefore, such
operable by a Guardian appointed by the account cannot be opened in favour of
Court mentally retarded person.
NSC (National Savings Certificate)

Page | 194 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 48 What Is National Savings Certificate? Promoted by the Government of India and
accessible via Post Offices, these popular fixed
income securities are aimed towards
inculcating the habit of savings and investment
among the people of the country.
49 How does NSC Work? NSC is fundamentally very simple in nature. An
investor can reach out to his/her nearest post
office and deposit the amount of money which
he/she wants to invest. The said amount shall
be treated as an investment.
50 Who Can Invest in NSC? The Government promotes this scheme as a
savings and investment scheme for
individuals. Therefore, Hindu Undivided
Family’s (HUFs) and trusts , Private ad public
limited companies cannot invest in NSC. Even
Non-Resident Indians cannot invest in NSC. In a
particular case, wherein a person was a
resident of India at the time of investing in the
NSC, and he/she subsequently became an NRI
during or before the maturity period, as per the
provisions allowed in this scheme, the person
shall be allowed to the claim the interest and
tax benefits accruing from investing in this
investment option. In a particular case,
wherein a person was a resident of India at the
time of investing in the NSC, and he/she
subsequently became an NRI during or before
the maturity period, as per the provisions
allowed in this scheme, the person shall be
allowed to the claim the interest and tax
benefits accruing from investing in this
investment option. In a particular case,
wherein a person was a resident of India at the
time of investing in the NSC, and he/she
subsequently became an NRI during or before
the maturity period, as per the provisions
allowed in this scheme, the person shall be
allowed to the claim the interest and tax
benefits accruing from investing in this
investment option. In a particular case,

Page | 195 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 wherein a person was a resident of India at the
time of investing in the NSC, and he/she
subsequently became an NRI during or before
the maturity period, as per the provisions
allowed in this scheme, the person shall be
allowed to the claim the interest and tax
benefits accruing from investing in this
investment option. Thus, only Indian Individual
citizens can invest in NSC. Those individuals
who are looking for a fixed income investment
with tax benefits may invest in NSC.
51 What are the NSC's Tax Benefits? Interest received from NSC is liable to tax
under the head ‘Other Income’. This tax will be
subject to the income tax slabs applicable to an
individual. As per the NSC VIII issue (1989)
rules, interest accrued on an NSC investment
shall not attract any TDS (Tax deducted at
source). Now, the interesting part here is that
the amount of interest accrued from
investment in an NSC is not paid to the investor
but reinvested in the NSC. Note, the interest is
reinvested in NSC, which is a specified tax-
deductible instrument under section 80C of
the Income Tax Act. Simply put, the investor
shall have to show the interest earned on NSC
deposits as income and subsequently as a
deduction under section 80C. However, it is
important to note that the total deduction
allowed to an individual under section 80C is
₹1,50,000 only.
52 What is the Minimum Investment in NSC and Minimum deposit ₹1000/- and thereafter in
Maximum Investment in NSC's? multiple of ₹100. However, there is no limit to
the maximum amount that can be deposited in
an NSC. A person can invest any amount
exceeding ₹1000, as per his choice, however,
the amount must be according to the
denominations specified.
53 When is Withdrawal allowed in NSC's? One of the distinguishing features of NSC is
that it has a pre-determined lock-in period of
five years. Thus, any investment in NSC cannot

Page | 196 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 be allowed to be withdrawn before the
maturity date.
54 What are the other terms for Withdrawal of However, an investor in a savings certificate
NSC's?s can withdraw his investments before the
maturity period, only in the following specified
circumstances- On the death of the holder of
the certificate or the holders in case of joint
holders, on order of the court to do so. On
forfeiture by a pledgee. The pledgee has to be
an authorized Gazetted Government officer
and forfeiture should conform to the rules. It is
also important to note that, if a pre-mature
withdrawal is done within 1 year from the date
of issue of the certificate, then the encashment
will be done only at the face value. No interest
shall be allowed to the investor before a period
of 1 year. If a pre-mature withdrawal is made
after 1 year from the date of issue of the
certificate, then the investor shall be eligible to
receive interest. But the encashment of the
certificate shall be made at a discount.
55 What is the Interest on NSC Post maturity? There can be a case when a certificate has
reached its maturity date and still not
redeemed by the investor. In such a case, the
interest is allowed to such investor only up to a
specified period of 2 years after the date of
maturity. Readers must note that the interest
would be provided at the rate of interest of a
savings account. Investors shall not receive
interest at the usual NSC interest rate.
Moreover, the interest for 2 years on such non-
withdrawal post maturity shall be on a simple
interest basis.
56 How to Purchase of NSC's? NSC can be purchased from a Post Office.
Select banks and online portals are also
allowing for the purchase of NSC certificates.
The payment for the purchase of a certificate
can be made via any of the following modes
allowed- Cash, Cheque, Demand Draft or pay
order drawn in favour of the Postmaster

Page | 197 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Generally, the savings certificate is issued on
the spot (instantaneously) by the Postmaster.
Otherwise, a provisional receipt is issued to the
investor. Later, this provisional receipt can be
exchanged by the investor with the NSC.
Furthermore, an NSC can be transferred from
one Post Office branch to another. This can be
done by making an application via the
prescribed form from any of the post offices
involved in such a transfer.
57 What are the documents required for The following documents are required while
investing in NSC’s? purchasing a new National Savings Certificate.
The application form- Form 1. This form
declares the amount of investment and
nominees. Supporting documents that are
usually required, advisable to keep handy are
Proof of identity and Proof of address.
58 Can we avail loans Against NSC's? All branches can grant loans against the
security of the National Savings Certificates
(NSCs) of VIII Issue, Public: 40% of face value
plus accrued interest of NSC VIII issue/KVPs.
For Staff / Bank’s pensioners: 15% of face value
plus accrued interest of NSC VIII issue/KVPs

Mahila Samman Savings Certificate, 2023

Ministry of Finance, Department of Economic Affairs, Government of India, has issued

notification on Mahila Samman Savings Certificate, 2023 vide their Notification No.
G.S.R.237 (E) dated 31.03.2023. These rules have come into effect from 01.04.2023

1. Eligibility An application for opening an account under this Scheme shall

be
made by a woman for herself, or by the guardian on behalf of a
minor girl to the Branch, on or before 31st March 2025.
2. Type of accounts An account opened under this Scheme shall be a single holder
type account.
3. Deposits An individual may open any number of accounts subject to the
maximum limit for deposit specified as below and a time gap of
three months shall be maintained between the existing account
and the opening of another account.

Page | 198 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 • Minimum of Rs.1000/- and any sum in multiples of Rupees
one hundred may be deposited in an account and no
subsequent deposit shall be allowed in that account.
• Maximum limit of Rs. 2,00,000/- shall be deposited in an
account or accounts held by an account holder.
4. Interest The deposits made under this Scheme shall bear interest at
the rate of 7.5 percent per annum.
• Interest shall be compounded on quarterly basis and
credited to the account.
• The interest payable to the account holder in respect of
any account opened or deposit made which is not in
consonance with the provisions of this Scheme shall be
payable at the rate applicable to the Post Office Savings
Account.
5. Payment on maturity ✓ The deposit shall mature on completion of two years from
the date of the deposit and the eligible balance may be paid
to the account holder on an application submitted to the
Branch on maturity.
✓ In calculating the maturity value, any amount in fraction of a
Rupee shall be rounded off to the nearest Rupee and for
this purpose, any amount of fifty paisa or more shall be
treated as one Rupee and any amount less than fifty paisa
shall be ignored.
6. Deduction of TDS The TDS will be applicable as usual as per IT Rule Section 194A
7. Withdrawal from account ✓ The account holder shall be eligible to withdraw maximum
up to forty per cent. of the Eligible Balance once after the
expiry of one year from the date of opening of the account
but before the maturity of the account.
✓ In case of an account opened on behalf of a minor girl, the
guardian may apply for withdrawal for the benefit of the
minor girl by submitting the certificate to the Branch.
8. Premature closure of ✓ The account shall not be closed before maturity
account except in the following cases:
a) On the death of the account holder
b) Where the Post Office or the Bank concerned is satisfied,
in cases of extreme compassionate grounds such as medical
support in life-threatening diseases of the account holder or
death of the guardian, that the operation or continuation of
the account is causing undue hardship to the account holder,
it may, after complete documentation,by order and for
reasons to be recorded in writing, allowpremature closure of
the account.
✓ Where an account is prematurely closed as detailed above,
interest on principal amount shall be payable at the rate

Page | 199 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 applicable to the Scheme for which the account has been
held.
✓ Premature closure of an account may be permitted,any time
after the completion of six months from the date of opening
of an Account on an application in Form-4, for anyreason
other than provided above, and in which case thebalance as
stood from time to time in the account shall be eligible only
for the interest rate less by two per cent than the rate
specified in this Scheme.
✓ In calculating the maturity value, any amount infraction of a
Rupee shall be rounded off to the nearest Rupee and for this
purpose, any amount of fifty paisa or more shall be treated
as one Rupee and any amount lessthan fifty paisa shall be
ignored.
9. Forms to be used for MSSC Attached as Annexure C
2023 Form-1 (Application for opening of accounts)
Form-2 (Application for closure of accounts)
Form-3 (Application for withdrawal)
Form-4 (Application for premature closure of account)

***

Page | 200 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Digital Banking
1 YONO YONO was unveiled in 24th Nov 2017 to provide unique Omni
channel (web, mobiles & tablets) experience to customers. The
journey of the applications, both ‘YONO Mobile and Web, since
its inception, has been emerging, crossed 7.40 crore
registrations as on 31.03.2024
2 Who can register YONO • The existing customer who availed ATM card facility can be
able to register themselves to YONO with ATM card
credentials.
• The existing customer who availed INB facility can be able
to register themselves to YONO with INB credentials.
• The existing customer neither availed ATM nor INB can be
able to register through branch.

As an enhanced security feature and for regulatory

YONO SBI App Registration: SIM compliance, the registration process for YONO mobile
Binding application has been modified as under:

a. Existing Process (Device Binding): Device (Mobile Phone)

binding is done along with the INB user ID and MPIN by
creating an encrypted value, which is validated during login
into the YONO application.

b. Revised Process (Device and SIM Binding): Along with the

device, INB User ID and MPIN, the SIM identification value will
also be used while creating the encrypted value, which
will be validated during log in. Further, the registration will be
allowed only on the device where the SIM of the mobile
number of CBS (RMN) is present. Post login, YONO will match
the mobile number in CBS for the user with the mobile number
by which the registration has been done and if there is a
mismatch it will guide the customer for re-registration.

A few important details on the new registration process are

mentioned below:
a) All new registration will take place with device and SIM
binding feature.
b) Existing users will be migrated to new version. They need to
download and do the registration by using new version of
YONO app.

Page | 201 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 c) After giving reasonable time to update / migrate to new
version, all old versions will be discontinued.
d) If the mobile device does not have the ‘SIM of CBS RMN’ or
‘No SIM’, the registration process will be aborted.
e) If one mobile number is linked with multiple CIFs in CBS, at
any point of time one of the customers will be able to register
YONO on the device where the RMN SIM is
present.
f) There will be no separate process for de-registration for
YONO app. If the app is deleted and registration is done by any
new user with SIM validation, the existing user’s registration
information will be deleted automatically.
3

Page | 202 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 4 Features • No physical account opening form needs to be filled.
• Customer can visit any branch of his choice for
Aadhaar biometric authentication, photo verification
for Regular Account. In case of OVD with the reference
number generated through App/portal for Digital
Account.
• Passbook will not be provided in the account.
Customer will be sent statement by email on monthly
basis for INSTA and INSTA Plus account holders.
• A personalized Debit Card will be issued free of cost.
• Time taken to open account reduced by as much as
40% which is substantial both in terms of customer
delight that we aim for, and Cost to the Bank.
• Customer’s latest photo is obtained by App/portal and
is saved digitally.
• No further scanning of AOF and signatures will be
required at LCPC.
• The responsibility of KYC compliance would rest with
the Branch opening the account.
• The rules applicable to Regular Savings Bank Account
holder regarding AML/ CFT & FATCA, KYC updation will
be applicable as it is to Digital Savings Account also.
• The applicable rate of interest would be same as that
of the Bank’s Regular Savings Bank Account.
• Physical copies of the documents viz. CDIF and Terms
& Conditions Form are to be sent to the Document
Archival Centre (DAC) through e-DAC workflow
Charges and other Features • Cheque Book charges same of Regular Savings Account.
• A personalized special Platinum Debit Card (with
customer’s photo) branded as Digital Savings Bank
Account issued free of cost as against levy of issuance
charges of Rs. 300/- +taxes.

Page | 203 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Benefits on the Card:
i)WithdrawalLimit=ATMRs.1lac, POS Rs.2.00Lacs
ii) Personal Accident Insurance (Death Cover) Rs. 5 Lacs
iii) Purchase Protection – up to Rs. 50,000/-
• For accounts with QAB Rs. 25,000/- and above, the
following additional benefits areproposed:
• Annual maintenance charges of 250/- p.a. at present
applicable on Platinum Card will bewaived.
• 25% concessions across the board inscheduled charges
levied on services applicable to operation of account.

• Hassle-free, 3 clicksjourney
• 0.25% concession on the interestmargin.
• No document & no branchvisit.
5 Overdraft against Deposits • Facility available24x7
• No sampling in RFIA.
• Contributing to green initiative.
• Minimum Overdraft amount = Rs. 5000.00 Max: Rs.5 crs
• Overdraft cannot be created where residual maturity of FD
is less than 6months.
• FD should be in SingleName
6 Limit on No of
Transaction limit (Per No of Active
transactions per CIF
Transaction Per transaction Cumulative Limit
per Calendar Day for
Transaction Type account) – validated at (validity of 4 (Per CIF Per
each type/channel of
the time of generation hours) at Calendar Day)
YONO Cash
of transaction No any point
transaction

₹ 20000 ₹ 40000 including

YONO Cash -
(minimum Rs.500 & all the variants of 2
ATM
multiples of Rs.500) YONO Cash

₹ 2000
YONO Cash @ 2 (Rs.2000 for YONO
(minimum Rs.100 & 2
POS Cash @ PoS)
multiples of Rs.100)

₹ 10000 (minimum
YONO Cash @
Rs.100 & multiples of 2
CSP
Rs.100)
₹ 10000 (per
YONO
day)(minimum Rs.100 & 2 ₹ 20,000 2
Shop@POS
multiples of Rs.100)

Page | 204 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Overall
Latest Changes in Beneficiary The third party transaction Limit limit Rs.
7 limits Rs. (per day) (per day)
Addition and Transaction Limits
in RINB, YONO and YONO Lite Overall Per Day Third Party
Transaction Limit (Inter
Bank / Intra Bank / General
Category Merchants) Rs.25 lacs Rs.25 lacs
Per Day Quick Transfer
Limit (IMPS** / NEFT /
RTGS / MMID) without
adding beneficiary Rs. 50,000 Rs.25 lacs
**IMPS per transaction limit as per NPCI is currently
Rs.5 lacs. Any number of IMPS transactions can be sent
subject to availability of overall per day Third-party
Transaction limit.
8 YONO Krishi • YONO KRISHI digital platform has been launched on our
bank day i.e., 01/07/2019
• Available in language =12
• Customer obtains the Reference number which is valid only
for 15 days.
• Customer needs to visit the home branch for
furtherprocessing/sanction.
• An incomplete application is available for the customer
to resume and complete within 30 days from the
startdate.
• YONO Krishi is a platform for agriculture segment
customers with services classified and built on 4 pillars
(under Khata Vertical).
• YONO Khata: Regular financial & non-financial banking
services like fund transfer, recharges, billpayment, and
specialized services like Agriculture Gold Loan, Tractor
Loan, Kisan Credit Card, will be available under this
category.
• YONO Bachat: This category offers investment
products and insurance products like Mutual Funds, Life
Insurance, General Insurance, Demat accounts etc.

Page | 205 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 • YONO Mitra: This prominent non-banking services section
willoffer
• Weather updates
• Crop pricesupdates.
• Provides Agro-advisory services and weather
forecastupdates.
• Provides expert advice through website andcall.
• access to market prices, crop
managementtechniques,
• crop insurance, cold storage services, pest &
disease management information.
• YONO Mandi: This segment will be an ONLINE
MARKETPLACE (OMP) which will enable farmers to
purchase farm inputs from merchants e.g., fertilizers,
seeds, tractors, pesticidesetc.
9 YONO KRISHI-AGRI GOLD LOAN It provides a simplified Loan Application to customers for
availing a loan against the gold ornaments for agricultural
purposes.
• Customer is literate, aged 18 years andabove.
• Customer is KYC compliant and his Aadhaar details are
available inCBS.
• Customer has internet banking credentials and has
registered onYONO.
• Customer must visit any of their choice branch with
Gold ornaments,proof of land records/ proof of Agri
activity, Aadharcard.
• Zero processing fee for loans up to Rs.25,000
• Minimum Loan: Rs. 5000/-
• Maximum Loan: Rs. 25Lakhs
• Existing customers of the Bank aged 18 years
andabove.
• Less than 5 Agri Gold Loan Accounts are Live inCBS.
• Reference number which is valid only for 15days
10 YONO KRISHI-KCC REVIEW To provide digitized, simplified, seamlessand
standardized process for review of KCC
account.(Conditions)
• Customer should be ResidentIndian.
• Previous dues – only those customers who have

Page | 206 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 cleared all previous dues will be eligible toapply.
• Risk Grade - Risk grade of any of the customer’s
other loan account(s) should not be 3 andabove.
• Age >=18 years, no upper age limit. 24*7 availability
for submitting his/her KCC Reviewapplication.
• No branch visit is required if Aadhaar is linked in
KCC account and if no change in land records/limit
after review is less than Maximum Permissible Limit
(MPL).
• Status of the loan is updated throughSMS
• Expiry date of MPL (Maximum Permissible Limit)
should not be less than 6 months.

With a view to encourage/ facilitate Agri lending through

YONO KRISHI SAFAL DAIRY
partnership model with Corporates in hassle free manner, a
new pre-approved “Simple and Fast Agri Loan
(SAFAL)” process is being launched on Yono digital
platform for meeting the Dairy farming needs of farmers.
o Customer should be a resident Indian.
o Customer’s age should be > 18 years and < 70 years.
o Customer should be full KYC compliant with Bank and
should not be under liberalized KYC norms, including Insta
account.
o Customer should not have any live YONO Krishi SAFAL
account.
o Any of customer’s existing loan accounts should not have
risk grade greater than RG1.
o Customer should not have dairy loan account with any
financial institution.
o Customer should have been in sale arrangement
relationship with Corporate for a minimum period of 2 year.
o No default case should be present in CIBIL/CIC report.
Cases settled under debt waiver scheme/ OTS scheme will
not be treated as default. Customers having no credit
history will also be eligible.
o Maximum loan: Rs 3.00 lakh per applicant.

Page | 207 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Applications integrated are
11 YONO Business
1. Corporate Internet Banking(CINB)
(Url- https://yonobusiness.sbi)
2. Cash Management Product(CMP)
3. Supply Chain Finance(SCF)
4. e-Trade
5. e-Forex
CLASSIFICATION OF CORPORATE IN YONO BUSINESS
A. Single User Corporates-Account operated by a single
person, they may optfor
• Enquiry Only
• Enquiry &Transactions
B. Multiuser Corporate- Accounts handled by more than one
user. They may optfor

YONO Business Quick Transfer Limits:

Single User Product Multi User Product
per per
transaction per day transaction
limit limit limit per day limit
Rs.10,00,000
(Max of all
Rs.1,00,000 Rs.2,00,000 Rs.1,00,000 Authorisers
under one
Admin)

YONO Business 2 user Product(New):

• Requires only two users for all types of operations,
referred as User 1 and User 2
• Two user product is a CIF based product
• Customers may choose transaction or enquiry rights
• Provides option to choose single or joint payment
authorisation for payments other than to merchants.

Page | 208 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 However, merchant transaction has been kept simple
for one user to pay.
• In case of single authorisation, transactions can be
completed by a single user within the limits prescribed
for the product. Both users can exercise payment
option singly
• In case of joint authorisation, both the users have equal
rights. i.e., any one of the users can initiate a transaction
and other user may approve
• For Quick transfer, user needs to enable the facility and
can set up a customised limit up to a maximum per
transaction limit of Rs. 25000/- per user and daily limit
of Rs. 5 lakhs jointly for both users.
• Transaction limits for the two-user product is
Rs.50 lakhs per transaction limit and no cap on the per
day limit.
12 YONO Wearable –Titan Pay • Now SBI a/c holders can tap their Titan Pay watch on
Watch a contactless payment POS machine for payments
of up to Rs.5,000, without entering PIN.
• Max 5 Txn perday
• Limit of Rs.15000/- in aday.
Customer can have maximum of 3 wearables linked to his/her
account. However, customer can buy as many as wearable and
gift it to relatives/friends
13 Insta Plus Account
• Insta plus is video based account opening process. User can open Savings Account from
the comfort of his/her space. It will allow customer to open account through a
contactless procedure. The AI driven, digital journey is more safe and secure than the
physical KYC process.
• Insta and Insta Plus are e-2-e based account opening platforms without branch
intervention exclusively on digitalplatforms.
• Insta is a liberalised KYC account but Insta Plus is a fully KYC account without having any
transactionrestriction.
• New CIF type and a separate Product Code are introduced for easy identification of CIF’s
& accounts opened through this modified process are as below: CIF – 010227 (Personal -
Public -YONO VKYC) Account Type – 1111 1811 (VKYC – YONO CHQ SB A/C)
• Capturing customer’s signature during the Video Call process.
• Autosuggestion of home branch based on Customer’s Aadhaar address.

Page | 209 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 • Facility for the customer to provide current address.
• Ease of selection of home branch for the customer.
• Option to open salary package account using the modified Video KYC account opening
process.
• Adherence to revised RBI guidelines on Video customer identification process.
It is a self-assist model that involved 3 stages as below:
1. Stage-1Self-onboarding:Token number will be generated is valid for 15days.
2. Stage-2 Video Calling Officer (VCO): Video-based Customer Identification
ProcessVCIP
3. Stage-3: Confirm by CA (ConcurrentAuditor)

• Eligibility criteria for customer to open Insta Plus Savings Bankaccount:

a) Resident Indians above 18 years of age and who are literate and able to read, write
and sign.
b) Customer is a New to Bank (NTB) customer and does not have a CIF. In case customer
has any active relationship/CIF with the Bank, she/he is not eligible for this process.
c) Mode of operation allowed is only “Single”.
d) PAN and Aadhaar number are mandatory.
e) Mobile number as entered in Aadhaar details must be in possession of the customer
as Aadhaar validation OTP will be triggered on the same number.
f) Mobile number is mandatory; it can be same or other than linked to Aadhar.
g) Customer should be physically present in India during the complete Account opening
process.
h) To open salary package account: Employer should have a salary package tie up with
SBI. Salary should be credited to the account being opened. Mobile is mandatory
whereas Email address is optional.

Product features:
a) No Branch visit is needed for the customer. Paperless account opening.
b) Insta Plus Savings Account can be opened by a customer using OTP based KYC process from
Aadhaar and completing the V-CIP process i.e. Video call with the SBI official.
c) Customer will have access to the YONO Mobile App as well as Internet Banking.
d) The customer’s signature will be captured during the video call. Signature based services will be
allowed in the branch after proper identification of signature through CBS enquiry.
e) Passbook may be issued to the customer on request.
f) Customer can request cheque book, if required, through self-service channels like YONO, YONO
Lite, Internet Banking or visit a branch for placing the request.

Page | 210 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 g) Customer will be able to transfer funds using NEFT, IMPS, UPI etc. through YONO App or Online
SBI viz. Internet Banking as well by depositing cash at branches / CDMs or cheque deposit in
customer’s favour for clearing / transfer.
h) A Rupay classic Global card will be issued and sent to the address given in Aadhar Card.

Additional Features:
a) No Issuance/ Annual Maintenance Charges for ATM Debit Card.
b) No Charges for non- maintenance of Average Monthly Balance.
c) No charges on NEFT / RTGS remittances.
d) Free Consolidated Account Statement through email, if provided.
Free SMS and Internet Banking facility.
f) No limit on free transactions for cash withdrawal at our Bank ATMs.
g) Charges for all other services will be in accordance with extant service charges applicable to
Regular Savings Bank account.

14 BHIM-Aadhaar-SBI SBI Merchant Will accept payments for goods/services

using Android smartphone and fingerprint reader, from
customers having Aadhaar seeded bank accounts, by
authenticating the customer's biometrics.
Merchant Requirements:
• Aadhaar seeded account withSBI
• Certified Biometric Reader with Micro USB / USB C-
Typeconnector
• Android smartphone with internet connectivity and
OTG support for connecting biometricdevice
• Android version 4.2 orhigher.
•Phone should be able to power the biometric
reader.
Transaction Limits (for Individual Merchants)
Consumer Side Merchant Side (Seller)
(Payer/buyer)
Rs.2,000/- per transaction -
Rs.5,000/- per day per Rs.25,000/-per day per
Aadhaar number Aadhaar number

Page | 211 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Rs. 20,000/- per month per Rs.1,00,000/- per month
Aadhaar Number per Aadhaar number
15 BHARAT QR (CONSUMER) • Bharat QR is a QR (Quick Response) code-based solution
wherein the customer makes payment to merchant by
scanning a static or dynamic QR code. It is interoperable
among major Card schemes i.e. Visa, MasterCard and
RuPay. In this solution, instead of PoS terminal, Bank
provides Bharat QR merchant app as well as static QR code
to the merchants for accepting payment from the
customers of any bank having Bharat QR customer app.
• In the absence of a physical PoS terminal, it becomes the nil
CAPEX model.
• This solution is suitable for small and medium merchants
who own a smartphone and have a manageable queue at
their payment counters e.g., Grocery, Readymade
Garments, Restaurants, Medical shops etc., Taxi and Auto,
fruit Vendors etc.
• As on January 2024, over 32 crore QR codes (Bharat QR and
UPI QR) were deployed of which 60.04 lakh pertained to
Bharat QR.
16 BHARAT QR-SBI MERCHANT • Merchants can accept payments directly to their
accounts ‐ No need to spend time to deposit cash
into theiraccount.
• Escapefromhasslesofreceivingpaymentsincash‐
Noriskofforgednotes
• Escape from the hassles of keeping the record of
charge slips - Merchant gets the notification in his
Bharat QRApp.
• Card-less transactions: Scan &Pay
• Less instances of chargebacks. As the customer
himself initiates the payment, the occurrence of
chargebacks isminimized.
• Safe andSecure
• Monthly Service Fee/Rental – Rs.49/- +GST per
month
• Commitment Charges –Nil
• Historyoflast20transactionsisavailableonthemercha
nt'sApp(onmobile phone)

Page | 212 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 • Settlement of transactions is not required.
Merchant gets the credit on a T+1basis.
• MerchanthastheoptionofgeneratingbothstaticQRc
ode(forfixedsale amount) and dynamic QR code (for
different sale amounts).

Effective January 1, 2020, the government has waived the

merchant discount rate (MDR) on transactions made using
RuPay cards and through BHIM-UPI apps.
RuPay is a domestic card payment scheme launched in
March 2012, while BHIM is a mobile payment app launched
in December 2016, both by the National Payments
Corporation of India (NPCI).
17 UPI Transactions (at BHIM SBI Pay and NPCI BHIM/other BHIM based apps)

Per day transaction limit 100000

Per transaction limit. (Maximum) 100000
Number of transactions/day limit 10(as per NPCI 20 and Google pay is 10)
18 BHIM SBI Pay Pre-Requisites
• Mobile - Android 4.2 and above / iOS 13.4 or above,
with internetconnection
• Mobilenumberpresentintheandroidhandsetshould
beregisteredinBank Account
• Valid email address or Alternate MobileNo.
• Details of debit card linked to the account required
for UPI PIN setup
• All the customers have savings or Current accounts
with anybank.
• TheModeofOperationinthelinkedaccountshouldbe(a)
Single(b)either or Survivor or (c) Anyone orSurvivor.

Page | 213 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Transaction Limits
• Max. limit per transaction: Rs.1,00,000/- Max.
transaction limit per day is Rs.1,00,000/-
• Maximum 10 transactions in 24 hours per account
can be done within the overall Rs.1,00,000/- limit
• Limiting first transaction to 5000/- with a cooling
period of 24hours.
• For the first transaction after setting/resetting the UPI
PIN maximum amount will be Rs.5,000/- and the
cumulative amount in a day will be Rs.5,000/- for the
first 24 hours.
• Limits on Collect Request to 5000/ per day (24-hour
cycle) for new users and 5 collect initiation
requests/day for allusers.
18 What is UPI 123 PAY: SERVICE BY NPCI UPI 123PAY is an instant payment system for feature phone
users who can use the Unified Payments Interface (UPI)
payment service in a safe and secure manner. Through UPI
123PAY, feature phone users will now be able to undertake a
host of transactions based on four technology alternatives.
They include calling an IVR (interactive voice response)
number, app functionality in feature phones, missed call-based
approach, and proximity sound-based payments.
Call Karo(080 45163666/6366/3581 / Choose Karo / Pay Karo
19 Green Pin using IVRS Contact Centre (1800 425 3800/ 1800 1122 11/080-
26599990/18001234/18002100)
20 Green Pin using SBI Quick App ATM CUM DEBIT CARD – GENERATE GREEN PIN
21 Features of SBI Green Remit Card • Cash deposit card for both home and non-home
(GRC) beneficiaries
• Can be used on both GCC and CDM
• Remitter need not be customer of Bank
• Remitter's photo-ID, mobile number and address are
required
Issuance cost Rs.20/-
• Transaction limit: Rs. 25,000/- per transaction, with monthly
cap of Rs. 1 Lakh
• No VVR checking required for transactions done by GRC
22 SBI Secure OTP is used for generating OTP through SBI INB and Yono Lite SBI
23 How to change SBI Secure OTP Through Profile-High Security Option in SBI INB

Page | 214 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 24 How to disable Secure OTP By clicking on de-register in Settings menu in the application or
option go to profile - High Security option - de-register the SBI Secure
OTP.
25 How many no. of digits in Secure 6 digits
OTP
26 How many digits for app Pin 4 digits
(mPIN) of SBI Secure OTP
27 SBI digi voucher is accessible to Various Challans, transactions slips and forms.
28 SBI digi voucher pin consists of 6 digits and register with Account NO.
29 Using SBI Digi voucher can Cash and Cheque
deposit/withdraw/transfer.
30 After entry of Digi Voucher, the 6 digits (Alpha Numeric) with Bar Code, Date and time stamp
toaken will generate consists of
31 Neft/RTGS/DD vouchers also Yes
filled through Digi Voucher
32 Where we can use this Token no. In CBS on the top App Bar, first appearing Digi voucher box
of Digi Voucher allowing to input the Token No.
33 SBI Quick is also called as Missed Call Banking
34 Register for Missed Call Banking, 09223488888
missed call send to
35 The facilities available in SBI Balance Enquiries, Mini Statement, ATM Card on/off, Car Loan
Quick are & Home Loan features, PM Social Security Schemes etc.
36 For Switching on/off of ATM SMS TO "SWON/SWOFF ATM/POS/ECOM/INTL/DOM XXXX" to
Card/POS/ECOM/ INTL/Dome 09223966666 (Last 4 digits of card number)
cards…SMS to be sent in which
format and to which number
37 SBI Bharat QR app is also Pre - login menu of Yono Lite
available in
38 SBI Bharat QR can be registered Internet Banking User ID/ Password or Debit Card Details
with
39 Why SBI Samadhan App This app provides the facility to users to call Branch Managers/
controllers for any query/ issue.
40 What are the products available Deposits/ Loans/ Account related/ ATM/ INB/ NRI Serfices,
under samadhan app for Home Loan, Car Loan, Edn. Loans
customers queries?
41 Whether they can generate HL Yes, these certificates will send to their emial IDs registered
and EL int. certificates from SBI with the Bank.
Samadhan App

Page | 215 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 42 What are the other features EMI Calculator, Feed Back, Misc. services, FAQ, Interest rates,
available in Samadhan app New Loan requests etc.
43 Where we can generate the HL, Under A/c Related option, after generated, the PDF file sent to
EL int. Certificates and A/c mail ID of the customer with 4-digit passcode.
Statements?
44 Where we can generate Pension Under A/c Related option, after generated, the PDF file sent to
Slip, Deposit int. and TDS mail ID of the customer with 4-digit passcode.
Certificates?
45 What is SBI ePay? SBI e-Pay provides complete, simple and secure online
Payment Gateway Services, with a real-time Credit Card, Debit
Card, Net Banking and Mobile Payment transaction validation
process. This enables e-Commerce websites to sell products
and services online, and accept payments in real time
46 What is the URL for SBI ePay https://www.sbiepay.com
47 Features of SBI ePay •
System driven Reconciliation and settlement.
•
Customized automated MIS availability.
•
Integrated Refund Module to handle very large
transaction volume
48 What is SBI Fastag? • SBI FASTag is a RFID sticker/tag affixed on a vehicle’s
windshield for the purpose of Electronic Toll Collection.
• Currently, SBI FASTag can be used at Electronic Toll
Collection Lanes on all the National Highway Toll plazas and
select State Highway toll plazas.
49 What is the purpose of SBI To pioneer the transformation,
Fastag? Aiming for digitization of toll transactions at toll plazas as a
part of National Electronic Toll Collection (NETC) program.
50 What are the benefits of SBI • Saves Time, Fuel and Money.
Fastag to the Customers? • Easy recharge/Top up of the SBI FASTag account through
authorized service providers (Channel Partners of SBI) across
country.
• Online recharge of the SBI FASTag through dedicated online
portal for the customer through Credit Card, Debit Card, Net
Banking, etc.
View transaction history, toll payment history
51 What are the benefits of SBI • SBI FASTag provides value added service to our existing
Fastag to the Bank? customers but will also be helpful for bringing new customers
to the Bank’s fold.
• Apart from getting the float funds, the Bank will have a wide
scope of garnering other income also.

Page | 216 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 • As the usage of the FASTag and the value of toll is more in
case of commercial vehicle, it is beneficial for the Bank to on-
board commercial vehicles for SBI FASTag.
52 What are the other Features of • Seven categories with different colors codes.
SBI Fastag? • Vehicle owner should use appropriate SBI FASTag for
his/her vehicle.
• The Bank has engaged three agencies namely AISECT, NICT
SAVE and CSC to market and sell SBI FASTag.
53 How to get SBI Fastag? • At SBI FASTagPoS locations (Points of Sale)
Valid KYC documents and vehicle RC copy
• The customer can open his/her SBI FASTag account in two
categories:
i. Limited KYC holder’s account: Rs. 10,000/- in their
FASTag (Prepaid) account. Monthly reload limit Rs.
10,000/-. (Annual reload limit Rs. 1,20,000)
ii. Full KYC Holders account: Rs. 2 Lakh in their FASTag
(prepaid). No monthly reload cap
How to recharge SBI FASTag? i. SBI FASTag can be recharged by visiting SBI FASTag
web portal https://fastag.bank.sbi/
ii. On submitting user credentials, a wallet associated
with SBI FASTag can be recharged via net banking,
debit / credit card and UPI.
iii. SBI FASTag can also be recharged via UPI on "My
FASTag App" developed by IHMCL.
iv. Auto top up facility for bulk fleet operators by
linking their SBI Bank account. Contact our
Helpdesk for support.
v. Recharge your SBI FASTag using any of the UPI
enabled Apps through UPI Handle – "NETC.Vehicle
Number@sbi".
54 What are the Charges to be Issuance Fee
collected for SBI Fastag? Security amount as per vehicle class
Minimum Balance norms for keeping card active.
55 Toll free no. for SBI Fastag 1800-11-0018

Vehicle Security
Class Tag Amount Minimum
Sr. No. No. Particulars Cost (Refundable) Balance TopUp Total

Page | 217 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Car / Jeep / Van/ Tata Ace and
similar mini light commercial
1 4 vehicle 0 0 0 200 200
2 5 Light Commercial Vehicle 0 0 300 0 300
3 6 Three Axle Commercial Vehicles 0 0 300 0 300
4 7 Bus/Truck 0 0 300 0 300
5 12 4 to 6 axle 0 300 0 0 300 0 300
6 15 7 or More Axle 0 0 300 0 300
Heavy Construction Machinery
(HCM)/Earth Moving Equipment
7 16 (EME) 0 0 300 0 300

56 Launching date of YONO SBI 24.11.2017

57 Who are the developing IBM, TCS and Inhouse
partners of Yono SBI
58 The Data of Yono registrations MIS Online -> Other Dash Boards 2-> Yono Dash Boards
etc. available at
59 Yono Globle launched on 24.09.2019 for the Customers of SBI UK
60 Yono Krishi - Kisan Credit Card 14.08.2020
introduced on
61 Yono Business and Yono Krishi 2019
introduced during
62 What are the options availale Through INB/ ATM/ Branch Interface
for Registering an existing
Customer to YONO SBI
63 For new Customer Registration Through Digital mode or Regular Mode
for SBI Yono
64 Regular Account Opening 11.10.2019
through Yono using OVD and E-
KYC is introduced from.
65 Digital Acocunt Opening 23.01.2020
through Yono using OVD and e-
KYC is re-introduced from…
66 What are the Documents Under e-KYC (CDIF, T&C, Form -60) and OVDs (ID and
required for accounts opening Address Proofs)
either in Regular Model or in
Digital model
67 The physical forms Yono e-DAC- DAC
Account opening Documents
sent to

Page | 218 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 68 The soft copies of Yono DMS/ LCPC-Cersai-C-KYC
Account forms sent to
69 What are the items that can be • ID & Address Proof (OVDs), KYC Update Date
update/modify through Yono • Title, Name, Address, Mobile Number
Retail -NFS - Branch Portal in • BSR Organisation Code, Annual Income
CBS (Maker /Checker option) • Father / Spouse / Guardian Name
• Date of Birth, Either of PAN or Form 60
• Email (optional field) etc.,
70 What is YBBI Yono Business: Branch Interface
71 What is Yono Smart CDK CDK - Cheque Deposit Kiosk
72 Process of Yono Smart CDK • Customer enters the cheque amount and number
in mobile app/web
• Customer is provided with a reference code.
• Customer visits CDK and enters reference code
• Customer inserts the cheque
• Acknowledgement receipt is generated.
• The cheque image and data move to CTS software
and checker process is carried out.
73 What are the various options Deposits, Loans, Investment, Insurance, Yono Pay, Cards,
available in Yono Retail Service Request, Get in Touch (Support)
74 Items covered under Yono Service Request, Yono Pay and Get In Touch (support)
Digital Banking
75 Features covered under Get in RAISE A COMPLAINT
Touch (Support) TRACK A COMPLAINT
ASK SIA
FAQ
DISCOVER FEATURES
CONTACT US
76 What is SIA Statebank Intelligent Assistant
77 Features covered under Yono • QUICK TR
Pay • YONO CASH
• BANK A/C
• BHIM UPI
• CONTACTS
• QR SCAN
• QUICK PAYMENTS
78 YONO CASH USAGE AND • ATM -> MIN-500; MAX-20000
LIMITS • MPOS -> MIN-100; MAX-2000
• CSP -> MIN-100; MAX-10000

Page | 219 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 • SPOS -> MIN-100; MAX-10000
79 Options Available under • My Balance - Transactions (Passbook/Mail) & Spend
Relationship Overview Analysis (Week/Month/Quarter)
• My Deposits - Creat Dream; Fixed Deposits; Recurring
Depoist
My Borrowings - Short term Loans; Long term Loans
• My Investments - SBI MF; SBICAP SECURITIES
• My Insurance - SBI LIFE; SBI GENERAL
• My Credit Card - SBI CARDS
• My Wearables - TITAN WATCH NFC RS.5000/-
• My Rewards - RP/4=INR
80 Under Yono E-2-E, available • PAPL - PAPL Min Rs.1Lac – Max Rs.2.00 Lacs.
Loans… • PAXCL Min Rs. 1Lac - Max Rs.15.00 Lacs.
• RTXC Min Rs. 1Lac - Max Rs.30 lacs
• RTXC-Elite Min Rs. 1Lac - Max Rs.35 lacs
• PAPNL Min Rs.25k – Max Rs.5.00 Lacs.
• PAITPHL Min Rs.0.80 lac – Max Rs.8 Lacs
• Loan aginast TD Min: Rs.5k and Max Rs.5 crs
81 Under Yono Krishi available • Khata (Agri Gold Loan/ Kisan Credit Card)
Options • Bachat (PAIS, Motor Insurance, Health Insuance, SBI
Life)
• Mitra (Agro Advisory Hub)
• Mandi (Market Place for All Farm Needs)
82 Tie-ups under Yono krishi Mitra Naapanta, Agro Star, IffcoKisan, BigHaat, Skymetweather,
apniKheti, Farmrise,Farmizo Khata and Kisan Helpline
86 Tie-ups under Yono Krishi Iffco Bazar, BigHaat, Kisan Store, Farmers Stop, Poorti,
Mandi BehatarJindaji, Agribegri, AgriApp, Agricard, IHR seed
portal and Tools Villa
84 Under Yono Business available • CINB
options are… • CMP
• e-Forex
• e-Trade
• SCF
85 PAXC Pre-Approved Xpress Credit (Loans upto Rs.15 Lakh) to
Salary Package Customers.
87 PAPL Pre-approved (Loans upto Rs.2 Lakh) personal loan - ALL
Customers of the Bank based Monthly Average Balance.
88 PAPNL Pre-Approved Pension Loan (Loans upto Rs.5.00 Lakh) to
Pensioners.

Page | 220 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 90 Top Up loan for Home Loan Pre-Approved Insta Home Loan (Loans upto Rs.8 Lakh) to
Customers. existing home loan customers
91 How the loan eligiblity will • Pre-selected on the basis of an analytic engine.
calculate in case of PAPL loans • Data scrubbed at monthly interval.
through YONO. • KYC compliance.
• Past history on loan repayments.
• Credit history and CIC Scores.
• Existing loan exposure.
• Existing Xpress Credit Loans.
The offer to the pre-selected customers will be valid till the
end of Quarter in which they are offered the loan.
92 PAPL Loan Process through • Loan processes are End-to-end digitized process.
YONO • No branch visits and no documentation.
There is a 4 click process for availing loan through
app/portal with instant disbursement and the option is
available round the clock as long as the offer is valid.
93 Full Features of PAXC loan ▪ Single, KYC Compliant, Resident Salary packege
through YONO customer
▪ Minimum Rs. 1Lac :Max 15.00 lakhs (circular no Sl.No.:
6/2023-24 dtd 06.11.23 & circular no Sl.No.: 546/2024 – 25
dtd 22.08.24)
▪ Age of the customer should be between18-56 years
(closure before 58 years).
▪ There should not be any existing Xpress Credit.
▪ No NPA in last 12 months and no SMA 2 in CIF and any
other financial institution.
▪ Median credit in last 12 months > 5000
▪ CIBIL –700 for non-salary package customers (CSPs
with select employer code no min CIBIL)
• Interest rates as per CIBIL score (RSM in case of no
CIBIL score available)
95 Full features of PAPL loans ▪ “An instant personal loan offered to select customers
through YONO for any need”
▪ Available to select Customers (Having Salary Account
in SBI – CSP customer) as well as non-CSP customers.
▪ Offered as a personal demand loan of max 2,00,000
▪ Tenure can be from 6 months to 12 months

Page | 221 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 96 Full features of PAPNL through ▪ Customer’s PPOs must be with Bank; Treasury & family
YONO Pensioners are not eligible.
▪ Account should be in single/joint name.
▪ Resident Indian, KYC compliant.
▪ Any of Aadhaar/ Voter ID / Passport / Driving
License/PAN should be available at CIF.
▪ Age of the customer should be less than 66 years
▪ Minimum Limit: ₹ 25000/- Maximum Limit: 18 times
NMP subject to maximum of ₹5,00,000/-
▪ Repayment Maximum: 60 months or 70Years- Age of
customer
98 Full featurs of Pre-Approved ▪ No manual intervention:
Insta Home Top Up Loan selection of customers; processing of their loan
through YONO request; loan account opening; loan disbursement;
SI creation; 5% of loan upto Rs. 8 lakh) to existing
home loan customers on Yono
99 Eligibility criteria for PAIHL ▪ (a) Minimum Home Loan Limit of Rs. 20 Lakhs.
through YONO (b) Fully disbursed home loan with satisfactory
track record of 1 year or more.
(c) Home loan accounts with maximum of up to
two borrowers.
(d) Minimum residual tenure of Home Loan of 5
years.
(e) The customer should not have any live Home
Top-up Loan.
(f) No instance of the Home Loan account slipping
to RG-3 or further in the past.
(g) Minimum CIBIL Score of 550.
(h) Repayment coming through SI only.
(i) Home loan account and repayment account
should be under same CIF.
(j) Equitable mortgage has been successfully
created for the primary security/home loan.
100 What is the recovery Account Maintenance:
mechanisim in case of PAPL The loans are sanctioned/ disbursed as Term Loan and are
loans through YONO? parked against the salary paying branch of the customer.
These Branches are responsible for Loan Account
maintenance and follow up/recovery of the loans.
Branches receives the details in their daily reports for
follow up of failed SIs.

Page | 222 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Branches to make use of
(i) failed SI report (remedies under Sec-25 of PSS Act
2007)
(ii) LCS follow up remarks on promise to pay
(iii) Holds put by CBS in Salary Accounts
(iv) Analytics Dashboard
Branches will take all steps for NPA recovery from these
Salaried customers, including hard recovery as per Bank’s
policy.
101 Bhim Aadhar SBI A Merchant application Receive Payments through
Biometric Authentication

102 Merchant requirements in case Aadhaar seeded account

of Bhim Aadhar sBI Certified Biometric Reader
Compatible Smart Phone
USB / C Type Connector
(v) Android 4.2 & above
103 Registration of Bhim Aadhar Individual Merchants can register themselves
SBI Proprietorship firms need to register by visiting Branch
Branch to use “Kiosk” portal for registration
104 Transaction Limits in Bhim Customer
Aadhar SBI Rs 2,000.00 per transaction
Rs 5,000.00 per day
Rs 20,000.00 per month and
Merchant
Rs 2,000.00 per transaction
Rs 25,000.00 per day
Rs 100,000.00 per month
105 Yono Lite SBI ▪ YONO LITE SBI is State Bank’s mobile banking
application for retail users.
▪ It is a Retail Internet Banking (RINB) application
offered on Mobile.
Available in Google Play Store, iOS App store and Windows
marketPlace.
106 Voice Assisted Transactions in • Balance Enquiry
Yono Lite • Mini Statement (Last 10 txns)
• Mobile Recharge
• DTH Recharge
• Quick Transfer
• View and Pay Bills

Page | 223 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 107 No. of transactions in m- ▪ Upto 150 txns.
passbook
108 No. of transactions in Mini Last 10 txns.
statement
109 Transaction Limits in Yono Lite ▪ Transfer within Self Accounts – Rs. 2 Cr
▪ Third Party Transfer within SBI – Rs. 10 Lakhs
▪ Inter Bank Transfer – Rs. 10 Lakhs
UPI – Rs.1 Lakh
▪ Bill Payments – Rs.5 Lakh
eRD, eTDR, eSTDR – Individual Transaction Limit for minor
– Rs.5000/-
110 Full form of DMS Document Management System
111 What is the minimum mobile OS ▪ Smart Phone with OS – Android version 10.0 & above
version required of android/iOS iOS version 12.0 & above.
devices for downloading YONO
app?
112 What is CDIF in opening of Customer Data Input Form
account through YONO App?
113 For downloading G-Pay on iOS 17.0 or Higher
iPhone the required iOS version
is _____?
114 What is the new funcitonality GINB (Govt. Internet Banking)
available under CINB
115 Functionality of GINB is similar Vistaar
to which variant of CINB?
116 Types of CINB Enquiry - Khata&Khata Plus.
Transactions - Saral, Vyapar, Vistaar and GINB
117 Saral features Single user operated, suitable for Proprietorship firms. Per
day financial transactions limit is Rs 2 crores and per
transaction limit is Rs.50lakhs for within SBI and to other
bank accounts. For government/tax transactions the limit
is Rs. 5 crore (per txn limit as well as per day limit).
118 Vyapar features Suitable for small and medium sized firms with per
transaction limit of Rs 2 crores. For Government/tax
transactions the limit is Rs.10 crores. There is no cap on the
per day transaction limit.
119 Vistaar features Suitable for large and view large sized firms/Corporates
with per transaction limit of Rs 2000 Crores. For
Government/tax transactions the per transaction limit is

Page | 224 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Rs.10000 crores. There is no cap on the per day transaction
limit.

120 Khata features Facility to view account information and download

account statement of your account, suitable for single user
operated accounts
121 Khata Plus features An enquiry facility for business entities having multiple
business locations. Access allowed for multiple users

122 GINB features Specially for Govt. departments same features as Vistaar

123 State Bank “NO QUE” ▪ Available in 3000+ Branches with 18 kind of different
Banking services.
▪ This app is compatible with the QMS machines supplied
by Aurion Pro (OptiQ) only.
▪ App conveys the estimated waiting time, number of
customers ahead and a map showing the direction to
reach the branch
▪ Accessible from any mobile phone with Android (OS
4.1+) and iPhone (iOS 8 and above), having internet
connectivity
▪ You can share the app via Shareit, Whatsapp,
Facebook, Hangout etc. You just need to go to the
menu slider and click on Share
▪ Available at no cost for all users
▪ Trouble shooting +919833575450/ +917045453713
https://mobility.onlinesbi.com/sbf_noqueue.html
124 Bharat QR • Receive payments by displaying static QR code or QR
dynamic QR code
• Merchant need to login to the application with valid
credentials (User ID and Password)
• Use Generate Static of Dynamic QR Code option to
generate QR code
• This QR code is scanned by customers in SBI Yono Lite,
and the payment is processed
Merchant receives payment confirmation as notification in
the Bharat QR Merchant App

Page | 225 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 125 Bharat QR - Static Mode of ▪ Scan the Bharat QR Code from within the app,
payment enter the amount to be paid. Then, an
authorization request would be sent to the bank.
After verifying your identity, the bank will send a
PIN, which needs to be entered in order to make
the payment complete

126 Bharat QR - Dynamic Mode of • Under this, the merchant will generate a new QR code
Payment every time, for every new transaction. Here, the
customer need not enter amount but simply scan the
new QR Code and enter the authorization code for
completing the payment.

127 MDR & other charges for For debit Cards it will be 10 bps less than usual MDR and
Bharat QR for Credit Card existing MDR will continue.
Monthly Charges: Nil
Maintenance Charges: Nil
Commitment Charges: Nil
128 Settlement of transaction in T + 1 Days, settlement by merchant not required.
Bharat QR
129 Settlement of transactions in S + 1 Days, Settlement by merchant is required.
POS machines
130 Point of Sale Terminals - Types PSTN, Desktop GPRS, Portable GPRS & MPOS
131 Cash@PoS (Chhota ATM) Withdrawls allowed by Merchants at SBI POS machines
upto Rs.1000/- in Metro and Urban centres and Upto
Rs.2000/- in rural and Semi-urban centres.
132 State Bank Debit Card Available with EMV Chip and variants are Signature (only
for Wealth Customers), Platinum, Gold, Global and Classic
cards
133 Different types of Prepaid Cards Ezpay card
Gift card
Smart Change card
Imprest card
Achiever card
Foreign Travel card
134 State Bank Collect Facilitates CINB customers to receive online payments
from their clients (goods & services), CINB customers need
not maintain a website. Payer of the Corporate has to just
click on “State Bank Collect” and choose the Corporate for
which payment has to be made, fill up particulars of

Page | 226 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 goods/services towards which payment has to be made
and make the payment through one of the several options
displayed on a MOPS (Multi Option Payment System)
135 State Bank Anywhere/YONO [email protected];
Lite - Any compliant may [email protected]
contact [email protected]
136 Mobile Banking [email protected]
(YONO Lite/Corporate /Saral) [email protected]
Financial Transactions - Any [email protected]
complaint may contact [email protected]

137 BHIM SBI PAY - Any complaint [email protected]

[email protected]

138 Bhim Aadhar SBI employee help [email protected]

desk
139 Bharat QR employee help desk [email protected]
140 POS employee help desk [email protected]
141 Titan Pay - features NFC Chip is embedded in the watch strap which enables
the contactless transaction
Chip developed by Canada Based Tappy technologies
Per Transaction –Rs.5,000/-; Per day – Rs: 10,000/-
Max 3 devices can be connected
142 How to link Titan Pay through Yono home page
YONO. Quick Links
Yono Wearables
Link new wearable
Enter unique reference number received along with your
watch
link your variable
enter otp
143 SMS Content to be sent from “PAPL<space>XXXX” to 567676; where XXXX to be
registered mobile number in rePlaced with last 4 digits of the SB account no. of the
CBS customer.
144 SMS to be received by eligible “Hurray! You are eligible for a pre-approved personal loan
customer for Rs. xxxxxx/-. TnC apply. Do not miss!! Download YONO
and avail immediately.”; where xxxxx is the pre-approved
limit of the customer.

Page | 227 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 145 SMS to be received by ineligible “Thank you for contacting SBI. We regret to inform that
customer currently you are not eligible for PAPL. Please check back
next month.”
146 New entity on the lines of NPCI Bank is planning to set up a New Umbrella Entity network
planned by SBI by leveraging its 50,000 plus ATM Network and its
merchant base of over 10 lakhs.

147 Brief about Positive Pay System • Reconfirmation of key details may be needed for
of Cheques. payments beyond Rs. 50,000
• Discretion may be given to account holder
• Banks may also make it mandatory for amounts of Rs
5.00 lakhs and above
• Customer will have to give confirmation through INB.
ATM, Mobile App etc.
Required Developments in CTS will also be made by NPCI
148 What are the New rules for Facilities not in use for the past one year will be disabled
debit / credit cards W.E.F If required to be re-enabled by the customer through INB /
01.10.2020 respective App
149 New Option in Yono Lite SBI - Qr • Click the app button on yonolite SBI, Select A/c no,
based cash withdrawals- Select QR Cash Menu option in ATM, select amount,
yonolite Scan the QR code available in ATM, verify the amount,
Press continue, Cash will disburse.

150 MAB - Merchant Acquiring Dynamic Currency Conversion (DCC) – For Hotels and
Business - features Tourist Centres; Various types of PoS terminals including
the latest contactless NFC terminals and Mobile PoS
terminals / QR Codes;
Key words in MAB
151 Issuer The Bank that issues cards
152 Cardholder To whom
153 Merchant Entity which accepts payments through cards
154 Acquirer The bank that signs up the merchant and provides POS
gterminal to accept payment
155 Card Scheme Provides card payment network, facilitate clearing and
settlements (Ex. VISA, Master Card, Rupay)
156 Scheme Fee The service fee paid to intermediary agencies i.e.,
MasterCard or Visa for facilitating interbank payments
157 Interchange The incentive paid by the Acquirer Bank to the Issuer Bank
for promoting payment through card

Page | 228 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 158 MDR (Merchant Discount Rate) The commission charged by the acquirer to the merchant
or service provider. It is also termed as Merchant Service
Fee (MSF)
159 On-Us transactions Where issuer and acquirer are same
160 Off-us transactions Where issuer and acquirer are different
161 Chargeback A dispute raised by the Issuing Bank if it determines that
the transaction was processed in violation to the rules set
up in Visa / MasterCard guidelines
162 EMV Euro pay MasterCard Visa
163 PCIDSS Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards.
164 POS Acronym for “Point of Sale.” Hardware and/or software
used to process payment card transactions at merchant
locations.
165 DCC Dynamic Currency Conversion
166 Dynamic Currency Conversion A product that would facilitate SBI merchant to offer
means… foreign card-holdes, the option to pay in their home
currency (eg. In USD by American) by converting the
invoice amount to the home currency of the card holder,
all automatically on PoS Terminal.
167 Major CRM Functional Areas Sales, Marketing and Service
168 Under Sales, Sub functional • Lead Management
areas are • Opportunity Management
• Customer Management
• Distributor Management
Performance Management
169 Under Marketing, Sub • Marketing Management
functional areas are • Campaign Management
• Campaign Execution
Campaign Response & Analysis
170 Under Service, Sub functional o Contact Centre Management
areas are o Customer Service Request
o Workflow
o Routing & Escalation
o Communication Management
o Document Management
o Audit Trail
• 360-degree Customer View

Page | 229 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 171 Benefits to Bank official with 1. Single system for all information and acitons.
CRM 2. Improved insights with richer interactions.
3. Easy collaboration across departments
• 4. Automated reporting.
172 EMM application o ENTERPRISE MOBILITY MANAGEMENT (Office on the
go)
173 Core apps to be install to begin Intelligent Hub, Web-Workspace One, Vmware Content
EMM Locker, Vmware Boxer

174 APP Catalog in EMM APP Catalog is the Place where al the SBI internal mobile
APP's are available for the end users (SBI Employees Only).
175 In Office 365, E-3 Profile is Name based email Ids of Scale IV & above
provided to Designation based email Ids of DGMs & above
176 In Office 365, F3 Profile is All Permanent officials of Scale I, II & III
provided to Designation based email Ids up to AGMs
177 In Office 365, K1 Profile is Officers on Probation & Award Staff
provided to
178 In office 365, Profile 4 is Vendors
provided to
179 Features of Office 365 o Launched by Microsoft in 2011
o Adopted in SBI in 2017
o Our Current License valid upto 2022
Content in Office 365, will be available in read only mode
for expired / non renewed licenses.
COMPARSION OF PROFILES in OFFICE 365

Features E3 Profile F3 K1
Cloud Storage 1 -5 TB 2 GB 2 GB
E-mail box size 100 GB 2 GB 2 GB
E-mail Retntion Policy 2 Years 60 Days 60 Days
E-mail Attachment 150 MB 150 MB 150 MB
size
No. of Installations 5+5+5 5+5 5+5

180 Forms used in CINB are C1 – Registration Form

C2 – Registration of Regulator
C3- Registration of Admin
C4 – Terms of Service
C5 – Board Resolution
C7 – User Activation

Page | 230 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 181 Khata CIF Based, Single User function, enabling in CBS
182 Khata Plus is Acocunt Based, Multiuser function, Enabling in Branch Interface
183 Administrator is mandatory Vyapaar/ Vistaar/ Khata Plus
for
184 GINB New varaiant – users created by Branch – Activated by
Administrator
185 Bhim Aadhar SBI product Automated Merchant On-boarding. Merchant can just
features download the application and start accepting Aadhaar based
payments.
Accept real time payments directly into your account – No need
to spend time to deposit cash into your account.
Escape from hassles of receiving payments in cash – No risk of
forged notes. Card-less transactions: All that the consumer
needs is his Aadhaar number.
186 Fingerprint devices used for o The fingerprint devices procured by the merchants for use
Bhim Aadhar SBI with SBI Aadhaar Pay should be STQC certified devices.
o UIDAI has advised that starting from 1st June 2017 all
fingerprint devices need to be registered with them.
o The guidelines and specification for registration of devices
have already been published by them and the vendors have
been asked to ensure all devices to be registered before the
specified timeline.
187 In case of digital frauds, AGM/CM - Mobility Solutions & Mobile Banking (MS&MB)
Fraud identifying Cell at GITC AGM/CM - Complaint Management System (CMS)
AGM/CM - IT Lotus
CM-Member Secretary from CMS Department
(Minimum three members are required to constitute the
quorum)
188 In case of digital frauds, AGM (Project Lotus /D &TB) -Member
Fraud identifying Cell at Circle AGM (ITSS) – Member
AGM (CS) – Member
AGM (FMC) - Member Secretary
(minimum three members are required to constitute the
quorum)
189 The new URL for SBI Internet https://onlinesbi.sbi/
Banking
190 The new SBI Internet Banking https://retail.onlinesbi.sbi
URL for Retail users will be

Page | 231 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 191 Yono Valuation and other o
Valued at USD 40.00 – 50.0 Bn
aspects o
Crossed 7.40 Cr+ registered users since inception
o
Yono – for other banks through API (RRB, SFB, Co-op)
o
API- Application Programming Interface
o
Long term plan to hive it off as a separate entity
o
Notional profits running into few hundred crores
o
To earn fee-based income
o
May go for listing
o
Yono UK, Mauritius, - to be launched in 9 more countries
192 SBI on digital lending o
Rs.30,344 Crs Pre-approved PERSONAL Loans sanctioned in
platform FY24
o Rs.1,535 Crs RTXC disbursed through YONO platform in
FY24
o Rs. 1,771 Crs Insta Home Top Up Loans sanctioned in FY24
o Rs. 7,238 Crs Pre-Approved Business Loans (PABL) value
193 SBI on UPI (UPI fact sheet ▪ Remit transactions handled (in 4Q FY24): 982 cr
this year) ▪ Number of UPI users: 16.31 cr
▪ Market share in remittances: 25.14%

194 What is SAFAL? Safe and Fast Agriculture Loan

195 SAFAL is for Mainly focused on Organic Cotton growers who don’t have any
credit history. SBI will use Artificial Intelligence (AI) and
Machine Learning (ML) for this purpose.
196 How many categories in SAFAL Crop loan and SAFAL Dairy Loan
SAFAL
197 Who are eligible? These loans will be available for pre-selected agriculture
customers under tie-up arrangement SBI will enter into third
party MOU agreement with corporates like Nestle, Amuletc

198 Where it is available in future ▪ KHATA-BACHAT in Yono Krishi

▪ KCC Loan products and review renewal with a combination
of self-assist and branch intervention is onboarded in Khata
▪ Apart from Short term production credit customer
onboarding, Bachat journey will provide insurance and
investment solutions
199 KCC Reviewed through ▪ Number of KCC Reviewed - 8,24,730 YTD Sep 22
YONO
200 Krishi Agri Gold Loans (AGL) ▪ Number of Sourcings- 5.35 lakh Agri Gold Loans applications
(aggregating Rs.9,270 Crore) were sourced through YONO

Page | 232 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 CINB TABLE
KHATA SARAL KHATA PLUS VYAPAAR VISTAAR

Rights Enquiry Transaction Enquiry Transaction Transaction

Issued On CIF Account
Issued CBS CBS https://inbintranet.onlinesbi.com/
From Access Access
Channel 9 Channel 10
User Single Multiple

Mode Of Single/E or S All Modes

Operation

Accounts One CIF One CIF Any CIF Any Any CIF One Any CIF Any Branch
Branch Branch

Admin N/A N/A Single Single Multiple

Benefi- N/A Ten in a day by N/A Multiple

ciaries OTP Beneficiaries can be added in a day By
authentication, Administrator (File as well as Form mode)
Effective After 4
Hours, Limit 5
Lakh for First 5
Days
Txn N/A Single Session N/A Maker/Checker Maker/Checker
Processing

Txn N/A Rs. 50 Lakh per N/A Rs. 2 Cr Per Txn Rs. 2000 Crore Per Txn
Amount txn limit & limit & limt &
Rs. 2 Cr per day No Cap on Per No Cap on Per Day limit
limt Day limit
Tax Txn N/A Rs.5 crores N/A Rs. 10 Cr Per Txn Rs. 10000 Crore Per Txn
per txn limit & limit & limt &
per day No Cap on Per No Cap on Per Day limit
limt Day limit
Supplier N/A 25 Lakh Per Day N/A 50 Lakh Per Txn 2000 Crore Per Txn
Payment
State Bank N/A N/A Available Available Available
Collect

File N/A N/A N/A Available Available

Upload

Page | 233 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Available User User Administrator, Administrator, Regulator,
Roles Enquirer Enquirer, Maker, Administrator,
Authorizer, Enquirer,
Uploader Maker, Authorizer,
Uploader, Approver,
Super Enquirer, Auditor
Forms Khata Saral C1, C3,C4,C5 C1, C3, C4, C5 C1, C2, C3, C4, C5
Required
Most Banks, Proprietorship, Govt Offices, Govt Offices, For large and very large
Suitable Govt Partnership Firm, PSUs, Banks, PSUs, Banks, corporate customers,
For Offices, Petrol Pump, Gas School, College, School, College, Government
Trust, Agency University, University, organisations and
Customer Department Department Institutions.
Frequently Doing Doing
Asking Recruitment, Recruitment,
Statement Hospital, Traders Hospital,
Of Doing Online Traders, Security
Accounts Business Service

1 DOORSTEP BANKING SERVICES

• Doorstep Banking Services shall be provided only to individual customers having
KYC compliant Savings Bank / Current Account with registered mobile number
inCBS.
• These services were provided for our customers through Branch staffand Doorstep
Banking Agents (engaged by Business Correspondents).
• Accounts/ customers not eligible for Doorstep Banking Services:
• Joint Accounts operated jointly, Former /Survivor and Later/Survivor.
• Minors’ Accounts including underGuardianship
• Accounts operated through Power ofAttorney
• Non-KYC compliant Accounts & InoperativeAccounts.
• Savings Bank Accounts opened under MACT Claims / LISSA
• NRI / Foreign National AccountholderNon-Individual Customers like Trust, HUF,
Associationsetc.
• Accounts having status as Stop and/orHold
• IlliterateCustomers
2 Age More than 70 years at 100 centres pan India.
3 Examples Cash pick up, Cash Delivery, Cheque pick up for collection and
clearing, Form 15 H pick up, Obtaining KYC documents, Cheque
book request pick up and so on.

Page | 234 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 4 Toll-free no The service request may be made by the registered customer at
Toll-Free Number 1800111103 between 9 am to 4 pm on working days
at the centre.
5 Services
6 (a) Non-Financial
Services
Pick up Services Delivery Services
Cheques/Instruments Statement of Account
for Collection /
Clearing
Cheque Book Term Deposit Advice
Requisition Slip
IT / Govt. / GST Challan TDS & Form 16 Certificate Issuance
with Cheque
Standing Instructions Pre-paid Instrument / Gift Card
Submission of Form Demand Draft, Pay Orders
15G/ 15H (*)
Non-personalized Cheque Book
7 (b) Financial (Cash) Cash Pick up (Deposit) & Delivery (Withdrawal) (Minimum Rs.
Services 1,000/-, Maximum Rs. 10,000/- per request).
Cashpickup(Deposit)andCashdelivery(Withdrawal)transactionssh
allbe
fulfilled using Micro - ATM. The transaction can be done using AePS
(Aadhar enabled Payment System) or through Debit Card.
8 Service Charges
9 Service Cost Per Call / Service
Description
1. Financial 1. Rs 100/- + GST
services 1. Rs 60/- + GST
2. Non-Financial
Services
Calls made to Call No Charge
Centre for enquiry
purpose (where
Agentfor service
deliveryisnotreqd.)

Page | 235 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 10 SBI FASTag
SBI has introduced SBI FASTag in its product portfolio to pioneer the
transformation,aimingfordigitizationoftolltransactionsattollplazasasapartof National
Electronic Toll Collection (NETC)program.
• It is a Radio Frequency identification technology (RFID) sticker/tag affixed on a
vehicle’s windshield for the purpose of Electronic TollCollection.
• For the purpose of RFIDs, NHAI has divided all types of vehicles into seven
categories.
• 1800 11 0018 is the customer care number of the SBI FASTagsystem.
• Customers can recharge SBI FASTag online using Debit/Credit cards, Net Banking
etc., throughhttps://fastag.onlinesbi.com/Home
• Validity of FASTag is unlimited. The physical tag has a validity of 5 years and after
purchasing, Customer only need to recharge/ top up the tag as per his/her usage.
• Bank has engaged AISECT, NICT, SAVE and CSC for issuing and marketing
SBIFASTag.
• FASTag related complaints could be redressed by mailing to
[email protected] and helpline number for addressing FASTag related
complaints at toll plaza level is1033.
• Issuance fees = 100/-
• It is 10x5 cm, rectangle shape, multi-layered tag, containing chip & antenna inside
itslayers.
• Through RFID method, the information is read at the toll plaza from thetag
a) LimitedKYCholder’saccount,AmountnotmorethanRs.10,000/-intheir
FASTag(Prepaid)account.ThemonthlyreloadlimitisalsocappedtoRs. 10,000/-.
b) Full KYC Holders account, Amount cannot have more than Rs. 1 Lakhin their
FASTag (prepaid) account. There is no monthly reload cap in this account.
• Documents= Minimum KYC details, vehicle RC Copy, Photo of the customer. Full
KYC FASTagAccount
• CustomercarenumberofSBIFASTag=1800110018/EmailID-
[email protected] CC to: [email protected]
11 Google Pay (G-pay)
• Version required to use Google-pay for Android 9.0& above
• Basic requirements set up Google account - Google account, Active Mobile
number, Active Indian bank account.
• Quickly transfer money with nearby G-Pay users using , no need to share your
mobile number. Once chosen this mode of transfer, it calibrates the device for
cash mode – Audio.
• Name the URL for detailed guidelines and help on Google pay app
https://support.google.com

Page | 236 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 • Presently in how many languages G-Pay App provides the services -10
• Maximum transaction limit per day on GOOGLE PAY - Rs.100000
• Google integrated with which bank for its mobile payment app G-pay-SBI
• What is handle for G-Pay? - @oksbi
• Who are the partner banks for G-Pay?- SBI, HDFC, ICICI, AXIS Bank.
• _____ mode transaction is used to quickly transfer money with
nearby G-Pay users using Audio? - Tez mode
• What is the min. OS required for iPhones for Google Pay? - iOS 17.0
12 CBDC: CENTRAL BANK DIGITAL CURRENCY
Central Bank digital currency (CBDC) or “Digital Rupee” or “eRupee” is a digital form of
currency notes issued by the Central Bank. It is held in a CBDC wallet that is issued by the
banks. The wallet can be linked to a SBI Bank account for loading eRupee. It is not different
from banknotes but being digital, it is likely to be easier, faster & cheaper. It has all the
transactional benefits of other forms of digital money
Key Features of eRupee:
eRupee is a sovereign currency issued by RBI, in alignment with their monetary policy.
eRupee appears as a liability on the central bank’s balance sheet. It must be accepted as a
medium of payment, legal tender, and a safe store of value by all citizens, enterprises, and
government agencies. eRupee is freely convertible against commercial bank money and
cash.
13 The eRupee Wallet:
An eRupee wallet is a digital wallet on android/iOS device that stores digital currency like a
physical wallet stores physical currency. It may be mentioned that if the customer loses the
physical wallet, retrieving the same is very difficult, however, in the case of a digital rupee
wallet, the money is safe even if the device on which the wallet is saved, is lost as the same
can be retrieved by creating the wallet protected by PIN.
Features of eRupee Wallet
• Load money in eRupee wallet
• Redeem eRupee from your wallet and get money back to the linked bank account
• Sending payments using eRupee
• Transfer eRupee directly to someone else’s bank account or UPI VPA?
SBI WHATSAPP BANKING
Registration Process User can send “Hi” from their WhatsApp Number to +919022690226
14 and follow the instructions given by the Chatbot.
Or Users can send an SMS in the following format “WAREG ACCOUNT NUMBER” to
+917208933148 from the registered mobile number.

Features:

Page | 237 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 9. Opening of Insta Accounts (Features /Eligibility, Requi
1. Balance Enquiry FAQ)
2. Mini statement (up to 10 transactions) 10. Contacts/Grievance redressal helplines
11. Pre approved loan queries (Personal loan, Car loan, Tw
3. Account statement (up to 250 transactions) loan)
4. Other Statement services ( home loan and
Edu 12. Digital Banking information
loan interest certificate) 13. Promotional offers
5. Pension slip service 14. Download Banking Forms
6. Information on Loan products (Home loan,
Car loan, Gold loan, Personal loan, 15. Holiday Calendar
Educational loan) – FAQ and Interest rates
7. Information on Deposit products (Savings
Account, Recurring deposit, Term deposit – 16. Information on debit card usage
Features and Interest rates
8. NRI services (NRE Account, NRO Account)
17. Information on Lost /Stolen Card
– Features and Interest rates
18. Nearest ATM/Branch locator
15 SBI QUICK
SBI Quick – MISSED CALL BANKING is a free service from the Bank where in user can get
the Account Balance, Mini Statement, and more just by giving a Missed Call or sending
an SMS with pre-defined keywords to pre-defined mobile numbers from the registered
mobile number. User to ensure that the mobile number is updated in the account which
is mandatory to get it registered for this service.
Registration Process
Send SMS, ‘REG Account Number’ to 07208933148 e.g., REG 12345678901 from the
registered mobile number for that account. A confirmation message will be received
indicating successful/unsuccessful registration. If successful, then the user can start
using the services.
1. 91-9223766666 for balance enquiry
2. 91-9223488888 for mini statement
16 CURRENT ACCOUNT OPENING FOR SOLE PROPRIETORS THROUGH YONO BUSINESS

Page | 238 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 17 NEW PRODUCT MASME SAHAJ UNDER YONO BUSINESS APP

18

***

Page | 239 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 NRI Business & Foreign Exchange
A Letter of Credit is a payment method whereby the Buyer
and Seller rely upon the banks to ensure that payment is
1 What is Letter of Credit? received, and goods are provided. This method is used
when the Buyer and Seller are not sure of each other
especially when the Seller is selling goods to new clients.

How many parties are there for a

2 There are seven parties to a Letter of Credit transaction
Letter of Credit transaction?

The opener is the buyer (importer). A letter of credit is

3 Who is Opener in a LC?
opened on the request of the buyer.

The issuer is also known as the opening or issuing bank. The

4 Who is issuer in a LC? issuer is actually the bank in the importer’s country, issuing
the letter of credit at the initiative of the importer.

The seller or exporter is the beneficiary in whose favor the

5 Who is the beneficary in a LC?
letter of credit is issued.

The confirming bank will be situated in the exporter’s

country. It guarantees credit on the request of the issuing
bank. The confirming bank is the primary party to the credit,
6 Who is the Confirming Bank in a LC?
and it undertakes all the obligations of the issuing bank.
Even if the issuing bank fails, the confirming bank is bound
to honor its commitment.

The notifying bank notifies the beneficiary that the credit is

7 Who is the Notifying Bank in LC? opened in his favor. If the letter of credit is confirmed, the
conforming bank advises the beneficiary accordingly.

A draft or bill of exchange is drawn on the paying bank. The

8 Who is the Paying bank in LC? paying bank may be the issuing bank, the confirming bank
or the notifying bank.

Page | 240 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 The negotiating bank pays or accepts the draft of the
exporter. When no paying bank is specified in the letter of
credit, the beneficiary may go to any bank of his choice and
present the draft and related documents under the credit.
9 Who is the Negotiating Bank in LC?
If the bank agrees to negotiate the documents, it becomes
an endorsee and bonafide holder of the draft. It has
recourse on the drawer of the bill until it is accepted and
paid by the drawer.
▪ Commercial LC,
▪ Export/Import LC,
▪ Transferable Letter of Credit,
▪ Irrevocable Letter of Credit,
▪ Standby Letter of Credit (SBLC),
▪ Confirmed Letter of Credit,
10 What are the types of LC’s?
▪ Unconfirmed Letter of Credit,
▪ Revolving Letter of Credit,
▪ Back-to-Back Letter of Credit,
▪ Red Clause Letter of Credit,
▪ Green Clause Letter of Credit,
Sight Letter of Credit & Usance Letter of Credit

This is a payment method which does not allow for

11 What is Irrevocable Letter of Credit? modifications of the LC without the approval of the
beneficiary

This is a payment method which occurs when the Buyer is

not able to pay the Seller, the Seller will present the relevant
12 What is Standby Letter of Credit? documents to the bank for payment. The Bank is obligated
to pay the Seller if the documents presented comply with
the terms of the LC.

This is a payment method also known as Sight LC which

13 What is LC at sight? means payment will be made as soon as the documentation
stated in the LC has been presented and verified.

This payment method also known as Deferred LC whereby

14 What is Usance LC? a LC payable at a predetermined time after the presentation
of conforming documents.

Page | 241 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 This payment method is used in a trade involving an
intermediary, such as a trading house. It is actually made up
15 What is Back-to-Back LC? of two LC, one issued by the buyer’s bank to the
intermediary and the other issued by the intermediary’s
bank to the seller
Direct investment outside India means investments, either
under the Automatic Route or the Approval Route, by way
of contribution to the capital or subscription to the
What is direct investment outside
16 Memorandum of a foreign entity or by way of purchase of
India?
existing shares of a foreign entity either by market purchase
or private Placement or through stock exchange, signifying
a long-term interest in the foreign entity (JV or WOS).
General permission has been granted to persons
(individual) resident in India for purchase / acquisition of
securities as under:

a) Out of funds held in the RFC account.

b) As bonus shares on existing holding of foreign currency
shares; c) When not permanently resident in India, from the
What are the general permissions
foreign currency resources outside India.
available to persons (individual)
17
resident in India for purchase /
General permission is also available to sell the shares so
acquisition of securities abroad?
purchased or acquired. A resident Indian can remit, up to
the limit prescribed by the Reserve Bank from time to time,
per financial year under the Liberalised Remittance Scheme
(LRS), for permitted current and capital account
transactions including purchase of securities and also
setting up/acquisition of JV/WOS overseas with effect from
August 5, 2013 (vide Notification No. 263).
An Indian Party can make overseas direct investment in any
bonafide activity. Real estate as defined in Notification No.
FEMA 120/RB-2004 dated July 7, 2004, and banking business
are the prohibited sectors for overseas direct investment.
Can overseas direct investment be
made in any activity? What are the
18 Real estate business means buying and selling of real estate
prohibited activities for overseas
or trading in Transferable Development Rights (TDRs) but
direct investment?
does not include development of townships, construction
of residential/commercial premises, roads or bridges.
However, Indian banks operating in India can set up
JVs/WOSs abroad provided they obtain clearance under the

Page | 242 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Banking Regulation Act, 1949, from the Department of
Banking Regulation (DBR), CO, RBI.

An overseas JV / WOS, having direct or indirect equity

participation by an Indian party, shall not offer financial
products linked to Indian Rupee (e.g., non-deliverable
trades involving foreign currency, rupee exchange rates,
stock indices linked to Indian market, etc.) without the
specific approval of the Reserve Bank.

Any incidence of such product facilitation would be treated

as a contravention of the extant FEMA regulations and
would consequently attract action under the relevant
provisions of FEMA, 1999. It may be noted that, for
undertaking activities in the financial services sector,
certain additional conditions as specified in Regulation 7 of
the Notification ibid should be adhered to.
"Joint Venture (JV)"/ "Wholly Owned Subsidiary (WOS)"
means a foreign entity formed, registered or incorporated
in accordance with the laws and regulations of the host
country in which the Indian party/Resident Indian makes a
direct investment.
19 What is JV and WOS?
A foreign entity is termed as JV of the Indian Party/Resident
Indian when there are other foreign promoters holding the
stake along with the Indian Party. In case of WOS entire
capital is held by the one or more Indian Party/Resident
Indian.
Under the Automatic Route, an Indian Party does not
require any prior approval from the Reserve Bank for
making overseas direct investments in a JV/WOS abroad.

The Indian Party should approach an Authorized Dealer

What is Automatic Route and Category – I bank with an application in Form ODI and the
20
Approval Route? prescribed enclosures / documents for effecting the
remittances towards such investments.

However, in case of investment in the financial services

sector, prior approval is required from the regulatory
authority concerned, both in India and abroad. Form ODI is

Page | 243 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 available as an Annex to the Master Direction titled ‘Master
Direction on Reporting under Foreign Exchange
Management Act’.

Proposals not covered by the conditions under the

automatic route require prior approval of the Reserve Bank
for which a specific application in Form ODI with the
documents prescribed therein is required to be made
through the Authorized Dealer Category – I banks.
An Indian Party is eligible to make overseas direct
investment under the Automatic Route.

An Indian Party is a company incorporated in India or a body

created under an Act of Parliament, or a partnership firm
Who are eligible to make overseas
registered under the Indian Partnership Act 1932 or a
direct investment under the
21 Limited Liability Partnership (LLP) incorporated under the
Automatic Route? Who is an “Indian
LLP Act, 2008 and any other entity in India as may be
Party”?
notified by the Reserve Bank.

When more than one such company, body or entity makes

investment in the foreign JV / WOS, such combination will
also form an “Indian Party”.
The criteria for overseas direct investment under the
Automatic Route is as under:

i. The Indian Party can invest up to the prescribed limit 400%

of its net worth (as per the last audited Balance Sheet) in JV
/ WOS for any bonafide activity permitted as per the law of
the host country.
What are the limits and
requirements for overseas direct The prescribed limit vis-a-vis the net worth will not be
22
investment to be made under the applicable where the investment is made out of balances
Automatic Route? held in the EEFC account of the Indian party or out of funds
raised through ADRs/GDRs.

ii. The Indian Party is not on the Reserve Bank’s exporters'

caution list / list of defaulters to the banking system
published/ circulated by the Credit Information Bureau of
India Ltd. (CIBIL) /RBI, or any other credit information
company as approved by the Reserve Bank or under

Page | 244 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 investigation by the Directorate of Enforcement or any
investigative agency or regulatory authority; and

iii. The Indian Party routes all the transactions relating to the
investment in a JV/WOS through only one branch of an
authorised dealer to be designated by the Indian Party.
Are overseas investments freely Investment in Pakistan is allowed under the approval route.
allowed in all the countries and are Investments in Nepal can be only in Indian Rupees.
23
there any restrictions regarding the Investments in Bhutan are allowed in Indian Rupees and in
currency of investment? freely convertible currencies.
Under the Liberalised Remittance Scheme, all resident
individuals, including minors, are allowed to freely remit up
to USD 2,50,000 per financial year (April – March) for any
permissible current or capital account transaction or a
combination of both.

Further, resident individuals can avail of foreign exchange

facility for the purposes mentioned in Para 1 of Schedule III
of FEM (CAT) Amendment Rules 2015, dated May 26, 2015,
What is the Liberalised Remittance
24 within the limit of USD 2,50,000 only. The Scheme was
Scheme (LRS) of USD 2,50,000?
introduced on February 4, 2004, with a limit of USD 25,000.

The LRS limit has been revised in stages consistent with

prevailing macro and micro economic conditions. In case of
remitter being a minor, the LRS declaration form must be
countersigned by the minor’s natural guardian.

The Scheme is not available to corporates, partnership

firms, HUF, Trusts etc.
The remittance facility under the Scheme is not available for
the following:
i. Remittance for any purpose specifically prohibited
under Schedule-I (like purchase of lottery tickets/sweep
What are the prohibited items under stakes, proscribed magazines, etc.) or any item
25
the Scheme? restricted under Schedule II of Foreign Exchange
Management (Current Account Transactions) Rules,
2000.
ii. Remittance from India for margins or margin calls to
overseas exchanges / overseas counterparty.

Page | 245 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 iii. Remittances for purchase of FCCBs issued by Indian
companies in the overseas secondary market.
iv. Remittance for trading in foreign exchange abroad.
v. Capital account remittances, directly or indirectly, to
countries identified by the Financial Action Task Force
(FATF) as “non- cooperative countries and territories”,
from time to time.
Remittances directly or indirectly to those individuals and
entities identified as posing significant risk of committing
acts of terrorism as advised separately by the Reserve Bank
to the banks.
Individuals can avail of foreign exchange facility for the
following purposes within the LRS limit of USD 2,50,000 on
financial year basis:

i. Private visits to any country (except Nepal and Bhutan)

ii. Gift or donation
iii. Going abroad for employment
iv. Emigration
v. Maintenance of close relatives abroad
vi. Travel for business, or attending a conference or
specialised training or for meeting expenses for
What are the purposes under FEM meeting medical expenses, or check-up abroad, or for
(CAT) Amendment Rules, 2015, accompanying as attendant to a patient going abroad
26 under which a resident individual for medical treatment/ check-up
can avail of foreign exchange vii. Expenses in connection with medical treatment abroad
facility? viii. Studies abroad
ix. Any other current account transaction which is not
covered under the definition of current account in
FEMA 1999.
▪ The AD bank may undertake the remittance
transaction without RBI’s permission for all residual
current account transactions which are not
prohibited/ restricted transactions under Schedule I,
II or III of FEM (CAT) Rules, 2000, as amended or are
defined in FEMA 1999. It is for the AD to satisfy
themselves about the genuineness of the
transaction, as hitherto.
Under LRS are resident individuals No, the investor can retain and reinvest the income earned
27
required to repatriate the accrued from portfolio investments made under the Scheme.

Page | 246 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 interest/dividend on
deposits/investments abroad, over However, a resident individual who has made overseas
and above the principal amount? direct investment in the equity shares and compulsorily
convertible preference shares of a Joint Venture or Wholly
Owned Subsidiary outside India, within the LRS limit, then
he/she shall have to comply with the terms and conditions
as prescribed under [Foreign Exchange Management
(Transfer or Issue of any Foreign Security) Regulations 2004
as amended from time to time] Notification No. 263/ RB-
2013 dated August 5, 2013.
Remittances under the facility can be consolidated in
respect of close family members subject to the individual
family members complying with the terms and conditions
of the Scheme.

Can remittances under the LRS However, clubbing is not permitted by other family
28 facility be consolidated in respect of members for capital account transactions such as opening
family members? a bank account/ Investment/ purchase of property if they
are not the co-owners/co-partners of the
investment/property/overseas bank account. Further, a
resident cannot gift to another resident, in foreign
currency, for the credit of the latter’s foreign currency
account held abroad under LRS.
AD will be guided by the nature of transaction as declared
Is the AD required to check
by the remitter in Form A2 and will thereafter certify that
permissibility of remittances based
the remittance is in conformity with the instructions issued
29 on nature of transaction or allow the
by the Reserve Bank in this regard from time to time.
same based on remitters
However, the ultimate responsibility is of the remitter to
declaration?
ensure compliance to the extant FEMA rules/regulations.
Is it mandatory for resident
individuals to have Permanent Yes, it is mandatory for the resident individual to provide
30 Account Number (PAN) for sending his/her Permanent Account Number (PAN) for all
outward remittances under the transactions under LRS made through Authorized Persons.
Scheme?
There are no restrictions on the frequency of remittances
under LRS. However, the total amount of foreign exchange
Are there any restrictions on the purchased from or remitted through, all sources in India
31
frequency of the remittance? during a financial year should be within the cumulative limit
of USD 2,50,000.

Page | 247 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Once a remittance is made for an amount up to USD
2,50,000 during the financial year, a resident individual
would not be eligible to make any further remittances
under this scheme, even if the proceeds of the investments
have been brought back into the country.

Resident individuals (but not

permanently resident in India) can
remit up to net salary after
deduction of taxes. However, if he Resident individuals (but not permanently resident in India)
has exhausted the limit of USD who have remitted their entire earnings and salary and wish
32
2,50,000 as net salary remittance to further remit ‘other income’ may approach RBI with
and desires to remit any other documents through their AD bank for consideration.
income under LRS is it permissible as
the limit will be over and above USD
2,50,000?
No, there are no restrictions towards remittances for
current account transactions to Mauritius and Pakistan.

Are there any restrictions towards Remittances directly or indirectly to countries identified by
remittances to Mauritius and the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) as “non- cooperative
33
Pakistan for permissible current countries and territories”, from time to time; and
account transactions? remittances directly or indirectly to those individuals and
entities identified as posing significant risk of committing
acts of terrorism as advised separately by the Reserve Bank
to the banks are not permissible.
The individual will have to designate a branch of an AD
through which all the capital account remittances under the
Scheme will be made.

The applicants should have maintained the bank account

with the bank for a minimum period of one year prior to the
What are the requirements to be
34 remittance.
complied with by the remitter?

For remittances pertaining to permissible current account

transactions, if the applicant seeking to make the
remittance is a new customer of the bank, Authorised
Dealers should carry out due diligence on the opening,
operation and maintenance of the account.

Page | 248 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Further, the AD should obtain bank statement for the
previous year from the applicant to satisfy themselves
regarding the source of funds. If such a bank statement is
not available, copies of the latest Income Tax Assessment
Order or Return filed by the applicant may be obtained. He
has to furnish Form A-2 regarding the purpose of the
remittance and declare that the funds belong to him and
will not be used for purposes prohibited or regulated under
the Scheme.

Can remittances be made only in US The remittances can be made in any freely convertible
35
Dollars? foreign currency.

Banks including those not having operational presence in

Are intermediaries expected to seek
India are required to obtain prior approval from Reserve
specific approval for making
36 Bank for soliciting deposits for their foreign/overseas
overseas investments available to
branches or for acting as agents for overseas mutual funds
clients?
or any other foreign financial services company.

No ratings or guidelines have been prescribed under LRS of

Are there any restrictions on the
USD 2,50,000 on the quality of the investment an individual
kind/quality of debt or equity
37 can make. However, the individual investor is expected to
instruments an individual can invest
exercise due diligence while taking a decision regarding the
in?
investments which he or she proposes to make.

LRS does not envisage extension of fund and non-fund-

Whether credit facilities (fund or based facilities by the AD banks to their resident individual
non-fund based) in Indian Rupees or customers to facilitate remittances for capital account
38
foreign currency can be extended by transactions under LRS. However, AD banks may extend
AD banks to resident individuals? fund and non-fund-based facilities to resident individuals to
facilitate current account remittances under the Scheme.
Can bankers open foreign currency
39 accounts in India for residents under No
LRS?

Page | 249 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Can an Offshore Banking Unit (OBU)
in India be treated on par with a
branch of the bank outside India for
40 No.
the purpose of opening of foreign
currency accounts by residents
under the Scheme?

What are the documents required

for withdrawal/remittance of
foreign exchange for purposes vi. Permanent Account Number (PAN) is mandatory for all
41
mentioned in para 1 of Schedule III transactions under LRS.
to FEM (CAT) Amendment Rules,
2015?

LLP is a body corporate and has a legal entity separate from

Will the expenses incurred by an LLP
its partners. Therefore, if the LLP incurs/sponsors the
to sponsor the education expense
education expense of its partners who are pursuing higher
of its partners who are pursuing
42 studies for the benefit of the LLP, then the same shall be
higher studies for the benefit of the
outside the LRS limit of the individual partners and would
LLP will be outside the LRS limit of
instead be deemed as residual current account transaction
such individuals (partners)?
undertaken by the LLP without any limits.

In a sole proprietorship business, there is no legal

distinction between the individual / owner and as such the
owner of the business can remit USD up to the permissible
limit under LRS. If a sole proprietorship firm intends to remit
Clarification on remittance by sole the money under LRS by debiting its current account, then
43
proprietor under LRS. the eligibility of the proprietor in his individual capacity has
to be reckoned. Hence, if an individual in his own capacity
remits USD 250,000 in a financial year under LRS, he cannot
remit another USD 250,000 in the capacity of owner of the
sole proprietorship business as there is no legal distinction.

Page | 250 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Whether prior approval is required
to open, maintain and hold foreign
44 currency account with a bank No
outside India for making
remittances under the LRS?

A resident individual can make a rupee gift to a NRI/PIO

who is a close relative of the resident individual [relative’ as
defined in Section 2(77) of the Companies Act, 2013] by way
of crossed cheque /electronic transfer. The amount should
be credited to the Non-Resident (Ordinary) Rupee Account
(NRO) a/c of the NRI / PIO and credit of such gift amount
Can a resident individual make a may be treated as an eligible credit to NRO a/c.
rupee gift to a NRI/PIO who is a close
45
relative of resident individual, by of The gift amount would be within the overall limit of USD
crossed cheque/ electronic transfer? 250,000 per financial year as permitted under the LRS for a
resident individual. It would be the responsibility of the
resident donor to ensure that the gift amount being
remitted is under the LRS and all the remittances made by
the donor during the financial year including the gift
amount have not exceeded the limit prescribed under the
LRS.
An Authorised Dealer (AD) is any person specifically
authorized by the Reserve Bank under Section 10(1) of
46 Who is an Authorized Dealer (AD)? FEMA, 1999, to deal in foreign exchange or foreign
securities (the list of ADs is available on www.rbi.org.in) and
normally includes banks.
47 Who are authorized by the Reserve Foreign exchange can be purchased from any authorised
Bank to sell foreign exchange for person, such as an AD Category-I bank and AD Category II.
travel purposes? Full-Fledged Money Changers (FFMCs) are also permitted to
release exchange for business and private visits.

Page | 251 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Travellers going to all countries other than (a) and (b) below
are allowed to purchase foreign currency notes / coins only
up to USD 3000 per visit. Balance amount can be carried in
the form of store value cards, travellers cheque or banker’s
draft. Exceptions to this are

(a) travellers proceeding to Iraq and Libya who can draw

How much foreign currency can be
48 foreign exchange in the form of foreign currency notes and
carried in cash for travel abroad?
coins not exceeding USD 5000 or its equivalent per visit.

(b) travellers proceeding to the Islamic Republic of Iran,

Russian Federation and other Republics of Commonwealth
of Independent States who can draw entire foreign
exchange (up-to USD 250,000) in the form of foreign
currency notes or coins.
A resident of India, who has gone out of India on a
temporary visit may bring into India at the time of his return
from any Place outside India (other than Nepal and Bhutan),
currency notes of Government of India and Reserve Bank of
India notes up to an amount not exceeding Rs.25,000.

A person may bring into India from Nepal or Bhutan,

currency notes of Government of India and Reserve Bank of
India notes, in denomination not exceeding Rs.100.

Any person resident outside India, not being a citizen of

How much Indian currency can be
49 Pakistan and Bangladesh and also not a traveller coming
brought in while coming into India?
from and going to Pakistan and Bangladesh and visiting
India may bring into India currency notes of Government of
India and Reserve Bank of India notes up to an amount not
exceeding Rs. 25,000 while entering only through an
airport.

Any person resident in India who had gone to Pakistan

and/or Bangladesh on a temporary visit, may bring into India
at the time of his return, currency notes of Government of
India and Reserve Bank of India notes up to an amount not
exceeding Rs. 10,000 per person.

Page | 252 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 A person coming into India from abroad can bring with him
foreign exchange without any limit.

However, if the aggregate value of the foreign exchange in

How much foreign exchange can be the form of currency notes, bank notes or travellers
50
brought in while visiting India? cheques brought in exceeds USD 10,000 or its equivalent
and/or the value of foreign currency alone exceeds USD
5,000 or its equivalent, it should be declared to the Customs
Authorities at the Airport in the Currency Declaration Form
(CDF), on arrival in India.
Foreign exchange for travel abroad can be purchased from
an authorized person against rupee payment in cash below
Rs.50,000/-.
Can one pay by cash full rupee
However, if the sale of foreign exchange is for the amount
51 equivalent of foreign exchange
equivalent to Rs 50,000/- and above, the entire payment
being purchased for travel abroad?
should be made by way of a crossed cheque/ banker’s
cheque/ pay order/ demand draft/ debit card / credit card /
prepaid card only.
On return from a foreign trip, travellers are required to
surrender unspent foreign exchange held in the form of
currency notes and travellers cheques within 180 days of
Is there any timeframe for a traveller
return.
52 who has returned to India to
However, they are free to retain foreign exchange up to
surrender foreign exchange?
USD 2,000, in the form of foreign currency notes or TCs for
future use or credit to their Resident Foreign Currency
(Domestic) [RFC (Domestic)] Accounts.

Should foreign coins be surrendered

53 to an Authorised Dealer on return The residents can hold foreign coins without any limit.
from abroad?

Is there any category of visit which Dance troupes, artistes, etc., who wish to undertake
requires prior approval from the cultural tours abroad, should obtain prior approval from the
54
Reserve Bank or the Government of Ministry of Human Resources Development (Department of
India? Education and Culture), Government of India, New Delhi.
Taking personal jewellery out of India is as per the Baggage
Rules, governed and administered by Customs Department,
How much jewellery can be carried
55 Government of India. While no approval of the Reserve
while going abroad?
Bank is required in this case, approvals, if any, required from
Customs Authorities may be obtained.

Page | 253 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 A person resident in India is free to make any payment in
Indian Rupees towards meeting expenses, on account of
Can a resident extend local
56 boarding, lodging and services related thereto or travel to
hospitality to a non-resident?
and from and within India, of a person resident outside
India, who is on a visit to India.
Residents may book their tickets in India for their visit to
any third country.
Can residents purchase air tickets in
For instance, residents can book their tickets for travel from
57 India for their travel not touching
London to New York, through domestic/foreign airlines in
India?
India. However, the same (air tickets) would be a part of the
traveller’s overall LRS entitlement of USD 250,000.
Where the medical expenses in respect of NRI close relative
[‘relative’ as defined in Section 2(77) of the Companies Act,
Is meeting of medical expenses of a 2013) are paid by a resident individual, such a payment being
58 NRI close relative, in India, by in the nature of a resident to resident transaction may be
Resident Individuals permitted? covered under the term “services related thereto” under
Regulation 6(2) of Notification No. FEMA 14(R)/2016-RB
dated May 2, 2016.
In terms of sub-section 4, of Section (6) of the Foreign
Exchange Management Act, 1999, a person resident in India
is free to hold, own, transfer or invest in foreign currency,
foreign security or any immovable property situated
Can a person resident in India hold
59 outside India if such currency, security or property was
assets outside India?
acquired, held or owned by such person when he was
resident outside India or inherited from a person who was
resident outside India. Further, a resident individual can also
acquire property and other assets overseas under LRS.
NRI deposit Portfolio of our bank as
60 Rs. 2.6 Trillion with Market share 21%
on March 2024

61 Foreign currency deposit Portfolio $6.12 bn with 25% Market Share

As per FEMA, an Indian citizen, who
has gone outside India for the
purpose of employment or business
or vocation or for any other purpose
62 Non- Resident Indian
with an intention to stay outside
India for uncertain period, would be
called as:

Page | 254 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 As per Income Tax Act, 1961, an NRI,
who came to India for visit
63 purpose and stayed for a period of 182 days
_____ days or more during a year,
would be called as “resident ndian”.
An Indian Citizen, whose annual
income is in excess of Rs. 15 lakhs
(other than from foreign sources)
64 Resident but not orinarily resident
and he is not liable to pay tax in any
country due to his domicile /
residence, would get _______ status
An Indian Citizen or a person of
Indian origin, whose total income
(other than income from foreign
sources) exceeds Rs. 15 lakhs during
the previous year, stays in India for a
65 Resident but not ordinarily Resident
period of 120 - 181 days during that
year and more than 365 days during
the four years prior to that year,
would get
________ status
NRI customers residing / migrating to 27 High Risk Countries
will be marked as ‘High Risk’ customers.
Which type of NRI customers are
66
marked as High Risk All Politically Exposed Persons (PEPs), irrespective of any
other parameters, are to be considered as ‘High Risk’
customers
NRIs with one of the following ccupations will be treated as
‘Medium Risk’ customers e en if they are from the country
other than 27 High Risk countries.
➢ Legal Profession
➢ CA/ICWA/Taxation/Finance
Which type of NRI customers are
67 ➢ Journalists
marked as Medium Risk
➢ Share and Stockbroker.
➢ Capital Market Maker
➢ Industrialist
➢ Business in Trade sector
➢ Business in Service sector

Page | 255 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 NRI Customers residing / migrating to countries other than
Which type of NRI customers are
68 27 High Risk countries will be marked at ‘Low Risk’
marked as Low Risk
customers
Not repatriable except for all current income
Wether funds in NRO account Funds in NRO accounts can be repatriated upto USD 1
69
repatriable? Million or its equivalent per financial year, subject to
payment of taxes
Wether funds in NRE account
70 Repatriable, subject to payment of Taxes
repatriable?
NRIs can open joint account with
71 resident with what kind of mode of Former or Survivor
operation
FCNR (B) Deposit can be opened in
72 6. USD, GBP, EURO, CAD, JPY, AUD
how many currencies
73 Period of deposit in FCNR (B)
For terms not less than 1 year and not more than 5 years
deposit
A forward contract is a customized contract between two
74 Forward Contract parties to buy or sell a specified amount of currency at a
specified price on a future date
NRE Non- callable Retail deposit- Minimum Deposit: Rs.1,00,01,000/-
75
Minimum and Maximum amount Maximum Amount: Less than Rs.2 Crores
The funds lying in the account of
Foreign Tourist can be repatriated
76 6 Months
abroad with in how many months
without RBI’s appro al?
RFC Account available in how many
77 3. Minimum USD 1000, GBP 1000 or EURO 1000
currencies
Wether loan can be granted against
78 No
RFC term deposit
SBI Rupee Flash for remittances
from associated Exchange Houses
79 Beneficiary receives funds within 10 minutes.
or Banks in Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman,
Qatar, Saudi Arabia and UAE
SBI Express Rupee for remittances
from associated Exchange Houses
80 Beneficiary receives funds within 2 hours
or Banks in Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman,
Qatar, Saudi Arabia and UAE

81 The 11-digit IBAN stands for? International Bank Account Number

Page | 256 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 What does Field No. 57 contains in
82 Beneficiary Bank details
SWIFT MT 103?
What is the TDS % on interest income
83 30.00 + applicable surcharge + Health & education cess
on NRO deposits?
If an NRI sell a house property and
84 have a long-term capital gain, the 20%
buyer shall deduct TDS at ______.
Is NRI allowed to invest in Tier II in
85 Allowed
NPS?
a) Notary Public in that country
Identified authority to attest death
86 b) Indian Embassy / High Commission in that country.
certificate in foreign country?
c) SBI’s Foreign ffice/Representati e ffices

***

Page | 257 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Core Banking Solutions
Screen
Sl No Screen Discription No.
1 CBS Screen for Nominee Details Enquiry 408
2 CBS Screen for Balance Confirmation 410
3 CBS Screen for Deposit Transaction Enquiry 450
4 CBS Screen for STDR/TDR Prepayment Charges Enquiry 474
5 CBS Screen for TDS Enquiry 510
6 CBS Screen for Green Remit Card Issuance (GRC) 666
7 CBS Screen for Statement Issue in Deposit Accounts 700
8 CBS Screen for Creation of Standing Instructions 899
9 CBS Screen for Remove Hold under Standing Instructions 956
10 CBS Screen for SC/DDP Lodging 1019
11 CBS Screen for PPF Maturity Extension Scheme 2012
CBS Screen for Deposits: Account Closure by Bank Cheques and Demand
12 Draft 3080
13 CBS Screen for Single Screen for all financial Transaction 4444
14 CBS Screen for UID Linking 6789
15 CBS Screen for Extension/Closure of Matured SCSS Accts 7008
16 CBS Screen for Welcome Letter Returned 7017
17 CBS Screen for Term Product Change (For Deposit i.e. TDR/STDR/RD) 7047
18 CBS Screen for RD Premature Closure Enquiry 7070
19 CBS Screen for Account Channel Link 7082
20 CBS Screen for SBI Card Payment 7090
21 CBS Screen for BARCODE Linkage 7104
22 CBS Screen for claim the funds from DEAF Account 7177
23 CBS Screen for calculation of Interest on claim amt from DEAF 7421
24 CBS Screen for Marriage Date Registration For Sukanya Accounts 7423
25 CBS Screen for Penalty for Sukanya Samriddhi Account 8004
26 CBS Screen for Hanging Transactions 8088
27 CBS Screen for Display Check Digit 9022
28 CBS Screen for Set Stop/Frozen/Handed Over 9091
29 CBS Screen for Remove Stop 9092
30 CBS Screen for Set Hold/Lien 9093
31 CBS Screen for Remove Hold/Lien for Deposit a/cs 9095
32 CBS Screen for Remove Hold for Loan Accounts 19094
33 CBS Screen for Set Messages 9096

Page | 258 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Screen
Sl No Screen Discription No.
34 CBS Screen for Remove Messages 9097
35 CBS Screen for ATM Request 9583
36 CBS Screen for User/Branch Enquiry 9600
37 CBS Screen for Password Change 9750
38 CBS Screen for Resetting of Password 9760
39 CBS Screen for Capability Change 9761
40 CBS Screen for Capturing PPO Details 9765
41 CBS Screen for Mobiliser Code 9757
42 CBS Screen for Loan Transaction Enquiry 10450
43 CBS Screen for NPA enquiry 10511
44 CBS Screen for Statement of a/c for loans 10700
45 CBS Screen for Cancel Loan 12410
46 CBS Screen for Collection enquiry 20401
47 CBS Screen for BGL account statement request 20707
48 CBS Screen for BGL Transaction Enquiry 20450
49 CBS Screen for BGL Periodical enquiry 20451
50 CBS Screen for Manual charge collection 20452
51 CBS Screen for Remittance enquiry 20500
52 CBS Screen for Manual charges reversal 20552
53 CBS Screen for Issue/Print IOI 21019
54 CBS Screen for DD/BC status change 21026
55 CBS Screen for IMPS Transaction through Branch 22220
56 CBS Screen for Payment of IOI 27300
57 CBS Screen for BGL Reference Number Search 29042
58 CBS Screen for Unified Payment Service 29061
59 CBS Screen for generate the request for product/branch change 31669
60 CBS Screen for SDV/SC Cabinet Inventory 35020
61 CBS Screen for SDV/SC Locker Inventory 35000
62 CBS Screen for SDV Account Creation 62000
63 CBS Screen for SDV Locker Operating / change the Status on a/c 35500
64 CBS Screen for SDV Account Maintenance 35150
65 CBS Screen for Swapping of Locker Keys 35210
66 CBS Screen for Fee Adjustment Transactions 35220
67 CBS Screen for SDV/SC Account Closure 35360
68 CBS Screen for SDV Enquiry 35700
69 CBS Screen for SDV/SC Fee Due Enquiry 35720
70 CBS Screen for SDV Key Enquiry 35790

Page | 259 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Screen
Sl No Screen Discription No.
71 CBS Screen for SDV Free Enquiry 35760
72 CBS Screen for Relationship Enquiry (Nomination) 60440
73 CBS Screen for Cash Handling Charges Enquiry 36050
74 CBS Screen for GSTIN is to be entered 36071
75 CBS Screen for Cheque Book Personalization and issue chequebook 50216
76 CBS Screen for Cheque Book Returned 51377
CBS Screen for KYC Details, Aadhaar Authentication and Linking (Subsidy)
77 Enquiry 60019
78 CBS Screen for CIF Enquiry 60450
79 CBS Screen for Link CIF to Account 60455
80 CBS Screen for Maintenance of census code 60468
81 CBS Screen for Search by Mobile/PAN 60474
82 CBS Screen for LPG ID Linking 60475
83 CBS Screen for CIF: Negative CIF list Enquiry 60478
84 CBS Screen for VVR Allocation 60652
85 CBS Screen for VVR Re-Allocation 60655
86 CBS Screen for VVR Checking 60657
87 CBS Screen for VVR Dashboard 60666
88 CBS Screen for Form 15G/15H Generation 61000
89 CBS Screen for initiating the De-Duplication process 61466
90 CBS Screen for Amend Customer Details 67050
91 CBS Screen for Subsidy Processing 67147
92 CBS Screen for MAB Enquiry 70849
93 CBS Screen for Mark/Unmark as Master CIF for Entity 70780
94 CBS Screen for Link/Delink Sub CIF to Master CIF for Entity 70781
95 CBS Screen for GSTN Update Screen 70828
96 CBS Screen for Dishonour Enquiry 70871
97 CBS Screen for IMPS Transaction Enquiry 70877
98 CBS Screen for To Enquire Home and Non-Home Transaction Limit 70890
99 CBS Screen for Next Generation File Upload to Host 70901
100 CBS Screen for C-KYC Create detail 60429
101 CBS Screen for C-KYC CIF Search 70660

Page | 260 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 1 Expand NPS? What is it? Net Promoter Score.

Bank has decided to get feedback from

customers on selected Branch
transactions under NPS.

NPS is a customer loyalty satisfaction

measurement tool and helps to gauge
how likely a customer recommends the
business to family and friends.

2 What are transactions considered under 1 Cash withdrawal *

NPS? 2 Cash deposit
3 Bank transfer
4 NEFT
5 RTGS
6 KYC Updations
7 Cheque Book Issue Request
8 Cheque Stop Request
9 Opening of Savings Account
10 Opening of Current Account
11 Opening of Fixed Deposit
12 Closure of Fixed Deposit
13 Opening of Recurring Deposit
14 Closure of Recurring Deposit
15 Issuance of ATM cum Debit card
**Cash withdrawal using withdrawal
form is introduced as of now.
3 ________ has been introduced on each Unique Random Key (6-character
cheque leaf of the account for validation at alphanumeric Key)
the time of payment. The new field is
displayed for instruments 29,30 &31.

4 What are the new number for revamped 1800 1234

Contact Centre?
1800 2100

5 Where are the 4 Contact centres located? Kolkata, Agra, Vadodara & Bangalore

Page | 261 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 6 Passing Powers for Cash & Transfer Transactions

Designation Cash (in Rs.) Transfer (in Rs.)

Junior Associate (CS&S) 15,000 20,000

Associate (CS&S) 35,000 70,000

Senior Associate (CS&S) 50,000 1,00,000

Special Associate (CS&S) 2,00,000 6,00,000

Chief Associate (CS&S) 4,00,000 10,00,000

7 Capability level Designation Passing Power

(Rs. In crores)

6 Relationship 5.00
Manager

7 Accountant & other 10.00

Officers in MMGS-II
and above

8 Manager of Division 50.00

9 Branch Manager 100.00

10 Chief Manager 1,000

11 Assistant General 10,000

Manager

12 Dy. General 1,00,000

Manager

* Modification in capability level 6,7, 8 & 9 may be allowed at BOG LHO level with the
approval of the Controllers whereas modification in capability level 10,11 & 12 may be
allowed at GITC level.

***

Page | 262 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 SME Business
A Criteria for classifying the enterprises as Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises, w.e.f. 1st July 2020.
Parameter Micro Small Medium
Investment in Plant & Not exceeding Rs. 1 Cr Not exceeding Rs. 10 Cr Not exceeding Rs.50 Cr
machinery or Equipment
Annual Turnover Not exceeding Rs. 5 Cr Not exceeding Rs. 50 Cr Not exceeding Rs. 250 Cr.
B. Retail Business & Operations Group (RB&O):
RB&O Branches would normally handle all Retail loans including
i) All Personal Segment, e.g., Housing Loans, Auto Loans etc.
ii) Exposures pertaining to Agri upto Rs. 50 Cr except schematic lending where specific approval
is in place.
iii) SMEBU, For business loans, the criteria shall be as under:
Criteria Aggregate exposure from the Bank
a. Circles where CPCs have been established Upto Rs.100 crores
b. Circles where CPCs have not been Upto Rs. 50 crores
established
Commercial Clients Group (CCG):
CCG Branches shall normally handle loans with exposures of above Rs. 50 crores and other than
those Accounts & Groups identified for CAG relationship.
Corporate Accounts Group (CAG):
Corporate Accounts Group has been created with an objective to ensure focus on the highest
quality relationships for the bank. The criteria for selection in CAG are based on quality (external
or internal rating) of the account, business potential and the client’s reputation or strategic
importance in addition to the size of the account.
D. International Banking Group (IBG):
IBG Vertical has been created with the objective of playing a pivotal role by establishing footprints
of the Bank across the globe to provide seamless/smooth international trade related facilities to
Indian Residents, Indian Corporates and Foreign Corporates especially by way of Trade Finance,
External Commercial Borrowings, Remittance Services, Correspondent Banking etc.
The loan Portfolio of IBG comprises of
(i) Commercial Banking &
(ii) Retail Banking.
Commercial Banking comprises of India Based Loans, Trade Finance and Commercial Loans to local
and other overseas entities. Retail Banking Portfolio comprises of Housing Loans and other Retail
loans to individuals in the respective Host country.

Page | 263 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 E. Stressed Assets Resolution Group (SARG):
With a view to bringing about better focus on management and resolution of Non-Performing
Assets, SARG has been set up.
F. Project Finance & Structuring Strategic Business Unit (PF&S SBU):
Project term loans require different skill sets and are more complicated in nature. Recognizing the
complexities involved, project loans above a certain cut off value are handled by Project Finance
& Structuring SBU, specially set up for this purpose.
G. Credit Guarantee Fund Trust for Micro and Small Enterprises (CGTMSE):
CGTMSE covers credit facilities (Fund based and/or Non fund based) extended by Member
Lending Institution(s) to a single eligible borrower in the Micro and Small Enterprises sector for
credit facility sanctioned by Scheduled Commercial Banks not exceeding ₹500 lakh for all activities
including trading(both retail and wholesale) by way of term loanand/or working capital facilities,
without any collateral security and/or third party guarantees.

CONTACTLESS LENDING PLATFORM (CLP)

(Circular No.: NBG/SMEBU-SME ADVANC/29/2023 – 24 dt 11.09.2023)
The portal is currently being Rs.1.00 lacs to Rs.500.00 lacs
utilized for receiving the leads
New Schemes launched under ▪ CLP Mudra Loan : Rs 1 Lac to Rs 10 lacs
CLP ▪ SME e-SMART score : > Rs 10 Lacs to Rs 50 Lacs.
▪ SME e-SMART score : > Rs 50 Lacs to Rs 500 Lacs.
1. CLP Mudra: Rs.1.00 lacs to Rs.10.00 lacs
Limit and Facility ▪ Rs.1.00 lacs to Rs.10.00 lacs
▪ Cash Credit & Term Loan
Scoring Model Mudra Scoring Model
Collateral Security NIL
Credit Guarantee All Mudra loans to be covered under the guarantee cover of Credit
Guarantee Fund for Micro Units (CGFMU). Premium amount to be
recovered from the borrower.
Go / No-Go Criteria Post in-principle approval, Go / No-Go Criteria based on Experian /
CIBIL Score Band for loans upto Rs.10 lac to be used as same is
available in CAM report.
Process Flow Customer with GST will follow current process for the generation of
in-principle approval i.e. CLP portal will verify data from GSTN portal,
xml data uploaded for Income Tax and 1 Year account statement
upload.
2. CLP : SME e-SMART SCORE > Rs 10 Lacs to Rs 50 Lacs
Limit and Facility ▪ Rs 10 Lacs to Rs 50 Lacs
▪ Cash Credit & Term loan
Basic Requirements ▪ 3-year ITRand Non-composite GST Return.

Page | 264 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 ▪Presumptive tax: where borrowers have filled either
ITR4 or ITR 4S return.
▪ 1 Year ITR: Where borrower is having at least one-year ITR
Cue Rating and Take over Norms Not applicable
Scoring Model SME e-SMART scoring model on CLP And CMR Scoring Matrix
However, CMR based go/no go criteria would not be applicable for
Go/No-Go exercise
Limit of projected sales a. 115% of the last year sales
b. For annualizing current year sale, GST sale of minimum 3 months
will be required. In case GST data is not available projected turnover
115% of last year GST sale will be taken
Eligibility Age For Corporates - Waived and for Non-Corporates 18 to 65 Yrs.
Security Primary Security: Hypothecation of assets created out of bank
finance.
Collateral Security: Eligible cases to be covered under
CGTMSE, If borrower not willing then collateral security as per
norms to be obtained.
Personal Guarantee: Personal guarantee of all the promoters,
directors, partners. Third party guarantee in case property
offered is in the name of a person other than promoters /
directors / Partners wherever applicable.
3. CLP : SME e-SMART SCORE > Rs 50 Lacs to Rs 500 Lacs
Limit and Facility > Rs 50 Lacs to Rs 500 Lacs Cash credit & Term loan
Basic Requirements ▪ 3-yearITR and Non-composite GST Return.
▪ Presumptive tax: where borrowers have filled either
ITR4 or ITR 4S return.
▪ 1 Year ITR: Where borrower is having at least one-year ITR
Cue Rating and Take over Norms CUE rating: Applicable and CRA Not Applicable
Takeover norms : Applicable
Limit of projected sales a. 115% of the last year sales
b. For annualizing current year sale, GST sale of minimum 3
months will be required. In case GST data is not available
projected turnover 115% of last year GST sale will be taken
Eligibility Age For Corporates - Waived and for Non-Corporates 18 to 65 Yrs.

Page | 265 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Security Primary Security: Hypothecation of assets created out of bank
finance.
Collateral Security: Eligible cases to be covered under
CGTMSE, If borrower not willing then collateral security as per
norms to be obtained.
Personal Guarantee: Personal guarantee of all the promoters,
directors, partners. Third party guarantee in case property
offered is in the name of a person other than promoters /
directors / Partners wherever applicable.
4. SBI Asset Backed Loan
(Circular No.: NBG/SMEBU-SBI ABL/38/2024 – 25 dt 06.07.2024)
Nature of Facility Fund Based (FB) and Non-Fund Based(NFB) with
interchangeability
FB & NFB facility to be assessed separately in order to fix
repayment for FB facility
LTV ratio (FB+NFB) @60%
Min. 25% cash margin for NFB with usual charges.
NFB facility to be used for the normal activity of the unit.
Type of Facility Drop-line OD or Cash Credit/NFB
LTV LTV - 60 % of the realizable value of the Immovable property
Loan Amount Min. - Rs.5 Crores and Max. Rs.20 Crores.
Deviation in loan amount up to Rs.50 Cr may be permitted by
DMDs of the verticals on case-to-case basis.
Eligible Security ➢ SARFAESI compliant immovable property in the form of
EM/RM. Property mortgaged needs to be within a radius of
35 km from the Branch, wherein account is maintained (any
deviation, to be approved by RCCC).
➢ Properties in the name of Associates will not be eligible.
➢ Industrial property both leasehold & freehold / land/plot
not eligible as security for ABL.
Assessment of Limit Up to Rs. 5 crore, working capital credit limit to be computed
Upto Rs.5 Crores at minimum 25% projected turnover, subject to cash flow
being sufficient to repay the amount. ABF can be used for cold
storage, export business which has long operating cycle.
Above Rs.5 Crores Assessed Bank Finance (ABF) Method based on Projected
Balance Sheet method.
Repayment Period From 12 months to 240 months with a max. moratorium of 18
months.
Fresh Valuation Every 3 years to be obtained

Page | 266 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Renewal No renewal of Dropline Overdraft facility. Review has to be
carried out annually. CC to be renewed once in two years.
Credit Rating CRA/CUE/ BRE Rating (if applicable) to be done as per the
extant instructions.
However, pricing will be independent of CRA/CUE.
Unit with CRA/CUE of SB-11/CUE-11 and worse is not eligible for
finance under ABL. Hurdle rate: SB-10/CUE-10.
5. SBI Asset Backed Loan - CRE-CP
(Circular No.: NBG/SMEBU-SBI ABL/13/2023 – 24 dt 22.06.2023)
Nature of Facility FB & NFB facilities have to be assessed separately NFB
facility should be reviewed annually along with FB.
Minimum 25% cash margin for NFB facility.
Type of Facility Drop-line OD (FB & NFB)
LTV LTV - 50 % of realizable value of the Immovable property
Loan Amount Min. > Rs.10 lacs and Max. Metro & Urban - Rs.50 cr. And Semi-
Urban - Rs.20 crores and Rural - NIL.
Eligible Security SARFAESI compliant immovable property belonging to the
unit, its proprietor/ partners/ directors or their near relatives.
Near relatives will cover Father, Mother, Spouse, Son,
Daughter, real Brother & real Sister.

Leasehold property cannot be taken as security. Except leased

residential/ commercial property given on lease by statutory
government bodies / Government Development Authorities.
Lease property should SARFAESI Complaint
Not Eligible for Security Industrial property both leasehold & freehold / land/plot,
Leasehold property with some exceptions. Agricultural land,
SEZ property , Properties covered under social infrastructure,
Open Land outside urban limits, Residential lease less than 30
years
Repayment Period. Ranging from 12 months to 72 months only

Cash Flow of the project Should be routed through ESCROW accounts opened with the
Branch.
Inspection Monthly inspection till completion of the project & thereafter
at half yearly interval. FSMTL reports to be compiled. In case,
account is classified under SMA 1, 2, inspection should be done
monthly till upgradation (i.e. till movement out of SMA).
Hurdle and CRA Rating • CRA to be done as per the extant instructions; however, CRA will
not be linked with pricing.

Page | 267 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 • Unit with CRA of SB-10 and below is not eligible for finance under
ABLCRE-CP.
Insurance Insurance cover, both for the underlying assets of the activity
for which ABLCRE-CP has been sanctioned and for the property
against which loan is given should be taken, as in the case of
regular finance
6. SBI Asset Backed Loan - Residential Housing (ABL-RH)
Circular No.: NBG/RE,H^HD-BF/53/2022 – 23 Date: 02 Feb 2023
Nature of Facility FB & NFB facilities have to be assessed separately NFB
facility should be reviewed annually along with FB.
Minimum 25% cash margin for NFB facility.
NFB / FB facility can be converted into FB / NFB facility and vice
versa at the time of annual review / restitution, within the LTV
ratio..
Type of Facility Term Loan only
LTV LTV - 60 % of realizable value of the Immovable property
Loan Amount Min. Rs.50 lacs and Max. Rs.50 crores for Metro and other
centers, where RMRE is posted or RMSME identified to handle
REH business otherwise maximum loan amount will be Rs.5
crores
Exposure above the maximum Limit i.e. Rs.50 crores in Metro
and other centers is to be approved by DMD of the Vertical.
Eligible Security SARFAESI compliant immovable property belonging to the
unit, its proprietor/ partners/ directors or their near relatives.
Near relatives will cover Father, Mother, Spouse, Son,
Daughter, real Brother & real Sister.

Leasehold property cannot be taken as security. Except leased

residential/ commercial property given on lease by statutory
government bodies / Government Development Authorities.
Lease property should SARFAESI Complaint
Not Eligible for Security Industrial property both leasehold & freehold / land/plot,
Leasehold property with some exceptions. Agricultural land,
SEZ property , Properties covered under social infrastructure,
Open Land outside urban limits, Residential lease less than 30
years

Page | 268 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Other conditions on Security ▪ It should have received occupancy certificate/Completion
certificate etc.
▪ Verified with CESRAI.
▪ The inventory should be sold within 3 years. (Sale
velocity of apartments to be verified)
▪ The mortgage on each unsold inventory is to be registered
with Sub registrar
Assessment of the limits Based on Projected Cash Flows of the project. The limit will be
fixed at 75% of Peak deficit for the project
Repayment Period Ranging from 12 months to 84 months with equated reduction
in Limit or Customized reduction in Limit as per the Cash
accruals of the projection.
Escrow Account DSRA equivalent to 3 months’ instalments & Interest to be built
up during moratorium period and before commencement
of instalments in ESCROW account / STDR.

Further, outstanding in the ESCROW account / STDR should be

3 months’ interest on the drawn outstanding at any point of
time during the moratorium period
CRA/CUE SB/CUE 10 and below is not eligible for finance under ABL.

7 E-DFS (Electronic - Dealer Finance Scheme)

New Clause incorporated at the “The dealers will route the credit proceeds of the goods sold
time of Renewal of e-DFS by them, if any ,through the loan account .The amount
proposals in the Standard received on account of sales relating to any invoices shall be
documents credited immediately (in the e-DFS account), without any
delay, notwithstanding the availability of credit period and/ or
grace period”. In case dealer does not deposit invoice- wise
sales in the e-DFS account it may be treated as diversion of
funds and penal interest of 0.50% p.a. will be charged to the e-
DFS account”.
Loans types Tie-up made with IM (Industry Major) and With Collateral and
Without Collateral Security can be Sanctioned in 4 Categories
of IM (A,B,C &D)

Page | 269 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 What comfort received through ▪ Company will recommend/introduce the Dealers after
this tie-up loan from IMs completing due diligence on the dealer through the
Comfort Letter/Introduction Letter, providing sales (actual
& estimates), Indicative limit & ad-hoc limit, Credit Period
etc. recommended.
Stop supply of goods from all the channels in case of
default to Bank / FI.
▪ In case of default, company will support the bank in
recovery of dues on best effort basis.
▪ Company will arrange to divert the stocks of the defaulted
Dealers/Distributors, to other Dealer/Distributor for
eventual sale and recovery on best effort basis as per the
prevailing market price.
Any dues to the Dealer will be passed on to the Bank by
Company in case of default by the Dealer after satisfying
the dues to them.
Repayment Period •The dealer has to make repayment within the agreed credit
period.
•In case the dealer fails to repay within the grace period, no
further drawings will be allowed from his electronic dealer
financing account.
Eligibility Criteria for the scheme New /Existing dealers of Industry Majors with whom bank has
a tie up.
Comfort Letter to be provided by the Industry Major.
100% Hypothecation of stock financed by SBI and receivables
related to such stocks including advance remittance made to
Industry Major.
Personal guarantee of all partners/directors.
Method of Transaction • Transactions are done on Internet Banking Platform of the
bank
• Transaction through 2 methods i.e. PULL METHOD (When
the Industry Major makes a request for debit in the dealer
account) & PUSH MODEL (When the dealer originates the
remittance)
Margin Nil. 100% Finance In case of Jewellery tie ups it is 25%
Collateral Security Nil / Or up to 50% depending on each tie-up
(Loans can be covered under Mudra, Stand Up India, CGTMSE
as per guidelines for respective tie-ups)

Page | 270 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 8 LEASE RENTAL DISCOUNTING (LRD)SCHEME
Circular No.: CCO/CPPD-ADV/78/2022 – 23 Date: Tue 18 Oct 2022
Authorised Branches for i. All SME intensive branches to handle proposals up to
financing the cut off for R &DBG i.e., up to Rs.50 crores
ii. Other R&DBG branches approved by CMC of the
Circle may handle proposals upto Rs.10 cr.
iii. All CCG/CAG Branches
Nature & Location of the SARFAESI compliant properties located in Metro / Urban /
Property Semi- Urban centers only.
Eligible Customers Owners of Residential and Commercial properties let out to
MNCs/Govt bodies/Reputed Public bodies.
Loan Amount R&DBG BRANCHES :MINIMUM Rs 10 LAKHS; MAXIMUM Rs 50
CRORES
CCG/CAG BRANCHES :ABOVE Rs 50 CRORES; MAXIMUM Rs
1200 CRORES(Can go upto Rs. 2000 Crores in case of Malls.)
Tenor of Loan R&DBG Branches : Max. 10 years or residual lease period
whichever is less. The residual lease should be more than 2
years.
And CCG/CAG Branches: Max. 12 years or residual lease period
whichever is less. The residual lease should be more than 2
years.
Max 15 years in selected cases where lease period is 15 yrs.
Scale of Finance (A) 95 % of Net Present Value (NPV) of net rent receivables.
NPV to be calculated on effective rate of interest. OR
(B) 70% of realizable value of the property mortgaged (as per
latest valuation report of the Bank’s approved valuer).
Lowest value amongst the two valuation reports (wherever
applicable) to be considered. OR
(C) Upto Rs.50 crores:
70% of net rent receivable for the residual lease period
including the period covered under one renewal or loan
tenor, whichever is less ( 50% in case of Malls). Not more
than 10 years.
Above Rs 50 crores:
75% of net rent receivable for the residual lease period
including the period covered under one renewal or loan
tenor, whichever is less ( 60% in case of Malls). Not more
than 12 years. Residual lease period upto 15 yrs may be
considered in selected cases
DSCR Minimum 1.15

Page | 271 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Security Primary : Assignment of Rent Receivables and

Collateral :EM of building against the Rentals are receiving. The

realizable value should be at least 143% of the loan amount.
Repayment Period An amount equal to 3 months EMI should be kept with the
branch as Debt Service Reserve Account (DSRA). Waiver /
relaxation in DSRA may be considered only in deserving cases.

Step up or Negotiated repayment is permitted. However, at

least 60% of the Principle amount should be repaid in the first
10 years of a 15 year loan or similar proportionate repayment
for a shorter tenor of the loan.
Escrow Account An escrow account should invariably be opened with our
Bank for credit of rentals against which the loan is
sanctioned. We have to ensure that on time the rent is credited
to Escrow account.
9 Corporate Loan
Circular No.: CCO/CPPD-ADV/12/2024 - 25 Date: Fri 26 Apr 2024
Target Group All Business units engaged in manufacturing, services activities
along with self-employed and professional individuals,
wholesale/retail trade.
Type of Facility Term Loan only
Purpose Loans can be considered only for the following specific
purposes:
▪ Only one Corporate loan should be outstanding, for shoring
up of NWC. FACR of minimum 1.25 ,DSCR of 1.20 and
Interest Coverage Ratio of 1.50.
▪ Ongoing capex such as replacement of parts of machinery,
upgradation, renovation etc ( to be capped at 20 % of Gross
Block).
▪ Repayment of high cost debt.
▪ Research and Development expenditure (CL for R & D
expenses to be capped at maximum 20% of fixed assets.)
Loan Amount Minimum Rs 50 lacs
Maximum Rs 10 cr for Non-Corporate borrowers.
Cap for Corporate borrowers as per Substantial Exposure
norms under Loan Policy

Page | 272 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Eligibility Criteria for the scheme ▪ Borrowers with CRA of SB1/CUE1 to SB 5/CUE 5 if no
External Credit Rating is available.
▪ Borrowers with CRA of SB 6/CUE 6 to SB/CUE 10, if having
ECR of Investment Grade ( i.e. BBB- & better).
▪ Maharatna and Navaratna PSUs irrespective of credit
rating.
▪ Only existing customers with minimum of three years’
relationship with the Bank are to be considered
Repayment Period Max. upto 10 years or life of Fixed assets incl. 2 years
moratorium
Security Primary:
1stcharge on assets created from financial assistance.
WCTL for shoring up NWC will be secured by extension of first
charge on current assets.
Collateral:
1. First / Pari-passu charge on fixed assets.
2. Personal Guarantee of Promoters/ Partners / Proprietor
New Loan in case of irregularities in the existing CL(s) say on more than 3
occasions in aggregate, in preceding 12 months, no fresh loan
shall be considered.
Not more than one corporate loan should be outstanding for
shoring up NWC.
10 SME Open Term Loan
(Circular No.: NBG/SMEBU-OPTL/44/2024 – 25 dt 15.07.2024)
Nature of Facility The product is a preapproved term loan facility with option of
multiple disbursements for multiple purposes.
Eligibility Customer banking with us for more than 5 years and having
satisfactory track record.
CRA/CUE rating of 6 & above, or 8 with ECR of BB & above
Non-customers shall not be eligible
Loan Amount Both manufacturing and service enterprises:
25% of the total limit sanctioned with a minimum of Rs.25.00
lakhs and maximum of Rs. 10.00 crores.
Repayment Period Not to exceed 8 years including moratorium period.
Currency of Sanction 12 months from the date of sanction
Margin 25 % uniformly
11 SME Laghu Udyami (Formerly Known as SME Credit Card)
(Circular No.: NBG/SMEBU-T^S/51/2024 – 25 Date: 14 Aug 2024)

Page | 273 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Target Group All Micro Enterprises, SSI units, SBF, Retail Traders, village
industries, tiny units, professionals, self-employed, MSME
Units
Udyam Registration with ministry of MSME is mandatory.
Purpose To meet any kind of credit requirements including purchase of
shop
Facility Cash Credit or Term Loan
Assessment of Limit a) Working Capital: 20% of turnover of the last 12 months
through the account
b) Term Loan: Total Project Cost less stipulated margin
c) For Self - Employed & Professionals: 50% of Gross Annual
Income as declared in their income tax return
Scoring Model: Units which obtain a minimum of 60% score as
per Scoring Model, would qualify under the product.
Loan Amount Max. Rs.10 lacs
Security Primary:Hypothecation of stocks/ receivables / machinery/
movables acquired out of Bank’s finance.
Collateral:Nil Collateral Security. - All loans to be covered under
CGTMSE (Credit Guarantee Fund Trust Fund for Micro & Small
Enterprises) and guarantee fee to be borne by borrower
Review/Renewal CC - On Demand/ Review Every Year, Renewal Every 3 years.
Repayment Period Cash Credit: Repayable on demand.
Validity: 3 years subject to Annual Review.
Term Loan: < Rs. 5 lakhs: Max. 5 years including moratorium
period up to 6 months. Annual review to be done.
Rs. 5 lakhs & above: Max. 7 years including maximum
moratorium period of upto 12 months. Annual review to be
done.
12 SME Smart Score
(Circular No.: NBG/SMEBU-SME SMART/50/2024- 25 dt 14.08.2024)
Type of Facility Drop-line Od/Cash Credit/ Term Loan or Combination of these
Eligibility The chief promoter /chief executive should be 18 to 65 years of
age.
The applicant must obtain a minimum overall score of 60% with
a minimum of 50% under each sub-head like Personal details,
Business details and collateral details (except in cases where
collateral should be asked as per Bank’s norms, where the
minimum marks will be nil).

Page | 274 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Assessment of Limit a. Working Capital:

MANUFACTURING & SERVICES UNITS: Assessment at 31.25% of

project annual turnover and limit to be sanctioned of a
minimum 25% of the annual projected turnover after stipulating
a margin on 6.25%.

For units with minimum 25% of sales through digital mode,

assessment shall be 37.50% of project annual turnover and limit
to be sanctioned of a minimum 30% of the projected annual
turnover after stipulating a margin of 7.50%.

TRADE: Assessment at 18.75% of project annual turnover and

limit to be sanctioned of a minimum 15% of the annual projected
turnover after stipulating a margin on 3.75%.

b. Term Loan: Maximum limit of 67% of project cost for all units
after stipulating a margin of 33%.
Loan Amount Manufacturing, Trade & Services Units: Minimum: > Rs. 10 lacs
Maximum: < Rs. 50 lac
Margin 20% for working capital component and
33% for TL component
Security Hyp. Of Stock. No collateral as loans covered under CGTMSE
13 Simplified Small Business Loan (SSBL)
Circular No.: NBG/SMEBU-SSBL/23/2023 - 24 Date: Sat 19 Aug 2023

Discontinued vide above circular

14 DALL MILL PLUS
Circular No.: NBG/SMEBU-DALLMILLPL/48/2021 - 22 Date: Tue 23 Nov 2021
Purpose SME units engaged in Dal Milling activities
a) Working Capital needs b) Acquisition of machinery/factory
building for modernization/expansion etc.
Type of Facility Term Loan, Working capital, Non fund limit,
i.e. Cash Credit, LCs, BGs, SME Credit Plus
Assessment and Quantum of • Working Capital Assessment: Assessment under Project
loan (Min/Max) Vivek using PACE Tool to re-draw Turnover and other
parameters on the basis of cash flows.
• Maximum exposure under the Product: Rs.25 Crores

Page | 275 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 LTV/Margin Term Loan: Min. 25% Working capital: Stocks: Min. 25% Book
debts: Min. 40% with cover period up to 90 days
Security a) Primary: Hypothecation of Assets financed by the Bank.
b) Collateral:
i. With CGTMSE Cover:
• All loans upto Rs.2 Crores are eligible to be
covered under CGTMSE, w.e.f. 01.01.2017.
• Loans above Rs.2 Crores can also be covered
under CGTMSE for amount upto Rs.2 Crores
under Hybrid Model (with partial collateral
security). 75% Collateral security to be obtained
for amount above Rs.2 Crores, as per Product
feature.
• Annual Guarantee Fee (AGF) for all loans (CC &
TL) sanctioned on or after 01.07.2017
(irrespective of the amount, including renewal
of CC) has to be borne by the borrower.
ii. Without CGTMSE Cover: Equitable mortgage of
property / tangible security belonging to borrower /
guarantor valued not less than 75% of the loan amount.

Repayment Period Term Loan: 8 years (including the moratorium period of

maximum 12 months)
Working Capital: Repayable on demand.
15 Health Care Business Loan (CONSOLIDATED PRODUCT OF DOCTOR PLUS & MEDICAL
EQUIPMENT FINANCE SCHEME)
Circular No.: NBG/SMEBU-SME HCBL/46/2022 - 23 Date: Wed 14 Sep 2022
Nature of Facility Term Loan and/or Cash Credit ❖ Cash Credit facility is capped
at Rs. 5 Cr only ❖ Capex LC may be provided in respect of
domestic/ overseas suppliers within overall Term Loan
exposure
Target Group ❖ Hospitals/ Nursing Homes
❖ Diagnostic Centres and Pathology Laboratories
❖ Eye Centres, ENT Centres, Small and Medium size specialty
clients like skin clinics, dental clinics, dialysis centres,
endoscopy centres, IVF centres, poly clinics, X-ray labs etc.
❖ Qualified Medical Practitioners
❖ Manufacturers of healthcare products/ permitted
drugs/medical equipments.

Page | 276 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 (Allopathic, Ayurvedic & Homeopathic streams can be covered
under the product).

Loan Amount Minimum loan amount: > Rs 10 lacs

Maximum loan amount: Generally, Rs.50 Crs.
DMD of the vertical is vested with the powers to permit
deviation for loan beyond Rs.50 Crs on case-to-case basis. Cash
Credit facility shall be given for maximum limit of Rs.5 Crs only,
for meeting recurring expenses.
CRA/CUE SB/ CUE- 10. No deviation is to be permitted in this respect.

Collateral Security Loans up to Rs. 2 Cr:

Nil collateral, if covered under CGTMSE/CGSSI.
• Guarantee Fee to be borne by borrower.
• For coverage under CGTMSE, partial collateral security model
is also applicable as per extant CGTMSE guidelines. However, If
the borrower is not willing to pay the guarantee fee or not
willing to cover the exposure under CGTMSE/CGSSI, then Min.
25% SARFAESI enabled collateral security needs to be obtained.
Cash collateral can also be accepted.
Loans above Rs. 2 Cr to Rs. 50 Cr: Minimum 25% SARFAESI
enabled tangible collateral security. Cash collateral can also be
accepted.
Repayment Period CC - Repayment on Demand. Term Loan Max. 10 years incl.
moratorium of 18 Months.

16 COMMERCIAL VEHICLE FINANCE

Circular No.: NBG/SMEBU-COMMVEHIC/35/2024 – 25 Date: Thu 4 Jul 2024
Type of Facility Term Loan

Page | 277 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Purpose To finance new commercial vehicles, Electric vehicles, Hybrid
commercial vehicles, CNG vehicles, Ambulances and Caravan
Vehicles (Specially built for the purpose of travel, leisure and
accommodation).
Loan Amount Minimum: Rs.10.00 lakhs. Maximum: Rs.50.00 Lakhs. (Loan for
purchase of more than one vehicle can be sanctioned within
the overall limit of Rs.50 Lakhs).
LTV/Margin 15% on on-road price. Circle CGM is vested with the powers to
reduce margin upto 10% on case-to-case basis.
Collateral Security Loans will be covered under CGTMSE. Guarantee fee to be
borne by the borrower. In case, the borrower is not willing to
cover loan under CGTMSE or if the loan can not be covered
under CGTMSE, minimum 25% SARFAESI compliant collateral to
be obtained. Circle CGM is vested with the powers to permit
reduction/ waiver of collateral security on case-to-case basis.
Repayment Period For Commercial Vehicle: Max 84 months. Moratorium: Up to 6
months.
For Electric Vehicle: Maximum 48 months. Moratorium: Up to
6 months.
SBI Fleet Finance Scheme
17
Circular No.: NBG/SMEBU-SBI FLEET/47/2023 - 24 Date: Wed 8 Nov 2023
Type of Facility Term Loan
Assessment of loan Term loan as per the requirement. Disbursements to be made
within the 6 months from the date of sanction.
Loan Amount Minimum: Rs.50.00 lakh. Maximum: Rs.5.00 Crore.
Loans to be covered under CGTMSE.
Loans above Rs.5.00 crore and upto Rs.10.00 crore,
indeserving cases, may be considered with prior inprinciple
approval from Circle CGM.
Loans above Rs.5 crore to be covered under hybrid model, with
limit above Rs.5.00 crore be covered by tangible collateral
security of >=50%.
Fleet Finance Loans above Rs.10.00 Crore to be sanctioned only
under tie-up with OEMs / NBFCs.
Line of credit can be given to the borrowers for 12 months
based on its annual purchase plans and disbursement can be
made based on the orders / deployment schedule.
LTV/Margin Margins are linked to the scores under Scoring model.

Page | 278 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Scores between Above 60%
50% to 60%
For cost of Chassis 5% 0%
For cost of Body 30% 30%
For fully built model 10% 5%
Other expenses Min 50% Min 50%
(Road Tax + Insurance +
Registration)
Collateral Security Loans up to Rs.5.00 crore should be covered under CGTMSE.
Guarantee fee to be borne by the borrower.
Loans above Rs.5.00 crore to Rs.10.00 crore should be covered
under hybrid model, with limit above Rs.5.00 crore be covered
by tangible collateral security of >=50%
Repayment Period Scoring 50-60% - 60 months,
Scores >60% - 66 months - EMI based

18 e-VFS (Electronic - Vendor Finance Scheme)

Circular No.: NBG/SME/SCFU-SCF/97/2024 - 25 Date: Fri 11 Oct 2024
Loan Amount Aggregate limits (Notional Limit) on all the vendors of IM will
be sanctioned by the respective authority
Purpose To provide Inland Bill Discounting facility for Vendors of
Industry Majors
Type of Facility Cash Credit (Clean)
Role of SCFU The SCFU is located in SME BU corporate centre, Mumbai. The
role of SCFU will be divided mainly into two parts- Operations
and marketing. Both these wings will be under DGM SCFU
Repayment Period Primarily - IM will agree to pay each receivable on due date. In
case IM fails to repay on due date, Bank will have recourse to
vendor
Sanction of notional limit to IM Aggregate notional limit on the IM is taken by CAG/MCG/NBG
from respective sanctioning committee. Now the sanction of
notional limit is vested with respective DMD.
Sanction of limits to vendors As majority of the e-VFS proposals individually fall within the
discretionary powers of CCC-II & CCC-I

Security Unsecured advance

Margin & Collateral NIL

19 ARTHIAS PLUS SCHEME: FOR FINANCING ARTHIAS / COMMISSION AGENTS
Circular No.: NBG/SMEBU-SME ADVANC/59/2024 - 25 Date: Sat 5 Oct 2024

Page | 279 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 The product stands withdrawn from the date of issue of this circular.
All eligible existing limits will be continued as hither to and same will processed in ‘ABL Saral’
product of the Bank at the time of renewal / review of limits
20 “SME ASSIST” GOODS AND SERVICES TAX (GST) SCHEME FOR FINANCING INPUT CREDIT CLAIMS
UNDER GST
Circular No.: NBG/SMEBU-SME ADVANC/63/2021 - 22 Date: Tue 15 Mar 2022
Due to low traction, it has been decided to discontinue SME Assist product with immediate effect.
21 SME Car Loan
Circular No.: NBG/SMEBUSMECARLOAN/11/2024 - 25 Date: Tue 7 May 2024
Type of Facility Term Loan
Loan Amount Max. Loan amount-Rs 5.00 crores. Within Overall cap of Rs.5
Cr, any number of cars can be availed by the unit.
Eligibility The loans can be extended to:
• Existing SME unit (ETB), having borrowing arrangement with
us for last 12 months subject to account not being in SMA-1 or
worse category during the last 12 months.
• Existing Current Account (New to Credit) customers with
minimum vintage of 12 months and don’t have borrowing
arrangement with any other Bank.
• New customers having current account with other Banks
with 12 months vintage and or borrowing arrangements with
them for the last 12 months. NOC from other Bank is not
required (in case of existing credit facilities with other bank) as
Hypothecation/ charge in RTO will be created in favour of SBI
only.
• Minimum CIC score for SME Car loan is >= 700. Applicants
having CIC score “-1” or NTC scores are also eligible for SME Car
loan.
• Only Proprietorship Firms, Partnership Firms, LLPs and the
Companies are eligible.
• Units having CRA/CUE/BRE rating of SB-10/CUE-10 / BRE-7 or
better.
• Age limit (Proprietorship/ Partnership firms) - 21-70 years
Security Primary: Only hypothecation of the vehicle(s) purchased will be
taken as a security. No additional security or charge on the
existing collateral will be stipulated.
Collateral: Nil
Repayment Period Maximum Repayment Period of 5 or 7 years through EMIs
Authorised Branches for SMEC/ RASMEC/ RACC/ MSME Branches/ SME Intensive
financing Branches

Page | 280 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 22 Standby Line of Credit for MSME (SLC)
Circular No.: NBG/SMEBU-MSME CREDI/64/2021 - 22 Date: Tue 22 Mar 2022
It has been decided to discontinue ‘Standby Line of Credit for MSME’ product with immediate
effect.
23 Mudra (PMMY)
Circular No.: NBG/MEGSS/6/2023 - 24 Date: Wed 23 Aug 2023
Categories ▪ Shishu - Loan upto Rs. 50,000
▪ Kishore - Loan from 50,001 to Rs. 5 lakh
▪ Tarun - Loan above Rs. 5 lakh to Rs 10 lakh
Loan Amount Up to Rs. 10 lacs

Eligibility Existing & New units under Non-farm enterprises in

Manufacturing; Trading; Services, Individuals engaged in
courier services, delivery of orders received by online retailers,
taxi services; e-Rickshaw etc
Min. 60% score for Kishore & Tarun loans; and Min. 50% score
for Shishu Loans as per Scoring Model.
Security Nil. Loans to be covered under CGFMU

Repayment Period ▪ TL/Dropline OD - below Rs. 5 lakh : Max. 5 years including

maximum moratorium period of upto 6 months
▪ TL/Dropline OD - from Rs. 5 lakh to Rs. 10 lakh : Max. 7 years
including maximum moratorium period of upto 12 months
through EMI only.
▪ CC - On Demand
Scoring Model Revised Mudra Scoring Model to be used
Go / No-Go Criteria Go / No-Go Criteria based on Experian Score Band for loans
upto Rs. 10 lakh to be used
Credit Guarantee All Mudra loans to be covered under the guarantee cover of
Credit Guarantee Fund for Micro Units (CGFMU).
Margin Upto Rs.50,000/- NIL
Rs.50000/- and above upto Rs.10 lacs - 20%
24 Stand Up India (SUI)
Target Group SC / ST and Women entrepreneurs
Loan Amount Minimum – More than Rs. 10 lakhs Maximum – Rs. 1 crore
Purpose To meet all kinds of credit requirement for setting up
Greenfield projects under manufacturing, services or the
trading sector
Security Hypothecation of stocks, machinery, movables, etc. purchased
out of Bank’s finance. Credit Guarantee/Collateral: A new

Page | 281 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 scheme for Credit Guarantee for loans under SUI has been
notified by GOI with NCGTC (National Credit Guarantee Trustee
Company Ltd.) on the lines of CGTMSE
Repayment Period For Term Loans Maximum of 7 years (including moratorium
period up to 18 months)
Type of Facility Composite Loan (Working Capital facilities / Term Loan)
Margin The scheme envisages minimum 15% margin money (15%
uniform for book debt also), which can be provided in
convergence with eligible Central/ State schemes. However,
the borrower will continue to contribute at least 10% of the
project cost as own contribution.

25 SME Gold Loan

Circular No.: NBG/SMEBU-MSME CREDI/80/2022 - 23 Date: Wed 8 Mar 2023
Facility Over Draft (OD) / Demand Loan (DL).
In case of existing borrowers, only DL shall be extended.
Eligibility Existing MSME Units (Proprietorship Firm only), both
borrowing & non-borrowing units of our Bank, who want to
avail loan against Gold Ornaments/ Jewellery.
• Unit/ Shop shall be with running activity
• Account should not be in NPA status
Existing borrowers having Working Capital arrangement with
other Banks should not be considered
Loan Amount (i) 25% of the Projected Turnover of the unit,
(ii) 100% of value of asset proposed to be purchased for
business purpose, subject to not exceeding 100% of the
Advance Value of Gold as per existing guidelines (as stipulated
by PMD/ABU from time to time).
Loan Amount: • Minimum: > Rs. 1 lac • Maximum: Rs. 50 lacs
Margin Nil
Security Pledge of Gold Ornaments/ Jewellery in favour of the Bank

Page | 282 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Repayment Period ▪ Overdraft - Max. 12 months. Repayable on demand. Interest
to be serviced on monthly intervals as and when applied.
▪ Demand Loan: Max. 12 months. Repayable in part payment
or bullet repayment any time before maturity. Interest is to
be serviced at monthly intervals.
▪ Standing Instruction should be set for recovering Interest/
EMI from Current a/c of the unit.
26 Pre Approved Business Loan (PABL)
Circular No.: NBG/SMEBU-SPLPROJ/69/2023 -24Date: Wed 7 Feb 2024
Facility Dropline Overdraft
Target Group • All Current accounts (>12months vintage) opened under
‘Sole Proprietorship’ • YONO/CINB facility should be enabled •
Fully KYC Compliant with Proprietor's CIF linked with the CA •
Udyam Registration
Loan Amount Above Rs 50,000 and Upto Rs. 20 lacs
Margin Not applicable
Security • Primary: Nil • Collateral: Nil
Repayment Period 48 Months Fixed
Eligibility Leads generated by Analytics Department. Yono Business /
CINB/RINB facility is enabled.
27 Warehouse Receipt Finance (WHR)
Circular No.: NBG/SMEBU-CBWRF/17/2024 - 25 Date: Thu 6 Jun 2024
Facility Working Capital Demand Loan (WCDL)/ Revolving Demand
Loan (RDL)/ Cash Credit facility (for limits of Rs. 1 Cr & above)
Eligibility Traders/owners of goods/manufacturers for own processing
against WHR issued by CM/SMC/CWC
Loan Amount Need based Financing based on eligibility.
Margin Ranges from 25% to 35% of Market Price depending on facility
and tie-up or without tie-up. Discretionary powers has been
provided for concessions to authorities/ committees at Circle
level.
Security Primary: Pledge / Hypothecation of underlying stocks for
which WHR has been issued by the Collateral Manager / CWC /
SWC, with lien marked in favour of Bank.
Collateral: Personal Guarantee of partners / directors,
wherever applicable

Page | 283 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Repayment Period WCDL: Loan should be liquidated as & when the produce is sold
during the validity period not exceeding 12 months.
Cash Credit: Repayable on demand. To be brought to credit
balance & DP made Nil/ reduced when quality certificate
expires.
RDL: All the individual DLs under RDL should be liquidated after
closure of the underlying loan & liquidation of Bank’s dues.
28 Export Packing Credit (EPC)
Facility Pre-shipment finance extended as working capital.
Permitted as running account or order to order based
depending upon the business model of the borrower; No
cheque operations permitted.
Eligibility Existing Customer already availing credit facilities from us.
New units.

Takeover of existing units from other Banks/ FIs with

satisfactory track record
Loan Amount Need based Financing based on eligibility.
Margin The percentage of margin is determined depending on the
nature of order, commodity, capability of exporter, etc.
keeping in view the spirit behind RBI guidelines for liberal
finance to the export
Security As applicable in case of Cash Credit / Working capital limits for
MSME segment
Repayment Period The period for which the Bank gives packing credit depends on
the manufacturing / trade cycle or specific requirements of the
individual export, normally not exceeding 180 days; permitted
up to a maximum period of 270 days

29 Export Bills Abroad Re-Discounting Scheme (EBR)

Purpose To make available to the exporters post shipment finance at
international rates. Under the scheme, exporter’s bills are
discounted at the post-shipment stage and simultaneously
rediscounted abroad by the Bank for raising foreign currency
funds which are applied to liquidate the underlying PCFC loan.
Both sight and usance bills are discounted under EBR scheme.
Eligibility All exporters are eligible to cover their bills drawn under LCs,
non-credit bills under sanctioned limits under the Scheme.
Exporters availing PCFC should invariably avail EBR facility for
discounting the relative export bills. But even if an exporter

Page | 284 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 does not avail PCFC or rupee EPC, he can avail EBR facility. Also,
exporters availing rupee EPC can avail EBR facility.

Loan Amount Need based Financing based on eligibility.

Currency Presently, made available in 4 currencies – USD, GBP, EURO
and JPY.
Designated Branches Presently, the scheme is operated only at the designated
branches as advised from time to time by IBG, Corporate
Centre. Exporter-customers of non-designated branches
(NDBs) can avail of the PCFC facility at the nearest designated
branch (DB).
30 Pre-Shipment Credit in Foreign Currency (PCFC)
Facility Working Capital Finance (extended as pre-shipment packing
credit in foreign currencies.)
Eligibility Our Existing Customers/ New units/ Takeover of existing units
from other Banks/ FIs with satisfactory track record. (Credit
information report to be obtained)
Loan Amount Need based Financing based on eligibility.
Margin Depending on the nature of order, commodity, capability of
exporter, etc. keeping in view the spirit behind RBI guidelines
for liberal finance to the export sector.
Security As applicable in case of Cash Credit / Working capital limits for
MSME segment
Currency Presently, made available in 4 currencies – USD, GBP, EURO
and JPY.
Repayment Period Normally not exceeding 180 days
31 Bill Discounting (Non-LC) facility to MSMEs
Circular No.: NBG/SMEBU-MSME CREDI/65/2021 - 22 Date: Tue 22 Mar 2022
Discontinued
32 CREDIT GUARANTEE SCHEME FOR MSE (CGS of CGTMSE)
Circular No.: NBG/SMEBU-CGTSI/54/2024 - 25 Date: Thu 29 Aug 2024
Fund Management Managed by CGTMSE
Eligible Borrowers New & existing MSE units
Activities Covered Manufacturing and Service sector excluding Retail Trade
Eligible Loan Amount Maximum credit cap of Rs.500 lakh per borrower (FB & NFB)
Guarantee Fee Rate AGF will be charged on the guaranteed amount for the first
year and on the outstanding amount for the remaining tenure
of the credit facilities as detailed below:
Slab Fee Rate with Risk Premium

Page | 285 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 (₹.in Standard 15% 30% 50% 70%
Lakh) Rate
0-10 0.37 0.43 0.48 0.56 0.63
10-50 0.55 0.63 0.72 0.83 0.94
50-100 0.60 0.69 0.78 0.90 1.02
100-200 1.20 1.38 1.56 1.80 2.04
200-500 1.35 1.55 1.76 2.03 2.30
Extent of Guarantee Cover Maximum Extent of Guarantee
Category Credit facility
Up to Rs 5 lakh Above Rs.
Rs.5 to Rs 50 50 lacs and
lacs lacs up to Rs.
500 lacs
Micro Enterprise 85% 75% 75%
MSEs located in North
East Region (incl.
Sikkim, UT of Jammu & 80% 75%
Kashmir & UT of Ladakh)

Women entrepreneurs /
SC/ST entrepreneurs /
Person with Disability
(PwD)/ MSE promoted 85%
by Agniveers / MSEs
situated in Aspirational
District/ ZED certified
MSEs
All other category of 75%
borrowers
Business Model B2B - CGTMSE and Member Lending Institutions (SMECs,
RASMECs in BPR Centers & RBOs in Non- BPR Centers)
Individual accounts to be fed in CGTMSE online portal.
33 CREDIT GUARANTEE FUND FOR MICRO UNITS (CGFMU)
Circular No.: FIMM/GSS/7/2022 - 23 Date: Fri 2 Dec 2022
Fund Management Managed by NCGTC
Eligible Borrowers Micro loans up to Rs 10 lakh, Overdraft facility of 10,000/-
sanctioned under Prime Minister Jan ₹ Dhan Yojana (PMJDY) &
Collateral free (group guarantee of SHG members allowed)

Page | 286 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 loans between Rs.10 lakh and Rs.20 lakh granted to Self Help
Groups (SHGs)
Activities Covered Manufacturing, Service, Retail Trade, Agriculture allied &
PMJDY
Eligible Loan Amount Max loan Rs.10 lakh as per PMMY
Rs.10 lakh and Rs.20 lakh granted to Self Help Groups (SHGs)
Guarantee Fee Rate For the FY 2022-23 guarantee fee is being charged by NCGTC
@1.15% (1% SBR + 0.15% as Risk Premium) + applicable GST.
Extent of Guarantee Cover Max cover available based on amount in default per portfolio.
The first 5% (NPA of the portfolio) has to be borne by the Bank.
The amount over and above 5% in default will be settled by
NCGTC to the extent of 50% on pro-rata basis.
Business Model Portfolio basis- cumulative built up of quarterly outstanding
balance of the MUDRA accounts & uploaded quarterly in
NCGTC portal in batch.

Portfolio crystallized at the end of the FY (base year).

Fresh portfolio from the beginning of the subsequent FY.

34 CREDIT GUARANTEE SCHEME FOR STAND UP INDIA (CGSSI)

Circular No.: FIMM/GSS/5/2022 - 23 Date: Mon 7 Nov 2022
Fund Management Managed by NCGTC
Eligible Borrowers Loans sanctioned under Stand Up India Scheme to SC/ST &
Women Entrepreneurs
Activities Covered Greenfield enterprises in Manufacturing, Service or Trading
Eligible Loan Amount Over Rs.10 lakh & up to Rs.100 lakh
Extent of Guarantee Cover For loans up to Rs.50 lakh 80% of amount in default with Max
Rs.40 lakh.
For loans above Rs.50 lakh up to Rs.100 lakh- Rs.40 lakh plus
50% of amount in default above Rs.50 lakh with overall ceiling
of Rs.65 lakh
Business Model Portfolio basis- SUI Loan accounts, uploaded in batch as at the
end of quarter
Portfolio crystallized at the end of the FY (base year).
Fresh portfolio from the beginning of the subsequent FY.
35 CREDIT GUARANTEE SCHEME FOR SCHEDULED CASTES (CEGSSC)
Fund Management Managed by IFCI

Page | 287 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Eligible Borrowers Registered Companies, Societies/Regd. Partnership Firm/ and
Sole Proprietorship Firms having 51% shareholding by SC
entrepreneurs/ promoters/ members with management
control for past 6 months )
Individual SC Entrepreneur.
Activities Covered Project/Units being set-up promoted and run by SCs in
Manufacturing/Trading & Service sector, Commercial
Agriculture, food processing, horticulture, poultry etc.,
Eligible Loan Amount Rs.15 lakh to Rs.500 lakh.
For Individual SC Entrepreneur- Rs.15 lakh to Rs.100 lakh
Guarantee Fee Rate For loan amount of Rs.15 lakh to less than Rs.100 lakh- 0.20 %
p.a.(SC disabled/ women -0.10%) For loan amount of Rs.100 lakh
and above – 0.75% p.a. (SC disabled/ women- 0.50%)
Extent of Guarantee Cover Rs.15 lakh - 1 Cr - 100 %
> Rs.1Cr - Rs.2 Cr - 80 %
> Rs.2 Cr - Rs.5 Cr - 70 %
> Rs.5 Cr - 60 %
Business Model Upon registering the loan application with IFCI & on receipt of
Regn. no. within 30 days of disbursement of loan. (Copies of
sanction letter to be submitted to IFCI)
***

Page | 288 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Pre-Sanction & Post Sanction Process
1 Loan Policy about PER The Bank’s P segment advance policy aims at providing affordable
segment advances loans to Indians, NRIs and PIOs and fulfill the aspirations across the
country
2 What are the distinct Eligibility- Depending upon the scheme and purpose, eligibility
features of PER segment criteria vary
loans Purpose- Home Loan and auto loans are for acquisition of assets ,
education loan for education and personal loan is for general
consumption
Appraisal- It relies on two pillars- repayment capacity of the
customer and realizable value of security
3 What are the distinct Repayment- Mainly on the basis of Equated Monthly Instalment
features of PER segment (EMI). Bank may also use stepped up/ stepped down repayments,
loans balloon repayments etc.
Prepayment- Freely permitted with or without penalty
Take-over- It is permitted for selective advances who meet the
conditions
4 Steps involved in Per ▪ Sourcing of application
Segment loans sanction ▪ Scrutiny of documents
▪ Pre sanction Inspection
▪ Assessing the financial capability of the customer
▪ Finding out the credit history of the customer
▪ Ascertaining the quality of security offered- value and title
▪ Appraising
▪ Recommending and Sanctioning
5 In PER segment, ▪ Photograph
Documents to be ▪ Identity and address proof
obtained – KYC & DUE ▪ Income proof
DILIGENCE ▪ Statement of account
▪ Personal asset and liability statement
▪ Cheques pertaining to various fees
▪ Property documents
▪ Other documents as per scheme
6 Pre-Sanction Inspection ▪ Residence
in case of PER Loans ▪ Workplace/Business Place
▪ Proposed Property
▪ Builder (In case of HL-Builder tie up loans)

Page | 289 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 ▪ In case of Education Loans to the wards of
Defense Salary Package (DSP)/ Para Military
Salary Package (PMSP)/ Indian Coast Guard
Salary Package (ICGSP) account holders, Pre
Sanction survey of office and residence of the co -
applicant(i.e.,DSP/PMSP/ICGSPaccount holder) is waived off
7 In case of Presanction ▪ Verification of KYC norms
Inspections of HL, things ▪ Genuineness of the applicant and his social standing
to be observed… ▪ Location of the property and any dispute relating to that
property if any
▪ Reputation of builder and form opinion on him about other
such projects undertaken by him
▪ Stage of construction in case of building under construction
▪ Confirmation about office & salary details
▪ With roll out of Vendor Verification module (VVM) and its
integration with RLMS application for processing of Home
Loans and Home Related Loans, all reports are assigned to
the vendors received digitally through this module. In
respect of inspection of the underlying property against
which Home Loan to be sanctioned, the site visit is required
to be carried out by the Site Inspection Officers (SIO), who
are the employees of our Bank
8 Why Title Search to be ▪ The Title Search Report is to be read thoroughly so see the
done report is clear and not conditional
▪ It is as in the Bank’s prescribed format
▪ The Seller has a clear marketable title
▪ The property is freely marketable and transferable
▪ It is free from all encumbrances
▪ It is fit for creation of Equitable/ registered mortgage and is
SARFAESI compliant
9 Why Frauds are Frauds are because of Multiple title deeds, vendor impersonation,
happening…in case PER delay in creation of mortgage, delay in registration of mortgage,
loans properties not in existence and vacant land, fake stamp documents
.
10 When we need to get 2 Properties offered by third party guarantors.
TIRs from Panel Properties acquired through gift deeds
Advocates Properties sold by POA holders to our borrower / guarantor.

Page | 290 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 11 For What type of loans 2 ▪ For all loans of Rs.1 Cr and above.
TIRs to be obtained. ▪ In case of HLs where RERA registration is available and loan
amount is Rs 5 Crs.
▪ In case of HLs , where RERA registration is not available and loan
amount is Rs.1 Cr and above.
▪ Second sales and Loan amount is Rs.1 Cr and above.
▪ Where in house team is there, one TIR from them and one from
panel advocate.
12 What about Search In respect of all cases where loan amount is less than Rs.1 Cr , the
Report advocate must make search of title of property for not less than 13
years if it establishes clear and marketable title.
In case of ambiguity , search to be made for 30 years.
For loans of Rs 1 Cr and above , search to be made for not less than
30 years.
In case of Builder Tie Ups for approval of project, search of title for
not less than 30 years mandatory.
13 Regarding RERA what Whether the registered agreement for sale as prescribed in RERA is
are the things to be executed.
observed in TIR Whether details of apartment verified with list of number and types
of apartment booked as uploaded by the promoter on the website
of Real Estate Regulatory Authority.
Certificate of Title : It is certified that the property is SARFAESI
compliant.
14 In case of Gift Deed Whenever any property is taken as security (primary/ collateral)
based on gift deed as the principal title deed, clearance must be
obtained from the Law Department invariably
15 In case of POA Wherever sale of the property is being executed by the POA holder,
registration of POA is mandatory in all cases and the Bank’s
Advocate should mention in the TIR that POA is alive and not
revoked by any subsequent registered document.

Advocate should verify registered Power of Attorney and to be

mentioned in the TIR.

The advocate should verify the genuineness of Power of Attorney

(POA).
Even when power of attorney has been registered, confirmation of
the principal should be obtained.

Page | 291 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Every effort should be made to contact the principal in person by
Bank’s dealing staff for ascertaining the fact that the person who
executed the power of attorney is alive or was alive at the time of
execution of document.

16 In case of the principal is If the Principal is living in a foreign country, POA holder should
NRI and given POA submit a copy of the passport of the principal for photo
identification duly attested by the Notary public along with the
proof that the principal is alive. And POAs shall be duly registered
except in case of NRIs whose POA shall be attested by Indian
Embassy or notarized thereat
17 In case of death of The Power of Attorney executed in this regard stands automatically
Principal of POA revoked on the death of the principal. As such during the lifetime of
the owner/principal only the power of attorney holder can
act/execute the sale deed on this behalf.
18 What are the other The Advocate has to obtain certified copies of title deeds including
precautions to be taken minimum two previous chain title documents and/or all chain title
in case of High Value documents executed within three years from the date of the
loans? current title deed
19 In case of agriculture the opinion of Bank’s Law Department/ empaneled advocate should
property proposed for be obtained about validity and enforceability.
the purpose to secure
non-agricultural
advances
20 In case of Certified Copies 1. FIR to be lodged.
of Title Deeds where 2. Diary Report (DR) and Daily Diary Report (DDR) or a Report filed
Original Title Deeds are in any other book with the Police authorities.
lost, destroyed etc. 3. Public advertisement in two leading newspapers
(National/Regional)
4. Stamped affidavit cum declaration from the borrower
5. Independent Verification of the property
6. Controller's Approval.
21 In case of Laminated 1.Public advertisement in two leading newspapers
Original Title deeds (National/Regional)

Page | 292 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 2. Stamped affidavit cum declaration from the borrower
3. Independent Verification of the property
4. Controller's Approval.
Sl.No.: 1171/2021 - 22 Circular No.: CCO/CPPD-ADV/129/2021 - 22 Date: Wed 9
Feb 2022
22 In case of Custody of Title All title deeds and mortgage documents held against advances
Deeds after obtention must be kept in the fireproof cabinet by Authorized Official in Single
from Customer. Custody after being recorded in the miscellaneous securities
register or in the title deeds register.

Title deeds along with related mortgage documents to be kept

separately from other documents.

Valuation Report shall not be kept along with the title deeds.
However, TIR has to be kept along with the Title deeds.
Not to deface the title deeds, write with pen/pencil, punch/pin, etc.
on the original documents
23 Obtention of Encumbrance Certificate (EC) has to be obtained (in states/UTs
Encumbrance Certificate where available) every year at the time of renewal of limits,
(EC) .in case of existing irrespective of the exposure.
properties Mortgaged to If the account is reviewed (continuation of limits is permitted), then
the Bank. also EC has to be obtained invariably.

In states / UTs where issuance of EC is not in vogue, fresh TIR has to

obtain every three years like obtention of Valuation Reports.
However, this is not applicable to Housing Loans and Other P-
Segment Loans.
24 Where to register the Registered with Cersai Version 2.0
equitable mortgage
created
25 After Closure, in case the If documents are not collected within 60 days of closure of account,
title deeds are not safekeeping charges to be collected. A letter to be sent to
collected by the mortgagors.
borrowers.
26 In case of Title deeds in For title deeds in vernacular language , full particulars of title deeds
Vernacular language. in English signed by panel advocate to be obtained

27 In case of Properties Particulars of EM created by companies/LLPs must be registered

pertains to with ROC within 30 days.
Companies/LLPs

Page | 293 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 28 In case of HUF parties. In view of legal implications involved extra care to be taken in
mortgaging properties of HUFs
29 What are the Credit As per Credit Information Companies (Regulation) Act, 2005, 4 CICs
Information Companies are registered with RBI.
registered with RBI for They are:
verification of Credit Data a. Trans Union CIBIL Limited
of the borrowers? b. Equifax Credit Information Services Private Ltd
c. CRIF High Mark Credit Information Services Private Ltd
d. Experian Credit Information Company of India Private
Limited

Account Status Facility reported

Credit Card Non-Credit Card

Settled Accept Reject if less than 5 years old

Settled post Accept if single instance. Else Reject if less than 5 years old
deviation may be approved by
write – off
empowered authority

Written-off Deviation may be approved by Reject if less than 5 years old

empowered authority

Restructured Deviation may be approved by Deviation may be approved by

empowered authority empowered authority only in cases
where * repayment is rescheduled, and
the performance is since satisfactory
* In cases where it is restructured under
notifications issued by State / Central
Govt under special circumstances.

“Empowered Authority”
Overdue amount upto Rs.10,000/-
Sanctioning/Controlling Authority not below the rank of a Chief Manager may approve the
deviation after satisfying himself/herself that the borrower has not defaulted willfully, that there is
a prima-facie merit in the borrower’s claim, if any, that the amount due has been wrongly billed to

Page | 294 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 him, and that the character and integrity of the borrower are beyond doubt. Facts considered for
approval of the deviation should be recorded in the loan approval note.
Overdue amount above Rs.10,000/-
For loans sanctioned by RACPC and other CPCs – AGM of the CPC For loans sanctioned at branches
– AGM(RBO) For loans sanctioned by Committees - sanctioning authority

OBTAINING 2 CIC Reports

Type of Loan 2 CIC Primary CIC Secondary Next CIC Next CIC
required for CIC
Loan above
Home Loan 10 Lakhs CIBIL CRIF High Experian Equifax
Mark
Education 4 Lakhs(USL) CIBIL CRIF High Experian Equifax
Loan 5 Lkhs(Sec) Mark
Auto Loan 5 Lakhs CIBIL Experian CRIF High Equifax
Mark
Personal Loan 4 Lakhs CIBIL Experian CRIF High Equifax
Mark
Other PBBU 4 Lakhs CIBIL Experian Experian CRIF High
Loans Equifax Mark

30 Purpose of Real Estate To regulate real estate sector

Regulation and Development To bring in transparency
Act (RERA) 2016 To help protect interests of consumers
To promote real estate sector
31 What are the Key features of It regulates both commercial and residential real estate projects.
RERA 2016 Bill seeks to establish real estate regulatory authority in states
and UTs .
Bill makes registration of real estate projects and real estate
agents with authority mandatory.
32 Details of Act ▪ Bill covers any projects that is more than 500 sq mts or
has more than eight apartments.
▪ The authority can even order compensation to
consumers in case of misleading advertisements.

Page | 295 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 ▪ Developers need to provide brief details of projects
launched in past five years both completed or under
construction.

33 Regarding Carpet area and Disclosure of carpet area is necessary as per the bill. It is
deposit in escrow account mandatory for builders to deposit 70% of the amount raised
…in RERA 2016 from buyers into escrow account in a scheduled bank within a
period of 15 days to cover construction cost of project.
34 Penalties under RERA 2016 to ▪ Promoters are barred from changing plans and design
the builder without consent of 2/3 buyers of the project.
▪ If the promoter does not register his property , he will
have to pay up to 10% of project cost as penalty.
▪ If he dodges, he faces imprisonment upto 3 years or
additional fine of 10% of the estimated cost of project.
35 Under Pre-sanction Credit Character or Creditworthiness, Capacity,
Process. 7 Cs are. Capital, Collateral, Coverage, Conditions
36 In case of Financials of the Verification of ABS from MCA site. In case of non-availability in
borrower, how to verify the MCA, independent confirmation from CA
Audited Balance Sheet.
37 In case of Financials of the Verification of Income Tax return, GST returns, etc. ABS to be
borrower, how to verify the compared with GSTR-9 & 9A (annual returns) for validating
GST returns/ IT returns Sales/purchases.
38 In case of SME Loans…2 CIC Two CIC reports are needed if Unsecured loan limits is >2 Lakhs
reports… and Secured Loans limit > 5.00 Crore
39 What are the various ▪ CICs Defaulters’ List/Willful Defaulters’ list and verify
defaulters lists in SME loans Credit History by means of Credit History reports
to be verified? provided by them.
▪ CRILC data (Central Repository of Information on Large
Credits ) data base – for all loan account above Rs. 5.00
crores – prospective borrower is reported as Default/
Stressed by any other Bank.
▪ Employees PF Organization site for defaulter companies
▪ ECGC caution list/Specific Approval list etc.
▪ Banned list of Promoters of SEBI
▪ Loan Rejections /CRA slippage in CPPD site

Page | 296 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

40 What are the various ▪ List of Disqualified Directors available on the website of
defaulters lists in SME loans to Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) i.e.,
be verified? http://www.mca.gov.in
▪ I-Probe Report – mandatory for all non-individual loan
applications for Rs. 10 Lakhs and above
▪ Verification of Credentials of Credit proposals with Central
Fraud Registry (CFR)
▪ List of Non-Cooperative borrowers –Aggregate FB & NFB
facilities are Rs. 5.00 Cr or its equivalent from the Bank.
▪ IBG defaulter list
41 What is LEI (Legal Entity ▪ LEI is a global reference – a 20-digit unique code that
Identifier) identifies every legal entity (across globe) or structure
that is party to a financial transaction, in any jurisdiction –
All borrowers, LEI code is valid for 1 year
▪ Global Legal Entity Identifier (GLIEF), is the entity tasked
to support the implementation and use of LEI.
42 In India, how to get LEI Code ▪ In India, LEI code may be obtained from Legal Entity
Identifier Ltd. (LEIIL), a subsidiary of Clearing Corporation
of India Ltd. (CCIL)
▪ RBI has recognized it an issuer of LEI, as the Local
Operating Unit (LOU) in India for issuance and
management of LEI.
▪ LEIIL can be assessed through https://www.cciindia-
lei.co.in
43 What is the use of LEI Code ▪ LEI will Serve as a proof of identity for a financial entity
▪ Help to abide by regulatory requirements
▪ Facilitate transaction reporting to Trade Repositories
44 What is CFR Central Fraud Registry, where a data base of frauds involving an
amount of Rs.1.00 lakh and above.
45 What is the importance of Section 44 AB give the provisions relating to the class of
Section 44 AB taxpayers who are required to get their accounts audited from a
Chartered Accountant.
The audit conducted by the CA of the accounts of the taxpayer in
pursuance of the requirement of section 44AB is called tax audit
46 In case of New Connections If Audited Financials are > 9Months and upto 12Months old,
(Including Takeover of provisional financials not > 6 M old to be obtained and analyzed
advances, what financials to
be obtained…ABS or If Audited Financials are > 12Months and upto 18Months old,
provisional) provisional as on 31st March of previous year

Page | 297 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

47 Periodical updation of Annually
Opinion Reports
48 Notarized Affidavit: New/Existing loans – SB-9 and worse, Restructuring- in all cases
49 Opinion reports - Not to be Constituents with personal overdrafts against government
compiled in case of. securities, company debentures or shares, units of mutual funds,
life insurance policies, etc. Loans against Bank’s own fixed
deposits.

Borrowers availing loans against pledge of Gold upto Rs.20.00

Lakhs, Xpress Credit, Pension Loans, Education Loans upto Rs. 7.5
Lakhs.
Sl.No.: 1198/2019 - 20 Circular No.: NBG/PBU/OPS-GOLD LOAN/8/2019 -
20 Dated 21.11.2019 and Borrowers availing loans up to Rs.3.00
Lakhs in case of AGL and SME segments
50 In case of Valuation reports, Category A – any amount
how many categories are Category B – Rs. 5 crs and above and up-to Rs. 50 crs
there. For the allotment of Category C – Less than Rs. 5 crs.
Valuers
51 Which is to be utilized for Vendor Management Systems
effective control &
monitoring of the
performance of the Valuers
and other TPEs
52 Periodicity of obtention of Valuation report for Asset(s)/ property(ies) to be obtained once
valuation reports in 3 years
53 When we need to get 2 For loans above Rs.1.00 Crore wherein primary/collateral offered
Valuation reports… as security is valued above Rs.50.00 Lakhs, valuation reports (not
older than 3 months for new connection) from 2 empaneled
valuers are to be obtained and in case value of the property is
below Rs.50.00 Lakhs, single valuation is to be obtained.
54 When we need to get 2 in case of Housing loans above Rs.1.00 Crore valuation reports
Valuation reports…in case of (not older than 3 months for new connection) from 2 empaneled
HLs valuers are to be obtained irrespective of the value of the
property. The fair market value and realizable value, whichever is
lower, is to be considered for arriving at the value of the property.
55 Time gap between two Both the valuation to be conducted simultaneously and time gap
valuation reports between these two valuation reports shall not be more than a
month
56 Due Diligence Checklist Sites

Page | 298 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 CIC’s DEFAULTERS LIST https://suit.cibil.com/
WILFUL DEFAULTERS LIST
CRILC DATABASE https://secweb.rbi.org.in/orfsxbrl/
GSTIN VERIFICATION https://services.gst.gov.in/services/searchtp
EMPLOYEE PROVIDENT FUND http://www.epfindia.gov.in/site_en/index.php
ORGANISATION
ECGC CAUTION LIST https://www.ecgcltd.in/ecgcportal/
LOAN REJECTIONS/CRA https://cppd.statebanktimes.in/
SLIPPAGES
LIST OF DISQUALIFIED http://www.mca.gov.in/
DIRECTORS
AADHAAR VERIFICATION https://resident.uidai.gov.in/verify
PAN VERIFICATION https://www1.incometaxindiaefiling.gov.in/eFilingGS/Services/Ve
rifyYourPanDeatils.html?lang=eng
VOTER ID CARD https://electoralsearch.in/
VERIFICATION
DRIVING LICENSE https://parivahan.gov.in/rcdlstatus/?pur_cd=101
VERIFICATION
VEHICLE REGISTRATION https://vahan.nic.in/nrservices/faces/user/searchstatus.xhtml
VERIFICATION
i-PROBE SEARCH https://commercial.cibil.com/sbi/iprobe.aspx
CERSAI VERIFICATION https://www.cersai.org.in/CERSAI/
UDHYOG AADHAR https://udyogaadhaar.gov.in/UA/UAM_Registration.aspx
VERIFICTION
ITR FILING STATUS https://www1.incometaxindiaefiling.gov.in/eFilingGS/Services/IT
RStatusLink.html?lang=eng
CHARTERED ACCOUNTANT https://www.icai.org/new_post.html?post_id=1813&c_id=93
DETAILS VERIFICATION
UDIN VERIFICATION https://udin.icai.org/search-udin
FORM 16 VERIFICATION https://www.tdscpc.gov.in/app/tapn/tdstcscredit.xhtml
TAX PAID CHALAN https://tin.tin.nsdl.com/oltas/servlet/QueryTaxpayerAjax#
VERIFICATION
DIN VERIFICATION http://www.mca.gov.in/mcafoportal/showVerifyDIN.do
COMPANY DETAILS (FIND CIN http://www.mca.gov.in/mcafoportal/findCIN.do
NO
BANNED LIST OF https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/home/HomeAction.do?doListi
PROMOTERS ngA ll=yes&search=Promoters
CENTRAL FRAUD REGISTRY https://dbie.rbi.org.in/CFR/
SEARCH

Page | 299 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 CIBIL SEARCH https://commercial.cibil.com/enquiry/#/login
57 Things to be observed in Post 1. End use of Funds.
Sanction Credit Process 2. Any deviation of Terms and conditions
3. Ensure recovery of instalments
4. Any Early Warning Signals
58 Post Sanction Credit Process Follow-up, Supervision and Monitoring
mainly of 3 parts
59 Documents can be executed RACPC /Branches
at any of the following Places Special Documents Execution Desk (SED)
Applicant’s residence / business Place/ mutually agreed Place by
MOBILE TEAM
60 Filing of Mortgage with Cersai CERSAI - Filing of mortgage by deposit of title deeds on same day
of creation of the mortgage in respect of all mortgages created
on or after 31st March 2011. The filing has to be done immediately
after creation of mortgage without laps of any time.
61 Post disbursement inspection 15 days in respect of all Loan Disbursements
to be done within
62 In respect of Home Loans, the In case of Housing Loan, the Insurance policies are required to be
property insurance must be in obtained in the joint names of the Bank and the Borrower or in
the name of. the sole name of the Borrower if the policy contains the Bank’s
clause.
63 As SARFAESI Chapter-IV A is it should be ensured that all Security Interests are filed with
coming into force from 24-01- CERSAI immediately after creation. Non-filing of charge will result
2020 in losing rights of enforcement of securities under SARFAESI act.
Sl.No.: 1512/2019 - 20 Circular No.: R&DB/CERSAI/115/2019 - 20 Dated 21
Jan 2020
64 As per Section 19 of Penalty provisions for default in filing, modifying and satisfaction
SARFAESI, Penalty of security interest, shall be omitted w.e.f. 24-01-2020
provisions…
65 Periodicity of property Property inspection is to be conducted and recorded at each
Inspection in Home Loans stage of disbursement thereafter once in every 3 years.
66 What is FSM in Post Sanction Follow-up, Supervision and Monitoring
Credit Process • CPM Analytical Tool application is used for analyzing and
studying individual FBWC limit accounts of ₹50 Cr and
above. Individual account analysis was earlier centralized
at CPMD, it has now been decentralized to Post
Sanctioning Monitoring (PSM) Teams formed at CAG
Central / CCG ROs / respective LHOs
67 Stock Statement Format FSM- Inventories (All type of stocks)
3/1 - Inventories used for - Sundry Creditors bifurcations

Page | 300 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

68 Stock Statement Format FSM- Age Analysis of Book Debts
3/2 - Book Debts used for - Bills discounted with the Bank
- Book Debts under Cover Period
69 Stock Statement Format FSM- Guidelines on reporting data in stock statement format
3/3 - Notes and Certificates - Certificate by borrower on stocks and book debts
used for
70 Stock Statement Format FSM- Summary of Stocks and Book Debts: DP calculation sheet for
3/4 - Summary used for borrower
71 FSM-6 Post Sanction Inspection Report Format
72 In case of Term Loans… The Implementation stage: Progress reports by the Unit in FSM-TL-1
formats are at quarterly intervals.
Periodic site inspection: Observations in FSM-TL-2.
Follow-up post-commercial production: Progress report by the
Unit in FSM-TL-3 at half-yearly intervals.
73 FFR (Financial Follow up Applicable to all entities (other than listed Companies), enjoying
Reports) applicable for. FBWC limits of Rs. 10.00 crore and above
74 Types of FFRs FFR I and FFR - II
75 Periodicity of FFR I FFR-I: Details of performance, CA & CL
Periodicity- June & December, to be submitted within 52 days
from the end of Half year.
76 Periodicity of FFR II FFR-II: Op. Statement and Balance Sheet
Periodicity-September & March, to be submitted within 67 Days
from the end of half year.
77 What is QRR and its QRR - Quarterly Result Report - applicable for all Listed
applicability Companies with same periodicity applicable for FFR
78 What is SRA Stock and Receivable Audit
79 Features of SRA ▪ SRA is not applicable for stand-alone Term Loan facilities.
▪ In case of Takeover advances, SRA is to be conducted prior
to disbursement – above Rs. 5 Cr.
▪ Process: 30 days before the due date
▪ Auditor has been to complete the task within 45 days
▪ Post receipt of SRA reports – communication to borrower
unit within 7 days for rectification of deficiencies
▪ Preliminary ATR to Branch head within 20 days of SRA
report
▪ Final ATR within 30 days to DGM (B&O/DGM & CCO of the
circle)

Page | 301 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 FREQUENCY OF STOCK & RECEIVABLE AUDIT
YEARLY HALF YEALY QUARTERLY
Standard accounts with Standard accounts with FBWC Following category of
FBWC Limit, TL exposure (#) Limit, TL exposure (#) and NFB borrowers, having
and NFB limits aggregating limits aggregating above Rs.5 exposure of Rs.5 crores
to Rs.5 crore and above and crores and having Internal and above irrespective of
having Internal rating of SB- rating of SB-6 and worse. the credit rating: i)
5 and better Commodity Traders ii) IT
enabled services iii) NBFCs
NPAs balance >5crores.

Exempted Categories of Advances: a. All Central and State Public Sector Undertakings. b. Loans granted against
“Specified Securities”. c. Loans granted under LRD, ABL and ABL (CRE) and e-VFS schemes. d. All loans under “P”
segment. e. SRA shall not be applicable for stand-alone Term Loan facilities. f. SRA can be waived in cases other
than exemptions given under point no. (a) to (e) above, by the Sanctioning Authority. g. In case of ECCB sanctions,
waiver can be approved by CCCC

Industry specific conduct of SRA / BG Audit (EPC Contractors, Ship Recycling Units, Gems and Jewelry Industry,
Diamond Industry): Industry / product specific extant guidelines for conduct of SRA shall apply

All Loan and mortgage related documents in respect of accounts with aggregate credit
exposure of Rs.5.00 crore (FB+NFB) and above shall form the Audit Universe for Legal Audit.
Accounts migrated to SAMG shall be excluded from the purview of Legal Audit, as
enforceability certificates are required to be obtained in such cases
ECR from any of the seven accredited agencies is mandatory for all exposures above Rs. 50 crores from Banking
System

80 SME DOCUMENTATION

INITIAL DOCUMENTS
SME 1 Letter of Arrangement
Annexure A - Facilities, Terms & Conditions
Annexure B – Standard Terms & Conditions
SME 2 Agreement of Loan cum Hypothecation
SME 2A Letter furnishing particulars of all assets financed (assets
acquired after execution of SME-2)
SME 3 Guarantee Agreement
SUPPLEMENTAL DOCUMENT
SME 4 Supplemental Agreement of Loan-cum-Hypothecation
(Supplemental to SME-2)

Page | 302 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 DOCUMENT / RECITAL FOR CREATION OF EQUITABLE MORTGAGE
SME 5 Memorandum for recording creation of mortgage by
deposit of title deeds (Borrower / Guarantor / Third
Parties)
SME 6 Letter of confirmation for creation of mortgage by
deposit of title deeds
DOCUMENTS / RECITAL FOR EXTENSION OF EQUITABLE MORTGAGE
SME 7 Memorandum for recording extension (or creation of
mortgage on addl. properties) of mortgage by deposit of
title deeds
SME 8 Letter of confirmation for extension of mortgage by
deposit of title deeds
DOCUMENTS FOR CREATION / EXTENTION OF REGD. MORTGAGE
SME 9 Deed of Mortgage – for creation of Registered Mortgage
(Borrower / Guarantor / Third Party)
SME 10 Deed of further charge – Extension of earlier mortgage
charge
COMPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS
SME 11 Revival Letters (Limitation Act, 1963)
SME 12 Link Letters
SME 13 Title Investigation report (Since withdrawn)

SME Business : Project Pratham – Pre & Post Sanction Functionalities

Loans up to Rs.10.00 lac

Frequency of Inspection

Bank Officials Yearly

Authorised Representative viz., SBOSS Quarterly

Loans above Rs.10.00lac to Rs.50.00 lac

Frequency of Inspection CUE Lite 1-8 or Score of 70 & CUE Lite 9 & below or score
above below 70

Bank Officially Yearly Half yearly

Authorised Representative viz. Quarterly Quarterly

SBOSS

If the account turns into SMA 1/2/NPA, frequency of inspection in respect of above, will be increased to Bi-
monthly and suitable trigger alert through email/SMS will be sent to Branch/CPC notifying the change.

Loans above Rs.50.00lac to Rs.5.00 Crore

Page | 303 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Frequency of Inspection CUE/CRA 1-8 or Score CUE/CRA 9 & below

Bank Officially Quarterly Monthly

Loans above Rs.5.00 crore to Rs.50.00 Crore

Frequency of Inspection CUE/CRA 1-8# or Score CUE/CRA 9# & below

Bank Officially Quarterly Monthly

# Inspection frequency will be based on better of CUE/CRA rating.

When an account slips into SMA1&2/npa in respect of above will be carried on a monthly interval by Bank
Officials and a suitable trigger alert through email/SMS will be sent to RMSME/CSO/Branch notifying the
change.

REVISED GUIDELINES ON PERIODICITY OF POST SANCTION INSPECTION - RKCC

Inspection of standing crops and Agri land is to be done within 3 months of sanction and also within
3 months of review or renewal to ensure end use of funds. In States, where land records are
digitized and Bank has entered into tie-up with Satellite imagery service Provider, Branches may
instead use services of Satellite Imagery Service Providers for limits upto 1.60 ₹ lakh to ascertain the
cropping activity declared by the borrower and peruse other details as available in the report
Frequent visits at least once in a quarter for recovery in irregular accounts and NPA accounts should
be undertaken. In case of any adverse information including those about borrower, crop,
village/locality, Farmland and any news of natural calamity in the area, etc., inspections should be
conducted immediately and based on inspection desired action needs to be initiated.
For Car loans: For Standard Asset accounts, periodical inspections will be waived after the initial inspection.
However, if there is a default of 1 monthly instalment, inspection would be required. In case of NPA accounts
inspections would be made twice a year. Inspection register will be maintained properly

Rs. 2500/- + GST per month to be levied if RC is not submitted within 120 days, for next 18 months or up to date
of submission whichever is earlier.

After 18 months, if RC is still not submitted, the loan is to be recalled and legal proceedings to be initiated against
the borrower (s) & guarantor, if any.

***

Page | 304 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 NPA Management
“Prevention is better than the Cure”
1 Preventive Measures (Soft Recovery) Genuine need ; Integrity; Adequate loan; Comprehensive
at the time of Pre Sanction Credit Loan; Pre sanction inspection: Adequate Gestation;
Process to arrest the account Proper Repayment Schedule; Timely Credit
becoming NPA are…
2 Preventive Measures (Soft Recovery)End use of funds
at the time of Post Sanction CreditRelease in stages
Process to arrest the account Proper support services
becoming NPA are… Backward & Forward linkages
Encouraging allied activities
3 When an account holder become Failing when capable Diversion of funds to other
wilful defaulter purposes Siphoning off funds for other than unit
purposes
4 How NPAs arise in Banks? BY BANKERS:
Improper pre-sanction process
Technical NPA
Lack of follow-up etc.
BY BORROWERS:
Willful default
Diversion of funds
Non-viable Projects
BY NEITHER:
Natural calamities
Pandemics
5 Technical NPAs means Means ‘early identification’ as NPA
Now-a-days it is difficult to rectify at Branch level
(requires approval from top management/ controllers &
rectification through service desk)
After getting permission, make the URI (Un-realised
Interest) zero and then take up with service desk for
modifications
6 What are the reasons for Technical ▪ Non-incorporation of correct repayment due date
NPAs ▪ Non-incorporation of crop season period
▪ Non-entering of correct renewal data
▪ Non-updation of Collateral Security details etc.
▪ Incorrect recording (or) non-recording of
moratorium period (repayment holiday)

Page | 305 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 ▪ Non-regeneration of repayment schedule, where
the borrower has not availed the entire
sanctioned limit

7 NPA Definition “An asset becomes non-performing, when it ceases to

generate income for the Bank”
8 How the account is categorized as If the installment/interest is not paid within 90 days from
NPA in Agri allied activities and SHG due date, the A/c becomes NPA
9 What are NPA norms: TL/CC/OD TL – Interest and or instalment of Prinicpal remaining
overdue for a period of more than 90 days
OD /CC – “Out of Order”
10 What are NPA norms: Bills/ Crops Bill Purchased – If the bill remains overdue to the Bank for
a period of more than 90 days
Short duration Crops – Instalment of Principal or interest
thereon remains overdue for two crop seasons
Long duration Crops – Instalment of Principal or Interest
remains overdue for one crop season
11 What are NPA norms: Derivatives In case of derivative transactions, overdue receivables
representing positive Mark to Market – if remains unpaid
for a period of 90 days.
In case of interest payments, interest charged during any
quarter if not serviced fully within 90 days from the end
of the quarter.
Accounts where regular / Adhoc Limits are not renewed
within 180 days from the due date / date of adhoc
sanction.
12 Out of Order Balance remains in excess of limit / DP for a period of 90
days
or
There are no credits in the account for 90 days or credits
are not enough to cover the interest debited during the
same period
13 ‘Overdue’ status Any amount due to the bank under any credit facility is
‘overdue’ if it is not paid on the due date fixed by the
bank.
14 RBI introduced an asset category viz., Special Mention Accounts (SMAs), between ‘standard’ and
‘sub-standard’ categories of assets.
We have to identify incipient stress in term loan accounts, immediately on ‘default’, by classifying
stressed assets as special mention accounts (SMA) as per the following categories:

Page | 306 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 SMA-0 Principal or interest payment or any other amount wholly or partially overdue
between 1-30 days
SMA-1 Principal or interest payment or any other amount wholly or partially overdue
between 31-60 days
SMA-2 Principal or interest payment or any other amount wholly or partially overdue
between 61-90 days

In the case of revolving credit facilities like cash credit, there will be no SMA-0 and the
SMA sub-categories will be as follows:
SMA-1 Outstanding balance remains continuously in excess of the sanctioned limit or
drawing power, whichever is lower, for a period of 31-60 days.
SMA-2 Outstanding balance remains continuously in excess of the sanctioned limit or
drawing power, whichever is lower, for a period of 61-90 days.
15 What is long duration crop - crop season longer than one year
What is short duration crop - which are not "long duration" crops
16 Repayment day fixed for Short Term 12 months from the Data of Sanction
Crops
17 Repayment day fixed for Long Term 18 months from the Data of Sanction
Crops
For Short Duration Crops - IRAC norms
18 DOS to Due date (12 months - one day Standard, Next day Overdue
less than next year)
19 From 1st Day of Overdue to 30th Day IRAC 1 or RG 1
20 From 31st Day of Overdue to 60th Day IRAC 2 or RG 2
21 From 61st Day to 1 year 10 months IRAC 3 or RG 3
22 2 Years from Due date or 3 years from NPA - IRAC 4 or SS
DOS - Not paid
For Long Duration Crops - IRAC norms43qa
23 DOS to Due date (18 months ) Standard, Next day Overdue
24 From 1st Day of Overdue to 30th Day IRAC 1 or RG 1
25 From 31st Day of Overdue to 60th Day IRAC 2 or RG 2
26 From 61st Day to 1 year 4 months IRAC 3 or RG 3
27 18 months from Due date or 3 years NPA - IRAC 4 or SS
from DOS - Not paid

Page | 307 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

28 Interest application in Agri Loans
Interest on crop loan accounts to be charged on due
dates of loans
When crop loans or instalments under term loans
become overdue, interest to be compounded
Interest is applied on overdue crop loans / term loans at
half- yearly intervals
Interest is applied on term loans on the due dates for
repayment of loan / instalments
Interest is applied annually in case of long duration crops
29 RBI GUIDELINES FOR CROP LOANS & WHEN MORE THAN ONE CROP ARE GROWN:
TERM LOANS Duration of major crop will be taken into account. For this
purpose - crop from which the farmer derives maximum
income will be considered as “Major Crop”.
30 RISK GRADE DESCRIPTION
31 0 Standard
32 1 Standard – Temp Irregular 01-30 Days
33 2 Standard – Problem Loan 31 - 60 Days
34 3 Standard – Problem Loan 61 – 90 Days
35 4 Sub Standard > 90 days
36 5 Doubtful (DA 1) – less than 1 year
37 6 Doubtful (DA 2) – 1 to 3 years
38 7 Doubtful (DA 3) – more than 3 years
39 8 Loss Assets
40 Sub-Standard Asset (SSA): A Sub-Standard Asset is one, which has been classified as
NPA for a period less than or equal to 12 months.
41 DOUBTFUL ASSET An asset would be classified as Doubtful Asset, if it has
remained in Sub-Standard category for a period of 12
months.
Further, if there is any erosion in value of the security and
if the realizable value thereof is less than 50% of the value
assessed by the bank or accepted by RBI during last
inspection, as the case may be, such an asset should
straightaway be classified as a doubtful asset from
Standard category.

Page | 308 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

42 LOSS ASSET A Loss Asset is one where loss has been identified by the
bank or internal or external auditors or during RBI
Inspection, but the amount has not been written-off
wholly; but considered uncollectible.
If there is any erosion in value of the security and if the
realizable value of such security, as assessed by the
Branch/ approved valuers/RBI auditors is less than 10%
of the outstanding in the borrowed account, the
asset should straight away be classified as a Loss
Asset.
43 Provisions to be Held
44 Standard - Direct Agriculture, SME 0.25%
advances & Individual Housing Loans
45 Standard - Commercial Real Estate 1.00%
(CRE)
46 Standard - Commercial Real Estate 0.75%
(CRE-RH)
47 Standard - All other Loans not 0.40%
covered above
48 LOSS ASSET 100.00%
Provision creation for Non-Performing Assets :

Page | 309 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 49 What are the Soft Recovery Measures SMS-Branch/ Call centers / AT&T
Tele Contacting- Branch/ Call centers / AT&T
Personal Visits
Recovery camps/ Gram Sabhas
Notices-Demand notice
Relief Measures (Conversion/Rephasement)
Restructuring OTS-Rinn Samadhan -Structured
Compromise proposals- Case By Case analysis
Lokadalat- Outst < 20.00 lakhs
Engagement of BCs as recovery agents
50 What are the steps to be taken before 1. Revival letters/Documents live
hard recovery 2. EM was created
3. Availability of Confirmation of EM Letter (SME 6 & 8)
4. RTA Registration (in case of Vehicles)
5. Bank charge created or not (ROC)
6. Properties held as Security should be physically verified
by the Branch Officials.-Route Map
7. Branch officials up date the addresses and other
contact details of borrowers/guarantors.
8. CERSAI Registration.
51 What are the Hard Recovery 1. Post Dated Cheques
measures? 2. Seizures
3. Photo Notices-Wilful Default-CGM
4. R R Act
5. D R T Cases – Outst >Rs20.00 lakhs
6. SARFAESI 2002
7. Civil suits
8. NCLT
52 What is meant by Conversion? All current crop loans on or before due date eligible for
conversion
Outstandings (Principal + Interest) to be converted to
term loan
53 What is meant by Rephasement? All regular term loans eligible for rephasement
Installment(s) not due as on date of occurrence of
calamity to be rephased
Repayment schedule to be reassessed and refixed on the
basis of repayment capacity
54 Compromise Settlements No uniform guidelines Based on case by case analysis

Page | 310 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 55 BASIC PRINCIPLES FOR COMPROMISE
56 Recover maximum with minimum sacrifice
Exhaust other sources of recovery (Deposits lien / guarantee)
Quantum based on realizable value of security
5% initial deposit of O/S
Full / part recovery (Upfront 15%) and balance 1-36 months period
57 Concessions allowed in Compromise
58 Reduction in the rate of interest, from the date the account became NPA.
Partial or complete waiver of interest charged / accrued after the unit became NPA.
Waiver of a part of the principal dues.
Partial or complete waiver of legal and other expenses incurred by the Bank.
59 Lok Adalat
60 Lok Adalats have no judicial powers. They provide a forum for mutually acceptable settlement
between two interested parties such as the plaintiff and the defendant in a suit, who are willing
to refer the dispute to the Lok Adalats and accept their verdict
Once the settlement is signed by both the parties, suitable orders / decrees are passed as per the
terms of the settlement
61 Lok adalat decrees can be challenged? Such decrees cannot be challenged in the next higher
Court, i.e. no appeal would lie and the decree would be
final and binding
62 Advantages of Lok Adalat There are no Court fees involved
Existing suits in Courts and fresh disputes can be
adjudicated by Lok Adalats
If no settlement is arrived at, parties can still continue
with Court proceedings
Its decrees have legal status and are binding
63 Max. Amount can file The maximum amount of claim (suit amount) in the suit
filed cases for reference to Lok Adalats is Rs. 20.00 Lakhs
64 Sarfaesi Act, 2002 - Process
65 1) Notice under Sec. 13 (2)
2) Objections from the Borrower under Sec. 13 (3)
3) Notice under Sec. 13 (4)
4) Filing of Caveat at DRT
5) Fixing of Reserve Price
6) Sale-cum-Auction Notice
7) E-Auction and Issue of Sale Certificate
66 Eligibility for issue 13 (2) Notice
67 NPA account, claim amount should not be less than Rs.1 Lakh and the amount due (Incl. int)
should be more than 20% of the Principal amount and interest there on.

Page | 311 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 The loan documents including EM are not time barred.
Assets are inspected and identified
Approval from Competent Authority to issue 13(2) ie Up to Rs.25 crores SM IV and Above Rs.25
crores GM (NW/ MCG/ CAG/ SAMG)
Only Authorised officer (Not below the rank of Chief Manager) having right to issue the Notice
and initiate action against SARFAESI Act.
68 Schedule B of 13(2) Notice consists particulars of documents executed by the borrower,
of.. deposit of title deeds, confirmation letter etc
69 Schedule C of 13(2) Notice consists of.. property details with boundaries
70 If the Notice under 13 (2) returned.. If the notice is returned, then it should not be opened and
preserved as record. Need to affix a copy of Demand
Notice on the outer door of the Place of borrower,
photographs to be taken and kept on record.
71 Need of publishing in Newspapers in If Notice returned, then the content of the notice
case of 13 (2) Notice published in two leading newspapers one in English
another in Vernacular language.
72 If the borrower raised any objection Can consider the objection and if not acceptable then
on receipt of notice.. should communicate the same to borrower with reasons
of non-acceptance within 15 days from the receipt of
objection.
73 In case any suit is pending at DRT/CivilThey are eligible and the concerned DRT/Civil Courts
Court, are they eligible under 13 (2) should suitably informed before issuing of notice u/s 13(2)
Notice of the act.
74 Notice period for 13(2) Notice is 60 days
75 After expiry of 60 days, Authorised by issuing 13 (4) Notice (Possession Notice)
officer may take Possession of the
property (either symbolic or physical)
including the right to transfer by way
of lease, assignment or sale for
realizing the asset
76 Other actions to be taken while Send the notice by Regd. Post and affix the notice at the
issuing 13(4) notice Place of property and publish the same in two leading
news papers within 7 days, take photographs and kept on
record.
77 Any help from Resolution Agents Can use the services of Chief Metropolitan Magistrate,
Required.. District Magistrate, Resolution Agents in this regard
78 What is the need of filing Caveat. The borrower may approach DRT u/s 17 of SARFAESI
within 45 days, Hence, a Caveat may be filed before DRT

Page | 312 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 to avoid passing any interim order/ injunction order by
DRT
79 When the borrower approach DRAT If the Appeal of the borrower dismissed, then borrower
under Sarfaesi process? can approach DRAT u/s 18 of SARFAESI within 30 days of
Order.
80 Is it necessary to file Caveat in DRAT Yes. In such cases, branches may file Caveat with DRAT to
also. avoid any restraint order passed against Bank.
81 While taking possession, if any In case of movable properties, can take in present of
movable properties are there, then two independent witnesses and do Panchanama duly
what to do. singed by the witnesses.
Prepare inventory and send a copy to borrower/
guarantor
The securities should be covered with proper insurance.
82 While filing Reserve Price, Valuaiton If the valuation of the property is more than 12 months,
of property is required... then fresh valuation to be obtained else no need.
83 Whether 2nd Valuaiton report If the value is more than 1 Cr. Then need to take 2nd
needed? report
84 Sale proceeds through auction or e- only through e-auction.
auction
85 Notice period for e-auction notice The borrower should serve a 30 days notice of sale of
immovable property, in case of death of the same, sent
to legal heirs through Regd. Post with Ack. Due and paste
the notice at the doors and publish in two leading news
papers within 7 days and web site.
Auction can be conducted after expiry of 30 days
86 which website the full sale notice is Full sale notice to be uploaded in bank web site
visible? https://sbi.auctiontiger.com or
https://bankeauctions.com of C1 India Pvt. Ltd.
87 e-auction process On the day of e-auction, bidder can login and participate
in auction.
Once the auction over, highest bidder get message
through email. Highest bidder name will not display
anywhere
The successful bidder informed to pay the balance
amount
88 When Certificate of Sale should be After immediate payment of 25% of sale price, the
issued winning bidder has to pay the balance within 15 days.
On confirmation of sale, the Authorised officer issue a
Certificate of Sale.

Page | 313 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 89 Civil Suit - Process 1) Amount Less than Rs. 20 Lakhs
2) Permission from Controller
3) Issue of Legal Notice
4) Account Not time barred
5) Filing the Suit in Civil Court
6) Arguments and Final Decree
7) Filing of Execution Petition
8) Recovery by Public Auction
90 Before what date suit can be filed Suit can be filed before 3 months from the date of
after approval from controlling approval
authority
91 DRT – Process 1) Document Not time Barred
(Debt Recovery Tribunal) 2) Permission from Controller
3) File the OA through Panel Advocate
4) DRT issue Order
5) File Caveat in DRAT
6) Issue of Recovery Certificate by DRT
7) Amount more than Rs.20 Lakhs
92 Need of Caveat... DRT may issue order and copy to borrower /guarantor
Immediately Branch should file caveat in DRAT
93 Appeal at DRAT The Bank/ Defendants or third party may appeal in DRAT
(Debt Recovery Appellate Tribunal) within a period of 45 days from the date of copy of order
received from DRT
94 What amount to be paid at DRAT for Where an appeal preferred borrower has to pay 75 % of
accepting the appeal. debt in DRAT. Bank can also file if necessary, by paying
the necessary stamp duty, even after 45 days with
condonation of delay.
95 Which accounts are sold to SC/RC Where we are sole lenders, accounts with ledger
(Securitisation Company/ outstandings of Rs. 5 crores & over. Exceptions may be
Reconstruciton Company) permitted by the MD & GE (NBG) if recommended by
Circle CGM

In case of consortium or syndicated loans / multiple

banking arrangement, if 75 % of creditors (by value) seek
/ agree for the sale
96 Appropriation of recoveries in NPA Charges
Accounts Unrealized Interest
Interest
Principal

Page | 314 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 97 Schemes for Resolution of Stressed Framework for Revitalizing Distressed Assets
Assets Discontinued Corporate Debt Restructuring (CDR)
Strategic Debt Restructuring (SDR)
Change in Ownership Outside SDR
Scheme for Sustainable Structuring of Stressed Assets
(S4A)
Joint Lenders Forum (JLF)
98 Which accounts are migrated to NPAs under all segments to be migrated (including AGL
SAMBs & SARBs and /fraud cases)
NPAs both at BPR and non – BPR centres to be migrated
NPAs with o/s of Rs. 10 Crore and above to SAMBs
NPAs with o/s of Rs. 20 Lakhs and less than Rs 10.00 Cr
to SARB
99 Which accounts are to be entrusted to Only Recalled Assets and written off Accounts (including
Resolution Agents AUCAs) can be entrusted to RAs for resolution
100 Which accounts are to be entrusted to Services of Real Estate Agents may also be used where e-
Real Estate Agents auction of properties has failed at least once
101 When we have to go to Sale through Only when other methods like public auction fail.
Private Treaty
102 Minimum attempts by public auction Upto Rs.1 crore value of property - Only One attempt
before resorting to private treaty and
Above Rs.1 crore valued property - Two attempts
103 What is Debt Asset Swap The Bank may consider taking over the properties in lieu
of settlement amount.
Minimum value of asset to be swapped for debt as part
of compromise is Rs.50 Lakhs.
All debt - asset swap proposals should be considered only
after administrative approval of CGM (Circle/CCG/CAG
/SARG).
104 ISSUING REQUEST FOR OPENING “Chairman / Managing Directors / Chief Executives of all
LOOK OUT CIRCULAR (LOC) Public-Sector Banks” are competent to request for
opening of LOCs
Recourse under the LOC would be taken in all cases of
fraud where the amount involved is Rs. 50 Crore and
above with the Bank
105 What is portal for Whistle blower https://whistleblower.co.in
policy

Page | 315 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 106 Central Fraud Registry (CFR) RBI has made available a Central Fraud Registry (CFR)
based on the Fraud Monitoring Returns (FMR) filed by
various banks and select FIs. Verification of CFR is
mandatory as part of due diligence on every loan
proposal
107 Early Warning System (EWS) & Early Warning System (EWS) and Red Flagged Accounts
Red Flagged Accounts (RFA) System for Borrower Exposures is an IT based end-to-end
Early Warning Signal generating system that enables the
officials at operating and administrative levels in Business
Groups to monitor their Borrower exposures from the
perspective of any impending Credit or Fraud Risk in the
Account on an ongoing basis, and to take proactive and
timely corrective action plan to arrest the deterioration
in the quality of the Borrower Exposures
108 EWS & RFA Review System Currently, EWS & RFA Review System shares information
Parameters? with users on various parameters based on type of alerts:
S No Type of Sources Segment& Number
EWS Threshold
Parameters limit
[i] EWS-AI & CBS, Exim SME & 29
MLM Bills Corporate
Model Rs.25
Parameters lakhs and
based on above
Internal
Sources
[ii] RFA-EWS CBS, LLMS,SME & 27
Parameters Exim Bills,
Corporate,
CRILC, REHBU,
External ABU,
Sources PBBU,
SARG
(Rs.3 crs
and above
[iii] EWS RBI XBRL SME & 199
Parameters Platform, Corporate
based on Fintechs like
External Crisil,
Sources Websites
like Money
Control,
Newspapers

Page | 316 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 [iv] EWS Data is SME & 41
Parameters taken from Corporate
based on last
LLMS sanctioned
Sources Proposal
Both
Internal and
external
sources
109 Who is the adjudicating authority in NCLT - National Company Law Tribunal
case of IBC-2016
110 IBC full form Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code
111 What Insolvency Professionals do Insolvency Professional will take over management and
control of the Corporate Debtor (Borrowing Company).
112 The minimum default amount to Rs.1.00 Lakh. (Recently increased to Rs. 1.00 Crore)
initiate the procedure is
113 The IBC framework is regulated by the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of India (IBBI)’
114 Appellet authority for NCLT is NCLAT
115 Appellet authority for NCLAT is Supreme Court
116 NCLT deals with Corporate disputes arising under Companies Act
117 DRT deals with Recovery of debts owed to Banks and FIs
118 LAMS (Loan Account Management LAMS servers as a common platform for follow-up and
System) monitoring of Loan Accounts .
119 LAMS is available both on Intranet https://lams.sbi
and through Intune on Internet
120 In seizure of vehicle total how many Total 3 notices.
notices to be sent 1st Notice when a/c is SMA-1 giving 15 days time.
2nd Notice - After NPA giving 7 days time.
3rd Notice before effecting sale notice of min. 7 days for
payment to be given
121

***

Page | 317 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Liability Products (SB, CA, TDR, STDR, RD etc.,)
1 What is ‘Liability’ for Banks? Deposit raised from Customers is called ‘Liability’ for the
Bank.
2 Two types of Deposits a) Demand Deposit- Payable on Demand- Saving
Bank, Current Account
b) Time Deposit- Payable after specified time period-
Term Deposits, Recurring Deposit etc
3 Saving Bank Account

Savings Bank Account is a form of Developed for cultivating a habit of savings among people
demand deposit which is subject to
the restrictions as to the number of
withdrawals as also the amounts of
withdrawals permitted by the bank
during any specified period
Earn less interest than the Time Meant for individuals and not for business purposes
Deposits.
Restrictions on the number of times No restrictions on amount to be deposited
on withdrawal from the account
without charge.
Withdrawal mode- Withdrawal Form, The accounts can be opened and operated by a single
Cheque, ATM Card or Net Banking individual or two or more individuals together.
4 Eligibility of SB A/c All individuals
Central/State Govt Departments (if eligible to open SB
accounts) subject to production of an authorization from
the respective Govt depts to open Savings Bank account.

Development of Women and Children in Rural Areas

Self-help Groups
5 Mode of Operation Single/Jointly/Either or survivor/ Former or survivor, Later
or survivor, etc
6 Saving Bank Account- Features

Mobile banking The facility of transfer of accounts through Internet

Banking channel.
SMS Alerts Nomination facility is Available
Internet banking Monthly Average Balance (MAB) as per the location of
home Branch
YONO No limit on Maximum balance
SBI Quick- Missed call facility A Pass Book is issued to record the transactions
25 free cheque leaves per annum. Rate of interest 2.70% (w.e.f. 15.09.2022)
Restricted free withdrawals based on MAB

Page | 318 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 7.Type of Savings Bank Accounts

7.1 Basic Savings Bank Deposit Account(BSBDA) – Salient features of this type of account are:

1) The Account should be fully KYC compliant

2) The product will not have any requirement of minimum balance.

3) No limit on number and value of deposits that can be made in a month.

4) Only Basic RuPay Card will be issued.

5) No charges will be levied on any of the above facilities including activation of inoperative Basic
Savings Bank Deposit Account. Holders of Basic Savings Bank Deposit Account will not be eligible
for opening any other Savings Bank Deposit account in the bank. If a customer has any other
existing Savings Bank deposit account in our Bank, he/she will be required to close it within 30 days
from the date of opening a Basic Savings Bank Deposit Account.

6) Before opening a BSBD account, a declaration from the customers will have to be obtained that
he/ she is not having a BSBD account in any other Bank

7.2 BSBDA-Small Accounts: Small Deposit accounts are the same as Basic Savings Bank Deposit
Account (BSBDA) but are opened when the customer does not provide any Official Valid
Document for full KYC. Salient features of the account are:

1) the aggregate of all credits in a financial year must not exceed Rs.1 lakh.

2) the aggregate of all withdrawals and transfers in a month does not exceed Rs. 10000.

3) the balance at any point of time does not exceed Rupees Rs. 50000.

4) The accounts are initially valid for 12 months only. Further transactions will be permitted only if
the customer submits KYC documents or proof of having applied for KYC documents. If the
customer submits proof of having applied for KYC documents, the account will be allowed to
continue for a period of 24 months from the date of opening of account.

5) If the customer submits KYC documents, the account should be converted to BSBD/ Regular
Savings Bank Account at the discretion of the customer. No transactions should be permitted after
24 months of opening the account if the customer fails to submit KYC documents.

6) Foreign remittances are not allowed into such accounts. If at any time the balance exceeds Rs
50,000/- or the total credit summations during the year exceeds Rs 1,00,000/-, further transactions
should not be allowed. Such accounts should either be converted to BSBD or Regular Savings Bank
accounts on submission of KYC documents.

7) After conversion to BSBD / Regular Savings Bank account, the Account Opening Form along with
KYC documents should be forwarded to LCPC.

Page | 319 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 7.3 SAVINGS PLUS ACCOUNT

Savings Bank Account linked to The threshold limit Rs.35,000/-

MODS (Multi option Deposit Resultant balance of Rs 25000/-
Scheme), wherein surplus fund Minimum Term Deposit of Rs. 10,000/- and in multiples
above a threshold limit from the of Rs 1000/- in any one instance, are transferred as
Savings Bank Account is transferred Term deposit which earns interest applicable to term
automatically to Term Deposits. deposits.
The tenure of MOD component is Uniform minimum balance requirement of Rs 3,000/- for
between 1 year to 5 years, in round SB Plus accounts irrespective of location of the branches
months where the accounts are maintained.
The minimum sweep amount is Rs 10,000/-
8 Multi Option Deposit Scheme (MODS)

Facility to withdraw from a MODS The balance amount in MODS account continue to earn the
account in multiples of 1000 as per Term Deposit rates applicable at time of initial deposit.
fund need, instead of full premature
withdrawal of Term Deposit
Rate of Interest: As applicable to Premature Withdrawal – Allowed, rules for TDR/STDR is
Term Deposits applicable
TDS – applicable Loan Facility - Available. Further breaking of units when lien
is marked on a account is not allowed
9 Current Account “Current Account” (CA) means a form of demand deposit
where from withdrawals are allowed any number of times
depending upon the balance in the account or up to a
particular agreed amount and shall also be deemed to
include other deposit accounts which are neither Savings
Deposit nor Term Deposit.
10 Who can open Current Account? Individuals
Proprietorship Firms
Partnership Firms
Joint Hindu Family
Private & Public Limited Company
Clubs/ Associations/ Societies of other fiduciary nature
Trusts
Liquidators
Executors and Administrators
Banks
11 NOC required for CA In the event of the customer availing credit facilities from
other Banks- ‘No Objection Certificate’ from the bank

Page | 320 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 12 Current Account Variants Regular Current Account
Silver Current Account
Gold Current Account
Diamond Current Account
Platinum Current Account
Rhodium Current Account
CA for Government bodies/ Autonomous Bodies/Statutory
Bodies & Defence-Para Military Establishments
Other than these- Power POS, Power Jyoti, Power Jyoti
(PUL),
Realtor’s Current Accounts
NRE Sukoon Current Account
13 POWER POS CURRENT ACCOUNT Low Monthly Average Balance: Rs. 5000/-
Free Cash Deposit upto Rs. 25000/- per day.
Free Cash Withdrawal from Home Branch.
UNLIMITED number of Payments and Withdrawal facility
options are available at all Branches across India
Free Corporate Internet Banking ,Free collection through
RTGS and NEFT .
Free Multicity 100 Cheque Leaves in a Financial year
14 SURABHI CURRENT ACCOUNT Surabhi Current Account bundles liquidity with better
returns by providing sweep facility as a value added service
to Corporates / Institutions / Trusts.
Surabhi Current Account provides a scheme with sweep
and reverse sweep option to Corporate Liquid Term
Deposits (CLTD).
(MAB) Rs. 10,000 /-
Nature of Deposit Current Account linked to Corporate Liquid Term Deposit.
Period for CLTD Min. – 12 months, Max. – 36 months, to be fixed initially
Minimum Amount of deposit to be Rs.10,000/- But threshold limit for auto sweep would be Rs
maintained 1 Lakh.
For CLTD – Initial deposits would be [ i.e. for the first
sweep] –Rs. 1,00,000/- and subsequent deposits would be
in multiples of Rs.10,000/-
15 POWER JYOTI Organizations get access to the MIS in desired format.
Low Transaction fees of Rs. 60/- + GST per transaction.
Collection made at any Branch will be pooled in one
account.
MAB of Rs. 50000/-.
Zero Cash Handling Charges
Ideal for Institutions , Firms , An exclusive Current Account for the purpose of Collection
Educational Institute, Government of funds at all the Branches of SBI along with generation of
Bodies etc for the collection of fees / MIS .
funds / fines etc

Page | 321 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 16 POWER JYOTI PUL (Pre Uploaded) Power Jyoti Current Account is an exclusive solution for
any institution desirous of collecting funds from various
remitters through our CBS or Internet Banking with Pre
Uploaded Data
Preferable by Universities, Colleges, Business Firms for collecting funds from Dealers, Sub
Schools and other Government Dealer, Sales Outlets etc. through any of our branches.
Bodies to collectfees/funds/finesetc.
Detailed MIS is also generated in Information would be Pre-Uploaded on the System.
Power Jyoti PUL Current Account
Organizations get access to the MIS Collection made at any Branch will be pooled in one
in desired format. account.
17 Realtor’s Current Account
Catering to the requirements of the Account 1: Realtors Current Account for receipt of 100%
Realtors and also addressing Collections [Auto transfer to Account 2 and Account 3 in
provisions of RERA Act 20 3 Current the ration 70:30 at end of day (eod)]
Accounts will be opened after Account 2: Realtors Current Account for deposit of
completing the due diligence minimum 70% of Collections (funds to be transferred from
depending upon the need of Realtors Account 1). This account will be registered with RERA
as under: Authority
Account 3: Realtors Current Account for Day to Day
operations for receiving 30% of Collections (funds to be
transferred from Account 1). However, Realtors may
decide for transfer of 30% of Collections to their other
Operating CC/OD account instead of Current Account No.3
18 NRE SUKOON
a. ELIGIBILITY: a. NRIs / OCIs who do not wish to earn any interest on their
Bank Deposits.
b. Average Monthly Balance (AMB): b. Rs. 3000/-
c. Maximum Balance c. No Ceiling
d. Account Keeping Charges d. Nil
e. Interest application e. No Interest paid
f. ATM Card f. Permitted – • Global / International • Domestic
g. Overdraft g. Not Permitted
h. Joint Accounts h. Permitted • With NRIs • With Resident Relative on ‘Former
or Survivor’ basis. ‘Relatives’ defined under Sec 2 (77) of
Companies Act 2013. However, during the lifetime of the
NRI/OCI account holder, the resident relative can operate
the account only as POA holder.
i. Repatriability i. Freely Repatriable
j. Power of Attorney j. Resident Power of Attorney (POA) holder can be
permitted to operate the account [as per instructions
issued vide circular no. NBG/PBBU/NRI-GEN/52/2018–19
dated 28.02.2019 on Standard Operating Procedure
(SOP):Operation of NRE/NRO Account by Power of
Attorney (POA)]

Page | 322 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 k. Permissible Credits • Fresh Remittances from abroad through banking channel.
• Transfer from another NRE / FCNR (B) account.
• Personal cheques drawn on bank accounts abroad.
• Proceeds of Foreign Currency Notes / Travelers cheque tendered
by NRI/PIO/OCI, while visiting India. Amount in excess of USD
5,000 (or equivalent) in Travelers cheques should be accompanied
by Currency Declaration Form (CDF).
l. Permissible Debits Apart from remittances outside India, the debits allowed from this
account are:
• Local disbursements
• Transfer to other NRE/FCNR (B)
• Investments in India
19 Time Deposit ▪ Have a specific maturity date, Interest is higher than
CASA
▪ No cheque book or routine transactions
▪ The deposit is made either once or periodically
▪ Withdrawal may be allowed once or as and when
required subject to penalty
▪ The maximum maturity in India is 120 months (except
GOI products)
▪ It can be opened by Individuals, Businesses and Govt.
depts.
▪ The interest earned is Taxable at Source
▪ Loan against such deposits are available.
▪ Bulk Deposit means Single Rupee Term Deposit of
Rs.3.00 Crs.
20 TERM DEPOSITS ▪ Minimum Dep: Rs.1000/-
▪ Maximum: No CAP
▪ Payment of Interest: Monthly/ Quarterly/ Calendar
quarter basis as per Customer’s requirement Payment
of Monthly interest will be at discounted rate.
▪ Interest will be paid at the contracted rate irrespective
of change in the rates thereafter
Tenure: 7 days to 10 years
Loan facility: Loans/ OD upto 90% of the Principal
deposit.
▪ TDS at prevalent rate is deducted at source if Form
15G/15H not submitted.
▪ Automatic renewals only where there is no maturity
instructions

Page | 323 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 21 SPECIAL TERM DEPOSITS A variant of Term Deposits but instead of Interest being
paid out at a regular frequency, Interest is reinvested &
paid out only at the time of maturity
Regular interest is added to the principal and compound
interest calculated and paid thereon.
▪ Minimum-6 months
▪ Maximum- 120 months
▪ Minimum Deposit Amount: Rs. 1000/-
▪ No Maximum Limit
▪ Rate of Interest: As applicable to Term Deposits
▪ Deposits above Rs. 3 crores are considered as
BULK Deposits.
22 Premature Withdrawal- TDR & STDR ▪ Up to Rs5.00Lakhs, the penalty -0.50% (all tenors).
▪ Above Rs 5.00 Lakhs < Rs 1 crore, - 1% (all tenors).
▪ Interest applicable at the time of Deposits for the
period Deposit remained with the Bank or 0.50% or
1% below the contracted rate, whichever is lower.
However, no interest will be paid on Deposits which
remain for a period of less than 7 days
23 RECURRING DEPOSITS (RDs) ▪ Monthly deposits of Minimum Rs.100/- and in
multiples of Rs 10/-
▪ No maximum.
▪ Min. 12 months maximum 120 months.
Rate of interest similar to TDR / STDR
Loan / Overdraft up to 90% available balance
Nomination, TDS, Premature withdrawal, Passbook
▪ Where the depositors fail to pay an instalment for a
calendar month, no reminders will be sent by the
Bank.
Penalty for nonpayment of installment:
▪ For a/c with maturity period 5 years and less --Rs.
1.50 per Rs. 100/- per month and
▪ For a/c with maturity period above 5 years- Rs. 2.00
per Rs. 100/- p.m.
▪ Penalty for pre-mature payment- Similar to TDR
In case six consecutive instalments are not
received, the account should prematurely be
closed, and balance is paid to customer.

Page | 324 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 24 Nominations ▪ Only for Other than non-personal Deposit accounts
▪ Depositor may nominate any person for payment of
the deposit amount.
▪ Signatures of two witnesses of good standing and
integrity who are acceptable to the Bank should
also be provided on the application if the account
holder is illiterate.

25 TDS a) Other than Sr. Citizen- Rs 40000 & above

b) Sr. Citizen- Rs 50000 & above
If PAN provided- 10%
If PAN not provided-20%
No PAN then Form 60
Form 15G/15H, if eligible, PAN Mandatory

26 Non- Resident Customers- NRIs / PIOs / OCIs can open account in either of Indian
Rupees or foreign currency

Page | 325 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 CURRENT ACCOUNT VARIANTS

FEATURES REGULAR SHUBH- SILVER GOLD DIAMOND PLATINUM RHODIUM CA for Govt.
Depts/Autonomou
ARAMBH
s Bodies/Statutory
Bodies & Defence-
Para Military
Establishments
(Product Code:
5011 2191 CA-GOVT-
DEPT-AUTO BODY-
INR)

MAB 5000/- 20,000/- 50,000/- 1,00,000/- 5,00,000/- 10,00,000/- 50,00,000/- Nil

(MAB N.A.
(in Rs.)
in 1st 12 mths)

CHARGES Rs.500 Rs.1000 Rs.1000 Rs.2000 Rs.4000 Rs.8000 Rs.25000 Nil

FOR NON +GST per +GST/ month +GST +GST/month +GST/month +GST/month +GST/month
month
MAINTAINENCE / month if MAB < if MAB <Rs if MAB <50%
5,00,000
OF MAB Rs 2,50,000

Rs.2000 Rs. Rs.4000 Rs.15000

+GST/month +GST/month +GST/month

if MAB > if MAB >Rsif MAB >50%

5,00,000
Rs 2,50,000

FREE Rs. 5 lakhs Rs. 15 lakhsRs. 15 lakhs Rs.25 lakhs Rs. 100 lakhs Rs. 200 lakhs Rs. 600 lakhs Rs.25 lakhs

MONTHLY CASH per per month per per per per per month per month
DEPOSIT LIMIT
month month month month month
(inclusive of cash
deposited in CDM,
Recycler & GCC)

(Cash Deposit
Charges Beyond
free limit

₹0.75 per

₹1,000/- + GST
Min:₹50/-+GST
Max:₹20,000/-

+GST)

Page | 326 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 MAXIMUM CASH Rs. 5 lakhs Rs. 5 lakhsRs. 5 lakhs Rs. 5 lakhs Rs. 5 lakhs Rs. 5 lakhs Rs. 10 lakhs Rs. 2 lakhs
DEPOSIT
per per day per day per day per day per day per day per day
LIMIT AT
day
NON-HOME

BRANCH

i) CurrencyChest/CACBranches: Currency chest branches and CAC linked branches will Rs.10 lacs Rs. 2 lakhs
accept cash from non-home branch customers without any limit.
per day per day
ii) Other Branches: The Branch Manager of non-home branch will continue be vested
with powers to accept cash exceeding Rs.5 lakh and system will allow this with
supervisory override.

FREE CHEQUE 50 100 per month 150 300 700 1500 5000 500
LEAVES
per per per per month per month per month per month

month month month

NEFT/RTGS CHARGES normal normal charges normalUnlimitedUnlimited free Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited
charges(free free
(free on internet charges free free free
on
(free on
internet/mobile /mobile banking)
internet/mobile
banking)
banking)

DEMAND normal 10 drafts 20 drafts 50 Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited free

DRAFTS charges free per month

free per month drafts free free free

free per
month

CASH normal normal normal normal normal normal Unlimited normal

PICK UP charges charges charges charges charges charges free charges

FACILITY

Page | 327 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Features Pehla Kadam Pehli Udaan
Eligibility Minor of any age Minor >10 years and who can
sign uniformly
Maximum Balance Rs.10 lakhs Rs.10 lakhs
Mode of Operation Jointly with the parent or Guardian Singly operated
as the primary account holder
Internet Banking With enquiry rights and limited transaction like-Bill payment, Opening
e-TDR/e-STDR/e-RD, Inter-bank funds transfer (NEFT only) and issue
DD. Per day transaction limit of Rs.5000/-
KYC Date of birth proof of the Minor+ KYC of the parent. Liberalised for
Low-Risk Category.
Cheque book Personalised cheque book
ATM Card Child's photo embossed ATM cum Debit with withdrawal/ POS Limit of
Rs.5,000/-
Card in the name of minor & Card in the name of the minor
Guardian
Auto Sweep Auto sweep facility, Min. Threshold-Rs 20,000
Sweep in multiple of Rs.1000/- with min of Rs. 10,000
PAI for the parent (in case of Pehla Kadam account only)
Value Added Feature Smart Scholar- Child Plan by SBI Life with inbuilt premium waiver
(optional) benefit and loyalty additions

Page | 328 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 27 CAPGAINS PLUS The most neglected but most powerful product of our bank.
PSB alone permitted to open Deposit accounts under Capital Gains
Account Scheme 1988.
All branches of SBI (except rural branches) are authorised to open
this account.
The Scheme gains significance due to the increased transactions on
real estate in the state, especially, for the infrastructure projects
being announced by the Government from time to time
28 WHAT IS CAPITAL GAINS Profit or gains arising from the transfer of a capital asset during the
TAX? previous year is taxable as "Capital Gains" under section 45(1) of
the Income Tax Act.
The taxability of capital gains is in the year of transfer of the capital
asset (financial year commencing from April)
29 Capital Asset Means property of any kind held by an assessee, whether or not
connected with his business or profession, but does not include:
(i) any stock-in-trade, consumable stores or raw materials held for
the purposes of his business or profession
(ii)personal effects, that is to say, movable property (including
wearing apparel and furniture, but excluding jewellery) held for
personal use by the assessee or any member of his family dependent
on him.
(iii) Agricultural land in India

(iv) 6'1/2 per cent Gold Bonds, 1977, [or 7 per cent Gold Bonds, 1980,]
[or National Defence Gold Bonds, 1980,] issued by the Central
Government
(v) Special Bearer Bonds, 1991, issued by the Central Government;
(vi) Gold Deposit Bonds issued under the Gold Deposit Scheme, 1999
notified by the Central. Government

Page | 329 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 30 LONG TERM CAPITAL When a capital asset is transferred by an assessee after having held
GAIN it for at least 36 months, the capital gains arising from this transfer
is known as Long Term Capital Gains.

In case of shares of a company or unit of UTI or a unit of a Mutual

Fund, the minimum period of holding for long term capital gains to
arise is 12 months. Long Term Capital
Gains are taxed at a flat rate of 20%,
31 SHORT TERM CAPITAL If the period of holding is less than above, the capital gains arising
GAIN there from are known as Short Term Capital Gains.
CAPGAINS PLUS
33 Purpose For parking of capital gains for a period of maximum 3 years and
utilization thereof for capital investment
34 Eligibility Resident individuals, Non individuals like HUF, sole proprietorship
firms, partnership firms, companies, Association of persons etc.,
Non-resident Indians, not ordinarily resident assesses, Artificial
judicial persons who have capital gains taxable in India.
35 Minimum amount 5,000/- in Term deposit and 1,000/- in case of SB a/c
36 Period of deposit Not exceeding 2 to 3 years from the date of transfer of original asset.
37 Rate of interest As applicable for regular SB/TDRs. Concessions as per extant
instructions allowed to eligible category of depositors.
38 Coverage Coverage
39 Loan facility Can not be granted. Amount should not be taken as margin LC/BG
40 Withdrawal No cheque book or ATM Card will be issued. Depositor should apply
in standard forms only. All withdrawals should be utilised within 60
days
41 Premature payment permitted only after production of a specific authority letter /
certificate from the income tax officer having jurisdiction and, on
the terms, mentioned in the letter of authority.
42 Addition/deletion of Not allowed without prior approval of IT authorities
name
43 TDS As applicable
44 Special features Nomination facility available.
45 Period of deposit Not exceeding 2 /3 years from the date of transfer of original Asset

Page | 330 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Latest deposit Products:

SBI GREEN RUPEE TERM DEPOSIT(SGRTD)

1. Scheme SBI GREEN RUPEE TERM DEPOSIT (SGRTD)

2. Eligibility Resident Individuals Customers, Non- Individual Customers &
NRI Customers.
(In case of NRI Customer the product shall be available in NRO
and NRE deposit)

3. Amount of Deposit Minimum Rs. 1,000/-

Maximum – No Limit (Currency-INR only)

4. Eligible Products Term Deposit and Special Term Deposit only

(Not available for MOD/ Tax Saving / Annuity / RD Scheme etc.)
5. Period of Deposit Three tenors 1111Days, 1777 Days, 2222 Days
(For Retail and Bulk Both)

6. Rate of Interest 10 bps below Term Deposits Card Rate for respective tenors
(Senior Citizens/ Staff/ Staff Sr Citizens are eligible for
additional interest rate over card rate applicable for public).
Present effective Rate of Interest (% p.a.)
Tenor 1111 Days 1777 Days 2222 Days
Retail-Public 6.65% 6.65% 6.40%
Retail-Sr. Citizen 7.15% 7.15% 7.40%
Bulk - Public 6.15% 6.15% 5.90%
Bulk– Sr. Citizen 6.65% 6.65% 6.40%
7. Incremental rate on Bulk Not applicable on tenor of 3 years and above.
Deposits
8. Premature Withdrawal As per guidelines applicable for premature withdrawal of
normal Time Deposit.
(Staff/Staff Senior Citizens are exempted from premature
payment penalty)
9. Loan Facility Overdraft/ Demand loan facility against Green Deposit is
allowed. However, once loan facility is availed the deposit shall
be categorised as Normal Deposit.
10. Product availability Initially the product is available through branch channel.
Product shall be made available through INB and YONO app
shortly.
11. Nomination Available for eligible customers.
12. KYC guidelines As per extant guidelines on KYC
13. Maturity Instructions As applicable for Term Deposit/ Special Term Deposit.

Page | 331 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 14. TDS Applicable as per Income Tax Rules. Customer may submit
Form 15G/ 15H as per rules for nondeduction of TDS.
15. Transfer of Account Account can be transferred to branches of SBI pan -India.
16. Others i) Conversion from Green Deposit to existing TDR/STDR and
vice-versa not allowed.

AMRIT KALASH - SCHEME UNDER DOMESTIC RETAIL TERM DEPOSITS INCLUDING NRI RUPEE
TERM DEPOSITS

1. Period 15.02.2023 to 31.12.2025

2. Period of Deposit 400 Days
3. Eligible Deposits i) Domestic Retail Term Deposits including NRI Rupee Term
Deposits (< Rs 2 crore)
ii) New and Renewal Deposits
iii) Term Deposit and Special Term Deposit only
Exclusions:
i) Other products i.e., Recurring Deposit, Tax Savings Deposits,
Annuity Deposits, MACAD, Multi Option Deposits (MODs), Capital
Gains Scheme etc.
ii) NRI Deposits of Staff and Senior Citizens.
4. Interest 7.10%
(Senior Citizens, Staff and Staff Pensioners are eligible for
additional interest rate applicable to them.)
5. Premature withdrawal i) For Retail Term Deposits up to Rs.5 lacs the penalty for premature
withdrawal will be 0.50% (alltenors).
ii) For Retail Term Deposits above Rs.5 lacs but below Rs. 2 Crores,
applicable penalty will be 1% (all tenors).
However, no interest will be paid on deposits which remain for a
period of less than 7 days.
iii) No premature penalty will be levied on Staff and SBI Pensioners
Deposits. Interest rate to be paid on premature withdrawal of Term
Deposits by Staff and SBI Pensioners will be same as applicable for
the period the Deposit has remained with the Bank.

NEW SCHEME: AMRIT VRISHTI

1. New Scheme AMRIT VRISHTI

2. Period for the availability of
scheme 15.07.2024 to 31.03.2025
3. Period of Deposit 444 days
4. Eligible Deposits i) Domestic Retail Term Deposits including NRI Rupee Term
Deposits (< Rs 3 crore)
ii) New and renewal of existing deposits.

Page | 332 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 iii) Term Deposit and Special Term Deposit only.
Exclusions:
i) Other products i.e., Recurring Deposit, Tax
Savings Deposits, Annuity Deposits, MACAD,
Multi Option Deposits (MODs), Capital Gains
Scheme etc.
ii) NRI Deposits of Staff and Senior Citizens.
5. Interest Rate of Interest 7.25% p.a.
Senior Citizens, Staff and Staff Pensioners are eligible for
additional interest rate applicable to their categories of
depositors.
6. Payment of Interest i)Term Deposits – At monthly/ quarterly/half yearly intervals.
Special Term Deposits- On maturity.
ii) Interest, net of TDS, shall be credited to Customer’s
Account.
7. TDS At appliable rate as per Income-Tax Act
8. Premature Withdrawal i) For Retail Term Deposits up to Rs.5 lacs, the penalty for
premature withdrawal will be 0.50%(all tenors).
ii) For Retail Term Deposits above Rs.5 lacs but below Rs. 3
Crores, applicable penalty will be 1% (all tenors).
iii) There is no discretion for reduction/waiver of penalty for
premature withdrawal of term deposits.
iv) The interest shall be 0.50% or 1% below the rate applicable
at the time of deposit for the period Deposit remained with
the Bank or 0.50% or 1% below the contracted rate, whichever
is lower for Retail Term Deposits up to Rs. 5.00 lacs and above
Rs. 5.00 lacs However, no interest will be paid on deposits
respectively, which remained with the bank for a period of
less than 7 days.
v) No premature penalty will be levied on Staff and SBI
Pensioners’ Deposits. Interest rate to be paid on premature
withdrawal of Term Deposits by Staff and SBI Pensioners will
be same as applicable for the period the Deposit has
remained with the Bank.
9. Loan Facility Available
10.Available through Branch/INB/YONO Channels
11.Others a) Opening of AMRIT VRISHTI deposit account with
backdated effect is not allowed after closure of scheme i.e.,
from 01.04.2025
b) No separate product codes are required for AMRIT
VRISHTI Deposit.
c)All other terms and conditions shall remain unchanged.

Page | 333 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 INTRODUCTION OF NEW CURRENT ACCOUNT PRODUCT VARIANT “NO LIEN CURRENT ACCOUNT

In the present scenario Central/States Govt. Departments/Autonomous Bodies/ Statutory

Bodies/PSUs/Development Financial Institutions (DFIs) etc are running multiple
development/welfare schemes in India. The Departments appoint Institutions/ Firms/
Corporates/Individuals as Implementing Agencies to achieve the intended target within a fixed
period and also ensure easy access to beneficiaries under these schemes. The Departments require
“No Lien Current Accounts” of the Implementing Agencies to release the funds.

i. Name of the Product variant No Lien Current Account

ii. Product Code & Description 5011 - 2811 : CA-No Lien Current A/c
iii. Authorized Branches Scale-III and above branches.
iv. Eligibility Individual & Non-Individual Customers
having letter, issued by the Central/States
Govt Depts/ Govt. Autonomous Bodies/
Statutory Bodies/ Development Financial
Institutions (DFI) i.e. SIDBI etc. for opening
of No Lien Current Account.
v. MAB Nil
Only first 25 cheque leaves free. Thereafter,
vi. Cheque Books card rate i.e. Rs.3/- per cheque leaves + GST
allowed at Home, Non-Home Branches Not
vii. Cash Deposit allowed
viii. Cash withdrawal at Home Branch Unlimited Free
ix. Cash Withdrawal at Non-Home Branch Rs.1 Lac per day by self and by cheque only
x. Transfer of existing account to this product code Not permitted
xi. No Lien Current Account change to other normal
variants Not permitted
Only home branch will be permitted to
xii. Hold/Lien in the account mark hold/lien/stop in the account.
xiii. Business Debit Card Business Debit Card “Pride” issuance Free
xiv. CINB Facility View & Transaction Rights Allowed
xv. RTGS/NEFT at branch As per card rates
xvi. RTGS/NEFT by INB/CINB As per card rates
xvii. DD/BC As per card rates
xviii. Annual Account keeping fee As per card rates
First time free in a month thereafter,
xix. Statement of Account normal charges.
xx. SMS Charges Free
xxi. All other charges related with CA As per card rates

***

Page | 334 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Home Loan Products & Features
1 What is the Purpose of Home Loan? Purchase a plot of land for purpose of
construction of house.
Purchase /construct a new house/flat.
Purchase an existing (old) house / flat or extend
an existing house.
Repair or renovate an existing house /flat.
Takeover of home loans from other
Banks/HFCs/FIs.
Furnishing/interiors as part of the project cost.
Re-imbursement of investment made from own
resources during the preceding twelve months
for purchase of house/flat/construction of
house/repair and extension of house.
Purchase of plot as well as construction of
House in a single composite loan.
2 What are the basic eligibility Criteria for Individual(s) over 18 years of age with steady
availing HL? source of income, including persons engaged in
agriculture & allied activities.
All the Property Owner(s) to join as Borrower /
CoBorrower. In case the Income of the Property
Owner(s) is not sufficient for loan eligibility then
related earning members viz. Parents, Siblings,
Spouse, Children and Daughter in law can join as
Guarantor/Co-borrower even though they are
NOT property owners.
For employees on contract/ retainer-ship no
deviations will be obtained in cases where the
applicants are providing their services on
contract basis which are renewable in nature and
the Sanctioning Authority (not below the rank of
SMGS-V) is convinced about the continuity of
repaying capacity of the applicant(s).

Page | 335 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 3 Whether Loans for more than one house Applicant(s) should fulfill the income criteria as
may be granted to an individual? also EMI/NMI norms after netting off the
repayment obligations of the existing loans.
If an individual owns two or more houses and
also is a property owner and has loan exposure
for the same, singly, or jointly then the exposure
for the third house onwards / purchase of plot
will be treated as CRE Home Loans.
It is proposed to increase the maximum Number
of Houses / Flats / Residential Plot to 3 (Three)
under CRE Home Loan over and above the 2
(Two) Houses / Flats / Residential Plots
permitted under Regular Home Loan Scheme.
(Maximum number of Home Loans in the name
of an Individual, including the existing loans and
the proposed one will be restricted to 5 (Five)
Home Loans under Home Loan Scheme in
Psegment)
Home Loan proposals for acquiring more than
two units in the same Residential Housing
project/ Cooperative residential housing
Complex will not be permitted.
Home loans will not be permitted where Builder/
Partner/Director is acquiring flat/house /unit/plot
in the project developed by them /their
Company.
4 What is the Maximum Loan Tenor and Upto 30* years subject to liquidation of the
maximum age the loan should close? Home Loan before the borrower reaches the age
of 70 years (75 years under Privilege & Shaurya
HL, Apon Ghar & Shaurya Navy HL and 65 years
under Realty Loan). In case of more than one
borrower the Age of the Youngest Earning Co-
Borrower can be considered to arrive at the
Maximum Loan Tenor.
Sanctioning authority is, however, left with
discretion to sanction loans to individuals above
the age of 70 years, provided son / daughter /
spouse, who is a legal heir and preferably below
the age of 50 years, with sufficient income for

Page | 336 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 servicing the loan repayment, joins as co-
borrower / guarantor.

5 How many No. of Co-borrowers allowed in No of Co-borrowers restricted to 6. However,

HL? number may be allowed upto 10 with approval of
AGM (CPC).
Further the existing dispensation of adding an
UnRelated Co-Applicant with an approval from
DGM (B&O) stands withdrawn.

6 Who are close relatives for adding as Co Parents

Borrower in Home loan? Siblings
Spouse
Children
Daughter in law
Co-borrowers / Guarantors (wherever
guarantor’s income is considered for arriving at
loan eligibility) should be employed / engaged in
business including Agriculture / profession etc.
for a minimum period of one year.
7 How to arrive Eligible Income for a Salaried Form-16 or ITR for last two years will be obtained
Customer? for all salaried applicants and
the maximum permissible loan amount for all
salaried applicants will be calculated based on
Net Monthly Income as per the latest pay slip
PLUS other income which are either appearing in
the Salary Slip or / and Form-16 or / and IT Return
such as variable pay, performance / production
linked incentives, bonus, overtime allowance,
reimbursement of expenditure, etc. may be
included in the salary income on basis of the
average of the last two years after excluding
taxes and statutory deductions.

Page | 337 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 8 How to arrive Eligible Income for a Non- I.T. Returns for last three years, preferably along
Salaried Customer? with Form 26AS to be obtained for all non-
salaried applicants and maximum permissible
loan amount will be calculated based on Net
Annual Income appearing in the latest Income
Tax Return.
If ITRs of last two years /more submitted by
applicant/s are filed by Applicant/s with IT
authority on the on the same date/ same
financial year, then home loan proposals will be
considered after obtaining administrative
approval from DGM (B &O).
Adding back the depreciation to the Net Annual
Income of the individuals running their
business/profession on proprietorship basis.
Any disproportionate variation, say more than
20%, in current year income as compared to the
previous year should be examined judiciously.
9 How to arrive Eligible Income for an NAI will be arrived at, based on the nature of
Agricultural Customer? their activity (e.g., farming, dairy, poultry,
orchards, etc.), land holding, cropping pattern,
yield etc. and average level of income derived
there from in the area.
10 Whether Future Rental Income can be While computing maximum eligible loan
considered for all Variants of HLs? amount, expected rent accruals from the
proposed house/flat being let out (net of taxes,
cess etc.) may be reckoned, subject to maximum
amount equivalent to the applicant’s Net
Monthly income (NMI)/Net Annual Income (NAI)
Expected rent accruals should not be considered
in case of ‘SBI-Realty’ Home Loans. Also, in case
of Flexipay Home loan, the expected rent accruals
from the proposed/existing house/flat will be
permitted to be included in the net income of the
applicants for arriving at loan eligibility provided
the applicants already own one or more residential
units.

Page | 338 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 11 What is the EMI/NMI Ratio considered for Net Annual Income EMI/NMIRatio
Loans? <= Rs. 1.20 lac 20%
>Rs. 1.20 lac &<= Rs. 3 lacs 30%
>Rs. 3 lacs &<= Rs. 5 lacs 55%
>Rs. 5 lacs &<= Rs. 8 lacs 60%
>Rs. 8 lacs &<= Rs. 10 lacs 65%
> Rs. 10 lacs 70%
12 Whether any Relaxation in EMI/NMI ratio Net Annual Permissible CIBIL
for Salaried class? Income EMI/NMI ratio Score
------------------------------------------------------------------
> Rs.10.00 lacs 70% Below 750
> Rs 10.00 lacs 75% 750 and above
13 While considering the LTV ratio, the loan The loan limit sanctioned for SBI Life premium
amount for SBI Life can be considered? must not be taken into the account for arriving
at LTV ratio on Home Loan.
14 Incase of residual EMI is less than 6 months The EMIs towards existing loan accounts with
for existing Loans, shall it be considered? residual tenure not exceeding 6 months will be
excluded for the purpose of calculating EMI/NMI
ratio in case of under construction projects.
15 Whether Staff Individual Housing Loans are No. To be processed through RLMS.
processed manually?

16 Whether any Discretionary power for Maximum loan amount shall be restricted to the
approving concession in LTV? LTV ratio as prescribed by RBI, calculated on the
lower of the following values:
Home Loan Amount LTV Ratio
AOS RV
Upto Rs. 30 lacs <90% <90%
AboveRs.3o l supto75 l <90% <80%
Above Rs. 75 lacs <90% <75%
17 While Calculating LTV, what are the items Lower of 1 or 2
to be considered? 1.90% of Value mentioned in agreement to sale
plus one time cost of additional amenities &
other costs related to the property which are
permanent in nature and add up to the realizable
value of the security/property. Now GST will be
added as part of Project Cost for assessing the
loan amount in lieu of VAT, Service Tax etc

Page | 339 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 OR
2.90%/80%/75% of Realizable Value as per the
latest valuation report(as per above table)
Illustration: A customer is purchasing a property
where value mentioned in agreement of sale is
Rs.80 lacs and aggregate value of other costs like
aminities, corpus fund, one time maintainance
fund, club house charges etc is Rs.10 lacs. The
realizable value mentioned in valuation report
submitted by empaneled architect is Rs.110 lacs.
After working out 90% of agreement to sale
value and other costs(i.e. Rs.90 lacs(80+10)) and
75% of RV mentioned in valuation report(i.e.
Rs.110 lacs), we will get two values.
1.90% of Rs.90 lacs= Rs.81 lacs
2.75% of Rs.110 lacs= Rs.82.5 lacs
Therefore, in this case we can sanction a loan
amount of Rs.81 lacs.
18 Mr X intends to purchase a property valued Rs.60 lacs
at Rs 75 lacs as per valuation report. The
agreement to sale value and other costs is
also Rs.75 lacs. If his income is sufficient as
per EMI/NMI ratio, what will be the
maximum eligible loan amount as per LTV
ratio?
19 A plot which was already purchased by Rs.30 lacs
customer before 2 years is valued at Rs 20
lacs, and the cost of construction is Rs 30
lakhs. In this case if his/her income is
sufficient as per EMI/NMI ratio, what will
be the maximum eligible loan amount as
per LTV ratio?
20 Mr Z intends to purchase a house valued at Rs.75 lacs
Rs 1.00 crore. The value mentioned in
Agreement of sale is 1.05 Crores. If his
income is enough as per EMI/NMI ratio,
what will be the maximum eligible loan
amount as per LTV ratio?

Page | 340 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 21 Whether Stamp duty, Registration Charges Stamp duty, Registration Charges and other
and other documentation charges can be documentation charges, which are not realizable
added in the Project cost? in nature will not be included in the value of the
property/agreement to sale for arriving at the
loan eligibility.
However, Stamp Duty, Registration Charges and
other Documentation Charges can be added in
project cost of dwelling unit not exceeding Rs. 10
lacs.
22 How to arrive maximum Loan Amount of Maximum loan amount will be lowest of loan
HL of a Customer? amount assessed on the basis of
a) Permissible EMI/NMI ratio
b) Maximum permissible LTV ratio
c) Loan amount applied for
23 Can the loan amount include furnishings/ The quantum towards Furnishings / Interiors can
interior cost of house/flat? be 25% of Agreement Value without any ceiling.
However, the Maximum Loan Amount will be
restricted to the stipulated LTV & EMI-NMI Ratio.
24 What costs can be added to agreement of One time cost of additional amenities & other
sale(AOS)? costs related to the property which are
permanent in nature and add up to the realizable
value of the Security / Property (viz. Township
Corpus Fund, One time maintenance fund /
deposit / corpus, Development Charges,
Premium for insurance of mortgage Property,
Electrical fittings, one time Generator Charges,
Club House Membership charges, Electricity /
Water / Sewerage Board one time charges /
deposits, cost of rooftop Solar Photo Voltaic
System , GST etc) can be added to AOS.
25 What is the Maximum Loan for repairs / Maximum limit for Repair & Renovation will be
renovations? Lowest of the following:
a) Loan Applied
b) 20% of Realisable Value
c) Rs. 50 lacs
Subject to fulfilment of LTV Ratio and EMI / NMI
norms.
26 Whether the Reimbursement of Home loan may be sanctioned for
investment in housing can be made? reimbursement of investment made by the

Page | 341 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 borrower in housing during the preceding 12
months subject to some conditions like
Reimbursement will be restricted to the
investments made by the borrower from own
resources or through borrowings from friends,
relatives and employers, Reimbursement will not
be permitted if the investment in the property is
made through borrowings from Banks / HFCs /
NBFCs / Other FIs, etc.,
Small expenditure like furnishing, woodwork will
not be considered for reimbursement.
Reimbursement will also not be permitted for
investment made in acquiring vacant plots.
27 Whether any Switch over option available Yes, subject to the following Conditions are
to Existing HL Customer with Base satisfied.
Rate/SBAR/ MCLR/ RLRR to existing EBLR? The loans account/s is/ are regular.
One-time switchover fee of Rs. 1,000/- plus GST.
will be charged irrespective of the loan limit/ D.P
(Drawing Power) or Outstanding.
The Special Rate of interests advised during
campaigns are not available to the existing
Home Loan borrowers with
BASE/SBAR/MCLR/RLLR rate
Even though the existing balance below Rs.20
lacs, Max gain a/cs are also eligible.
28 What is the processing fee for Housing Basic Processing Fee: “0.35% of the loan amount
Loans? plus applicable GST subject to a minimum of Rs
2000/-plus GST and maximum of Rs 10000/- plus
GST.
Advocate & Valuer fee:
Actual expenses would be collected from customers

All Central/ State Government Employees and

Defence Personnel willing to avail Home Loan
under Privilege/ Shaurya scheme will only be
eligible for waiver of consolidated processing fee

Page | 342 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 29 What is the Security offered in case of HL? Primary Security - Equitable mortgage of
property and Where title deeds are not available
or where it is considered necessary by the
sanctioning authority, a Registered Mortgage of
the immovable property should be obtained.
Collateral Security - (Provision of obtaining
collateral security is also available in case
mortgage of property to be financed is not
possible) (i) Term Deposits (including NRE/FCNB
deposits) in own name/ in the name of third party
(ii) NSCs/KVPs in own name/ in the name of a
third party (iii) Life Insurance Policies in own
name( to the extent of surrender value), Govt.
Promissory Notes in own name or in the name of
the third party etc and such other tangible liquid
securities
30 What is the Validity of Sanction of HL? The sanction of a home loan will be valid for 3
months from the date of sanction. (Including
PAL)
In case the loan remains undisbursed during the
validity period, the applicant will be required to
seek revalidation of sanction.
However, the interest rate in the account will be
applicable as on the date of first disbursement.

In principle’ approval shall be valid for 30 days from the

date of issue, subject to that at least partial
disbursement of the loan is made before the expiry of
the validity period.
31 Fee to be paid on re-validation of HL Rs 5000/- plus taxes towards processing fee will
be recovered for each revalidation of sanction
32 Can a person working in Kolkata give POA Not permitted for resident Home Loan
to his wife for execution of documents borrowers, except borrowers employed in
under Home Loan? Defence Services, Para Military Forces and NRIs.
Application to be signed by customer only.
33 To whom POA can be given? Close Relative as per Companies Act 2013 i.e.,
Spouse/ Father/ Mother/ Brother/ Sister / Son/
Daughter (all step relations are also included in
Close Relatives).

Page | 343 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 POA can be given to Father-in-Law & Mother-in-
Law also.
34 Whether Bank can finance for Purchase of NO Administrative approval is required, subject
house /flats which are more than 15 years to the following –
old? a) the expected longevity of the structure, as
certified by an empanelled structural engineer /
architect is at least 5 years more than the loan
tenure.
b) Unexpired lease period, in case of lease hold
properties, is at least 5 years more than the loan
tenure.
Administrative clearance to be obtained from
next higher authority of Sanctioning Authority
(i.e., Controlling Officer) if
c) Expected longevity of structure and
Unexpired Lease Period (for Leasehold property
only) is less than 5 years of the loan tenure.
35 Whether Two CIRs are required for HL? Home Loan limit upto Rs. 10 lacs: Report from
CIBIL (Credit Information Bureau Ltd).
Home Loan limit above Rs. 10 lacs: Two CIRs from
the following two CICs need to be obtained: ➢
CIBIL ➢ CRIF High Mark Credit Information
Services Pvt Ltd.
36 Whether a borrower can avail loan other Prospective borrower(s) can exercise one time
than place of Construction? option while submitting loan application, to avail
Home Loans from
(i) either at the place of construction, or
(ii) place of employment/profession/business
activity, or
(iii) at a place of residence, or
(iv) at a Branch located at other centre where
he/she has ongoing relationship for last two
years, by securing the loan repayment through
check-off facility or by obtaining post-dated
cheques/ECS/SI.
37 Whether a DSP Customer can avail loan Accordingly, DSP account holders can avail
other than place of Construction? Home Loan at a branch/ RACPC at any one of the
places (a) Place of posting (b) Place where salary

Page | 344 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 is drawn and (c) Place of construction of
property, as per his convenience

38 How Much maximum Moratorium Period Moratorium period of 18 months may be

can be sanctioned to a HL Customer? considered adequate up to 7 floors for each
tower.

Beyond that we may consider additional 6

months for each 7 floors subject to a maximum
period of 36 months.

Moratorium may be fixed for each tower

separately, if the whole project comprises more
than one tower.
For Mega/Integrated Township projects (approved by
our Bank under the Builder Tie-up arrangement),
General Manager (Network) is permitted to approve a
longer Moratorium Period of upto 48 months
irrespective of the number of floors in the residential
project.
39 Is it necessary to obtain Insurance of the The house / flat purchased / constructed with the
Property for which HL sanctioned? Bank's finance should mandatorily be insured
against the risk of fire / riots / earthquakes
/lightning, floods, etc. in the joint names of the
borrower and the Bank for the value of the
construction alone.
Price of land (including UDS in case of Flats), Cost
of Stamp Duty, Registration charges are not to
be included.
40 Insurance cover should start from? Under construction independent property –
insurance on first disbursement;
Under construction builder flats/apartments –
insurance on last disbursement.
41 For all high value Home Loans of Rs. 50.00 Dun & Bradstreet Information Service Pvt. Ltd
lacs above and in case of non-salaried NRI
Home Loan applicants 2nd CIR has to be
obtained from which Company?

Page | 345 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 42 Eligibility for NRI Home Loans? NRIs holding a valid Indian passport, PIOs
holding a Foreign Passport, OCIs holding OCI
card and Foreign Passport, with a work
experience of 2 years in India or abroad, Job
contract for a minimum period of 2 years abroad,
Indian citizens working abroad on assignments.
43 Maximum LTV for NRI Home Loans. Same as normal HL
Minimum loan amount is Rs.15 lacs
44 Max. Repayment Period in case of NRI While the maximum tenure of NRI Home Loan
Home Loans will be retained at 30 years, provided the loan
should be liquidated before the borrower
reaches 70 years of age.
45 Any deviation permitted in age relaxations The AGM (Region)/(Branch) may permit the
in NRI Home loan repayment of loan upto the age of 70 years
provided the approving authority is satisfied
about the continuity of the income. For example
many NRIs are working in multilateral
organizations like ADB, UNICEF, which offer
pension benefits whereas in some cases
retirement age of NRIs are more than 60 years
46 What is the minimum loan that can be Rs. 5 lakhs
sanctioned under SBI Realty scheme?

47 What is the maximum loan that can be Rs. 15 crores

sanctioned under SBI Realty scheme?

48 What is the maximum time period 3 years from the Date of First Disbursement of
stipulated for constructions of house the Loan with some exceptions.
under SBI Realty Scheme?

49 What is the maximum Loan tenor 120 months

permitted under SBI Realty Scheme?

50 What is the moratorium under SBI Realty Nil

Scheme?
51 What is the max. age for SBI Realty 65 years
eligibility?

Page | 346 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 52 Max. Period of Construction 3 Years (36 Months) from the Date of First
Disbursement of the Loan. Borrower will be required to
submit completion certificate of the house within the
stipulated period of 3 years. An undertaking to this
effect will be obtained. However, an extension of 24
Months beyond stipulated 36 Months may be given for
deserving cases with proper justification and approval
from the General Manager (Network). In the event the
construction is not completed within the stipulated
period the entire loan amount will become due.
53 EMI/NMI Ratio in realty loan >Rs. 3 lacs & <= Rs. 5 lacs - 40% ; > Rs. 5 lacs & <=
Rs. 8 lacs - 50% ; > Rs. 8 lacs & <= Rs. 10 lacs - 55%
; > Rs. 10 lacs - 60%
54 LTV Ratio in realty loan Upto Rs 30 lacs - 75% ; Above Rs 30 Lacs to Rs. 75
lacs - 70% ; Above Rs. 75 lacs – 60%
55 What is the minimum Loan amount under 20 lakhs
SBI Maxgain scheme?

56 What is the maximum Loan amount under 3 crores

SBI Maxgain scheme?

57 What are the additional facilities provided Cheque Book and Internet banking facility
with SBI Maxgain facility? ATM cum Debit Card not issued.

58 Under ‘SBI – Maxgain’ Home Loans will be Overdraft

sanctioned as an___?

59 Who are eligible under Maxgain Scheme? Applicants should maintain Deposit account with us.

60 All new Home Loan customers, acquiring Ready 30 lakhs

to move in Properties, simultaneously along with
new Home Loans and all existing Home Loan
customers having less than 12 months
satisfactory repayment track record provided,
home loan limit is more than…..
61 What is Home Loan Top Up Category 1 & 2? For category -1 HL Customer
Minimum Loan Amount- Rs. 2.00 lac
Maximum Loan amount- 20% of the underlying
Home Loan Limit (No Upper Limit) (Subject to
applicable LTV& EMI/NMI Ratio)

Page | 347 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Category -2 HL Customers Minimum- Rs. 2 Lacs
Maximum- no upper limit
62 What is the permissible loan tenor of Home The maximum permissible tenor of the loan will
Top up? be the residual tenure of underlying Home Loan
or 15 years, whichever is higher.

63 What is the age eligibility for SBI Tribal Plus Individual(s) who are aged over 21 years of age
Home Loan? and maximum 60 years by
which time the loan should be repaid.
64 What is the maximum loan limit under SBI Rs. 20 lakhs
Tribal Plus Home Loan?

65 What is the maximum loan tenor under SBI 15 years

Tribal Plus Home Loan?

66 What is the minimum length of service of 5 years

an applicant under SBI Tribal Plus Home
Loan?

67 What is the loan eligibility as per Net 36 times NMI

Monthly Income of an employee under SBI
Tribal Plus Home Loan?

68 What is the loan eligibility as per Net 2 times average Net Annual Income
Annual Income of a Professional/
Businessman under SBI Tribal Plus Home
Loan?

69 What is the margin for 20%

construction/purchase of new/existing
house/flat under SBI Tribal Plus Home For repairs/renovation/addition: 25%
Loan?

70 The existing Home Loan borrowers under 24 months

“Tribal Plus” scheme will be eligible for
Home Top up loans, if borrower(s)
has/have ------- satisfactory repayment track
record.
71 What is the eligibility for Earnest Money Individuals above 21 years of age with a steady
Deposit Scheme? source of
income.

Page | 348 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 72 What is the maximum Loan amount under 15 lakhs
Earnest Money Deposit Scheme for
CSP/DSP account holder?

73 What is the maximum Loan amount under 10 lakhs

Earnest Money Deposit Scheme for other
account holder?

74 What should be the age of single borrower Above 60 years

or first borrower in case of joint borrowers
under Reverse Mortgage Loan?

75 What should be the age of the spouse Above 58 years

under Reverse Mortgage Loan if it is
provided jointly with spouse?

76 The Reverse Mortgage loan amount would 90%

be ___ of the realizable value of property.

77 Min. and Max. Loan amount under RML

Min. Rs.3 lacs
Max. Rs.1.50 cr
78 Disbursement of RML Monthly/quarterly payments, upto 50% as
lumpsum at NPV discounted or Rs.15.00 lacs
whichever is less
79 Eligible property Residual life of property should be atleast 25
yrs/more
80 How many CRE Home Loans can be One
sanctioned to an individual?

81 What is the minimum loan under PAL (Pre- 10 lakhs

Approved limit)?

82 What is the validity of Pre-approved Loan 3 months

Arrangement Letter (PLAL)?

83 Who are eligible for SBI Flexi Pay Home Salaried employees having age of 21 years and
Loan? above but not more than 45 years with minimum
2 years of experience
84 What is the minimum SBI Flexi Pay Home 20 lakhs
Loan limit?

Page | 349 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 85 What is the maximum SBI Flexi Pay Home 1.2 times the loan quantum calculated as per the
Loan limit? normal EMI/NMI Ratio method, subject to
stipulated LTV norms.
86 What is minimum and maximum tenor of Minimum is 25 years and maximum is 30 years
SBI Flexi Pay Home Loan?

87 Moratorium Period For ready to move in properties: upto 36 Months.

For under construction properties: upto 36

months plus remaining construction period (i.e.
from the date of sanction to the expected date
of completion), subject to a maximum
moratorium period of 60 months.
88 Repayment

89 PMAY Scheme applicable upto 31.03.2022 only.

90 What is the Maximum loan amount eligible Up to 6 lakhs

for subsidy under PMAY Loan for EWS/LIG
category borrower?
Scheme applicable upto 31.03.2022
91 What is the Maximum loan amount eligible Up to 9 lakhs
for subsidy under PMAY Loan for MIG-I
category borrower?
Scheme applicable upto 31.03.2021

Page | 350 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 92 What is the Maximum loan amount eligible Up to 12 lakhs
for subsidy under PMAY Loan for MIG-II
category borrower?
Scheme applicable upto 31.03.2021
93 What is the Maximum tenor of loan on 20 years
which subsidy will be calculated for various
categories of PMAY borrower?

94 What is the subsidy percentage under 6.50%

EWS/LIG category of PMAY Loan?

95 What is the subsidy percentage under MIG- Scheme for MIG- I / II has since been
I category of PMAY Loan? discontinued from 01st April 2021

96 What is the subsidy percentage under MIG- Scheme for MIG- I / II has since been
II category of PMAY Loan? discontinued from 01st April 2021

97 What is the maximum subsidy amount 2.67 lakhs

payable under EWS/LIG category of PMAY
Loan?
98 What is the maximum subsidy amout Scheme for MIG- I / II has since been
payable under MIG-I category of PMAY discontinued from 01st April 2021
Loan?
99 What is the maximum subsidy amout Scheme for MIG- I / II has since been
payable under MIG-II category of PMAY discontinued from 01st April 2021
Loan?
100 What is the minimum loan amount under 5 lakhs
Personal Loan Against Property (P-LAP)?

101 What is the maximum loan amount under Maximum Loan Amount: Rs. 10 crores subject to
Personal Loan Against Property (P-LAP)? location and Rs. 15 crores with circle CGM’s
approval subject to location
102 What is the minimum loan tenor under 5 years
Personal Loan Against Property (P-LAP)?

103 What is the maximum loan tenor under 15 years

Personal Loan Against Property (P-LAP)?

104 What are some important instructions in No Second / Pari-Passu charge will be extended
P-LAP? to other lenders. However, Properties
mortgage under P-LAP, will be available as a
Collateral security, only for other Retail Loans

Page | 351 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 sanctioned by SBI if Residual Collateral, subject
to LTV norms for both the products, is available.
Residual value of Other Retail Loans (Education
etc) may be availed as P-Lap subject to LTV ratio
for both the products. Second P-LAP on the
same property can also be considered for the
Residual Collateral, if available. (subject to LTV
ratio and EMI /NMI Ratio).
105 What is the maximum LTV ratio under 65% of RV for any loan amount
Personal Loan Against Property (P-LAP)?

106 What is the instruction for recently Valuation of properties purchased on a recent
purchased property in P-LAP? date, viz. for a period up to one year from the
date of registration of the property, the lower of
Registration Value or Realisable Value shall be
reckoned for arriving at the value of the property
107 What is the required minimum net monthly 25000/-
income of an applicant under Personal
Loan Against Property (P-LAP)?

108 EMI/NMI Raio of P-LAP : >Rs. 3 lacs <= Rs. 5 lacs - 50%
:> Rs. 5 lacs <= Rs. 10 lacs - 55%
:> Rs. 10 Lakhs - 60%
109 Co-borrowers under P-LAP Co-Borrowers will be
restricted to Spouse/Parents/
Siblings/Children/Daughter in law
110 Eligible property in P-LAP? Residential Property
Residential House / Flat in the name of
Borrowers / Co-Borrowers Rented / Self-
Occupied in Metro & Urban areas within
Municipal limits
Rented property
It is to be ensured that the rented property
should be out of the ambit of Rent Control Act
and Rent Agreement should be less than 3 years
The Property must be SARFAESI compliant and
should be in the Individual name of the Borrower
/ Co-Borrower

Page | 352 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 111 Approval for higher limit in exceptional DMD-(Retail-P&RE) will be vested with
cases in P-LAP? discretionary powers for approving Maximum
Loan amount, which will be restricted to Rs
20.00 crore in select cases.
112 Max. repayment in P-LAP Loan under LAP should be liquidated before
eldest borrower attains the age of 70 years;
However, Sanctioning Authority may permit loan
tenor beyond 70 years of age provided
son/daughter/spouse, having age preferably
below 50 years, with sufficient income for
servicing the loan repayment, joins as co-
borrower/ guarantor to the loan.
113 Who are eligible for SBI PRIVILEGE HOME Employees of Central / State
LOAN? Governments (including PSBs, PSUs of Central
Government, and
other individual(s) with pensionable service who
are covered under the Defined Pension Benefit
Scheme. Employees covered under NPS are not
eligible under SBI Privilege Home Loan.
114 Who are eligible for SBI SHAURYA HOME Defense Personnel belonging to Army, Navy and
LOAN? Air force.
115 What is the maximum age by which SBI Min. 18 years and Max. 75 years
Privilege Home Loan and Shaurya Home
Loan has to be liquidated fully?

116 What is the minimum loan permitted under Rs. 10 lakhs

SBI Privilege Home Loan and SBI Shaurya
Home Loan?

117 What is the maximum loan permitted Rs. 10 crores

under SBI Privilege Home Loan and SBI
Shaurya Home Loan?

118 What is the minimum loan tenor under SBI 5 years

Privilege Home Loan and SBI Shaurya
Home Loan?

119 What is the maximum loan tenor under SBI 30 years or upto the age of 75 years.
Privilege Home Loan and SBI Shaurya
Home Loan?

Page | 353 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 120 EMI/NMI ratio of Privilege Scheme

121 Variants available to Salaried Class A. SBI Privilege / SBI Shaurya Home Loan.
B. SBI Flexi Pay Home Loan

122 Variants available to Non- Salaried ClassHome Loan to Non-salaried Segment:

Differential Offerings
123 What is the minimum Home Loan to Non- 50000/-
Salaried Segment Differential Offerings?

124 What is the maximum Home Loan to Non- 50 crores

Salaried Segment Differential Offerings?

125 Relaxation in EMI/NMI ratio in respect of Maximum up to 15%

Non-Salaried Segment Differential
Offerings?
126 What is the nature of facility under which Term Loan
Loan upto Rs. 20 lacs can be sanctioned
under Home Loan to Non-Salaried
Segment Differential Offerings?
127 What is the YONO Insta Top Up Home Loan 8 % of the Home Loan Limit, subject to Minimum
limit? of Rs.
50,000/- and Maximum of Rs. 8,00,000/-
128 Validity perioid of YONO Insta Top Up 30 days
Home Loan
129 Loan Tenure of YONO Insta top Up Home Minimum 36 months
Loan Maximum 120 months
130 How many loans can be sactioned under At any point of time, only one `Insta Top-Up
YONO Insta top up Home Loan Home Loan’ will be permitted.

Page | 354 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 131 What is the minimum APON Ghar loan limit? 100000

132 What is the maximum APON Ghar loan 50 crores

limit?
133 What is the minimum tenor under APON 5 years
Ghar loan?
134 What is the minimum age of an applicant 21 years
under APON Ghar Loan?
135 What is the maximum tenor under APON 30 years or upto the age of 75 years.
Ghar loan?
136 What is the minimum and maximum Discontinued from 29.03.2023
SMART Home Top up loan?

137 Who are eligible for SMART Home Top up? Discontinued from 29.03.2023

138 Who are eligible for ‘SBI EXCLUSiF’ HOME Wealth customers
LOAN PRODUCT?

139 What is the minimum loan amount under As per latest wealth categorization parametres
SBI EXCLUSIF Home Loan product?

140 Home Loan on Contactless Platform (CLP) The Government of India (GOI), under Reform
Agenda for Public Sector Banks (PSBs), has
started ENHANCED ACCESS AND SERVICE
EXCELLENCE (EASE) initiative aimed at
prudential and clean lending with better
customer service, enhanced credit availability
etc., As a part of EASE initiative, it was also
decided to make available a Contactless Lending
Platform (CLP) for P- segment borrowers
141 What is the URL for Contact Less Platform? www.psbloansin59minutes.com.
142 What is the Penal Interest applicable No penal interest should be charged for Home
Norms for Non-Salaried Customers? Loans upto Rs.25,000/-
Loans above Rs.25000/- penal interest should be
recovered @ 2% p.m. on the overdue amount for
the period of default.
143 Any Fixed Interest Rate in HL No fixed rate option is available on Home Loans
from 01.05.2011

Page | 355 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 144 EBLR effective from Home Loans are linked to the External
Benchmark (EBLR) i.e., RBI’s Repo Rate from
01st October 2019. It will be reset on the 01st day
of every Calendar Quarter
145 Role of Interim Security? Wherever creation of mortgage is likely to be
delayed for any valid reason,; The Agreement to
Mortgage should be executed by the borrower
and the mortgage;
146 Discretion to Waive Interim Security? Where an applicant is of undoubted integrity and
standing, the interim security may also be waived
in the case of loans of employees of
Central/State Government, PSUs and reputed
corporations and institutions, if check-off facility
is provided along with an irrevocable
undertaking for making repayment of
outstanding loan out of any amount payable to
the employee including terminal benefits on
retirement/ resignation towards all dues
pertaining to the account.
147 TAT

148 Latest CERSAI Guidelines SARFAESI Chapter IV A came into force from
24th January 2020 and it should be ensured that
all security interests are filed with CERSAI
immediately as per different scenarios except in
case of Suraksha loans.
Non filing of charge will result in losing rights of
enforcement of securities under SARFAESI.
Delay in filing of charge will result in losing
priority if any other party file charge in between.

149 Website of CERSAI and charges www.cersai.org.in

Page | 356 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Loan amt up to Rs.5 lacs, reg charges would be
Rs.50 + GST
Loan amt above Rs.5 lacs, reg charges would be
Rs.100 + GST
150 Default PAN to be used in CERSAI is AAAAA9999B

151 Income Group Wise Variants High Net worth Income Group.
A. SBI Max Gain
B. SBI Exclusif Home Loan
C. CRE Home Loan
D. NRI Home Loan
Middle Income Group .
A. Standard Home Loan
B. NRI Home Loan
Other Income group
A. PMAY
152 Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) scheme Amount:- CSP,DSP A/C Holder – 15 Lacs, Others –
10 Lakhs.
Repayment : If unsuccessful then on receipt of
refund and if successful then lumpsum from HL/
Realty loan is sanctioned. Repayment will not go
beyond 12 months.
Only Demand Loan
153 Value of Security entered in CBS in case of Realizable Value of the underlying property
HL should be entered as “Primary Security” in CBS
at the time of opening of the Home Loan
Account

154 ABHILASHA HOME LOAN SCHEME Our home loan products under PMAY(U)- CLSS

155 CLSS Awas Portal (CLAPwebsite) https://pmayuclap.gov.in

156 Maximum LTV Permissible under Take Over Takeover of only Home Loan with automatic
Home Loans waiver of Interim Security /(TPG) in eligible
cases - 75%
Takeover of Home loan where takeover of top
up loan is also involved - 75%

Page | 357 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 All other home take overs, LTV as per home loan
scheme
157 Home loan for Employees of Govt of Kerala HBA scheme of Kerala Govt - NOC from DDOs,
GOK - Salary account with SBI
All other norms applicable to Home Loan will
remain applicable to this scheme.
Full waiver of Processing Fee, Subject to
minimum recovery of Rs 10000/- + tax (wherever
TIR and Valuation report are required.) In case
TIR and Valuation is not required, minimum
recovery clause will not be applicable.
158 What is the periodicity of inspection with Once in every three years
regard to regular Home Loans?

159 What is fullform of OPAS? Online Project Approval System

160 Whether all i.e. HLCs/ HLAs/MCs/MAs & SSL No, HLCs/ HLAs/MCs/MAs & SSL who have GST
are covered under GST? registration only will be covered under GST

161 Is prior registration of real estate project Yes, no developer or builder shall advertise,
with Real Estate Regulatory Authority is market, book, sell or offer for sale, or invite
mandatory? persons to purchase any plot, apartment or
building, in any real estate project or part of it, in
any planning area, without registering Real
Estate Project (REP) with Real Estate Regulatory
Authority (RERA).
162 Minimum CIBIL score for home loan 550
163 Moratorium period? No of floors Max permissible
Moratorium period
Upto 7 floors 18 months
>7 floors and <=14 floors 24 months
>14 floors and <=21 30 months
floors
More than 21 floors 36 months

For Mega / Integrated Township projects

(approved by our Bank under the Builder Tieup
arrangement), General Manager (Network) is
permitted to approve a longer Moratorium

Page | 358 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Period of upto 48 months irrespective of the
number of floors in the residential project.
Other important instructions:

1.Release of property documents and removal Once all loan/s for which the property is
of charges registered with any registry? mortgaged is liquidated, satisfaction of
charge/s with CERSAI is/are to be completed
immediately (in any case not more than 30
days). The account maintaining CPC shall
intimate to the Borrower/Mortgagor through a
letter within 3 days after the closure of all loans
(on last recorded address) for collection of
property related papers.
In case of delay in releasing of original
immovable property documents or failing to
file charge satisfaction with relevant registry
beyond 30 days after full repayment/
settlement of loan, the Bank shall communicate
to the borrower reasons for such delay. In case
where the delay is attributable to the Bank, it
shall compensate the borrower at the rate of
₹5,000/- for each day of delay.
If the borrower does not collect the documents
within 60 days, then bank shall charge the Safe
Custody charges, as applicable.
In case of loss/damage of original property
documents and delay in delivery of
duplicate/certified copies of title deeds or
failing to file satisfaction of the charges with
the relevant registry (CERSAI) beyond 60 days,
delayed period penalty of Rs.5000/- per day will
be applicable to be paid to the borrower.

2.Priority sector advances classification? For Purchase / construction of a dwelling unit

per family:
Metro centres with population of ten lakh and
above: Max loan amount Rs. 35 lacs with
project cost not exceeding Rs.45 Lacs
Other Centres: Max loan amount Rs. 25 lacs
with project cost not exceeding Rs.30 lacs

Page | 359 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Repairs to damaged dwelling units per family:
For Metropolitan areas: Rs. 10 lacs with project
cost not exceeding Rs.45 Lacs
For other centres: Rs. 6 lacs with project cost
not exceeding Rs.30 lacs

3.RERA guidelines Government of India has enacted the Real

Estate (Regulation and Development) Act 2016
(RERA) and the same has come into effect
w.e.f. 01.05.2017.
RERA guidelines will be applicable both for the
Residential and Commercial Real Estate where
area of land proposed to be developed exceed
500 sq. mts or the number of apartments
proposed to be developed exceed 8 inclusive
of all phases.

4. ASSET REVALUATION POLICY For standard home loans, revaluation NOT

required unless adverse reports of
constructions / demolition etc. are received.
For NPA accounts, revaluation to be carried
out once in 3 years by Bank’s empanelled
valuer, while issuing SARFAESI to assess
Reserve price and at the time of compromise.
In case of reverse mortgage loan, revaluation
to be carried out every 3 years by Bank’s
empanelled valuer.

5.Inspection of property For standard accounts, initial inspection(s) at

the time of disbursement/ release of
instalments during construction and at each
stage of disbursement to be carried out. Post
disbursement inspection within 15 days in
respect of all loans disbursements, thereafter
every quarter for the first year to ensure
mortgage formalities have been completed,
Bank’s charge on property noted and
possession of the property is taken by the
borrower. The 2nd and 4th inspection should
be carried out by a different official. Once EM

Page | 360 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 formalities get completed, inspection is NOT
required in Standard accounts.
If repayments are in arrears for two successive
months, inspection should be conducted
immediately.

For NPA accounts, quarterly inspection to be

carried out.

6.Verification agencies The services of empaneled Verification

Agencies may be utilized for jobs like
conducting Residence Address
Verification/business address
verification/Business Phone
Verification/Residence Phone
Verification/verification of income such as
Salary slip, Form-16, IT Returns, etc., for all P-
segment loans at both BPR and Non-BPR
centres.
The Branch / RACPC should verify 2% of the
cases handled by the outside agency, as a cross-
check of the quality of their services.

7.Multiple deviations If multiple deviations are required in one

proposal, all of such deviations / sanctions will
be approved by the highest authority in the
Circle authorized to approve the required
deviation/concession in the proposal.

***

Page | 361 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Auto Loan Products & Features
1 What is the age limit for sanctioning car loan The applianct should be 21-70 years, at the time
under SBI Car Loan Scheme? of sanction of loan subject to loan to be fully
liquidated by the time customer attains the age
of 75 years. In case of Joint accounts,
repayment period will be counted based on age
of the borrower with higher income.

Flexi pay option was introduced to all

customers eligible under New Car Loan and NRI
Car Loan Scheme.

2 What is the income limit for salaried applicant for The Salaried class applicant should have- Net
sanctioning car loan under SBI CAR LOAN Monthly Income (NMI) >=25000(NAI
scheme? >=300000/-) Income from other sources like
Bank Interest/Dividend/Rent can be added.
3 What is the income limit for Self-employed, The Self-employed, Professionals, Proprietor /
Professionals, Proprietor / Partner and Partner and Businessmen should have a Net
Businessmen class applicants for sanctioning car Profit or Gross Taxable income of at least Rs.
loan under SBI CAR LOAN scheme? 3,00,000/- p.a. Income from other sources like
Bank Interest/Dividend/Rent can be added.
4 What is the income limit for agriculturist The agriculturist should have Net annual
applicants for sanctioning car loan under SBI CAR income of Rs. 4,00,000/-
LOAN scheme?
5 What is the minimum loan amount that can be The minimum loan under this scheme is Rs.1.00
sanctioned under SBI CAR LOAN scheme? Lac
6 How many times of the NMI can be given as a The maximum of up to 48 times the Net
loan to salaried customer and non salaried Monthly Income can be sanctioned in case of
customer under SBI CAR Loan Scheme? salaried customer and upto 4 times the net
profit or gross taxable income can be
sanctioned in case of non salaried customer
7 How many times of the NAI can be given as a loan The maximum of up to 3 times the Net Annual
to Agriculturist customer under SBI CAR Loan Income
Scheme?
8 What is the EMI/NMI ratio for net annual income 50%
of upto Rs.5.00 lacs?
9 What is the EMI/NMI ratio for net annual income 60%
of above Rs.5.00 lacs - Rs.10.00 lacs?

Page | 362 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 10 What is the EMI/NMI ratio for net annual income 65% (for salaried with CIC score below 700 &
of above Rs.10.00 lacs? for all non-salaried)
70% (for salaried with CIC score of 700 and
above)
75% (for salaried with NAI above Rs.15 lacs with
CIC score of 700 and above)
11 What is the LTV ratio for auto loans? 100% On-Road Finance to Permanent
Employees with Diamond and above salary
package variants of Corporates, State and
Central Govt., Public Sector
Undertakings/Corporations & Govt.
Pensioners (having salary account/pension
account with SBI) with following conditions:
Minimum CIBIL Benchmark – 757 and more
Minimum Net monthly Salary - 60K ₹ and
more (to be checked for last 3 months)
Job stability - Minimum 2 years.
Maximum Loan - Up to 20 Lakhs ₹
For Loans above 20 Lakhs ₹ deviation to be
taken from CGM Circle.
Delinquency - No past record of NPA / Delayed
Payment history) (NPA record to be checked
for 3 years and DPD should not be for more
than 29 days)
For remaining customers, Eligible loan amount
to be uniform at 90% of On-Road Price (without
capping of 100% Ex-showroom price
The higher LTV is applicable in SBI Car Loan Scheme,
NRI Car Loan, Loyalty Car Loan and Assured Car Loan
and Green Car Loan Scheme for mentioned category
of Customers.
12 What is the repayment period under SBI CAR Minimum 3 Years; Maximum 7 Years or Up to
LOAN scheme? the age of 75 Years whichever is earlier. In case
of co-borrower, repayment period will be counted
based on applicant with higher age.
13 What is the repayment period under SBI GREEN Minimum 3 Years; Maximum 8 Years.
CAR LOAN scheme?

Page | 363 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 14 What are the eligibility criteria for availing car Under the NRI – Car Loan Scheme, the NRI will
loan under NRI CAR LOAN Scheme? be the Borrower and the NRI’s close relative in
India will be the Co-applicant or Guarantor. a)
Having valid Indian passport
b) Steady Source of Income
c) Employed abroad for at least 2 years
d) Holding a valid job contract/work permit For
Our Bank Customers: Having NRI account for
at least 12 months with min. average balance of
Rs. 50,000/- or New Account with USD 5000/-
or equivalent.
For Other Bank Customers:
➢ Having NRI account with other Banks for last
24 months with a minimum balance/fixed
deposits
of Rs.50,000/-.
The borrower will open NRI account with SBI
for repayment of EMIs.
15 What is the income criteria for availing car loan For Borrower: Minimum NMI US $ 1000.00 or
under NRI CAR LOAN scheme? equivalent in other currenciesOr, Minimum NAI
US $ 12000 or equivalent in other currencies.
For Guarantor: No stipulation
In NRI Car loan, parents, spouse and children
(Indian Residents) may be taken as co-
applicant or Guarantor along with the NRI
applicant.
Income from co-applicant can be considered
for arriving at loan eligibility.
16 What is the minimum and maximum loan under Minimum: Rs. 1.00 Lakh; Maximum: 18 times of
NRI CAR LOAN scheme? NMI or 1.5 times of NAI of applicants

17 What is the minimum and maximum age for Minimum age of the borrower: 18 Years.
availing car loan under ASSURED CAR LOAN Maximum: No stipulation.
scheme?
18 What is the minimum& maximum loan amount On-Road price of the vehicle. Minimum Rs. 1
that can be sanctioned under ASSURED CAR Lakh; Max: 100% of FD value
LOAN scheme?
19 What the LTV, Margin & processing fee under the NIL
ASSURED CAR LOAN scheme?

Page | 364 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 20 Whether third party TDR can be accepted for Third party TDRs/STDRs will not be accepted
sanctioning loan under ASSURED CAR LOAN
scheme?
21 What is the minimum NAI for availing car loan Minimum Net Annual Income of the borrower
under SBI LOYALTY CAR Loan scheme? will be Rs 2.00 Lacs
22 What is loan amount under Loyalty Car Loan? Loan amount has been de-linked with market value
of the house property and outstanding in HL ac.
Instead, the loan eligibility to be decided as per
regular new car loan scheme.

23 Extension of home loan under SBI LOYALTY CAR Extension of charge on the mortgaged property is
loan scheme required? not required.
24 What is the age limit for sanctioning car loan The applicant should be 21-67 years.Loan must
under Certificed Pre-owned Car Loan Scheme? be fully repaid before the borrower attains the
age of 70 years.
25 What is the minimum and maximum loan under The minimum loan is Rs.3.00 lacs;
Certified Pre-owned Car Loan Scheme? What is Max is Rs.100.00 lacs if CIBIL score is 721 and
minimum CIC scores? above;
Max is Rs.10 lacs if CIBIL is 689 and above upto
720 and 101-200(for NTC customers)
Minimum CIC score for salaried and pensioners
is 689 and 101-200(NTC customers)
Minimum CIC score for self employed and
professionals is 700 and 101-200(NTC
customers)
26 What is the repayment period under Certified 10 years minus the age of the vehicle at the time
Pre-owned Car Loan Scheme? of applying for loan subject to a maximum
tenure of 5 years.
27 What is the age limit for avaling loan under High 21-57 years. (Loan must be fully repaid before
value Super Bike scheme? the borrower attains the age of 60 years)
28 What is the income limit for salaried and Net Annual Income of applicant and/or co-
pensioners for sanctioning loan under High value applicant if any, together should be Rs.3 Lacs
Super Bike scheme? and above
29 What is the income limit for Self-employed, Net Profit or Gross Taxable income of Rs. 3 Lacs
Professionals, Proprietor / Partner and p.a. (income of co-applicant can be clubbed
Businessmen class applicants for sanctioning together for Self-employed, Professionals and
loan under High value Super Bike Loan scheme? Businessmen) as per ITR.
30 What is the income limit for agriculturist Net annual income of applicant and/or co
applicants for sanctioning loan under High value applicant together to be Rs. 4 Lacs.
Super Bike Loan scheme?

Page | 365 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 31 What is the minimum loan under the High Value Minimum is Rs.1.50 lacs
Super Bike Loan Scheme? Maximum is Rs. 25 lacs
32 What is the EMI/NMI ratio in Super Bike Loan Upto 50% for all applicants
Scheme?

34 What is the minimum margin under the Super SPA Customers: 15% of On-road price of the
Bike Loan Scheme? vehicle.
Others: 20% of On-road price of the vehicle.
On-road price of the vehicle is inclusive of Ex-
Showroom Price, Registration Charges, Road
tax and Insurance only.
35 What is the repayment period under the Super Up to 60 months or before the borrower
Bike Loan Scheme? completing the age of 60 years, whichever is
earlier

36 What is the processing fee under the Super Bike 2% of the loan amount+GST; maximum Rs.
Loan Scheme? 10000/-+GST
37 What is the age limit for sanctioning loan under 18-65 years, at the time of sanction of loan
the Two-wheeler Loan scheme?
38 What is the minimum and maximum loan under Minimum: Rs.50,000/- Maximum: Rs. 3.00
the Two-wheeler Loan Scheme? Lakhs.
39 What is the margin for loan under the Two- 15% of on-road price
wheeler Loan scheme?
40 What is the maximum repayment period under For agriculturists 60 months and for others 48
the Two-wheeler Loan Scheme? months
41 Post sanction inspection in auto loans? Post disbursement inspection of vehicle must
be carried out within 15 days from the date of
disbursement in respect of auto loans. For
Standard Asset accounts periodical inspections
will be waived after the initial inspection.
However, if there is a default of 1 monthly
instalment, inspection would be required.
Post Sanction Inspection (PSI) for Defense
Salary Package A/cs (DSP A/cs) waived subject
to fulfilment of certain conditions.

***

Page | 366 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Education Loan Products & Features
1 What is the education loan amount that As per RBI guidelines, prior to 04.09.2020, all
qualifies for Priority Sector Lending in Education loans with outstanding up to Rs. 10
India? lakhs, irrespective of limit sanctioned, were being
treated as Priority Sector Lending (PSL).
However, RBI guidelines on PSL has been revised
w.e.f. 04.09.2020, as under:

Loans to individuals for educational purposes,

including vocational courses, not exceeding 20
lakhs will be considered as eligible for priority
sector classification. Loans currently classified as
priority sector will continue till maturity. Revised
guidelines have prescribed limit cap of Rs. 20
Lakhs for new loans.

2 All Education loan applicants has to be Applications for Education Loans are to be
routed through which portal? submitted through Vidya Lakshmi Portal (VLP),
maintained by NSDL on behalf of MoHRD and
DFS.
Government of India has rolled out a single portal
(National Portal Jansamarth Portal)
(www.jansamarth.in) for sourcing of loan
applications eligible for subsidy schemes being
delivered through Banks. All the students eligible
for subsidy in any of the two subsidy schemes
should apply for education loans in our bank
through National Portal only.
3 The Acronym OCAS stands for? Online Customer Acquisation System
4 What is the TAT for sanction/rejection of 15 days after all the concerned documents are
Education Loans? submitted by the applicant
5 Can we give loans to Off-campus and All courses eligible under various education loan
online courses? variants/schemes offered on-campus, off –
campus and Online mode will be eligible for loan
subject to compliance of usual due diligence
measures and fulfilment of terms & conditions
stipulated under the existing provisions.

Page | 367 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 6 Can Education Loan be sanctioned to Loan can be sanctioned to students, who are
NRI's, PIO's & OCI's? Non-Resident Indians for studies in India and
aborad.
Loan can be sanctioned to students, who are
PIO/OCI (for Studies in India only).
7 If the applicant is not available in India can Where the applicant is not available in India for
the Loan be sanctioned? execution of Loan Documents, this can be done
through POA
8 Can Education loan be sanctioned for Students who have appeared in any Entrance
students persuing education under Test, secured passing marks but could not get
Management Quota? admission due to lower ranking and who opt to
pursue the course under Management Quota in
the same Institution or another Institution for
reasons of convenience (proximity) or choice of
course.
10 What is the prerequisite for santioning Only resident Indians to be considered as Co-
Education loan to NRI's/PIO's & OCI's? Borrower. However, NRI parents in case of
Collaterised loans can be considered as Co-
Borrower or Guarantor, if they are providing
collateral security which is in India and is
SARFAESI compliant and another resident Indian
to be taken as a Guarantor or Co-Borrower in such
cases.
11 Who can stand as Co-borrower for Co-Borrower should be parent/natural guardian
Education Loans? of the student borrower. In case of married
person, co-obligator can be spouse or the
parent(s)/parents in law. Wherever
parents/guardians are not there, the branches
may consider grandparent as co-borrower to the
loan taking into account their net worth. Incases
where the parent/ natural guardian/
spouse/grandparent are not alive, the Operating
Units may consider a ‘Major’
sibling/Relative/Third party acceptable to the
Bank as co-borrower to the loan account.
12 What is the paramater for CIC scores of Borrower/ co-borrower/ guarantor should not
borrowers/ co-borrowers in respect of have any adverse credit history. In case of
Education Loan? secured loans CIBIL score should be -1 or NTC 101-
200 or more than 591 and in unsecured loans

Page | 368 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 CIBIL score should be -1 or NTC 101-200 or more
than 685.

13 In case, the co-borrower/ guarantor is not In such cases he/she can be substituted in order
eligible due to poor credit score as of priority (other parents, spouse, parent-in-law,
prescribed? grandparents, Brother, relatives or a 3rd Party
with good financial standing as a co-borrower). In
case of Collaterised loans, the propertyowner can
be taken as Co-Borrower.
14 Can we include Two-wheeler in the Project Yes, Cost of a two-wheeler upto Rs. 50,000 can
cost of Education Loan? be included in the expenses considered eligible
for finance where the loan amount is secured by
a suitable third-party guarantee and/or tangible
collateral security. Two-wheeler may be
necessary in some cases where hostel and college
are far apart.
15 Can the boarding expenses for stay Where the student will be making his own
outside the campus allowed in the project boarding and lodging arrangements, the
cost? sanctioning authority is authorized to fund
boarding and lodging expenses on the basis of
estimate submitted by the student/parent,
provided such expenses are not more than those
charged by the educational Institution for
boarders.
16 Can a Top-up loan be considered under our Yes, Education Institutions often enhance the
Education Loan Scheme? fees during the course period increasing overall
cost. In case of studies abroad, the overall cost
may go up due to depreciation of INR vis-à-vis
foreign currency. Students often opt for study
tour in mid-course. In such scenarios, the funding
of enhanced cost may be considered on a case-to-
case basis subject to overall limits within the
Scheme, viz., Student/ Scholar/ Global Ed-
vantage/ Shaurya, and coverage of additional
loans with collateral security as prescribed under
the scheme. In both the cases, a second Top up
loan can be sanctioned, subject to prescribed
margins. For e.g., No Collateral security to be

Page | 369 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 taken if the overall loan limit including the Top –
up loan is up to Rs. 7.50 lakhs.

18 What are the laid down guidelines in case This scheme is applicable for Student Loan,
of take over Education Loan from other global Ed – vantage Loan and Scholar Loan
Banks? sanctioned with limits of Rs.10 lakhs and above.

Account may be taken over anytime during the

currency of the loan (which includes Course
period, Moratorium & repayment period). Loan
should be standard in the books of other Bank.
Loan may not be fully disbursed. A top up loan
can also be considered if the student wishes to
avail, subject to submission of relevant
documents.
19 Can reimbursement of the fee paid to the Fee already paid to the Institute (last installment
college by the parents out of their own for semester/ term) by the borrower from their
source of funds available under the own sources (including arranged from
Education Loan scheme? friends/relatives) may be considered for
reimbursement provided the reimbursement is
claimed within 6 months of the payment. It
should be ensured that the claims for
reimbursement are genuine and appropriate
safeguards to be exercised by verifying
receipts/proof of payment/ account
statement etc.
20 What is the validity of the Education Loan Since Education Loans carries all the features of
sanctioned? Term Loans, the sanctions will remain valid for 6
months, as applicable to Term Loans as per Loan
Policy of the Bank.
21 How many children of a family can be There is no ceiling in maximum aggregate
considered for providing loan under the amount of loan when two or more wards of a
Education Loan Scheme? parent/guardian individually avail loan.
Educational Loan is given for an individual and
not for the family as a unit.
22 Whether switch over from one course to Switchover from one course to another at the
another is available under the Scheme? same or another institution is permissible.

Page | 370 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 23 SBI STUDENT LOAN SCHEME

Type of Course Loan limit for institutes ranked Loan limit for all other institutes
under Top 100 by NIRF eligible as per extant norms
Studies of MBBS/ MD/ MS Upto Rs. 50.00 lakhs Upto Rs. 30.00 lakhs
(Medical) in India
All courses other than MBBS/ Upto Rs. 30.00 lakhs Upto Rs. 20.00 lakhs
MD/ MS (Medical) in India
including engineering,
management, dental courses etc
For higher Loan Limit (studies in
India), CGM of the Circle is
empowered to approve
deviation on case-to-case basis
as under:
Studies of MBBS/ MD/ MS No Upper Cap Upto Rs. 50.00 lakhs
(Medical) in India
All courses other than MBBS/ Upto Rs. 50.00 lakhs Upto Rs. 50.00 lakhs
MD/ MS (Medical) in India
including engineering,
management, dental courses etc
24 What is the margin for loans upto Rs.4.00 NIL
lacs?

25 What is the margin for loans above Rs.4.00

Studies in India: Minimum 5 % Studies Abroad:
lacs? Minimum 15 %.
28 What is the maximum moratorium period Repayment to start 1 year after completion of
and what is maximum extension of course or 6 months after the student gets a job
moratorium that can be given in case of whichever is earlier.
Eduation Loan Scheme? Extension in Moratorium period beyond 12
months upto a maximum of 24 months can be
given.
29 What is the repayment period under this 15 years from commencement of EMI repayment
scheme?

SBI SCHOLAR LOAN SCHEME

30 What is the purpose of sanctioning loan Loans will be granted to deserving/meritorious

under this scheme? students for pursuing courses in India at selected
premier and reputed institutions identified by the
Bank.

Page | 371 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 32 How many categories of institutions are There are four categories of institutions under
there under scholar loan scheme? this scheme viz. List AA, List A, List B and List C.

What are the various loan limits under

33 different categories under this scheme?

CATEGORY MAXIMUM LOAN AMOUNT

No Security. Only With tangible collateral of full value

parent/guardian as co- with parent/guardian as co-borrower
borrower

LIST AA Rs.50 lakhs No upper cap

LIST A Rs.40 lakhs No upper cap

LIST B Rs.30 lakhs No upper cap

LIST C Rs.7.50 lakhs Rs.30 lakhs

In case of married person, co-obligant can be spouse or the Parent(s)/ Parent(s)-in-law.

Requirement of co-applicant may be waived in case of all List AA Institutes and all IIMs
under List A.
34 What is the margin requirement for loan NIL
upto Rs.4.00 lacs?
35 What is the margin requirement for loans 5%
above Rs.4.00 lacs & upto Rs.7.50 lacs?
36 What is the margin requirement for loan NIL
above Rs.7.50 lacs?
37 What is the repayment period under this 15 years
scheme?
SBI SKILL LOAN SCHEME
38 What is the purpose of sanctioning loan SBI Skill Loan Scheme aims at providing a loan
under this scheme? facility to individuals who intend to take up skill
development courses as per the Skilling Loan
Eligibility Criteria.

Page | 372 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 39 What is the minimum & maximum loan The Minimum Loan Amount is Rs.5000 &
that can be sanctioned under this scheme?
Maximum Loan Amount is Rs. 1,50,000
40 What are the margins under this scheme?
NIL
41 what is the Collateral security requirement
No collateral or third-party guarantee is required.
under this scheme? However, the Parent/Guardian will execute loan
documents along with the student, as joint
borrower (co-borrower). Spouse may be included
as co-applicant wherever applicable, in addition
to Parent/ Natural Guardian.
42 What is the moratorium under this Courses duration upto 1 year is upto 6 months
scheme? from the completion of the course, Courses
duration above 1 year is 12 months from the
completion of the course
43 What is the maximum repayment period Loans upto Rs.50,000: Upto 3 years, Loans above
under this scheme? Rs.50,000 and upto Rs.1 lakh is Upto 5 years &
Loans above Rs.1 lakh Upto 7 years

SBI GLOBAL ED-VANTAGE SCHEME

44 What are the countries for which the loans Institutes/Universities in USA, UK, Canada,
can be sanctioned under this scheme? Australia, Singapore, Japan, Hong Kong, New
Zealand and Europe [Austria, Belgium, Czech
Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France,
Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Netherlands,
Norway, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Spain, Sweden,
Switzerland, United Kingdom] will be covered
under the scheme.
45 What is the margin requirement for loans Above Rs. 7.5 Lakhs & up to Rs. 20 Lakhs: 15%
under this scheme? Above Rs. 20 Lakhs- 10%
46 What is the minimum & maximum loan Minimum Loan Amount is Rs.7,50,001/- &
that can be sanctioned under this scheme? Maximum Loan Amount is Rs. 1.5 Cr
47 What is the processing fee under this The processing fee is Rs. 10,000/- + applicable GST
scheme? flat per application
48 What is the Collateral security requirement Value of Security
under student loan, global ed-vantage • For loan amounts above Rs.7.5 lacs to
scheme and scholar loan? Rs.20 lacs: 100% of the loan amount in case
of liquid and immovable property
• For loan amounts above 20 lacs: In case of
liquid 100% and in case of immovable
property 110%.

Page | 373 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Note: In case of scholar loans, above security
requirements apply wherever security is
required as per category of institution.

49 What is the moratorium under this Upto 6 months after completion of the course
scheme?
50 What is the repayment period under this Upto maximum of 15 years after commencement
scheme? of repayment. Repayment starts 6 months after
the completion of the course.
51 GUARANTEED INVESTMENT CERTIFICATE The Immigration, Refugees and Citizenship
(GIC) for studies abroad in CANADA Canada (IRCC) has revised the existing GIC
deposit requirement w.e.f. 01.01.2024 to CAD
20635 from CAD 10000.

General instructions

51. Who are eligible under Shaurya education loan scheme? Wards & Spouse of serving
DSP/ ICGSP/ CAPSP in all
Ranks.

52. Journey of education loans? Education Loan journey

through RAAS – RLMS has
been rolled out on 01.12.2023.

53. What is the timeline for delivery of title documents after The account maintaining
closure of education loan? branch/CPC shall intimate to
the Borrower/Mortgagor
through a letter within 3 days
after the closure of all loans
(on last recorded address) for
collection of property related
papers.
Delivery of all the original
property documents and
removal of charges registered
with any registry is to be
completed within a period of
30 days after full repayment/

Page | 374 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 settlement of the loan
account.
In case of delay in releasing of
original immovable property
documents or failing to file
charge satisfaction with
relevant registry beyond 30
days after full repayment/
settlement of loan, the Bank
shall communicate to the
borrower reasons for such
delay. In case where the delay
is attributable to the Bank, it
shall compensate the
borrower at the rate of
₹5,000/- for each day of delay.
If the borrower does not
collect the documents within
60 days, then bank shall
charge the Safe Custody
charges, as applicable.
In cases of loss/damage of
original property documents
and if there is a delay in
delivery of duplicate/certified
copies of title deeds or failing
to file satisfaction of the
charges with the relevant
registry (CERSAI) beyond 60
days, delayed period penalty
of Rs.5000/- per day will be
applicable to be paid to the
borrower.

***

Page | 375 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Xpress Loans & Features
Regular Xpress Credit
1 What is the eligibility criteria under the • Central and State Government
scheme? • Defence & Paramilitary Forces
• Quasi-Government
• Central PSUs & State PSUs
• Educational Institutions of National Repute
(Institutions under SBI Scholar Loan Scheme)
• Corporates
• Govt.(Central & State)/ Govt. Aided/ Semi-Govt.
Schools and Colleges
2 What is minimum employment period to Type of Employees : minimum service
eligible for taking a loan under the Govt./Defense Salaried employees: 6 months
scheme? Corporate salaried employees (CSP): 1-year
3 What is the minimum CIC for Govt Salary CIC Score of 650 and above.
Package customers?
4 What is the minimum CIC for Corporate CIC score of 670 and above.
Salary package customers?
5 How many CIC reports needs to be only one i.e., CIBIL
obtained in of loan upto Rs.4.00 Lakhs?
6 How many CIC reports needs to be Two CIC report
obtained in of loan above Rs.4.00 Lakhs? Primary CIBIL and Secondary Experian
If NO HIT under any of this than Primary CRIF
Highmark & secondary Equifax
7 What should be the minimum Net Monthly The minimum Net Monthly Income (NMI) of the
Income to be eligible for loan under this employee should be Rs.25000.00.
scheme?

8 What is the margin under this scheme? NIL

9 What is the security under the scheme? NIL
10 What is the type of facility sanctioned Term Loan OR Overdraft with reducing DP
under this scheme?
11 What is the minimum and maximum loan Minimum: Term Loan - Rs. 1,00,000/-
under this scheme? Maximum: Rs. 20. Lakhs
Diamond Salary Package: Rs. 30. Lakhs
Subject to 24 times of NMI &
• Silver & Gold variant : EMI/ NMI ratio <= 50%
• Diamond variant : EMI/ NMI ratio <= 55%

Page | 376 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 12 What is the repayment period under the Govt. Salary Package customers (i.e.DSP /
scheme? PMSP/ICGSP/CGSP/SGSP/RSP/PSP customers -
Repayment period will be “Maximum 84 months
or residual service period whichever is less)”.

Corporate Salary Package customers (i.e. CSP) -

Repayment will be “Maximum 84 months or
residual service period whichever is less(should be
repaid by the age of 60 years )”.
13 What is the provision for 2nd loan under Applicants may avail second loan any time after
this scheme? availing first loan subject to overall satisfactory
track record and EMI/NMI ratio <= 50%.
Customer may opt for a second loan or, may close
the existing loan and open a new loan with
enhanced limit.
14 What is penal interest under this scheme? @2% p.m. would be charged (irrespective of loan
amount) over and above the applicable interest
rate on the overdue amount for the period of
default.

If part instalment or part EMI remains overdue,

then penal interest will not be levied.
15 what is the forclosure /pre-payment @3% on pre-paid amount if closed before 3 years
charges under this scheme? Nil if paid after completion of 3 years
Nil in case of Defence customers for all periods

However, Foreclosure charges/ PrePayment

penalty @ 3% on prepaid amount to be levied in
case of all takeover cases by other banks,
irrespective of the tenure (including Defence
customers)

RMP (RISK MITIGATED PRODUCT) XPRESS CREDIT SCHEME

16 This product is exclusively for identified high risk categories of employees where there is a clear
and discernible past trend/indicative future delays in salary payments.
17 A sum equivalent to 3 EMIs are recovered upfront and parked in a special Account (Retail Debt
Reserve (RDR) A/C) linked to the Loan Account.

Page | 377 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 18 The balance in the RDR is utilized through auto sweep once the loan account slips to RG-3 and
the interest in the loan account is calculated and applied by netting of balances in the Loan A/C
and RDR Account.
19 Once RDR balances are utilized, there will be auto-sweep for 3 EMI from salary Account to RDR
A/c, whenever there are salary payments in the linked Salary Package Account.
20 The deposits in the RDR Account will be utilized again once loan account slips to RG-3, during
the Loan life Cycle.
21 Teller has to manually set the Sweep equivalent to 3 EMI. PULL” Sweep setting between RDR
a/c and Salary Account equal to 3 EMIs can be done from the screen “60422 CIF: Create Sweep
Arrangements”.
22 Not linking of “INTEREST LINKING” will lead to system charging interest on the entire loan
outstanding instead of Net balance.
XPRESS CREDIT TO NON-PERMANENT EMPLOYEES (NPEs) SCHEME
23 NPE product, one of the variants of our Xpress Credit scheme has been withdrawn w.e.f.
22.04.2022.
24 XPRESS LITE SCHEME scheme has been withdrawn
SBI INSTA CREDIT: TOP UP LOAN ON INB PLATFORM
25 It is approved by the Competent Authority to withdraw the Xpress Credit Insta Top-up loan
product w.e.f.27 Mar 2024.
PRE-APPROVED XPRESS CREDIT SCHEME / TOP UP LOANS ON YONO
26 What is the eligibility criteria under Pre- The eligible customers are pre-selected on the
Approved Xpress Credit scheme? basis of an analytic engine.
Data in respect of Salary Package Customers and
Xpress Credit Borrowers are scrubbed at monthly
interval based on Bank’s risk appetite covering
salary credits (amount and frequency), KYC
compliance, past history on loan repayments,
Credit history and CIC Scores, existing loan
exposure, Existing Xpress Credit Loans, RSM
scores, etc.
27 Whether second loan can be sanctioned Only one PAXC can be availed at any point of time.
under Pre-Approved Xpress Credit Multiple PAXCs are not permitted even if a
scheme? customer has availed lower loan amount than the
eligibility/ loan offered.
In case the loan account is closed during the
month, a customer will not be eligible for taking a
new loan till the start of next calendar month.

Page | 378 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 28 what is the maximum loan sanctioned • The maximum loan limit under PAXC for
under Pre-Approved Xpress Credit Diamond & Platinum category Defense salary
scheme? package customers and Platinum category Govt.
salary package customers to be enhanced to Rs.
15 lakhs (from existing Rs. 8 lakhs).

• For other category/ variant of Salary Package

customers, maximum loan limit under PAXC will
continue to be Rs. 8 lakhs
29 Withdrawal of xpress credit insta top-up & It is approved by the Competent Authority to
insta pension Products w.e.f. 01.04.2024 withdraw the Xpress Credit Insta Top-up loan
product & e Insta Pension Top-up loan product.

SBI QUICK PERSONAL LOAN SCHEMEUNDER ONLINE PSB LOANS LTD (OPL) PORTALTHROUGH
CONTACTLESS LENDING PLATFORM (CLP)
30 What is the purpose under this scheme? Any personal purpose other than speculative
purpose
31 What is the eligibility criteria under the • Central & State Government
scheme? • Quasi Government
• Central & State PSUs
• Corporates (Private & Public Ltd.)
• Educational Institutions of National Repute
(Institutions covered under SBI Scholar Loan
Scheme & Whitelisted Institutes under Student
Loan Scheme)
32 What is the minimum and maximum NMI Minimum Rs.25,000/-
under the scheme?
33 What is the facility under this scheme? Term Loan
34 What is the amount of loan sanctioned Minimum: Rs.1,00,000/-
under the scheme? Maximum: Rs.20,00,000/- subject to 24 times NMI
35 What is the age criteria & EMI/NMI under 21 – 58 years
the scheme?
36 What is the repayment period under the Maximum 84 months or residual service period
scheme? whichever is less
37 What is the CIC score requirement under Minimum 670
the scheme?
38 What is the TAT under the scheme? Customers with no requirement of PSS: 1 working
day Other customers: 2-3 working days

Page | 379 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 XPRESS FLEXI
39 Purpose? Diamond (i.e. NMI: Rs. 50000 to Rs. 1 lakh) &
Platinum Salary Package customers (i.e. NMI> Rs. 1
lakh) as a separate variant under Xpress Credit
scheme, wherein eligible customers interested in
availing Overdraft facility will be offered the same
for the limit amount sanctioned
40 Eligibility • Diamond Salary Package customers (i.e. NMI: Rs.
50000 to Rs. 1 lakh)
• Platinum Salary Package customers (i.e. NMI> Rs.
1 lakh)
41 Loan Amount Diamond Salary Package customers:
• Minimum: Rs. 1 lakh
• Maximum: Rs. 20 lakhs subject to EMI/NMI <=55%
& 24 times NMI (whichever is lower)
Platinum Salary Package customers:
• Minimum: Rs. 1 lakh
• Maximum: Rs. 25 lakhs subject to 24 times NMI
and EMI/NMI <=60% (For NMI Rs 1 lac – Rs 2 lac) OR
EMI/ NMI <= 65% (For NMI > Rs 2 lac), whichever is
lower.
42 Type of Loan Overdraft facility.
While customers will have to transfer the Equated
Monthly Instalments (EMIs) as in the case of usual
Xpress Credit Loans, the Drawing Power on the
Overdraft will be reduced on monthly basis
43 Repayment Period • Upto 84 months
• Repayment of EMIs will be through Standing
Instructions (SI) on the Salary Package account till
the outstanding in the loan account becomes nil.
• SI will not be stopped in OD accounts (including
loan accounts with credit balance) due to excess
deposit of fund by borrowers over and above the
stipulated EMIs, till drawing power and
outstanding in such accounts is zero since extra
fund deposited over and above drawing power can
always be withdrawn by customers after full
disbursement of loan amount.

Page | 380 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 44 Conversion of existing Xpress Credit Term Branches can provide “XPRESS FLEXI” OD loan
Loan product to existing Xpress Credit loan borrowers
by closing their existing Xpress Credit Term Loan
product in CBS, if the customer is otherwise eligible
under the product. Only one live Overdraft product
under Xpress Credit is allowed under one CIF.

***

Page | 381 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Other PER Segment Loans
SBI PENSION LOAN & FAMILY PENSION LOAN SCHEME
1 What is the minimum loan under regular Rs.25,000/-
Pension Loan Scheme?
2 How many Net Monthly Pension will be 18 NMP (Net Monthly Pension)
considered under the Pension Loan
Scheme?
3 What is the maximum loan sanctioned Rs.20.00 Lakhs
under regular Pension Loan Scheme?
4 what is the minimum loan under Family Rs.25,000/-
Pension Loan Scheme?
5 What is the maximum loan sanctioned Rs.5.00 Lakhs
under Family pension Loan Scheme?
6 What is the maximum loan sanctioned Rs.20.00 Lakhs
under Regular Pension Loan Scheme if the
age is upto 72 years?
7 What is the maximum loan sanctioned Rs.12.00 Lakhs
under Regular Pension Loan Scheme if the
age is above 72 years upto 74 years?
8 What is the maximum loan sanctioned Rs.7.50 Lakhs
under Regular Pension Loan Scheme if the
age is above 74 and upto 76 years?
9 What is the EMI/NMP in respect of Regular 50%
Pension Loan Scheme?
10 What is the maximum loan sanctioned Rs.5.00 Lakhs
under Family Pension Loan Scheme if the
age is upto 72 years?
11 What is the maximum loan sanctioned Rs.4.50 Lakhs
under Family Pension Loan Scheme if the
age is above 72 and upto 74 years?
12 What is the maximum loan sanctioned Rs.2.50 Lakhs
under Family Pension Loan Scheme if the
age is above 74 and upto 76 years?
13 What is the EMI/NMP in respect of Family 33%
Pension Loan Scheme?
14 What is the Primary Security in respect of NIL
Regular SBI Pension Loan Scheme?

Page | 382 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 15 What is the Collateral Security in respect of • Regular Pensioner having PPO with our
regular SBI Pension Loan Scheme? Bank: NIL
• Other Regular Pensioners: Third party
guarantee (TPG) of the spouse eligible for
family pension. In the absence of the
spouse, TPG of any other family member
or a third party worth the loan amount.
16 What is the Collateral Security in respect of Third party guarantee of a person who has
Family Pension Loan Scheme? been maintaining a satisfactorily conducted
account with the Bank; preferably of the
son/daughter of the family pensioner.
17 What is the Pre-payment penality in respect Prepayment charges of 2% on prepaid
of pension loans? amount.
18 What is the repayment period under the SBI Maximum 72 months subject to Loan to be
pension loan scheme? repaid in full before the customer attains the
age of 78 years of age.
19 Is the Top-up available under the Pension Top-up loan (2nd loan) can be sanctioned to
Loan Schemes? Pensioner and Family pensioner any time after
disbursement of the 1st loan.
20 What is Benchmark for RSM > 45

JAI JAWAN PENSION LOAN

21 What is the minimum loan under Jai Jawan Rs.25,000/-
Pension Loan Scheme?
22 How many Net Monthly Pension will be 36 times NMP for borrowers upto 56 years of
considered under the Jai Jawan Pension age &
Loan Scheme? 56-76yrs – 18 times NMP
23 What is the maximum loan sanctioned Rs.20.00 Lakhs
under Jai Jawan Pension Loan Scheme?
24 What is the maximum loan sanctioned Rs.20.00 Lakhs
under Jai Jawan Pension Loan Scheme if the
age is above 56 years
25 Third Party Gaurantee NIL

26 Eligibility criteria Regular Pensioners of Defence (Army, Navy,

Air Force, Coast Guards, Rashtriya Rifles,
Assam Rifles, Special Frontier Force, etc.) and
Central Armed Police Forces (CRPF, CISF, BSF,

Page | 383 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 ITBP, SSB, RPF, RPSF, etc.), whose Pension
Payment Order is maintained by Centralized
Pension Processing Centre (CPPC) of SBI or at
PCDA, Prayagraj under SPARSH
27 What is the EMI/NMP in respect of Jai Jawan 50%
Pension Loan Scheme?
28 What is the Primary Security in respect of Jai NIL
Jawan Pension Loan Scheme?
29 What is the Collateral Security in respect of Third Party Guarantee has been waived for
regular Jai Jawan Loan Scheme? regular pensioners
30 What is the repayment period under the Jai Maximum 72 months subject to Loan to be
Jawan Pension loan scheme? repaid in full before the customer attains the
age of 78 years of age.
31 Place for Availment of Loan • Regular Pensioner having PPO with
our Bank: Loan can be sanctioned at
home branch (Pension paying branch)
or any branch nearby his/ her place of
present posting/ residence.
• Regular Pensioner having PPO with
PCDA, Prayagraj (under SPARSH): The
loans to be sanctioned at Home branch
(Pension paying branch) only.
32 What is the facility of Jai Jawan Pension Term Loan
Loan
33 How the Pension loan of family members of Family Pension
Defence personnel is sanctioned
34 Pension Loan to Coal Mines Provident Fund (CMPF) Pensioners
This Product is withdrawn by our Bank w.e.f 08.06.2022.
Pension Loans to the pensioners of CMPF, whose PPOs are not maintained with our CPPC,
will be extended under our existing “Pension Loan Scheme to PSU Pensioners” scheme.

SBI PERSONAL GOLD LOAN (EMI BASED)

35 What are the eligibility criteria for loan Individuals who are 18 years of age with
under this scheme? steady income including Bank’s employees
and pensioners.
36 What is the minimum and maximum loan Minimum Rs. 20000/-
under this scheme? Maximum Rs. 50.00 Lakhs
37 What is the margin requirement under this 25%
scheme?

Page | 384 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 38 What is the repayment period under this Maximum 36 months
scheme?
39 What is the type of facility under this Demand Loan
scheme?
40 What is the repayment mode? The repayment of EMI should commence
from the month following the month of
disbursement without any moratorium.
SBI PERSONAL LIQUID GOLD LOAN SCHEME (Overdraft)
41
42 PRODUCT WITHDRAWAL / DISCONTINUATION:
i. SBI Liquid Gold Loan (OD) and
43 ii. ii. Realty Liquid Gold Loan (OD).
44
Vide Sl.No.: 930/2023 - 24 Circular No.: R&DB/PBU/CD&e-COMGL/19/2023 - 24 Date: Wed 3 Jan 2024
45

SBI-GOLD LOAN-BULLET REPAYMENT

46 What is the minimum and maximum loan Minimum Rs. 20000/-
under this scheme? Maximum Rs. 50.00 Lakhs
47 What is the type of facility under this Demand Loan
scheme?
48 What is the margin requirement under this 35 %
scheme?
49 What is the repayment period under this Max: 12 months (Period of loan can be in days
scheme? also depending upon the need of the
customer)
50 What is the repayment mode? Bullet Repayment of Interest and Principal at
the end of the term.
Realty Gold Loan
51 What is the purpose for sanctioning loan The Realty Gold loan is availed for the purpose
under this scheme? margin money requirement of home loan,
registration charge of House property and for
project price escalation
52 What is the minimum and maximum loan The minimum amount is Rs. 50000/- and the
under this scheme? maximum amount is Rs. 50.00 Lakh.
53 What is the type of facility under this SBI Personal Gold Loan
scheme? (EMI based DL), SBI Gold Loan (Bullet
Repayment DL) and Personal Liquid Gold Loan
(OD), for different target groups.

Page | 385 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 54 Purity Testing Methods 1. Touch stone Method
2. Nitric Acid Method
3. Specific Gravity Method

Pre- Approved Pension Loan on YONO Platform

55 What is the amount of Pension Loan that is Pension Loan up to 5.00 Lakh
sanctioned on YONO Platform?
56 What is the eligibility criteria for Pension The eligible customers will be pre-selected
Loan under YONO platform? based on the analytic engine
57 What is the minimum and maximum loan Minimum Loan is Rs. 25000/-
under this scheme? Maximum Loan Rs. 5.00 Lakh
subject to EMI/NMP = < 50 % and 18 times of
NMP
58 What is the repayment period under the Maximum: 72 months or (repayable by 78 years
scheme? age)
59 How many numbers of Pension loan can be Only one PAPNL can be availed at any point of
sanctioned under this YONO platform? time. Multiple PAPNLs are not permitted even
if a customer has availed lower loan amount
than their eligibility/ loan offered.
60 What is the validity of the sanction under The offer to the pre-selected customers will
this scheme? be valid till the end of Calendar Quarter in
which they are offered the loan.
Insta Pension Top Up Loan
61

62 WITHDRAWAL OF INSTA PENSION PRODUCT W.E.F. 01.04.2024 vide Sl.No.: 1199/2023 - 24 Circular No.:
NBG/PBU/PL-PERLOANS/37/2023 - 24 Date: Wed 27 Mar 2024

63

64

65

66

Page | 386 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Overdraft Facility in Salary Package Account
67 What is the purpose for sanctioning loan One of the USPs of the product is the
under this scheme? availability of Overdraft facility limited to 2
months of net salary or the max amount
under the particular variant of the account
68 What are the different variants and the Variants Max- Amount
maximum loan amount under various Gold 75000/-
schemes? Diamond 150000/-
Platinum 200000/-
The maximum tenor of overdraft is 6 months.
OTHER DEMAND LOANS
ONLINE LOAN AGAINST SHARE
69 What is the purpose for sanctioning loan For meeting contingencies and needs of personal
under this scheme? nature and for subscribing to rights or new issue of
shares against security of existing shares. However,
the loans under the scheme are not to be
sanctioned for
i) Speculative purposes ii) Inter-corporate
investments iii) Acquiring controlling interest in
company/companies iv) Loan against our own SBI
shares
69 What is the minimum and maximum loan Minimum: Rs. 50000/-
under this scheme? Maximum: For any personal purpose
maximum loan is Rs.20.00 Lakhs
For subscribing to IPOs maximum loan is
Rs.10.00 Lakhs.
70 What is the margin under the scheme? 50% of the prevailing Stock Exchange market
prices of the shares as calculated based on the
prevailing market price as on the date and
time of loan sanction.
71 What is the repayment period under the Facility is only Overdraft.
scheme? It is a running account with a tenor of
maximum 30 months.
72 What is the primary security? Pledge of Demat Share
73 What is the Nodal Branch for Loan against Customer of any SBI Branch can apply for the
Shares loan. The processing and sanction of loan will
be done by a single nodal Branch i.e.,
Specialized Securities Finance Branch, Andheri
East, Mumbai - 400093 (Branch Code: 18225).
The loan will in the Books of the nodal Branch.

Page | 387 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Loans Against Scheme of SBI Mutual Fund (LAMFU)
73 What is the purpose for sanctioning loan Loan may be granted to individuals to meet
under this scheme? contingencies and personal needs but not for
subscribing to or boosting up the sales of
another scheme of mutual funds, for the
purchase of shares / debentures / bonds or
speculative purposes
74 What is the minimum and maximum loan Minimum: Rs. 25000/-
under this scheme? Maximum:
Equity/ Hybrid/ ETF MF:
Physical/Electronic: Rs 10,00,000/-
Demat form: Rs 20,00,000 and
Debt/ FMP MF: Rs 5,00,00,000. (In case of
Debt/ FMP MF, the deviation for Max Loan
Limit will be available to Circle CGM as per
Loan Policy Guidelines).
75 What is the margin under the scheme? Equity/ Hybrid/ ETF MF: 50% ,
Debt/ FMP MF: 15%
76 What is the repayment under the scheme? Overdraft (Auto Renewal/Review every year)
77 What is the security under the scheme? Lien on units of MF.
78 What is the portal to mark lien on unit of MF State Bank Times >> Departments 2 >>
Personal Banking Business Unit>>> Assets>>>
Personal Loans >>> Useful links >>> “Online
Lien Portal”

Loans Against NSC/KVPs

78 What is the purpose for sanctioning loan All branches can grant loans against the
under this scheme? security of the National Savings Certificates
(NSCs) of VIII Issue and Kisan Vikas Patras
(KVPs). Customers maintaining satisfactorily
conducted accounts
79 What is the minimum and maximum loan No Minimum and Maximum amount
under this scheme?
80 What is the margin under the scheme? Public: 40% of face value plus accrued interest
of NSC VIII issue/KVPs.
For Staff / Bank’s pensioners: 15% of face value
plus accrued interest of NSC VIII issue/KVPs.

Page | 388 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 81 What is the facility of Loan against Demand Loan/Overdraft
NSC/KVPs

Loans Against Life Insurance Policy including Insurance Policies of SBILIFE

82 What is the purpose for sanctioning loan All branches can grant loans to the customers
under this scheme? maintaining satisfactorily conducted
accounts, against the security of the life
insurance policies issued by
(a) Life Insurance Corporation of India
(b) Department of Post Offices
(c) SBI Life Insurance Company Ltd
(d) HDFC Standard Life and
(e) ICICI Prudential Life Insurance.
83 What is the minimum and maximum loan No Minimum and Maximum amount.
under this scheme?
84 What is the margin under the scheme? Loan tenure upto 12 months - 15% Margin
Loan tenure above 12 months upto 24 months - 25% Margin
Loan tenure above 24 months upto 36 months - 30% Margin.
85 What is the security under the scheme? Assignment of Insurance Policy.
Loans Against Bank’s Time Deposit
85 What is the purpose for sanctioning loan To meet depositors’ liquidity needs, branches
under this scheme? can grant loans against these deposits.
Customers maintaining Term Deposits,
Special Term Deposits, Recurring Deposits.
86 What is the minimum and maximum loan No Minimum and Maximum amount
under this scheme?
87 What is the margin for Public under the Margin Time Deposit Tenure
scheme?
5% Withdrawn

Minimum 10% on Irrespective of

(Principal + residual tenure of
Accrued interest) deposit up to 5 years
(Applicable to both
Demand Loan and
Overdraft accounts).

Minimum 15% on If residual tenure of

(Principal + Accrued Time deposit is more
interest) than 60 months as on
the date of availing of

Page | 389 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 loan. (Applicable to
Demand Loans only)

What is the margin for Staff under the * 5% Margin on (Principal + Accrued) -
scheme? Withdrawn

* 10% Margin on (Principal + Accrued) interest

irrespective of residual tenure of deposit
88 What is the security under the scheme? Lien on Deposit.
** Facility of loans in INR, in India, to third
party resident individuals/ firms/ companies in
India against the deposits held by Resident
India /NRI customers in their domestic/ NRE/
NRO/ FCNR deposit accounts in individual
capacity. (* Non-personal deposits are not
eligible for third party loans)

Advance Against RBI Relief Fund

89 What is the purpose for sanctioning loan The Government of India has allowed for
under this scheme? pledge or hypothecation or lien of the bonds
issued under the following schemes as
collateral:
7% Savings Bonds 2002
6.5% Savings Bonds 2003
8% Savings (Taxable) Bonds 2003
90 What is the eligibility criteria under this Individuals over 21 years of age with an
scheme? assured income, including NRI subject to
compliance with exchange control
regulations, if any.
91 What is the minimum and maximum loan Minimum: NA,
under this scheme? Maximum: NA

Page | 390 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 92 What is the margin under the scheme? Public: 40%,
Staff / Bank’s Pensioners: 35% on bonds less
than 2 years old and 20% on Bonds which are 2
years old or more.
(Margin can be reduced to 15% and a term loan
account opened if loan is repaid in monthly
instalments through check-off. )
93 What is the security under the scheme? The securities must be endorsed / transferred
by the beneficiary to the Bank. Wherever an
endorsement is required the same should be
prima facie in order in the cage meant for the
purpose.

Online Advance Against TDR / STDR

94 What is the purpose for sanctioning loan The Retail Internet Banking Customers having
under this scheme? INB transaction rights through which they can
create Overdraft (OD a/c) against their
TDR/STDR/eTDR/eSTDR (Fixed Deposit) A/c.
No manual intervention is required by
branches at the time of opening of this OD
against Fixed Deposits.
For each and every Fixed Deposit a separate
OD account is required to be opened by the
customers. On successful opening INB
generates an Arrangement letter which is the
customer’s copy and need not be signed by
our Branches.
95 What is the eligibility criteria under this Available to customers having Fixed Deposits
scheme? in single name only.
The facility of online OD is not available
against NRE/NRO/ FCNR(B) Fixed deposits,
MODs & Tax Savings Fixed Deposits.
96 What is the minimum and maximum loan Minimum: Rs. 25000/-
under this scheme? Maximum: Rs. 5.00 Crores

Page | 391 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 97 What is the margin under the scheme? The Limit of overdraft against STDR/eSTDR
will be by default 90% of the face value of
STDR/eSTDR by default i.e., customers will
have no choice to fix the lower limit.
The Limit of overdraft against TDR/eTDR will
be by default 75% of the face value of
TDR/eTDR by default i.e., customers will have
no choice to fix the lower limit
98 What is the security under the scheme? Lien on Fixed Deposit

Loans Against SBI Dual Advantage Fund (DAF of SBIMF)

99 What is the purpose for sanctioning loan In order to garner substantial business in Loan
under this scheme? against Securities portfolio & to market new
series of SBI DAF aggressively, scheme of
‘Loan against SBI DAF’ has been launched.
DAF investors above 18 years of age subject to
following conditions:
i)Single/Joint holder(s) of SBI DAF
ii) The Investor(s) should have an SB account
of SBI
iii) The SB account and DAF should have
identical name and PAN number.
100 What is the minimum and maximum loan Loan Amount:
under this scheme? Minimum: 25000/-
Maximum: DAF held in DEMAT for Rs. 20.00
Lakh if in Physical form Rs. 10.00 Lakh
101 What is the margin under the scheme? 50 % (Margin is linked to the NAV or Market
Value, whichever is less.)
102 What is the security under the scheme? Lien on units of DAF (Both in Demat & Physical
forms)
Loans Against SGBs (Sovereign Gold Bond)
103 What is the purpose for sanctioning loan In order to garner business under Loan
under this scheme? against Securities portfolio & to market new
tranche of SGBs aggressively, a new product
‘Loan against SGBs’ has been launched. All
individual or joint investors under Sovereign
Gold Bond Scheme holding the SGBs.

Page | 392 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 104 What is the minimum and maximum loan Minimum: 20000/-
under this scheme? Maximum: 20.00 Lakh per individual
While granting advance the operating units
shall ensure that maximum Quantity of 500
gms per person per fiscal doesn’t
exceed. And The declarations to this effect
shall be obtained from the applicant at the
time of sanctioning loan.
105 What is the margin under the scheme? 35% of Market Value published by PMD, PBBU
Repayment Period? Overdraft: 36 months
Demand Loan: 12 months -Bullet repayment
Lien Marking For Physical Form Bonds:
The branch shall send request to Mumbai
Main Branch (MMB), which is SBI’s Nodal
Branch for SGBs, for lien marking through
email.
For Demat form Bonds:
The branch shall request SBI Securities Cap
Limited (SSL) for Lien marking.
SBI- Online EMI & SBI- Offline POS- EMI for Consumer Durable & E- Commerce
106 What is the purpose for sanctioning loan For Online Purchase of Consumer Durables/
under this scheme? Merchandise at Amazon & Flipkart portals &
For purchase of Consumer Durables at POS
through use of SBI Debit Card.
107 What is the minimum and maximum loan Minimum Amount is Rs. 8000/- Maximum
under this scheme? Amount is Rs. 100000/- Equal to price of the
product purchased subject to maximum
eligibility limit, available limit and minimum
loan amount prescribed
108 What is the margin under the scheme? NIL
109 How many loans can be allowed under the Up to 5 Transactions (inclusive of both online
scheme? and off-line purchases) are eligible for DC EMI
facility subject to maximum preapproved loan
limit..

110 Tenor for the loan 6/9/12/18 months

Moratorium: NIL

***

Page | 393 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Agriculture Products
Revised Kisan Credit Card (KCC)

1 What is the purpose for providing To meet short term credit requirements for
KCC? cultivation of crops, post-harvest expenses,
Consumption requirements of farmer household,
working capital for maintenance of farm assets and
activities allied to Agriculture, like dairy animals,
inland fishery etc.
2 Who are eligible for sanctioning KCC? All Farmers – Individuals / Joint borrowers who are
owner cultivators, Tenant farmers, oral lessees
(Rights on land belonging to other) & sharecroppers.
The farmers in such cases, should furnish to the Bank
satisfactory evidence to the effect having cultivated
the land),SHGs or Joint Liability Groups of Farmers
including tenant farmers, sharecroppers etc.
3 What is the margin under this No margin is stipulated for crop loans under KCC
scheme? irrespective of loan amount, as margin is inbuilt while
fixing the Scale of Finance (SOF).
4 What is the repayment period under Short Term Crop; MDL expiry date 12 months: 12
this scheme? Months, Long Term Crop; MDL expiry date 18 months:
18 Months
5 What is the primary security? Hypothecation of crops grown / assets to be created
out of bank finance.
6 What is the Collateral Security in this KCC Loan limit below ₹1.60 lakh: NIL.
scheme? KCC Loan limit above ₹1.60 lakh: Equitable Mortgage
/ Registered Mortgage of land /immovable property
as applicable, the value of which is 100% of the loan
amount.
Alternative security such as lien or charge on liquid
securities like NSC or Term Deposit of Bank or any
other acceptable liquid security.

7 What is the stipulated TAT for the 3 days after completion of all required formalities
scheme?

Page | 394 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 FINANCING FARMER PRODUCERS’ COMPANIES (FPCs)

8 What purposes the loan is Term Loans & Cash Credit, Loans for pre- and post-
sanctioned under this scheme? harvest activities sand Export credit to FPCs of
individual farmers, partnership firms and co-
operatives of farmers directly engaged in Agriculture
and Allied Activities.
9 What are the eligibility criteria for Farmer Producer Companies and their members.
sanctioning loan under the scheme? a) The Company should be duly incorporated as a
Farmer Producer Company registered with R.O.C.
b) It should have a full time CEO to conduct affairs of
the Company.
c) The Company should have minimum equity of Rs 5
Lakhs for being considered for lending. The Company
should have a minimum member base of 500 for
being eligible for credit guarantee cover.
d) The company should have been in operation for at
least 2 years.
e) It should have no accumulated losses of the
previous years.
f) The proposal of the Company should be backed by
appropriate resolution and borrowing powers.
g) The FPO should ideally be rated SB10 or above for
loan limit more than Rs. 50 lakhs or have scored 75 or
above for loans up to Rs.50 lakhs for which we are in
process of creating a new Scoring Model.
h) Preference shall be given to those FPC which
involve the complete value chain and have assured
forward linkage for sale of produce.
i) Entities promoted by NGOs linked with reputed
Corporate Houses and duly handled by them till
maturity of the Company, shall be preferred. Such
loans shall be sanctioned with suitable tie up with the
sponsoring agencies for continuous monitoring.
j) Minimum 33% of FPCs shareholders should be small,
marginal, landless or tenant farmers.
k) Farmer Producer Company must have minimum
one women member in the duly elected Board of
Directors

Page | 395 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 10 What are the facilities available Agricultural Term Loan, Agri Cash Credit, Current
under the scheme? Account O. D. and Demand Loan
11 What is the amount of loan that can Minimum – Rs. 1,00,000/- Maximum – Rs 5 Crores
be sanctioned? (CC+TL limit combine
12 What is the margin under this 20% of project cost, unless otherwise stipulated in the
scheme? Scheme for the activity for which the loan is being
availed
13 What is the repayment period under Maximum repayment period of 10 years inclusive of
this scheme? moratorium period up to 24 months based on nature
and justification of each product. Repayment schedule
to be worked out in line with projected cash flows as
monthly for allied activities and half yearly for farm
activities.
14 What is the primary security? Hypothecation of plant, machinery and stocks,
receivables, etc
15 What is the Collateral Security in this a) For loans covered under NABSanrakshan Credit
scheme? Guarantee cover: No Collateral security / TPG is
to be created other than charge on other
movable/immovable assets of the Company
where Guarantee cover from SFAC (Small
Farmer’s Agri Consortium) is obtained.

b) For loans not covered under NABSanrakshan

Credit Guarantee cover: ✓ Up to 1.6 Lakhs – No
Collateral / TPG is required. ✓ Above 1.6 Lakhs
and below 50 Lakhs – Registered /equitable
mortgage of land / immovable properly for
minimum 25% of credit exposure is required
which will be in the name of the FPO.
c) For loan limit of Rs.50 lakhs and above: For loan
limit, more than Rs.50 lakhs: Minimum
Collateral Security CRA (percentage of
aggregate exposure).
a.SB-7 and better 25% b.SB-8 ,9 50% c.SB-10 100%
16 What is the TAT under the scheme? For Loans below Rs 50 lakhs: 7 days from the date of
submission of all the required documents/papers.

For Loans of Rs 50 lakhs and above: 14 days

Page | 396 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 FINANCING JOINT LIABILITY GROUPS (JLGs) ‘BHOOMI HEEN KISAN’

17 What is the purpose for providing To augment the flow of credit to landless farmers
the loan under the scheme? cultivating land as tenant farmers, oral lessees or
sharecroppers and small/marginal farmers as well as
other poor individuals taking up farm activities, off
farm activities and nonfarm activities. A Joint Liability
Group (JLG) is an informal group of 4-10 individuals
coming together for the purpose of availing bank loan
on individual basis or through a group mechanism
against mutual guarantee.
18 Who are eligible for sanction loan Members should belong to similar socio-economic
under the scheme? status, background and environment carrying out
farming and allied activities and who agree to
function as a joint liability group.
ThemembersshouldbeengagedinAgriculturaLakhtivit
yforacontinuousperiodof not less than one year
within the area of operation of the branch
(Landowner, Tenant, Oral Lessees, Sharecroppers
etc.). The members should be living in the same
village /area/neighborhood. Member who has
defaulted to any other formal financial institutions, in
the past are debarred from Group Membership. More
than one person from the same family should not be
included in the same JLG. There is a need for a very
active member of the group to assume leadership
role and ensure the activities of the JLG.
19 What is the facility that is sanctioned Branch may sanction KCC/ATL depending upon the
under the scheme? purpose of loan. KCC Repay cards mandatory for all
eligible borrowers
20 What is the amount of loan that can Considering that loan to be granted is against the
be sanctioned? mutual guarantee offered by the group, largest
amount of loan may be restricted to Rs.50,000 per
individual both under Model A &B.
21 What is the margin under this NIL
scheme?
22 What is the repayment period under Repayment period is based on the activities
this scheme? undertaken by members.
23 What is the primary security? Hypothecation of standing and future crops/assets
created out of bank finance.

Page | 397 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 24 What is the Collateral Security in this No collateral security is insisted other than group
scheme? guarantee of the members
AGRICULTURE GOLD LOANS
25 What is the purpose for providing To meet the short-term production / investment
the loan under the scheme? credit needs of a. Farmers engaged in Agriculture,
cultivating own and /or leased land or engaged in
cultivation of crops, allied activities like Dairy, Poultry,
Fisheries, Piggery, Sheep, etc.
26 What are the eligibility criteria for All farmers: Individuals who are owner cultivators,
sanctioning loan under the scheme? Agri entrepreneurs, Tenant farmers, Oral lessees &
Sharecroppers, any person engaged in Agriculture or
allied activities as well as persons engaged in activities
permitted by RBI to be classified under Agriculture.
27 What is the facility that is sanctioned Demand Loan, Cash Credit.
under the scheme?
28 What is the amount of loan that can For Crop Loan: Lower of: Amount as per SOF (i.e.
be sanctioned? Acreage*SOF for that crop) and Amount as per
Advance Value of Gold ornaments(i.e Net wt*
Advance Value) For Investment Credit Needs: Lower
of : Unit cost/Project cost of various Agri activities (
Dairy, Poultry, Minor irrigation, Fisheries, etc.) and
Amount as per Advance Value of Gold ornaments(i.e
Net wt* Advance Value)
29 What is the margin under this The loan to value ratio prescribed by RBI under this
scheme? scheme is 75%.
30 What is the primary security? Pledge of Gold Ornament
31 What is the Collateral Security in this NIL
scheme?
32 What is the TAT under the scheme? Immediate
PRODUCE MARKETING LOAN
33 What is the purpose for providing PML is a short-term loan (maximum period 12
the loan under the scheme? months) given to farmers against the security of
fungible farm produce either stored at farmer’s own
Place/ Godown or stored in accredited/ non
accredited warehouses. This is aimed at enabling the
farmers to avoid distress sale immediately after
harvest when the prices are usually low, by providing
necessary liquidity support against pledge of these
agri. commodities (farm produce).

Page | 398 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 34 What are the eligibility criteria for The loan is available to the following category of farmers:
sanctioning loan under the scheme? a. Farmers/ group of farmers, who have availed crop loan
from our Bank:
b. Farmers/ group of farmers, who have availed crop loans
from other Banks.
c. Farmers/ group of farmers, who have not availed crop loan
from any Bank: PML can be sanctioned against e-NWR issued
by WDRA registered warehouses, WHRs issuedby SWC /
CWC Go downsnot registered with WDRA and Go downs
under Collateral Management only.
Eligible category of Godowns/warehouses: i) WDRA-
registered warehouses ii) God owns managed by approved
Collateral Managers iii) CWC / SWC warehouses not
registered with WDRA..
35 What is the facility that is sanctioned Demand Loan
under the scheme?
36 What is the amount of loan that can The maximum loan limit under PML is Rs 75.00
be sanctioned? Lakh(eNWRs) and Rs.50.00 lac(WHRs)
37 What is the margin under this Category of go Margin Basis of valuation
scheme? down of
a. e-NWRs issued 25% Least of the
by following three: i)
WDRAregistered Value mentioned
warehouses in the WHR/e-
NWR. ii) Current
Market
b. WHRs issued 25%
by Approved.
Collateral Price of the
Managers Commodity
c. WHRs issued 40% (agmarknet.nic.i
by CWC/SWC n) Minimum
managed Support Price
godowns (Whereverdeclar
nonregistered ed)
with WDRA

38 What is the repayment period under To commensurate with the stated shelf life of the
this scheme? commodity or date of validity of the WHR/ NWR in any
case not exceeding 12 months

Page | 399 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 39 What is the primary security? i)Primary Security: PML will primarily be secured by
hypothecation/pledge of e-NWR / Warehouse Receipts
issued by WDRA registered warehouses / Collaterally
Managed go downs / SWC / CWC go down / cold storages.
ii) Collateral Security
Category of warehouse Collateral security
receipt
a. e-NWR issued by WDRA Collateral security is waived
registered warehouse
b. WHRs issued by
Approved Collateral
Managers
c. Warehouse issued by a. Waived up to 10.00 lacs.
SWC/CWC managed god b. For loans exceeding
own non-registered with Rs.10.00 lacs mortgage of
WDRA Agri land will be obtained
40 KISAN CREDIT CARD SCHEME- WORKING CAPITAL FOR ANIMAL HUSBANDRY
AND FISHERIES (KCCAH&F)
41 What is the purpose for providing The Kisan Credit Card (AH&F) scheme aims at
the loan under the scheme? providing adequate prompt credit support under a
single window with flexible and simplified procedure
to the Animal Husbandry & Fisheries farmers for their
working capital requirements. The activities may
include rearing of animals (dairy, sheep, goat,
piggery), poultry, birds, rabbit, fish, shrimp, other
aquatic organisms including capture of fish.
42 What are the eligibility criteria for a. Dairy: Farmers and Dairy farmers either individual
sanctioning loan under the scheme? or joint borrower, Joint Liability Groups or Self-Help
Groups including tenant farmers having owned
/rented/leased sheds. Poultry& small ruminants:
Farmers, poultry farmers either individual or joint
borrower, Joint Liability Groups or Self Help Groups
including tenant farmers of
sheep/goats/pigs/poultry/birds/rabbit and having
owned/ rented/ leased sheds. c. Fisheries: i. Inland
Fisheries and Aquaculture: ii. Marine Fisheries: The
KCC (AH&F) limit can be sanctioned to new farmer
applicants as well as the existing KCC (Crop
Production) holders.

Page | 400 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 43 What is the facility that is sanctioned Agricultural Cash Credit
under the scheme?
44 What is the amount of loan that can There is no minimum/maximum loan amount under
be sanctioned? KCC-AH&F. The quantum of KCC-Animal Husbandry &
Fishery loan limit will be fixed based on Scale of
Finance (SOF) to be decided by DLTC.
Enhancement/changes in limit will be based on the
SoF fixed by DLTC of the District from time to time.
45 What is the margin under this No separate margin needs to be insisted as the
scheme? margin is inbuilt while fixing the Scale of Finance
(SoF).
46 What is the repayment period under The loan will be a revolving cash credit limit.
this scheme? Repayment will be fixed as per the cash flow/income
generation pattern of the activity. Cash flows should
be routed through the account and yearly interest
should be serviced whenever it is applied.
47 What is the primary security? Primary: Hypothecation of animal/birds/fish/stocks of
seed, feed/organic and inorganic fertilizers/
lime/other soil conditioners and assets created out of
bank finance.
48 What is the Collateral Security in this Loan limit up to Rs.1.60 lakh : Collateral - NIL
scheme? Loan limit above Rs.1.60 lakh
Collateral : Equitable Mortgage / Registered Mortgage
of land /immovable property asapplicable, the value of
which is 100% of the loan amount. Alternative security
such as lien or charge on liquid securities like NSC
orTerm Deposit of Bank or any other acceptable liquid
security. In States, where banks have the facility of on-
line creation of charge on theland records, the same
shall be ensured by the disbursing branch. Collateral
security is waived for limit upto Rs.3 lakh for loans
under tie-up arrangement.

Page | 401 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 ASSET BACKED AGRI LOAN
49 What is the purpose for providing To provide hassle free finance to farmers for
the loan under the scheme? traditional and modern farm and farm related
activities including emerging and High Tech Agri
activities in meeting the short-term production
(Including lease rentals payable to University /
Government / Private Institution’s lands used for
cultivation for a period of at least one year) and
investment credit.
Investment Credit ➢ Corporate Farming ➢ Contract
Farming
50 What are the eligibility criteria for Progressive, literate and illiterate farmers with
sanctioning loan under the scheme? owned land/immovable property, Individuals/Joint,
Sole Proprietary Concerns, Partnership firms, Farmer
Producer Companies Ø Loans to corporate farmers,
FPOs/FPCs, partnership firms and co-operatives of
farmers directly engaged in Agriculture and Allied
Activities, viz., dairy, fishery, animal husbandry,
poultry, beekeeping and sericulture up to an
aggregate limit of ₹2 crore per borrower. Existing
borrowers already availing credit facilities from our
Bank. Takeover of existing units from other Banks/FIs
with satisfactory track record. (Credit Information
Report to be obtained)
51 What is the facility that is sanctioned Up to Rs 200 lakh-Running Overdraft facility
under the scheme?
52 What is the amount of loan that can Minimum: Rs.3.00 lakhs Maximum : Rs.200 lakhs
be sanctioned?
53 What is the margin under this 15-25%
scheme?
54 What is the repayment period under Overdraft upto Rs. 50.00 lakhs for 12 to 72 months.
this scheme? Drop line-Overdraft for above RS.50.00 lakhs for 12 to
72 months.
55 what is the Primary security? Primary: Hypothecation of standing/ future crops and
assets created out of bank loan

Page | 402 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 56 What is the Collateral Security in this Immovable Property (Land and Building) for value not
scheme? less than 155% of the loan amount by way of first
charge or liquid securities mentioned earlier No
Second Charge or Pari-Passu charge will be extended
for other Bank/FI. Property mortgaged needs to be
within a radius of 25 km from the Branch, wherein
loan is availed. (Controlling Authority, may decide
going beyond 25 km on case-to-case basis). Ø
Property should be SARFAESI compliant. Ø CERSAI
verification shall also be made on the proposed
collateral security.

MODIFIED NEW TRACTOR LOAN SCHEME (MNTL)

57 What is the purpose for providing To meet the cost of Tractor, accessories and
the loan under the scheme? implements including registration and insurance
charges
58 What are the eligibility criteria for Applicant should have a minimum land holding of 2.00
sanctioning loan under the scheme? acres. Farmer or group of farmers i.e JLG/SHG,
Institutions or organizations having regular income
from farm activity or custom hiring of tractor
59 What is the facility that is sanctioned ATL
under the scheme?
60 What is the amount of loan that can The total cost of tractor, cost of accessories and
be sanctioned? implements Plus insurance and registration charges
minus margin.
61 What is the margin under this 25% of the cost of tractor, accessories and implements
scheme? Including insurance and registration charges.
Minimum: Rs. 2,00,000 Maximum: Rs. 25,00,000
62 What is the repayment period under Maximum repayment in 5 years
this scheme?
63 What is the primary security? Hypothecation of Tractor & accessories purchased
out of Bank’s finance
64 What is the Collateral Security in this Up to limit Rs.1,60,000/- : NIL Ø for limit above Rs.1.60
scheme? Lakh, Registered / equated mortgage of land for
Value not less than 100% of the loan amount or third
Party guarantee good for the amount involved.
65 What is the TAT under the scheme? 3 Days

Page | 403 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 TRACTORLOAN UNDER TIE-UP (TLT)
66 What is the purpose for providing To meet the cost of purchase of Tractor ( including
the loan under the scheme? insurance + registration charges)
67 What are the eligibility criteria for Farmer should have a minimum land holding of 2.00
sanctioning loan under the scheme? acres. All farmers-individuals/Joint borrowers who
are owner cultivators. Only applicants from the list of
relatives as specified by the bank may become as co-
applicants. Ø Cap on income from custom hiring
should not exceed 50% of the repayment obligations
while calculating eligibility.
68 What is the amount of loan that can The min loan is Rs.1.00 Lakh & Max loan is Rs.10.00
be sanctioned? Lakhs
69 What is the margin under this 20% of cost of tractor (Invoice + Insurance+
scheme? Registration)
70 What is the repayment period under Repayment period is 5 years.
this scheme?
71 What is the primary security? Primary: Hypothecation of the tractor purchased out
of Bank’s finance.
72 What is the Collateral Security in this NIL
scheme?
73 What is the TAT under the scheme? 2 days from the date of submission of all the required
documents/papers to Branch/RACC.

FINANCING POWER TILLERS

74 What is the purpose for providing a. To meet the cost of purchase of Power Tiller along
the loan under the scheme? with accessories b. Loan should be made available for
purchase of new Power Tiller only.
75 What are the eligibility criteria for Farmers or a group of not more than three farmers
sanctioning loan under the scheme? owning one acre of perennially irrigated land
(contiguous /nearby) or corresponding acreage of
semi irrigated /dry land prescribed in the Land Ceiling
Act are eligible for availing power tiller loans under
the scheme. Ø Farmers owning lesser acreage than
that as prescribed above, also become eligible for
availing power tiller loans provided DSCR works out
to 1.75 and above. If earning from custom hiring is
considered, then it should be arrived at from the data
built up by the branches on the average custom hiring

Page | 404 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 earnings by power tiller already financed by the
branch in the past. II. The farmers are adopting
intensive cultivation practices.

76 What is the amount of loan that can 80% of cost of the Power Tiller including insurance/
be sanctioned? accessories. Minimum Rs. 5,000; Maximum Rs.
5,00,000 Approved Model to be purchased
77 What is the margin under this 20 % of cost of Power tiller including Insurance +Cost of
scheme? accessories
In case of proposals where applicant score between 40
and 59 under Risk Scoring Model, if proposal is
sanctioned under ‘credit enhancement’, margin will be
30%.
78 What is the repayment period under Repayment 5 years in 10 Half yearly installments
this scheme? including grace/gestation period. 1st Instalment will be
due after 6 months from date of disbursement
79 What is the primary security? Hypothecation of power tiller, accessories,
implements and trailer purchased out of Bank's
finance.
80 What is the Collateral Security in this
scheme? Collateral : Up to Rs. 1.60 lakhs -NIL

For loan Limit above Rs 1.60 Lakhs:

Equitable/Registered mortgage of land belongs to
applicant.
The realizable value of land not less than 100% of the
loan amount
Third-Party guarantee, good for the amount involved.
Or
Any other approved liquid security (Sovereign Gold
Bond, National Saving Certificate, Shares of listed
companies, Units of approved Mutual Fund schemes by
Bank and Bank’s fixed deposit.
81 What is the TAT under the scheme? 7 days from the date of submission of all the required
documents/papers

Page | 405 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 FINANCING COMBINE HARVESTER
82 What is the purpose for providing a. To meet the cost of purchase of Combine Harvester
the loan under the scheme? plus necessary accessories, if any, required.
(Insurance+ registration charges will not be included
in the cost) Loan should be made available for
purchase of new combine harvester only
83 What are the eligibility criteria for Minimum acreage: 3 acres irrigated land and 5 acres of
sanctioning loan under the scheme? irrigated land for joint borrowers (dry land 15 acres).
Branches should finance only for approved models of
combined harvester.
84 What is the amount of loan that can Minimum : 5.00 lac Maximum : 35.00 lac
be sanctioned?
85 What is the margin under this 20 % of project cost excluding insurance and
scheme? registration charges 30 % if credit score is between 40
and 59.
86 What is the repayment period under Repayable in maximum 6 years. 12 half yearly
this scheme? principally equated distributed instalment with
interest. Interest applicable on half yearly interval.
87 What is the primary security? a. Primary: Hypothecation of the combine harvester
purchased out of Bank's finance..

88 What is the Collateral Security in this Collateral/Third Party For loan limit up to Rs. 10 lakhs: No
scheme? collateral or TPG is required. For loans above Rs.10,00,000/-
a) Primary: Hypothecation of Combine harvester purchased
out of Bank's finance.
b) Collateral: Mortgage of land / buildings as applicable to
Agricultural 133 Term Loans and applicable to other farm
mechanization loans (OR) any other approved liquid security
like Sovereign gold bond, NSCs, Bank's own term deposits.
Value of these securities after netting banks margin should
be equal to sanctioned loan amount. (OR) if the score is 71
or above, third party guarantee may be accepted in place of
collateral securities.
If the score is between 40 and 59, collateral value should be
minimum 150 % of the loan amount.
89 What is the TAT under the scheme? 4 days from the date of submission of all the required
documents/papers

Page | 406 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 AGRICULTURE MARKETING INFRASTRUCTURE (AMI)

90 what is the purpose for providing The AMI (Agri. Marketing Infrastructure) sub scheme
the loan under the scheme? of ISAM has been approved for implementation w.e.f
22.10.2018 in the 14th Finance Commission i.e., upto
31.03.2020
91 What are the eligibility criteria for To develop Agricultural Marketing infrastructure
sanctioning loan under the scheme? including storage infrastructure in agriculture and
allied sector. To promote innovative and latest
technologies in post-harvest and agricultural
marketing infrastructure. To develop alternative &
competitive Agri. marketing channels. To benefit the
farmers individually and collectively through FPOs
through small size processing units. To provide
infrastructure facilities for grading, standardization
and quality certification of agricultural and allied
produce; and to promote Integrated Value Chains
through minimal processing /value addition.
92 What is the amount of loan that can As per the Simplified/Regular non-trading model for
be sanctioned? limits above Rs 50 lakhs
93 What is the margin under this Margin 20-50%
scheme?
94 What is the repayment period under The term loan tenor would normally be 10 years
this scheme? including moratorium period of 12 months.
95 What is the primary security? Land based storage infrastructure: Equitable
mortgage of land and building which is SARFAESI
compliant. Other machines and equipment:
Pledge/Hypothecation of Machinery/ Equipment
96 What is the Collateral Security in this Personal Guarantee of the borrowers, Proprietor,
scheme? Partners Obtention/Waiver of collateral security at
discretion of the sanctioning authority as per loan
policy. Charge on other assets, wherever offered.
FINANCING COLD STORAGE
97 what is the purpose for providing In order to minimize the post-harvest losses and
the loan under the scheme? arrest wide scale price fluctuations in prices of
horticultural produce, National Horticulture Board
(NHB) had introduced a capital investment subsidy
scheme for construction of cold storage for storing of
horticultural crops.

Page | 407 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 98 What are the eligibility criteria for A natural person, a group of individuals or a legal
sanctioning loan under the scheme? person (Partnership Firm, a Trust, Cooperative
Society, a Society registered under Registration of
Society Act, a company, self-help group, Farmer
Producer Organization, Cooperative Marketing
federation, Agriculture Produce Marketing
Committee, Marketing Board, Municipal Corporation,
Agro Industries Corporation) may apply for
assistance.

99 What is the amount of loan that can

be sanctioned?

Page | 408 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 100 What is the margin under this Minimum 25% of the project cost. The purchase value
scheme? of land only (if purchased for the project) subject to a
maximum of 10% of the project cost can be reckoned
towards margin contribution of the borrower(s) /
enterprise.

101 What is the repayment period The loan has to be repaid within a maximum period of
under this scheme? 8 years inclusive of grace period maximum of 2 years;
installments are fixed depending on the cash flow.
FINANCING POLY-HOUSE

102 what is the purpose for providing Term loan to meet the cost of construction of house
the loan under the scheme? and purchase of machinery / equipment needed.
Project cost will be based on the rates prescribed by
NHB / other approved agency from time to time.
Minimum size of the unit would be 1000 sq. m.
ACC/KCC to meet the cultivation of vegetables/crops.
103 What are the eligibility criteria for a) Entities having land ownership in their name or
sanctioning loan under the scheme? leasehold basis for a remaining lease period of
15years. b) Individual/ group of progressive farmers /
Producer Companies /JLGs/SHGs engaged in
Agriculture having assured irrigation facilities c) They
should be reasonably skilled to undertake this activity
or have skilled manpower. d) The location of the farm
should be conducive for marketing of the produce. e)
They should have tie-up arrangement for marketing
of the produce
104 What is the DSCR ratio under the DSCR should be 1:1.75
scheme?
105 What is the margin under this 15% of the project cost.
scheme?
106 What is the repayment period Negotiated Repayment. The loan would be repayable
under this scheme? in a maximum period of 72 months, inclusive of start-
up period of 3-12 months. During gestation period,
only interest charged need to be serviced.
107 What is the primary security? Primary: Hypothecation of crops and poly house
including all machinery / equipment &other assets
created out of Banks finance.

Page | 409 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 108 What is the Collateral Security in For loans upto Rs.1.60 Lakhs: Nil For loans above
this scheme? Rs.1,60,000/-Equitable Mortgage of SARFAESI
COMPLIANT Immovable property for value not less
than 100% of the loan amount by way of first charge
pertaining to the individual / proprietor / partners /
their near relatives etc. In addition to the land on
which the activity will be undertaken. No second
charge or Pari-passu charge will be extended for
other bank/FI. Property mortgaged needs to be
within a radius of 25 km from the branch, wherein
loan is availed (Controlling authority may decide
going beyond 25 km on case-to-case basis) Physical
gold/NSC/KVP/LIC Policies/Banks FD belonging to the
applicant or the guarantor can be accepted. The unit
should score at least 50 under credit Scoring Model

109 What is the TAT under the scheme? 7days from the date of submission of all the required
documents / papers

AGRI - CLINICS & AGRI BUSINESS CENTRES

110 what is the purpose for providing Agri. clinics and Agri. business centers are the unique
the loan under the scheme? scheme launched by NABARD with Govt. support to
supplement, efforts of public extension by
necessarily providing extension and other services to
the farmers on payment basis or free of cost as per
business model of agri-preneur, local needs and
affordability of target group of farmers-To support
agricultural development; and To create gainful self-
employment opportunities to unemployed
agricultural graduates, agricultural diploma holders,
intermediate in agriculture and biological science
graduates with PG in Agri-related courses.
111 What are the eligibility criteria for Graduates in agriculture and allied subjects from
sanctioning loan under the scheme? SAUs/ Central Agricultural Universities/ Universities
recognized by ICAR/ UGC.
112 What is the amount of loan that can Minimum Loan: Rs. 25,000/-
be sanctioned? ✓ Maximum Loan: Rs. 2.00 Crores (All Loan
Proposals upto Rs. 10.00 Lakhs should be mandatorily
covered under the Mudra Scheme, if eligible).

Page | 410 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 113 What is the margin under this ✓ Up to Rs. 5.00 lakhs - NIL
scheme? ✓ For loans above Rs. 5.00 lakhs up to Rs. 10.00 lakhs
- Minimum: 10% of the project cost.
✓ For loan above Rs. 10.00 lakhs - 25 % of the project
cost. However, concessions would be made in
respect of SCs/ STs, women and beneficiaries of
North-Eastern states, Hill areas. In such cases, a
maximum of 50% of the margin money prescribed by
the banks could be given by NABARD to meet the
shortfall in borrower’s. contribution, if the bank is
satisfied that the borrower is unable to meet the
margin 170 money requirements.
114 What is the repayment period 5-10 years with grace period of maximum 2 years.
under this scheme?
115 What is the primary security? a) Primary: - Hypothecation of assets created out of
Bank Finance.Mortgage of Land & Building(wherever
applicable).
116 What is the Collateral Security in c) Collateral: - For loans up to Rs. 10.00 lakhs: No
this scheme? collateral required. To be covered under PM
MUDRA Yojana.
d) ✓ For loans up to Rs. 1.00 Crore: No Collateral
required for all Proposals eligible Under Stand-
Up India Scheme. (As per extant instruction,
Circular No. FIMM/GSS/8/2021-12 dated 30th
Sep 2021).
e) ✓ Above Rs. 10.00 lakhs Other Category: -
Mortgage of SARFAESI complaint immovable
property for value not less than 50% of the loan
amount by way of first charge pertaining 171 to
individual/ proprietor/ partners/ their near
relatives.
f) OR Mortgage of agriculture land for value not
less than 75% of the loan amount by way of
first charge pertaining to individual/
proprietor/ partners/ their near relatives. OR
g) National Saving Certificates/ KVPS/ LIC
Policies/ Banks Fixed Deposits belonging to
the applicant, or the guarantor can be

Page | 411 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 accepted. The value of which should not be
less than 50% of the loan amount.
h) NSC, KVP - 60% of face value plus accrued
interest. LIC Policy - 95% of surrender value.
FDR - 90% of principal plus accrued interest. No
Second Charge or Pari-Passu charge will be
extended for other Bank/ FI. Credit Guarantee
Loan: - As per extant instruction. Pleases refer
CircularNo. NBG/SMEBU- CGSSI/45/2016-17
dated 01st Sep 2016. Further, in order to obtain
credit guarantee, cover under CGFMU and
CGSSI, “M” flag & “I” flag is to be marked in
CBS respectively. (Circular No.
NBG/SMEBUCGSSI/10/2018-19 dated 28th Jun
2018).
SCHEME FOR DEBT SWAPPING OF BORROWERS
1117 what is the purpose for providing (i) To mitigate acute distress, farmers might be facing
the loan under the scheme? due to the heavy burden of debt from non-
institutional lenders
(ii) To extend finance to such farmers for paying off
loans taken from non- institutional lenders (e.g.,
money lenders etc.) and
(iii) To enable such farmers in distress, meet their crop
production needs.
118 What are the eligibility criteria for All existing farmer borrowers as well as other farmers
sanctioning loan under the scheme? in the operational area of the branch.
119 What is the amount of loan that can The quantum of loan granted shall be 100% if the debt
be sanctioned? is on account of cultivation or Agri. activity or
Rs.1,00,000/- whichever is lower.
120 What is the margin under this NIL
scheme?
121 What is the repayment period 60 months , Equated Half yearly installments.
under this scheme? Installments should coincide with the cash flow of the
farmer.
122 What is the primary/Collateral Primary :Charge over assets and documents pledged
security? / mortgaged with the moneylenders, non-institutional
lender etc. after the dues of the money lenders / non-
institutional lenders are cleared. Only assets which
are acceptable to banks (as per extant Bank’s
guidelines) should be taken as primary security.

Page | 412 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Collateral: Security by mortgage / charge on
agriculture property shall be taken for this loan if the
existing limits / liability & the proposed loan exceeds
Rs. 1.60 lakhs

SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC PUMPSET

123 what is the purpose for providing To purchase solar photovoltaic water pumping
the loan under the scheme? system, consist of PV array, Motor Pumping Set,
Internet connect Cables and Electronics purchases of
Solar Photo Voltaic Pump sets along with accessories
124 What are the eligibility criteria for Individuals, group of individuals, SHGs, JLGs, NGOs,
sanctioning loan under the scheme? Farmer’s Clubs and Farmers Produces Organizations,
Farmer Producer companies are eligible to receive
subsidy under the scheme. Bulk loaning by branches
to Dairy Cooperative Societies is also eligible for
subsidy provided banks provide data and information
to NABARD as stipulated under the scheme. Solar
Pump-sets used for all purposes relating to
agricultural allied activities like diary, poultry etc. as
also for manufacturing of salt. Solar pump-sets of
Drinking water societies are allowed for subsidy.
Private/ Public Limited Companies / Corporate are not
eligible Minimum age: 18 years
125 What is the amount of loan that can Total Financial Outlay: Unit cost +Insurance.
be sanctioned? Less Margin :20%

Bank loan :80% (capital subsidy is back ended)

Total cost of the project (capital subsidy provided by
Ministry of Non-Renewable Energy and State Govt
kept as backend subsidy)
126 What is the margin under this Ø A minimum margin of 20% of the Total Financing
scheme? Outlay ( TFO) and will be contributed by the applicant
127 What is the repayment period Monthly/Quarterly/Half Yearly based on then source
under this scheme? of cash flow from the crops. Negotiated Repayment :
Maximum 120 months / 10 years/ 20 half yearly
installments including moratorium( grace/ gestation
period)

Page | 413 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 128 What is the primary security? Hypothecation of Solar Photovoltaic Pumping system
for irrigation equipment along with
accessories/attachments purchased with the bank
loan. Hypothecation of crops grown /to be grown
129 What is the Collateral Security in Mortgage of land/building as applicable to
this scheme? Agricultural Term Loans and applicable to other
minor irrigation loans. + Physical gold/ National
Savings certificate/Kisan Vikasa Patra/LIC policy up to
the surrender value belonging to the applicant or the
guarantor/ Fixed deposit equivalent to Bank
exposure.
130 What is the TAT under the scheme? 7 days from the submission of all the required
documents/papers.
FINANCING PUMPSET
131 what is the purpose for providing Purchase of irrigation pump set /oil engine along with
the loan under the scheme? accessories.
132 What are the eligibility criteria for
Individual farmers, companies /partnership firms
sanctioning loan under the scheme? /JLGs/SHGs of farmers.
Minimum economic holding acreage: 1.25 acre owned
land. However, loans can be considered even if the
benefitting area is less than 1.25 acres provided the
farmer is able to sell surplus water or viability of the
project is ensured.
133 What is the margin under this 15% to 25% of the project cost
scheme?
134 What is the repayment period Monthly/Quarterly/Half Yearly based on then source
under this scheme? of cash flow from the crops. Negotiated Repayment:
Maximum 120 months / 10 years/ 20 half yearly
installments including moratorium (grace/ gestation
period).
135 What is the primary security? Hypothecation of movable assets created
136 What is the Collateral Security in Below Rs. 1.60 Lakh: NIL
this scheme? Above Rs.1.60 lakh: Collateral: Mortgage / charge on
land.
137 What is the TAT under the scheme? 7 days from the submission of all the required
documents/papers.

Page | 414 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 NEW DAIRY PRODUCT UNDER TIE–UP
138 what is the purpose for providing Purchase of milch cattle by dairy farmers/
the loan under the scheme? entrepreneurs to augment their income.
139 What are the eligibility criteria for
Individual farmers who are members supplying milk
sanctioning loan under the scheme? to the anchor companies/ societies for at least 2 years
prior to the date of loan application Applicant should
be less than 65 years of age.
To start with preference will be given to loan limit of
Rs. 3 lakh & above.
Applicants should own/lease a minimum
• No land stipulation for 2 animals
• 0.5 acre of land for 3-10 animals,
• 1.00 acre for 11-25 animals
• 1.5 acres for 26-50 animals.
140 What is the amount of loan that can Flexible repayment from 60 months to 96 months
be sanctioned?

141 What is the margin under this NIL irrespective of the loan limit
scheme?
142 What is the primary security? Hypothecation of dairy animals, dairy equipment and
other assets created out of Bank's finance.
143 What is the Collateral Security in Collateral Security is waived for loans up to Rs 1.60
this scheme? Lakh
Loan limit above Rs.1.60 lakh: Mortgage charge over
land.
Collateral Security may be provided in any one of the
following forms:
• Mortgage of SARFAESI compliant immovable
property / Agricultural land
• Physical gold belonging to the applicant or the
guarantor
• National saving certificate belonging to the
applicant or the guarantor
• Kisan Vikas Patra belonging to the applicant or the
guarantor
• LIC policy up to the surrender value.

Page | 415 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 MUDRA DAIRY LOAN SCHEME
144 what is the purpose for providing To purchase milch animals, equipment and cattle
the loan under the scheme? feed, construction of shed, payment of veterinary
charges, insurance, milk cans, bore well etc. required
for carrying out dairy farming activity.
145 What are the eligibility criteria for Individuals, sole proprietorship/partnership firms
sanctioning loan under the scheme? except Corporate Bodies, Institutions, SHGs, JLGs
engaged in dairy activities. (Sale proceeds of milk
should be routed through the accounts and other
linkages to be ensured) Ø Not to be defaulter in any
other bank/financial institution.
146 What is the facility under this Overdraft
scheme?
147 What is the amount of loan that can Max loan Rs.10.00 Lakhs
be sanctioned?
148 What is the margin under this Up to Rs. 50,000/- : NIL
scheme? Rs. 50,000 to Rs.10 lakhs : 10%.
149 What is the repayment period Loan limit up to Rs.1.00 lakh: Running OD which is
under the scheme? renewable annually.

The loan limit beyond Rs.1.00 lakh: 5 years (60

months) including a moratorium/gestation period of 1
month as Drop Line Overdraft Limit.
150 What is the primary security? Hypothecation of milch animals, assets and other
movable assets created out of the Bank Loan.
151 What is the Collateral Security in No collateral to be obtained for all loans up to Rs.10
this scheme? lakhs
152 What is the TAT under the scheme? 7 days from the date of submission of all the required
documents/papers.

BROILER PLUS
153 what is the purpose for providing Under this scheme loans can be extended to both
the loan under the scheme? existing farmers and new farmers having "Contract
Broiler Farming" arrangements for enabling them to
construct poultry shed and feed room and for
purchase of equipment.

Page | 416 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 154 What are the eligibility criteria for i. The applicant should have experience or
sanctioning loan under the scheme? had undergone training in poultry farming.

ii. The farmers should have adequate land for

construction of poultry shed, which should
be at least 500 meters away from any
existing poultry farm. Potable water
source should be ensured.
155 What is the amount of loan that can Rs.9.00 lakh per farmer.
be sanctioned?
156 What is the margin under this 25%
scheme?
157 What is the repayment period The entire loan should be repaid along with interest
under the scheme? within 5 years, inclusive of a grace period of 6 months,
with installments at bi-monthly intervals.
158 what is the primary security? Hypothecation of assets created out of Bank finance.
159 What is the Collateral Security in Mortgage of land on which the poultry shed, and
this scheme? other infrastructure are available or are proposed to
be constructed to cover at least 50% of the value of
the advance.
160 What is the DSCR under the The DSCR is 1: 1.40
scheme?
MUDRA LOANS UNDER ALLIED ACTIVITIES
161 what is the purpose for providing Pradhan Mantri Mudra Yojna (PMMY) had been
the loan under the scheme? launched to “fund the unfunded”, i.e., to provide
credit to about 5.77 crore micro enterprises / units in
the country, which are outside the formal banking
fold.
162 What are the eligibility criteria for The activities allied to Agriculture e.g., pisciculture,
sanctioning loan under the scheme? bee keeping, poultry, livestock rearing, grading,
sorting, aggregation agro industries, dairy, fishery,
Agri clinic and Agri business centres, food & agro
processing, etc.
163 What is the facility under this Loan limit up to Rs.1.00 lakh : Running OD which is
scheme? renewable annually.
Ø the loan limit beyond Rs.1.00 lakh be extended
under Dropline Overdraft.
164 What is the amount of loan that can Minimum Rs.50,000/-; Maximum Rs.10 lakhs
be sanctioned?

Page | 417 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 165 What is the margin under this Ø Up to Rs. 50,000/- : NIL
scheme? Ø Rs. 50,000 to Rs.10 lakhs: 10%.
166 What is the repayment period Loan limit up to Rs.1.00 lakh: Running OD which
under the scheme? renewable annually.
The loan limit beyond Rs.1.00 lakh: 5 years (60
months) in half yearly installments including a
moratorium/ gestation period of 6 months.
167 What is the primary security? Hypothecation of milch animals, birds, fish etc., assets
and other movable assets created out of the Bank
Loan.
168 What is the Collateral Security in No collateral to be obtained for all loans up to Rs.10
this scheme? lakhs
169 What is the TAT under the scheme? 7 days from the date of submission of all the required
documents/papers
KISAN SAMRIDDHI RIN (KSR)

170 what is the purpose for providing To provide adequate (a total requirement for end-to-
the loan under the scheme? endfarming) and timely cash credit facility to
corporate farmers, Companies of farmers, and Agri.
firms and large farmers or other farmers using
Scientific and Progressive methods of farming at
competitive pricing
171 What are the eligibility criteria for ❖ Farmer’s Producer Organizations/
sanctioning loan under the scheme? Farmer’sProducer Companies
❖ Companies of individual farmers
❖ Proprietorship firms
❖ Partnership firms
❖ Co-operatives of farmers
❖ Large farmers-individuals/Joint borrowers who are
owner cultivators.
❖ Other individual farmers
❖ Lease cultivators having a registered lease.
Additional eligibility criteria:
Minimum land holding: At least having 4 acres of land
holding or the farmer is engaged in scientific methods
of farming like Playhouse, Hydroponics, Tissue
culture, etc Credit score: Farmer having a good Credit
Score (i.e., 650 and above, as per CRIF HIGH MARK
and CIBIL). Farmers with no credit history can also be

Page | 418 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 considered, if eligible otherwise. In the caseof joint
applicants, the worst credit score among
theapplicants is to be considered. In the case of
farmers other than Individual farmers, the credit
score of AllDirectors/Proprietors/Partners is to be
taken into consideration for eligibility and the worst
credit score among them is to be considered.
Age Criteria: Min. 18 years, Max. 70 years. (Above 60
yrs., Co-borrower is a must). Co-Borrower must fulfill
the criteria of a Credit score of above 79 650 and must
be in the age range of 18-60 years.
For Corporates: For companies older than 2 years,
Corporates, Companies, and other Agri. firms, it must
be earning profit in at least last two years as per their
audited balance sheet. In case of corporates,
companies, and other Agri. firms, which are less than
2 years old, there mustbe net profit for 2 years, as per
actual and/or projected balance sheet.
172 What is the facility under this Cash Credit- Crop Loan
scheme?
173 What is the amount of loan that can ❖ Minimum Loan: ₹ 5.00 lakhs
be sanctioned? ❖ Maximum Loan: ₹ 50.00 Crores. However, for
parameterization purpose, this is kept initially at ₹
20.00 Crores. And if need is there or proposal
issanctioned for amount beyond this, the same may
be amended at parameter level after approval from
CGM ofthe Circle...
174 What is the margin under this Internal Crop Financing Committee (ICFC) at Circle to
scheme? consider 15% of the margin while finalizing the realistic
cost of end-to-end farming. However, in cases where
a limit is sanctionedconsidering other requirements
of the borrower (other than the realistic cost of end-
to-end farming), then Branch to ensure a 15% margin.
175 What is the repayment period The repayment period may be fixed as per the
under the scheme? anticipated harvesting and marketing period for the
Crops for which theloan has been granted. Any one of
the following norms while fixing the repayment may
be followed.

Page | 419 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 ❖ To fall in line with the local practices, SLBC /DLTC
recommended repayment due dates shall be adopted
by the respective Circles/branches.
❖ Wherever the repayment due date is not
determined by SLBC/ DLTC, the existing common
repayment due dates may be fixed by Circles/
branches.
❖ Due date for Limit will be twelve (12) / eighteen (18)
months for short /long term crops respectively from
the date of disbursement.
176 What is the primary security? Hypothecation of crops grown/assets to be created
out of bank finance.
177 What is the Collateral Security in Collateral Security by way of mortgage (Equitable
this scheme? Mortgage/Registered Mortgage) of immovable
property/Agriculture land to be obtained for
aggregate loan limit. Further, collateral Security, in
the form of SARFAESI-compliant immovable property
(Land & Building) and/orLiquid securities like NSC
(Face value) or Term Deposit (Face value) of a Bank or
any other acceptable liquid security, together needs
to be taken for the value at least 25% of the value of
the limit. However, in deserving cases, collateral
security norms related to SARFAESI Compliant
property may be relaxed and may be taken at least
15% of the value of the aggregate limit subject to
approval by the DGM (B&O). DeservingCases for
relaxation in SARFAESI security will be as under: ❖
Borrower having CIBIL/CRIF HIGH Score of 700 and
above. Or ❖ Borrower has an existing borrowing
relationship withus for at least 3 years and no
delinquency observed. Genuineness of securities
must be ensured along with proper noting of
charge/lien/assignment before disbursement of the
loan.
AGRI ENTERPRISE LOAN (AEL)
178 what is the purpose for providing To provide a simple, hassle-free, one-stop credit
the loan under the scheme? solution for the working capital and infrastructural
needs of the Agri Enterprises.

Page | 420 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 179 What are the eligibility criteria for Agri-based Enterprises engaged in select Agri, Allied,
sanctioning loan under the scheme? Agri infrastructure and Ancillary activities defined
under RBI PSL Master Directions. The various types of
Agri Enterprises/ Agri Entrepreneurs eligible under
the Scheme are: a. Agri Commodity Processing Units
viz Rice Mill, Dal Mill, Cotton Mill, Oil seeds processing
etc. b. Food Processing Units involved in Fruits &
Vegetables Processing, Grains Pulses
Processing,Production of Jaggery and Nuts
processing, etc. c. Agri Exporters viz Export of Fruits
& Vegetable Dairy products, Spices and Oil, etc. d.
Agri Input Manufacturing Units engaged in
Production of biopesticides, bio-fertilizers and
biofuels, etc. e. Farmer Producer Organizations.
180 What is the facility under this Cash Credit (CC), Term Loan (TL), Bank Guarantee
scheme? (BG) and Letter of Credit (LC) Additional Facilities for
Agri Exporters:
i.Pre-shipment Export Credit/ Packing Credit: RPC/Pre-
shipment Credit in Foreign Currency – PCFC ii. Post-
shipment Export Credit: both in Foreign Currency
(FCY) and Indian Rupees.
iii. Bill Discounting (BD)
181 What is the amount of loan that can Minimum: Rs. 1,00,000 Maximum-Rs.100 Crores
be sanctioned? (Aggregate sanctioned Limit should not exceed Rs
100 Crores)
182 What is the margin under this Term Loans: 10% of the project cost for loans up to Rs
scheme? 25 lacs 15% for loans above Rs 25 lacs and below Rs 50
lacs 20% for loans Rs 50 lacs and above. Working
capital Cash Credit: Stocks: 20%; Book
debts/Receivables: 40% In case of a borrower having
a corporate tie-up, Margin for Working capital Cash
Credit: Stocks: 10%; Book debts/Receivables: 20%
183 What is the repayment period For Term Loan :- Minimum: 12 months Maximum 10
under the scheme? years (including moratorium of maximum 24
months.) Repayment Frequency: Negotiated
Repayment For Cash Credit:- Tenure: 1 year Repayable
on demand To be renewed annually
184 What is the primary security? Hypothecation of plant, machinery, stocks,
receivables, etc. and other movable assets created
out of Bank’s finance. Present and Future

Page | 421 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 185 What is the Collateral Security in Collateral Security:
this scheme? With Credit Guarantee Cover: Loans up to Rs 2 Crores:
Collateral free on availability of Guarantee Coverage:
CGTMSE/ NABSanrakshan/ CGFMU Loans above Rs. 2
Crores can also be covered under CGTMSE for amount
up to Rs 2 Crores under Hybrid Model (with partial
collateral security) 40% Collateral security to be
obtained for amount above Rs. 2 crores as per
product feature.
Note: In case any other Credit Guarantee Cover is
available and applicable for e.g., the Credit
Enhancement Guarantee Scheme for Scheduled
Castes (CEGSS) for promoting entrepreneurship
amongst the Scheduled Castes, may be availed by the
borrower under the scheme.
Without Credit Guarantee Cover: NIL for Loans upto
1.60 lakhs. For Loans above Rs 1.60 lakhs: Mortgage
of SARFAESI Compliant property having market value
not less than 40% of the limit sanctioned. Relaxation
in Collateral Security norms may be approved by
Circle CGM. However, Collateral Security cover post
relaxation should not be less than 25% of the Loan
amount. Extant guidelines on accepting third party
collateral securities to be followed. CERSAI
registration shall also be made for the collateral
securities.
ATMA NIRBHAR BHARAT ABHIYAN

AGRICULTURE INFRASTRUCTURE FUND (AIF) SCHEME

186 What is the purpose for providing The scheme will facilitate setting up and
the loan under the scheme modernization of key elements of the value chain
including Post-Harvest Management Projects like:
➢ Supplychain services including e-marketing
platforms. ➢ Warehouse ➢ Silos ➢ Pack houses ➢
Assaying Units ➢ Sorting & Grading Units ➢ Cold
Chains ➢ Logistic facilities ➢ Primary processing
centers ➢ Ripening chambers. ➢ Farm / Harvest
automation ➢ Purchase of drones, putting up
specialized sensors at the field, Blockchain & AI

Page | 422 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 agriculture etc. ➢ Remote sensing and Internet of
Things (IOT) such as automatic weather station, Farm
advisory services through GIS applications

Also, for Viable projects for building community

farming assets including: ➢ Organic Input production
➢ Bio-stimulant production units ➢ Projects
identified for providing supply chain infrastructure for
clusters of crops including export clusters. 139 ➢
Projects promoted by Central / State / Local
Governments or their agencies under PPP for building
community farming assets or post-harvest
management projects. In addition to the above, Only
for FPOs, PACS, SHGs, JLGs, Cooperatives, National
and State Level Federation of Co-operatives, FPOs
federations, Federations of SHGs, National and State
Level Agencies etc as they qualify as community
farming assets. a. Hydroponic Farming – Hydroponics
is a type of horticulture and a subset of hydro culture
which involves growing plants without soil, by using
mineral nutrient solutions in an aqueous solvent. b.
Mushroom farming – Mushroom Spawn, preparing of
compost, Spawning of mulch, Casing, mushroom
production, harvest, and supply chain infrastructure
c. Vertical farming – It is the practice of growing crops
in vertically stacked layers. It often incorporates
controlled-environment agriculture, which aims to
optimize plant growth, and soil-less farming
techniques. d. Aeroponic farming- It is the process of
growing plants in an air or mist environment without
the use of soil or an aggregate medium. e. Poly house/
Greenhouse - It is a technique where specialized
polythene sheet is used as a covering material under
which the crops can be grown in partially or fully
controlled climatic condition.
187 What are the eligibility criteria for Based on the viability of the project
sanctioning loan under the scheme?
188 What is the facility under this Term Loan
scheme?

Page | 423 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 189 What is the amount of loan that can There is no minimum or maximum loan limit
be sanctioned? stipulated under the scheme. However, the maximum
loan quantum on which the interest subvention and
credit guarantee in eligible cases available up to loan
limit of Rs 2Cr.
190 What is the margin under this ➢ Up to the loan limit Rs.2Cr: Min10% of the project
scheme? cost. ➢ Above the loan limit of Rs. 2 Cr : 25% of the
project cost. ➢ Any grant or subsidy available under
any present or future scheme of Central/ State
Government can be availed under this financing
facility. In cases of capital subsidy, if eligible, such
amount shall be considered as promoter’s
contribution.
191 What is the repayment period Maximum re-payment period should not exceed 10
under the scheme? years from the date of first disbursement inclusive of
moratorium of 2 years on repayment of principal.
192 What is the primary security? Primary Security: ➢ Hypothecation of machinery,
equipment, etc. ➢ Mortgage of Land.
193 What is the Collateral Security in Collateral Security: ➢ Mortgage of Immovable
this scheme? property (compliant under SARFAESI Act) belonging
to the unit (promoter / partner /director) or their near
relatives. Near relatives will cover Father, Mother,
Spouse, Son, Daughter, real Brother & real Sister. ➢
Further, security which will be provided as collateral
should not be linked with other loan / liabilities. ➢
Property mortgaged needs to be within a radius of 25
km from the branch, wherein account is maintained
(sanctioning authority may decide going beyond 25
km on case-to-case basis). ➢ CERSAI verification shall
also be made onthe collateral securities. ➢ Minimum
Collateral Security:(please refer e-circular S.No
1577/2018-19 dated 21.02.2019) ➢ For loan accounts
covered under CGTMSE up to loan limit of Rs 2 Cr: NIL
( CGTMSE Guarantee fee paid by MoAFW, GoI). ➢ For
loan accounts not covered under CGTMSE / SFAC
credit guarantee:

SHGs (Self Help Groups)

Page | 424 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 • Up to loan limit of Rs.10 lakhs : NIL. • Above loan
limit of Rs. 10 lakh and up to Rs. 1 Cr: Minimum
collateral security: 50% of credit exposure as per
circular 1577/2018-19 dated 21.02.2019) • Above Loan
limit of Rs. 1 Cr : Collateral Security norms linked to
CRA of the entity as per Circular 1577/2018-19 dated
21.02.2019
JLGs (Joint Liability Groups)
• Up to loan limit of Rs1.6 lakh: NIL • Above loan limit
of Rs.1.6 lakh to Rs. 1.00 Cr: Minimum collateral: 50%
of credit exposure as per circular 1577/2018-19 dated
21.02.2019) • Above Loan limit of Rs. 1 Cr.: Minimum
Collateral Security norms linked to CRA of the entity
as per Circular 1577/2018-19 dated 21.02.2019.
PACS/Marketing Coop Societies, Multipurpose Coop
Societies, Agri entrepreneurs, Start-ups and
Central/Start-ups and Central/ State agency or Local
Body sponsored Public Private Partnerships:
• Up to loan limit of Rs.1.6 lakh: NIL. • Above loan
limit of Rs.1.6 lakh to Rs. 1.00 Cr: Minimum collateral
security: 50% of credit exposure as per
circular1577/2018- 19dated21.02.2019) • Above loan
limit of Rs1Cr. Collateral Security norms linked to CRA
of the entity as per Circular 1577/2018-19
dated21.02.2019 142
FPOs/FPCs: Where credit guarantee from SFAC is
available. • Up to loan limit of Rs 1 Cr : NIL. • Above
the loan limit of Rs 1 Cr.: collateral Security norms
linked to CRA of the entity as per Circular 1577/2018-19
dated 21.02.2019. • Loans above Rs 1 Cr: Security
norms linked to CRA of the entity.
194 What is the TAT under the scheme? The time limit to convey the decision on the loan
application to the applicant is set for a maximum
period of 60 days from the date of application of the
loan approved by (Project Management Units (PMU).

Page | 425 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT FUND (AHIDF) SCHEME

195 What is the purpose for providing ➢ To help increasing of milk and meat processing
the loan under the scheme capacity and product diversification thereby
providing greater access for unorganized rural milk
and meat producers to organized milk and meat
market. ➢ To make available increased price
realization for the producer. ➢ To make available
quality milk and meat products for the domestic
consumer. ➢ To fulfill the objective of protein
enriched quality food requirement of the growing
population of the country and prevent malnutrition in
one of the highest malnourished children’s
populations in the world. ➢ Develop
entrepreneurship and generate employment. ➢ To
promote exports and increase the export
contribution in the milk and meat sector. ➢ To make
available quality concentrated animals feed to the
cattle, buffalo, sheep, goat, pig and poultry to provide
balanced ration at affordable prices.
196 What are the eligibility criteria for ➢ Farmer Producer Organization (FPO) ➢ Private
sanctioning loan under the scheme? companies ➢ Individual entrepreneurs ➢ Section 8
companies ➢ Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
(MSME).
197 Facility under this scheme? Term Loan
198 Activities eligible for availing ➢ Dairy Processing For establishment of new units
benefits under AHIDF and strengthening of existing dairy processing Units
with quality and hygienic milk processing facilities,
packaging facilities or any other activities related to
dairy processing. ➢ Value added dairy product
manufacturing. Ice-cream unit, Cheese
manufacturing unit, Ultra High Temperature (UHT)
Milk processing unit with tetra packaging facilities,
Flavoured Milk manufacturing unit, Milk Powder
manufacturing unit, Whey powder manufacturing
unit, Any other milk products and value addition
manufacturing unit. ➢ Meat processing and Value
addition of facilities Establishment of new meat
processing unit and strengthening of existing meat

Page | 426 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 processing facilities for
sheep/goat/poultry/pig/buffalo in rural, semiurban,
and urban areas. Large scale integrated meat
processing facilities / plant/ unit. ➢ Value Added
Products Establishment of new or strengthening of
existing value addition facilities for meat products like
Sausage, nuggets, ham, salami, bacon, or any other
meat products. These facilities could either be
integral part of meat processing units or Standalone
meat value addition units. The project cost of each
meat processing plant should compulsorily include
Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP), Meat Microbiological
Testing Laboratory Residue Testing Laboratory, Cold
storage for holding the offal, skin/hide processing
areas and their preservation and refrigeration
facilities for holding the chilled products and value-
added products for minimum of 24 hours. ➢ Animal
Feed manufacturing and strengthening of existing
units/ plant. Establishment of Mini, Medium and Large
Animal Feed Plant, Total Mixed Ration Block Making
Unit, Bypass protein unit, Mineral Mixture Plant,
Enrich Silage making unit, Animal Feed Testing
Laboratory to be attached with the Medium to Large
feed plant or the Eligible Entities can avail benefit for
establishment of Animal Feed Testing Laboratory in
the existing Feed Plant to ensure quality feed.
199 What is the amount of loan that can As per the scheme guidelines, no minimum or
be sanctioned? maximum loan ceiling is stipulated.
201 What is the repayment period Maximum re-payment period should not exceed 10
under the scheme? years from the date of first disbursement inclusive of
moratorium of 2 years on repayment of principal.
However, the bank, at their discretion, may curtail the
repayment period depending on the project
magnitude, size of the financial investment, repaying
capacity of the project proponents (EEs)etc.
Moratorium period varies from project to project and
with minimum six months and maximum two years
from the date of disbursement. Interest subvention is
provided only up to 8 years of repayment period.
Beyond this no interest subvention will be provided

Page | 427 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 202 What is the primary security? ➢ Hypothecation of plant, machinery, and stocks etc.
➢ Mortgage of land.
203 What is the Collateral Security in ➢ Mortgage of immovable property (compliant
this scheme? under SARFAESI Act) belonging to the unit
(promoter/partner /director) or their near relatives,
near relatives will cover Father, Mother, Spouse, Son,
Daughter, real Brother & real Sister. 147 ➢ Further,
security which will be provided as collateral should
not be linked with other loan / liabilities. ➢ Property
mortgaged needs to be within a radius of 25 KM from
the branch, wherein account is maintained
(Sanctioning Authority may decide going beyond 25
KM on case-to-case basis. ➢ CERSAI verification shall
also be made on the collateral securities. • For loan
accounts covered under Credit Guarantee Cover from
NABARD under the scheme ✓ up to loan limit of Rs.
2 Cr: NIL ✓ above loan limit of Rs. 2 Cr. : Security
norms linked to CRA of the entity as per Circular
1577/2018-19 dated 21.02.2019. i.e. ▪ For SB-7 / CUE-7 &
better – Min collateral 25% ▪ ForSB-8,9/ CUE-8,9 – Min
collateral 50% ▪ SB-10/CUE-10orworse –Min coll: 100%
• FPOs/ Private Companies / Individual
entrepreneurs/ Section 8 Companies: ✓ Loan up to
Rs 1 Cr : Minimum collateral :50% of credit exposure as
per circular 1577/2018-19 dated 21.02.2019. ✓ Loan
above Rs 1 Cr : Minimum collateral linked to CRA of
the entity as per circular 1577 /2018-19 dated
21.02.2019. i.e. ▪ For SB-7 / CUE-7 & better – Min
collateral 25% ▪ ForSB-8,9/ CUE-8,9 –50% ▪ SB-10/CUE-
10 or worse –100%
PM FORMALIZATION OF MICRO FOOD PROCESSING ENTERPRISES (PMFME SCHEME)
204 What is the purpose for providing Support to individual and groups of micro-
the loan under the scheme enterprises.
205 ➢ Individual Micro Food Processing enterprises ➢
What are the eligibility criteria for
sanctioning loan under the scheme? Group category: FPOs/SHGs/Producer Cooperatives.
206 What facility under this scheme? Term Loan
207 What is the amount of loan that can The need-based assessment for the requirement of
be sanctioned? credit limits to be done. Assessment of fund-based
limits is done as per the Bank’s extant instructions.

Page | 428 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 CMC of Circle is authorized to identify designated
RACCs/SMECCs/RASMECs for processing loan
proposals.
For Term loan up to Rs.50 lakhs : with Scoring Model.
For Term Loan above Rs.50 lakhs : with CRA Model.
208 What is the repayment period Maximum re-payment period should not exceed 10
under the scheme? years from the date of first disbursement inclusive of
maximum moratorium of 6-24months.
209 What is the primary security? ➢ Hypothecation of plant, machinery, and stocks,
etc. ➢ Mortgage of land.
210 What is the Collateral Security in ➢ Mortgage of immovable property (compliant
this scheme? under SARFAESI Act) belonging to the unit (promoter
/ partner /director) or their near relatives, near
relatives will cover Father, Mother, Spouse, Son,
Daughter, real Brother & real Sister. ➢ Further,
security which will be provided as collateral should
not be linked with other loan / liabilities. ➢ Property
mortgaged needs to be within a radius of 25 KM from
the branch, wherein account is maintained
(Sanctioning Authority may decide going beyond 25
KM on case-to-case basis.
For MSME defined ceiling units: ✓ For loan up to Rs
2Cr: No collateral ✓ Loan above Rs 2Cr: Security
norms linked to CRA of the entity as per Circular
1577/2018-19 dated 21.02.2019.
Other categories: For loans under PM MUDRA Yojana:
Up to Rs.10 lakhs: No collateral
For SHGs under NRLM: For loan up to Rs 20 Lakh: No
collateral. (However, for loan limit above Rs.10 lakhs
and upto Rs.20 lakhs, the borrower account must be
covered under CGFMU)
For Producer Cooperatives: No Collateral shall be
obtained for loan up to Rs.2.00 Crs. Credit guarantee
from NABSanrakshan must be obtained (The
guarantee is a max of 75% of the loan amount, subject
to a maximum guarantee amount of Rs. 1.50 Cr).

***

Page | 429 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Priority Sector Advances
The Reserve Bank of India has, from time to time, issued a number of instructions / guidelines to
banks relating to Priority Sector Lending.

As per stipulation of RBI, every Commercial Bank [including Regional Rural Bank (RRB), Small
Finance Bank (SFB), Local Area Bank] and Primary (Urban) Co-operative Bank (UCB) other than
Salary Earners’ Bank must lend certain portion of its lending based on ANBC.

Computation of Adjusted Net Bank Credit (ANBC)

Bank Credit in India I
Bills Rediscounted with RBI and other approved Financial Institutions II
Net Bank Credit (NBC)* III(I-II)
Outstanding Deposits under RIDF and other eligible funds with NABARD, IV
NHB, SIDBI and MUDRA Ltd in lieu of non-achievement of priority sector
lending targets/sub-targets + outstanding PSLCs
Eligible amount for exemptions on issuance of long-term bonds for V
infrastructure and affordable housing
Advances extended in India against the incremental FCNR (B)/NRE VI
deposits, qualifying for exemption from CRR/SLR requirements
Investments made by public sector banks in the Recapitalization Bonds VII
floated by Government of India
Other investments eligible to be treated as priority sector (e.g. VIII
investments in securitised assets)
Face Value of securities acquired and kept under HTM category under IX
the TLTRO 2.0 and also Extended Regulatory Benefits under SLF-MF
Scheme
Bonds/debentures in Non-SLR categories under HTM category X
For UCBs: investments made after August 30, 2007 in permitted non SLR XI
bonds held under ‘Held to Maturity’ (HTM) category
III + IV- (V+VI+VII) +VIII - IX +
ANBC (Other than UCBs) X
ANBC for UCBs III + IV - VI - IX + XI
* For the purpose of priority sector computation only. Banks should not deduct / net any amount like
provisions, accrued interest, etc. from NBC.

Page | 430 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Certain targets are given to each category of Banks under Priority Sector Lending:

Categories Domestic Foreign banks with less Regional Rural Banks Small Finance
commercial banks than 20 branches Banks
(excl. RRBs &
SFBs) & foreign
banks with 20
branches and
above
Total 40 per cent of 40 per cent of ANBC as 75 per cent of ANBC as 75 per cent of
Priority ANBC as computed in para 6 computed in para 6 ANBC as
Sector computed in para below or CEOBE below or CEOBE computed in para
6 below or CEOBE whichever is higher; out whichever is higher; 6 below or CEOBE
(Credit Equivalent of which up to 32% can However, lending to whichever is
of Off-Balance be in the form of Medium Enterprises, higher.
Sheet Exposures) lending to Exports and Social Infrastructure
whichever is not less than 8% can be and Renewable Energy
higher to any other priority shall be reckoned for
sector priority sector
achievement only up to
15 per cent of ANBC.
Agriculture 18 per cent of Not applicable 18 per cent ANBC or 18 per cent of
ANBC or CEOBE, CEOBE, whichever is ANBC or CEOBE,
whichever is higher; out of which a whichever is
higher; out of target of 10 percent# is higher; out of
which a target of prescribed for SMFs which a target of
10 percent# is 10 percent# is
prescribed for prescribed for
Small and SMFs
Marginal Farmers
(SMFs)
Micro 7.5 per cent of Not applicable 7.5 per cent of ANBC or 7.5 per cent of
Enterprises ANBC or CEOBE, CEOBE, whichever is ANBC or CEOBE,
whichever is higher whichever is
higher higher
Advances 12 percent# of Not applicable 15 per cent of ANBC or 12 percent# of
to Weaker ANBC or CEOBE, CEOBE, whichever is ANBC or CEOBE,
Sections whichever is higher whichever is
higher higher
# Revised targets for Agriculture and SMFs will be implemented in a phased manner

Page | 431 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 # Revised targets for weaker sections will be
implemented in a phased manner as indicated below

Financial Small and Marginal Weaker Sections

Year Farmers target * target ^
2020-21 8% 10%
2021-22 9% 11%
2022-23 9.50% 11.50%
2023-24 10% 12%

2 Categories of Priority Sector Advances

(i) Agriculture
(ii) Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
(iii) Export Credit
(iv) Education
(v) Housing
(vi) Social Infrastructure
(vii) Renewable Energy
(viii) Others
3 Categories of Priority Sector under Agriculture Activities are classified under three
Agriculture sub-categories
* Farm credit (crop loans etc)
* Agriculture infrastructure (warehouses, cold
storages etc)
* Ancillary activities (Agri Clinic, Food and Agro
Processing etc)
4 Types of Farmers.. Marginal: Farmers with landholding of up to 1
hectare
Small: Farmers with a landholding of more than 1
hectare and up to 2 hectares
5 Farm Credit

Loans to individual farmers [including Self Help Groups (SHGs) or Joint Liability Groups
(JLGs), and Proprietorship firms of farmers, Corporate Farmers(₹ 2 crore per borrower)
directly engaged in Agriculture and Allied Activities, viz., dairy, fishery, animal husbandry,
poultry, bee- keeping and sericulture. This includes the following :
Crop loans to farmers, which will include traditional/non-traditional plantations and
horticulture, and, loans for allied activities.

Page | 432 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Medium and long-term loans to farmers for agriculture and allied activities (e.g. purchase
of agricultural implements and machinery, loans for irrigation and other developmental
activities undertaken in the farm, and developmental loans for allied activities.
Loans to farmers for pre and post-harvest activities, viz., spraying, weeding, harvesting,
sorting, grading and transporting of their own farm produce
Loans to farmers up to ₹ 75 lakh against pledge/hypothecation of agricultural produce
(including warehouse receipts) for a period not exceeding 12 months.
Loans to distressed farmers indebted to non-institutional lenders.

Loans to farmers under the Kisan Credit Card Scheme.

Loans up to ₹5 crore per borrowing entity to FPOs/FPCs undertaking farming with assured
marketing of their produce at a pre-determined price.
Loans to small and marginal farmers for purchase of land for agricultural purposes.
UCBs are not permitted to lend to co-operatives of farmers

6 Agri. Infrastrucure

Loans for construction of storage facilities (warehouses, market yards, godowns and silos)
including cold storage units/ cold storage chains designed to store agriculture
produce/products, irrespective of their location.
Soil conservation and watershed development.
Plant tissue culture and agri-biotechnology, seed production, production of bio-pesticides,
bio-fertilizer, and vermi composting
For the above loans, an aggregate sanctioned limit of ₹ 100 crore per borrower from the
banking system, will apply.
7 Ancillary Activities

Loans up to ₹.5 crore to co-operative societies of farmers for disposing of the produce of
members.
Loans for setting up of Agriclinics and Agribusiness Centres
Loans up to ₹50 crore to Start-ups, as per definition of Ministry of Commerce and Industry,
Govt. of India that are engaged in agriculture and allied services.
Loans for Food and Agro-processing up to an aggregate sanctioned limit of ₹ 100 crore per
borrower from the banking system
Loans to Custom Service Units managed by individuals, institutions or organizations who
maintain a fleet of tractors, bulldozers, well-boring equipment, threshers, combines, etc., and
undertake farm work for farmers on contract basis
Bank loans to Primary Agricultural Credit Societies (PACS),LAMPS & FSS

Page | 433 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Outstanding deposits under RIDF and other eligible funds with NABARD on account of
priority sector shortfall.
8 Priority Sector Lending: MSME

Entire Bank loans to Micro, Small and MSME units shall continue to enjoy the priority
Medium Enterprises are eligible to be sector lending status up to three years after they
classified under the priority sector. grow out of the MSME category concerned.
All loans to units in the Khadi and Village Industries (KVI) sector will be eligible for
classification under the sub-target of 7.5 percent prescribed for Micro Enterprises under
priority sector.
Loans sanctioned by banks to MFIs for on-lending to MSME sector
Credit outstanding under General Credit Cards (including Artisan Credit Card, Laghu Udyami
Card, Swarojgar Credit Card, and Weaver’s Card etc. in existence and catering to the non-farm
entrepreneurial credit needs of individuals).
PMJDY OD-Rs.10,000- Micro Enterprise (18-65)
Loans up to ₹50 crore to Start-ups, as per definition of Ministry of Commerce and Industry,
Govt. of India that confirm to the definition of MSME
Outstanding deposits with SIDBI and MUDRA Ltd. on account of priority sector shortfall
9 Priority Sector Lending: Export Credit

Domestic banks Incremental export credit over corresponding

date of the preceding year, up to 2 percent of
ANBC or Credit Equivalent Amount of Off-Balance
Sheet Exposure, whichever is higher, subject to a
sanctioned limit of up to Rs 40 Cr per borrower
Foreign banks with 20 branches and Incremental export credit over corresponding
above date of the preceding year, up to 2 percent of
ANBC or Credit Equivalent Amount of Off-Balance
Sheet Exposure, whichever is higher.
Foreign banks with less than 20 Export credit will be allowed up to 32 percent of
branches ANBC or Credit Equivalent Amount of Off-Balance
Sheet Exposure, whichever is higher
10 Priority Sector Lending: Education

Loans to individuals for educational purposes including vocational courses upto Rs 20

Lakh irrespective of the sanctioned amount will be considered as eligible for priority sector.

Page | 434 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 11 Priority Sector Lending: Housing

Loans to individuals up to Rs 35 Lakh in metropolitan centres (with population of ten lakh and
above) and loans up to Rs 25 Lakh in other centres for purchase/ construction of a dwelling
unit per family provided the overall cost of the dwelling unit in the metropolitan centre and
at other centres does not exceed Rs 45 Lakh and Rs 30 Lakh, respectively
Loans for repairs to damaged dwelling units of families up to Rs 10 Lakh in metropolitan
centres and up to Rs 6 Lakh in other centres.
Bank loans to any governmental agency for construction of dwelling units or for slum
clearance and rehabilitation of slum dwellers subject to dwelling units with carpet area of not
more than 60 sq.m
Bank loans to HFCs (approved by NHB for their refinance) for on-lending, up to ₹20 lakh for
individual borrowers, for purchase/construction/ reconstruction of individual dwelling units
or for slum clearance and rehabilitation of slum dwellers.
Bank loans for affordable housing projects using at least 50% of FAR/FSI for dwelling units
with carpet area of not more than 60 sq.m

Outstanding deposits with NHB on account of priority sector shortfall

12 Priority Sector Lending: Social infrastructure

Bank loans up to a limit of Rs 5 Cr per borrower for building social infrastructure for activities
namely schools, health care facilities, drinking water facilities and sanitation facilities
including construction / refurbishment of household toilets and household level water
improvements

13 Priority Sector Lending: Renewable Energy

Bank loans up to a limit of Rs 30 Cr to borrowers for purposes like solar based power
generators, biomass based power generators, wind mills, micro-hydel plants and for non-
conventional energy based public utilities viz. street lighting systems, and remote village
electrification.

For individual households, the loan limit will be Rs 10 Lakh per borrower.

Page | 435 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 14 Priority Sector Lending: Others - On-lending to MFIs
Bank credit to MFIs extended for on- Not less than 85% should be qualifying assets
lending to individuals and also to Household income –up to Rs.1.25Lakh(Rural)
members of SHGs / JLGs under 2 Lakh(Non rural)
respective categories viz., Agriculture, Loan 75000 in 1st cycle ,Rs.1.25Lakh subsequent
Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises, Tenure of loan not less than 24months if amount is
Social Infrastructure >30000 with right to prepayment without penalty
Repayable weekly/fortnightly/monthly as per
choice
Margin cap-10% for MFIs with more than Rs100cr
loan, 12% for others
15 Priority Sector Lending: Others - On-lending to NBFC (Other than MFI)

Agriculture On-lending by NBFCs for ‘Term lending’

component under Agriculture up to ₹10 lakh per
borrower.
Micro & Small enterprises On-lending by NBFC will be up to ₹20 lakh per
borrower
Housing On-lending by HFCs for the purpose of
purchase/construction/reconstruction of
individual dwelling units or for slum clearance and
rehabilitation of slum dwellers borrower to ₹20
lakh per borrower.
16 Priority Sector Lending: Others

Loans not exceeding ₹1.00 lakh per borrower provided directly by banks to individuals and
individual members of SHG/JLG, provided the individual borrower’s household annual income
in rural areas does not exceed ₹1.00 lakh and for non-rural areas it does not exceed ₹1.60
lakh, and loans not exceeding ₹2.00 lakh provided directly by banks to SHG/JLG for activities
other than agriculture or MSME, viz., loans for meeting social needs, construction or repair
of house, construction of toilets or any viable common activity started by the SHGs.
Loans to distressed persons not exceeding ₹0.1 million per borrower to prepay their debt to
non-institutional lenders.
Loans up to ₹50 crore to Start-ups, as per definition of Ministry of Commerce and Industry,
Govt. of India that are engaged in activities other than Agriculture or MSME.
Loans sanctioned to State Sponsored Organisations for Scheduled Castes/ Scheduled Tribes
for the specific purpose of purchase and supply of inputs and/or the marketing of the outputs
of the beneficiaries of these organisations.

Page | 436 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 17 Priority Sector Lending: Weaker Sections

•Small and Marginal Farmers •Distressed farmers/ other than farmers indebted
to non-institutional lenders- upto-Rs.1 lakh
•Artisans, village and cottage industries •Individual women beneficiaries up to Rs 1 lakh
credit limits up to Rs 1lakh per borrower
•Government Sponsored Schemes •Persons with disabilities
•Scheduled Castes and Scheduled •PMJDY- Overdrafr-10,000(With Age limit of 18-65
Tribes Yrs)
•Differential Rate of Interest (DRI) •Minority communities as may be notified by
scheme Government of India
•Self Help Groups
18 Other items included in Priority Sector Investments by banks in securitised assets
Lending… Inter Bank Participation Certificates
Priority Sector Lending Certificates
Bank loans to MFIs for on-lending (85% of total
assets should be in the nature of qualifying assets)
Loan to NBFCs ( Housing 20 Lakhs, MSME 20
Lakhs, AGR 10 Lakhs.)
RIDF (Interest varies from 2% to 4% below bank
rate)
19 What are Priority Sector Lending Priority Sector Lending Certificates (PSLCs) are a
Certificates (PSLCs)? mechanism to enable banks to achieve the priority
sector lending target and sub-targets by purchase
of these instruments in the event of shortfall.
This also incentivizes surplus banks as it allows
them to sell their excess achievement over targets
thereby enhancing lending to the categories under
priority sector.
Under the PSLC mechanism, the seller sells
fulfilment of priority sector obligation and the
buyer buys the obligation with no transfer of risk
or loan assets.
20 Why Priority Sector Targets? Scheduled Commercial Banks having any shortfall
in lending to priority sector shall be allocated
amounts for contribution to the Rural
Infrastructure Development Fund (RIDF)
established with NABARD and other Funds with
NABARD/NHB/SIDBI/ MUDRA Ltd. , as decided by

Page | 437 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 the Reserve Bank from time to time.
Non-achievement of priority sector targets and
sub-targets will be taken into account while
granting regulatory clearances/approvals for
various purposes.
21 Inter Bank Participation Certificates
i. IBPCs bought by banks, on a risk sharing basis, are
(IBPCs) eligible for classification under respective
categories of priority sector, provided the
underlying assets are eligible to be categorized
under the respective categories of priority sector
and the banks fulfil the Reserve Bank of India
guidelines on IBPCs
ii.
iii. IBPCs bought by banks on risk sharing basis
relating to ‘Export Credit’ as per Para 10, may be
classified from purchasing bank’s perspective for
priority sector categorization. However, in such a
scenario, the issuing bank shall certify that the
underlying asset is ‘Export Credit’, in addition to
the due diligence required to be undertaken by the
issuing and the purchasing bank as per guidelines
in this regard.
iv.
v. RRBs are allowed to issue Inter Bank Participation
Certificates (IBPCs) to Scheduled Commercial
Banks in respect of their priority sector advances
in excess of 75 per cent of their outstanding
advances. RRBs have to adhere to guidelines on
IBPC and updated from time to time

22 Non Achievement of PSL Targets? i. Banks having any shortfall in lending to priority
sector shall be allocated amounts for contribution
to the Rural Infrastructure Development Fund
(RIDF) established with NABARD and other funds
with NABARD/NHB/SIDBI/ MUDRA Ltd., as decided
by the Reserve Bank from time to time.
ii.
iii. With effect from March 31, 2021, all UCBs
(excluding those under all-inclusive directions) will
be required to contribute to Rural Infrastructure

Page | 438 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Development Fund (RIDF) established with
NABARD and other funds with NABARD / NHB /
SIDBI / MUDRA Ltd., against their priority sector
lending (PSL) shortfall vis-à-vis the prescribed
target.
iv.
v. While computing priority sector target
achievement, shortfall / excess lending for each
quarter will be monitored separately. A simple
average of all quarters will be arrived at and
considered for computation of overall shortfall /
excess at the end of the year. The same method
will be followed for calculating the achievement of
priority sector sub-targets.
vi.
vii. The interest rates on banks’ contribution to RIDF
or any other funds, tenure of deposits, etc. shall be
fixed by Reserve Bank of India from time to time.
viii. The mis-classifications reported by the Reserve
Bank’s Department of Supervision (DoS) (NABARD
in respect of RRBs) would be adjusted/ reduced
from the achievement of that year, to which the
amount of misclassification pertains, for allocation
to various funds in subsequent years.
ix.
x. Non-achievement of priority sector targets and
sub-targets will be taken into account while
granting regulatory clearances/approvals for
various purposes.

***

Page | 439 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 IS Security & Cyber Security
1 CIA triad is Confidentiality, Integrity and Availability
Integrity; Availability; Authentication; Confidentiality;
2 Information Assurance (IA) refers to
Nonrepudiation; Auditability
The ability of a system to ensure that assets are viewable
3 Confidentiality
only by authorized parties
The ability of a system to ensure that assets are modifiable
4 Integrity
only by authorized parties
The ability of a system to ensure that assets are usable by
5 Availability
and accessible to all authorized parties
6 Authentication The ability of a system to confirm the identity of a sender
The ability of a system to confirm that sender cannot
7 Non-repudiation
convincingly deny having sent a message
The ability of a system to trace all the actions related to a
8 Auditability
given asset
9 Cyber fraud electronic channel-based frauds
Cyber Security is the ability to protect or defend the use of
10 Cyber Security
cyberspace from cyber attack
The crimes committed in which perpetrator uses the
Computers / Electronic Devices / Internet / Cell Phones or
11 Cyber Crime
any computer enabled technology to cause a harm to an
organization or individual or to breach laws
One form of cybercrime is identity theft. Hackers and
scammers use fake emails to trick victims into giving up
12 Identity Theft passwords and account information, or they may use
specialized programs called key loggers to track what a
user types when logging into bank or credit accounts
Financial fraud is another cybercrime. A scammer offers an
13 Transaction Fraud item for sale through an auction site with no intention of
delivering once he receives payment
These frauds involve bilking victims out of money by
promising them an eventual payoff. The scammer emails
14 Advance Fee Fraud his victim with news of some financial windfall, often
represented as the wealth of a distant relative or the
remnants of some other illicit fortune
Illegally circumventing security to access someone else’s
15 Hacking
computer system

Page | 440 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 It is an attempt to defraud internet surfers by hijacking a
16 Pharming Web site’s domain name or URL and redirecting user to an
imposter Web Site.
Will not contain the padlock sign on right hand side of the
URL
17 How to identify Phony Web Sites ?
Will not begin with “https”in URL (only http), - they lure
customer through spam emails
Phishing is the act of sending an e-mail to a user falsely
claiming to be an established legitimate enterprise in an
18 Phishing
attempt to scam the user into surrendering private
information that will be used for identity theft
It is a combination of the word, Voice and Phishing. While
19 Vishing Phishing involves use of emails to trick you, Vishing uses
voice or telephone services
Any kind of phishing that involves a text message in an
20 Smishing
SMS.
Information Technology Act was passed by the Indian
Parliament in the year 2000. Certain amendments were
21 Cyber Law
incorporated into the Act during 2006 and 2008 and
passed by the Parliament
Dishonestly receiving or retaining any stolen computer
resource or communication device knowing or having
22 Section 66B of IT Act
reason to believe the same to be stolen computer resource
or communication device.
Fraudulently or dishonestly making use of the electronic
23 Section 66C of IT Act signature, password or any other unique identification
feature of any other person.
Cheating by personation, by means of any communication
24 Section 66D of IT Act
device or computer resource
Securing access or attempting to secure access to a
Section 70 protected system of IT
25 protected system in contravention of the provisions of this
Act
section.
Making any misrepresentation to, or suppressing any
material fact from, the Controller or the Certifying
26 Section 71 of IT Act
Authority for obtaining any license or Electronic Signature
Certificate, as the case may be.
Indian Computer Emergency Response Team (CERT-IN) to
27 Section 70B of IT Act
serve as national agency for incident response

Page | 441 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Act to apply for offence or contraventions committed
28 Section 75 of IT Act
outside India
Collection, analysis and dissemination of information on
cyber incidents
Forecast and alerts of cyber security incidents
Emergency measures for handling cyber security incidents
29 Functions of CERT IN Coordination of cyber incidents response activities
Issue guidelines, advisories, vulnerability notes and white
papers relating to information security practices,
procedures, prevention, response and reporting of cyber
incidents
Types of Risks associated in Cyber Financial Risk, Reputation Risk, Legal Risk, Business Risk
30
Crime and Compliance Risk
Anti-virus is very important for ensuring safety of data /
31 Anti-virus files from virus, worms, Trojans, spyware, key loggers
infection.
Loss of portable device should be reported immediately to the local police and the
32
reported to appropriate authority
Password should be changed at least once in 90 days or
when you suspect it has been compromised.
33 Password security
Browser’s facility “Remember my credentials” /
“Remember Password” should not be used.
Use of Bank’s official mail account for personal purposes is
discouraged.
The contents like photo, video etc. in email attachments
34 Email Usage might also contain hidden messages behind them which
cannot be seen in normal course. This technique is called
Steganography technique (used by terrorist, defense,
secret services
A malware that replicates itself in order to spread to their
35 Worm computers. Different from virus, as it self-replicates and
does not require a host for propagation.
A malicious program tracks and records consecutive
36 Key Logger keystrokes on a keyboard in order to gain access to
sensitive information like username and password.
SMS spoofing refers to SMS that appears to originate from
37 SMS Spoofing
one source but actually has been sent from another source
A kind of malware is a software that restricts users from
38 Ransomeware
accessing their system or certain files until a ransom is paid

Page | 442 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Cyber stalking is a criminal practice where an individual
39 Cyber Stalking uses the Internet to systematically harass or threaten
someone
Web hijacking means taking forceful control of another
40 Web Hijacking
person’s website
This is an attack in which the criminal floods the bandwidth
of the victim’s network or fills his e-mail box with spam mail
41 Denial of service Attack
depriving him of the services he is entitled to access or
provide
Email spoofing refers to email that appears to originate
42 Email spoofing from one source but actually has been sent from another
source
Email bombing refers to sending a large number of emails
43 Email bombing to the victim resulting in the victim’s email account
crashing.
This kind of an attack involves altering raw data just before
44 Data diddling it is processed by a computer and then changing it back
after the processing is completed
Targeted attacks on military installations, power plants, air
traffic control, banks, trail traffic control,
45 Cyber Terrorism
telecommunication networks are the most likely targets.
Others like police, medical, fire and rescue systems etc.
What is penalty for breach of
Fine which may extend to 1 lakh rupees and imprisonment
46 Confidentiality and Privacy as per IT
for a term which may extended to 2 years
Act?
Which cyber-attack is targeting
47 Brute force.
user’s password?
Which malicious program cannot do
anything until actions are taken to
48 TROJAN HORSE
activate the file attached by the
malware?
49 What is Spyware Spyware is a type of malware installed on computers
50 What is APT Advanced Persistent Threat
Which is the most appropriate
method to prevent unauthorized
51 Lock the desktop using Windows key + L
access to your desktop if your work
station for a short duration?
52 What is snort An IDS and packet sniffer

Page | 443 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Blue snarfing is used to perform
53 read information from a device
what type of attack
all the desktops in the bank should secure configuration documents (SCD) prescribed by the
54
be configured according to bank
in which environment do admin
55 have the same control over cloud SECaaS- security as a server
app security
IS policy is is aligned to which
56 ISO27001
standards
Which type of Malware allows an
attacker to bypass authentication to
57 Backdoor
gain access to a compromised
system
An official at a branch want to
develop a software which will keep
branches are not permitted to take a development of any
track of all the Complaints raised by
58 software any suggestion/ requirement should be referred
customer. this can be used Bank
to the controller
wise to improve customer
satisfaction. how should he proceed
Which is a popular tool to block
59 social media website to track your Blur
browsing activities
60 A honeypot is designed to attract victims to connect to it
What is an easy way to make your
Wi-Fi security stronger and make it
61 Change the Service Set Identifier (SSID)
more difficult for hackers to
discover your wireless network
A person has deployed an anti-spam
solution in his network. Positive
62 Negative Detection
detection of non-spam SMTP is
called
The practice of forging a return address on an email so that
63 Spoofing the recipient is fooled into revealing private information is
termed
Which form of social engineering
64 Spear Phishing
targets speci􀂡c organization?
Attacking or penetrating a system by employing confident
65 Social Engineering is
tricks on users, rather than by means of a technical attack.

Page | 444 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 What is the maximum period of
66 1 Year
deviation permitted under IS Policy?
Punishment in India for stealing
67 computer document asset of any 1 year of imprisonment and fine of 100,000
software source code
you get a pop-up message on your
screen telling you that highly
68 confidential company files have Crypto
been downloaded and made public
what type of ransomware it is
which virus use encryption to hide
69 armored Virus
its presence
which is malicious method used by
cybercriminal to trick a user into
70 Click jacking
clicking on something different
from what the user wants
what type of malware is triggered
71 Logic bomb
by a specific condition
72 Data Exfiltration Unauthorized movement of data
Device used to perform a DoS on
73 Wi-Fi Jammer
wireless network
What technique most VPN use to
74 Encryption
protect transmitted data
which is popular tool to block social
75 media website to track your Ad-Blocker
browsing activities
76 Steganography To hide information inside a picture
What are three examples of factors
77 CDE (finger print, pwd challenge question, pin number)
required for multi factor auth.
IoT attack that effected the
78 Mirai Botnet attack
TWITTER,CNN
Which IT act is applicable for
79 publishing false digital signature Section 73
certificate
All but which of the following is
80 Cyber Security incident management
responsibility of Cyber SOC(C-SOC)
Chief General
Information Security Department
81 Manager and Group Chief Information Security Officer
(ISD) is headed by
(CGM & Group CISO)

Page | 445 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 1. IS Policy and related Procedures & Guidelines
2. Cyber Security Policy and related Procedures &
82 Role of ISD Guidelines
3. Group Cyber Security Policy
4. Cyber Crisis Management Plan (CCMP)
3
Information Security Department Information Security Operations (ISO),
83
(ISD) has how many Wings? State Bank Security Operations Centre (SBSOC) and
Cyber Security (CS) wing
The Digital Personal Data Protection
84 August 11, 2023
Act (DPDPA) was passed on

***

Page | 446 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX

 Contact:

Rajni Bala Mazumder : [email protected](or) 9769020718

Director, SBILD
Nithin Kumar Maletker : [email protected] (or) 8919180288
T V Surya Preeti : [email protected] (or) 9703019408
Madhu Balla : [email protected] (or) 9490250238
Sneha Rampally : [email protected] (or) 9704133504
Hari Krishna Donthoji : [email protected] (or) 9666006705
Ramesh Munnuru : [email protected] (or) 9550693313

Page | 447 KEY TO SUCCESS 2025-26 INDEX